Sap Ecc 6.0 (Book)

SAP ECC 6 - Implementation in 2009 & Support – Responsibilities

• Preparation of business blue prints of Materials Management.

discussion with biz users on various biz processes and making biz blue prints as per templates

MM, Purchasing, Inventory management

• Configuration of MM organization elements -Plants, Purchase Organizations, Purchasing groups, Storage Locations.

Org levels

Assign co code to company

Assign co code to credit control area

Assign co code to financial management area

Assign profit centre to co code

Assign co code to controlling area

Path: SPRO>IMG>Enterprise Structure>Definition>Logistics General>Define, Copy, Delete, Check Plant (T-code:EC02 & Table:T001W & Program:SAPLECOP)

Assign plant to co code

Assign biz area to plant/valuation area and division

SL : its an org unit differentiate material stocks within plant, IM on qty based and pi is carried out at sl level

Path: SPRO>IMG>Enterprise Structure>Definition>MM> Maintain Storage Location (T-code:OX09 & Table:T001L & Program:SAPL0ORG)

OX09 - Storage location creation under Plant, sloc 'N01R', description, address, etc

OMIR - MRP indicator set up

PO : its an org that negotiates conditiions of purchase with vendors for 1 oor more plant

Assign purchase organisation to plant

Assign standard purchase organisation to plant

purch grp: key for buyer or group of buyers responsible for certain specific purchasing activities (eg. Mech/ Elect, etc.)

Path: SPRO>IMG>Enterprise Structure>Definition>MM> Maintain Purchasing Organisation (T-code:OME4,OMGF & Program:SAPL0ME6)

• Configuration of Masters, which includes Material Master, Vendor Master, Source List and Purchasing Info Record.

• Configuration and creation of new Material types, assigned number ranges, field selection groups and field status of material master fields.

• Configuration and creation of new vendor account groups, screen layout and assigned number ranges.

• Creation of new PO and PR document types, assigned number ranges and field status to Purchase Requisitions and Purchase Orders

Master Data

Vendor master, material master

1 Vendor master

vendor master - vendor group, vendorl no. range, assignemtn no. to group, external, internal , ext or int

Vendor a/c group

KRED is the SAP standard Vendor group name. Field types are General data, C.Code data, Purchasing data

Vendor No. range

Vendor Creation

Client : it‟s a commercial org unit in r3 system having its own data, master recods and set of tables, high level element of all org units represented with 3

digits alphanum

company code : It is a smallest org unit with an indepent accounting dept within external ac/c, having p&l & balance sheet, 4 digit alphanu

Path: SPRO>IMG>Enterprise Structure>Definition>Financial Accounting>Define Company & Edit, Copy, Delete, Check Company Code (T-code:EC01 &

Table:T001 & Program:SAPLECOP)

Plant : it‟s an org logistic unit that structures the enterprise from the perspective of production, producurement, material planning. It can be a branc, hq,

warehouse, maintenance plant, 4 digit alphanu

Plant code 'EM36, Name, address, language, country, factory calendar

Allow Freezing of Book Inventory Balance in Storage Location - SPRO> IMG> MM> IM & PI> PI> Allow Freezing of Book Inv Balance in SLoc

Path: SPRO>IMG>Financial Accounting >Accounts Receivable & Accounts Payable >Vendor Accounts >Master data >Preparation for Creating

Vendor Master Records >Define Account Groups with Screen Layout (Vendors) > (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0F04)

Path: SPRO>IMG>FA>A/Cs Receivable and …>Vendor A/Cs>Master data> Preparations for...>Create Number Ranges for Vendor Accounts (T-

code:XKN1 & Program:SAPMSNUM)

Path: SPRO>IMG>FA>A/Cs Receivable and…>Vendor A/Cs>Master data> Preparations for...>Assign Number Ranges to Vendor Account Groups

(T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0F07)

Path: SPRO>IMG>Enterprise Structure>Definition>MM> Maintain Purchasing Organisation (T-code:SPRO & Table:T024E & Program:SAPL0ORG)

Define terms of payment

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing> Material Master> Define terms of payment

Check inco terms

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing> Material Master> Check inco terms

2 Material Master

master master - mat type, mtrl no. range, assignemtn no. to type, external, internal , ext or int

Material No. length

Path: SPRO>IMG>Logistics-General>Material Master>Basic Settings >Define output format for material nos. (T-code:OMSL & Programm:SAPL0MM1)

Material Type

Material no. range and assignment

select group, insert group under group tab, assign group to mat types

Create material group

Path: SPRO>IMG>Logistics-General>Material Group>Create Material Group (T-code:WG21 & Table:T023 & Program:SAPMWWG2)

Shipping instructions

Path: SPRO>IMG>Material Management>Purchasing>Material Master>Define Shipping Instructions (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0MEK)

Purchasing value key

Path: SPRO>IMG>Material Management>Purchasing>Material Master>Define Purchasing Value Keys (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0ME6)

Field selection group and field status

OMSR ; Path: SPRO>IMG>Logistics General>Material Master>Field Selection>Maintain Field selection data screens

Path: SPRO>IMG>Logistics General>Material Master>Field Selection>Assign Fields to Field selection groups

Path: SPRO>IMG>Logistics General>Material Master>Field Selection>Define industry sector

Procurement of Stock Material

RFQ/Quotation, PIR, PO, GR to QI, IV

1 RFQ/Quotation

Define doc type (RFQ 'AN') & Define No. Range & assign no. range

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>RFQ>RFQ/Quotation>Define Document Types (T-code:OMEA & Program:SAPL0ME8)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>RFQ>RFQ/Quotation>Define Number Ranges (T-code:OMH6 & Program:SAPMSNUM)

Screen selections

mat typ 'hawa', description, field ref 'hawa', sref mat typ 'roh', item category 'norm' with qty structure, external purchase order '2', internal purchase

order '0', views, price control 'v', acc cat ref '0005', qty update 'in all val areas' , val update 'in all val areas', mat type id 'gen mat typ', display materail,

print price

mat typ 'halb', description, field ref 'halb', sref mat typ 'roh', item category 'norm' with qty structure, external purchase order '2', internal purchase order

'2', views, price control 's', acc cat ref '0008', qty update 'in all val areas' , val update 'in all val areas', mat type id 'gen mat typ'

mat typ 'roh', description, field ref 'roh', sref mat typ 'roh', item category 'norm' with qty structure, external purchase order '2', internal purchase order

'0', views, price control 'v', acc cat ref '0001', qty update 'in all val areas' , val update 'in all val areas', mat type id 'gen mat typ'

mat typ 'fert', description, field ref 'fert', sref mat typ 'roh', item category 'norm' with qty structure, external purchase order '1', internal purchase order


Path: SAP Menu >Logistics >MM> Purchasing >Master Data (T-code:XK01,MK01,FK01 & Table:LFA1,LFB1,LFB5, LFM1,LFM2,LFBK &

Program:SAPMF02K)

Path: SPRO>IMG>Logistics-General>Material Master>Basic Settings>Material Types>Define attributes of mat types (T-code:SPRO &

Table:T134,T179 & Program:SAPLMGCT134)

payment term code 'z30' ; description; own explanation ; account type 'vendor & customer' ; default for baseline date 'posting date or no default' ; no.

of days

inco terms 'exw' ; description ; location mandatory 'X'

Path: SPRO>IMG>Logistics-General>Material Master>Basic Settings> Material Types>Define Number Ranges for Each Material Type (T-

code:MMNR & Program:SAPMSNUM)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>RFQ>RFQ/Quotation>Define Screen Layout at Document Level (T-code:OME8 & Program:SAPL0ME5)

mat typ 'zrwk', description, field ref 'zrwk', sref mat typ 'roh', item category 'zrwk' with qty structure, external purchase order '2', internal purchase

order '2', views, price control 's', acc cat ref '0010', qty update 'in all val areas' , val update 'in all val areas', mat type id 'gen mat typ'

mat typ 'dien', description, field ref 'dien', sref mat typ 'roh', item category 'dien' with qty structure, external purchase order '2', internal purchase order


mat typ 'hibe', description, field ref 'roh', sref mat typ 'roh', item category 'norm' with qty structure (nr), external purchase order '2', internal purchase


mat typ 'verp', description, field ref 'verp', sref mat typ 'roh', item category 'verp' with qty structure (nr), external purchase order '2', internal purchase


Create RFQ

Path: SAP Menu >Logistics >MM> Purchasing > RFQ/Quotation (T-code:ME41 & Program:SAPMM06E)

Maintain Quotation & Comparision

2 Purchase Info Record

Define no. ranges

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>Purchasing info record >Define no. ranges (T-code:OMEO & Program:SAPMSNUM)

PIR no. will be same though PIR is created for all 4 categories for a material and a vendor

Define screen layout

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>Purchasing info record >Define no. ranges (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0ME5)

PIR Creation

Path: SAP Menu >Logistics >MM> Purchasing > Master Data (T-code:ME11 & Table:EINA,EINE & Program:SAPMM06I)

3 Source List

Source List creation

4 Quota Arrangement

Define Quota arrangement usage

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>Source List>Define Quota arrangement usage (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0ME6)

Define no. ranges

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>Source List>Define no. ranges (T-code:OMEP & Program:SAPMSNUM)

Quota Arrangement creation

Path: SAP Menu >Logistics >MM> Purchasing > Master Data >Quota Arrangement (T-code:MEQ1 & Program:SAPDM06Q)

5 Purchase Requisition

Define document types and no. range assignment

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>Purchase Requisition>Define Document types (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0ME8)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>Purchase Requisition>Define No ranges (T-code:OMH7 & Program:SAPLSNR0)

PR creation (Manual)

6 Purchase Order

Document Type and no. range assignment

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>PO> Define Document Types (T-code:SPRO) & Program:SAPL0ME8)

Allowed item categories 'Standard ; B-Limit ; K-Consignment ; L-Subcontracting ; S-Third party ; T-Text ; D-Service'

plant 'em36' ; name ; source list 'X' ; - Specifies that the source list must have been maintained in the case of external procurement for a certain

plant. If the indicator has been set for a plant, a source must be entered in the source list before a purchase order that is to be issued to this source

can be created for this plant.

QA usage '3' ; The entry controls how the total order quantity is calculated in the quota arrangement, and thus which source of supply is determined

for the material at a particular point in time. You can enter a quota arrangement for the following field combinations:

purchase orders : The quantity of the material already ordered is included in the quota arrangement.

purchase requisitions : The total quantity requested in purchase requisitions for this material is included in the quota arrangement.

scheduling agreement : The total quantity scheduled in delivery schedules for this material is included in the quota arrangement.

planned orders : The total quantity planned in plnd ord for this material is included in the QA.

materials planning (MRP) : The quota arrangement mechanism is also used in materials planning; that is, the planned orders and purchase

requisitions created by materials planning are included in the quota arrangement.

production orders : The total quantity of all production orders for this material is included in the quota arrangement.

Path: SAP Menu >Logistics >MM> Purchasing > RFQ/Quotation (T-code:ME47 & ME49 (quote comparision) & Program:SAPMM06E)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>Source List>Define Source List Requirement at Plant Level (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0MEK)

Path: SAP Menu >Logistics >MM> Purchasing > Master Data > Source list(T-code:ME01 & Table:EORD & Program:SAPLMEOR)

Path: SAP Menu >Logistics >MM> Purchasing > Purchase Requisition (T-code:ME51N & Table:EBAN,EBKN,EBKE & Program:SAPLMEGUI)

No. range

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>PO> Define Document Types (T-code:OMH6 & Program:SAPMSNUM)

Screen selection

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>PO> Define Screen Layout at Document Level (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0ME5)

Texts for purchase orders - Define Text Types for Header Texts & Item texts

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>PO> Texts for PO> Define Text Types for Header Texts

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>PO> Texts for PO> Define Text Types for Item Texts

Texts for purchase orders - Define copying rules

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>PO> Texts for PO> Define Copying Rules for Item Texts

Set Tolerance Limits for Price Variance

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>PO> Set Tolerance Limits for Price Variance (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0MRP)

Set up stock transport order

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>PO> Set up Stock transport order (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0ME6)

Set up subcontracting order

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>PO> Set up Subcontracting order (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0ME6)

Define reasons for ordering

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>PO> Define reasons for ordering (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0MEB)

Purchase order creation

Set up authorisation checks for gl accounts

Returns to Vendor

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>PO> Returns to Vendor (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0WCW)

Rounding Profile

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>PO> Order optimising> Maintain Rounding Profile

7 Contract

Document Type (MK-Qty contract & WK-Val contract) and no. range assignment

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>PO> Contract> Define doc type & no. range

Contract creation

Path: SAP Menu >Logistics >MM> Purchasing >

8 Scheduling agreement

Document Type (LP, LPA, LU) and no. range assignment

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>PO> Scheduling agreement> Define doc type & no. range

• Special procurement- Consignment & Subcontracting

Standard functionalities already defined in SAP. To be used during procurement process

Path: SAP Menu >Logistics >MM> Purchasing >Purchase Order (T-code:ME21N & Table:EKKO,EKPO,EKET,EKBE & Program:SAPLMEGUI)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>PO> Set up authorisation check for G/L Accounts (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0ME4)

SAP Consignment is process wherein you buy the goods from vendor, but don‟t valuate that stock. Only when goods are withdrawn from your stores, are

you liable to your vendor for your payments. Best example would be big TV shop which buys the goods from its vendors for advertising and display

purposes and only when they sold, vendor charges him.

1) There must be price maintained in inforecord for consignment (info type 2 in EINE table) for certain material, vendor, purchasing org and plant.

Prices need to be maintained in inforecord which will be used when settling liabilities with vendor.(ME11)

2) Create the Purchase Order with item category K in ME21N to order the goods from vendor for consignment.

3)

4)

Goods can be withdrawn in MB1A- 261 and MB1B-411 movement types with special stock indicator K used for consignment

This will be valuated and will post accounting document. Now consignment stock is actually valuated

5)

6)

7)

8) Stock in consignment is seen separately in stock overview MMBE for certain material and plant.

•

Conditions

1 Define condition control at plant level

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing >Conditions >Define condition control at plant level (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0MEK)

2 Define Access sequence

3 Define Condition type

PB00- aumating price pick up ; PBXX-manual price entry ;

4 Define Exclusion indicators

Customizing Pricing Procedure- Creation of Condition tables, Condition types, Tax codes, Access sequence, Schema groups, and Calculation schema for

domestic and import purchasing.

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing >Conditions >Define Price determination process >Define Access sequence (T-code:SPRO &

Program:SAPL080M)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing >Conditions >Define Price determination process >Define Condition type (T-code:SPRO &

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing >Conditions >Define Price determination process >Define Exclusion indicators (T-code:SPRO &

Program:SAPL080Z)

Both the Condition Types PB00 & PBXX are Condition Types related to Gross Price.Both the Condition types will ahve the same Step number with a

different counter.

PBXX is a manual Condition Type and will not have any Access Sequence assigned to it. It can be entered only manually in the Purchasing

document.

PB00 is an Automatic Condition type and an Access Sequence will be assigned to it. whenever a Condition record founds, then it will be updated in

the Purchasing document with the price from the Condition Record.If there is no Valid Condition record founds, then PB00 will not be included

instead PBXX can be entered manualy.

If goods are not withdrawn, you can do 102 or 122 movement types in MB01 with special stock indicator K for consignment to return goods to vendor.

Here vendor is not your liability.

Inforecord needs to be maintained for normal as well as standard purchasing organization. Plant dealing in consignment process (to be put in

Purchase Order) must be assigned to standard purchasing origination in configuration.

Consignment process in SAP MM is handled through item category in purchasing documentand it has certain prerequisites/steps for consignment process

to work.

On requested delivery date in Purchase Order, do MB01 -101 that is Goods Receipt for above goods on consignment. Again one important point is,

you are still not liable to pay your vendor. These goods will not be valuated, accounting document will not be posted unless stock is withdrawn from

consignment for your own use.

You withdraw the goods for your own purpose. Like in our example of TV shop, customer buys the TV. So that means shop keeper withdraws the

goods from his consignment stock and now vendor will be his liability.

Invoice in MIRO is not done in case of consignment process. The liabilities are settled in MRKO for certain period say month, quarter etc.

Vendor will be paid at price that is maintained in inforecord. As and when required, prices set with vendors must be adjusted in inforecord as well.

(ME12). Scales per validity period can be maintained if they vary over period in ME12.

A-Delivery costs, F-customs duties, N-tax code, O-event, U-metal price, V-sales price & X-gross price

5 Define Calculation schema

ZDOMPR domestic & ZIMPPR imports

6 Define schema groups

Schema Groups: Vendor

IM - VENDOR SCHEMA DOMESTIC & ZI - VENDOR SCHEMA IMPORTS

Schema Groups for Purchasing Organizations

Schema group for Porg 'EM36' - Pur Org EM36

Assignment of Schema Group to Purchasing Organization

Purch org 'EM36' - Schema group for Porg 'EM36'

7 Define schema determination

Determine Calculation Schema for Standard Purchase Orders

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing >Conditions >Define Price determination process >Define schema groups (T-code:SPRO &

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing >Conditions >Define Price determination process >Define schema determination (T-code:SPRO &

Program:SAPL0ME3)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing >Conditions >Define Price determination process >Define Calculation schema (T-code:SPRO &

Program:SAPL080M)

Determine Schema for Stock Transport Orders - have a look and set up if required

Determine Calculation Schema for Determination of Market Price - have a look and set up if required

8 Define Transaction/Event keys

Trans./Event Key

EIN - Purchasing account ; FR1 - Freight clearing ; FR2 - Freight provisions ; FR3 - Customs clearing ; FR4 - Consignment payables etc.

Usage of Transaction/Event Key in Purchase Account Management

9 Maintain condition table

Create condition table - have a look and set up if required

Change Condition Table - have a look and change if required

Display Condition Table - have a look and change if required

- Account assignment

Maintain account assignment categories

Define Combination of Item Categories/Account Assignment Categories

- Split valuation

1 Activate Split valuation

2 Configure split valuation

(mat type, valuation class, gl account)

• Configuration of release procedure for PO.

Classification

Document Release (Approval) Procedure

Release (Approval) proceedure

1 Edit Characterstic

POREL_NETVAL ; POREL_ORDTYPE ; POREL_PPV ; POREL_ZZSUBMI

2 Edit Class

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Valuation and Account Assignment>Split Valuation>Configure Split Valuation (T-code:OMWC & Program:SAPMO10M)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing >Conditions >Account assignment> Define Combination of Item Categories/Account Assignment Categories

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing >Purchase Order >Release proceedure for PO> Edit characteristic (T-code:CT04 & Program:SAPLCTMV)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing >Purchase Order >Release proceedure for PO> Edit class (T-code:CL02 & Program:SAPLCLMO)

Characterstic 'POREL_NETVAL' ; Basic data - desc 'Total net order value' ; status 'released' ; data type 'CURR' ; no. of char '15' ; decimal places

'2' ; curr 'inr' ; val assignment 'multiple values 'X' & interval was allowed 'X'' ; Addnl data- table name 'CEKKO' ; field name 'GNETW' ; proceedure for

val assignment - not ready for input 'X' ; user entry handling 'X'

Characterstic 'POREL_ORDTYPE' ; Basic data - desc 'Order Type (Purchasing)' ; status 'released' ; data type 'CHAR' ; no. of char '4' ; val

assignment 'multiple values 'X' ; Addnl data- table name 'CEKKO' ; field name 'BSTART' ; proceedure for val assignment - not ready for input 'X' ;

user entry handling 'X'

Characterstic 'POREL_PPV' ; Basic data - desc 'Premium Price Variance' ; status 'released' ; data type 'CURR' ; no. of char '15' ; decimal places '2'

; curr 'inr' ; val assignment 'multiple values 'X' & interval was allowed 'X'' ; Addnl data- table name 'CEKKO' ; field name 'ZPPV' ; proceedure for val

assignment - not ready for input 'X' ; user entry handling 'X'

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing >Conditions >Define Price determination process >Define Transaction/Event keys (T-code:SPRO &

Program:SAPL080C)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing >Conditions >Define Price determination process >Maintain condition table (T-code:M/03 &

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing >Conditions >Account assignment >Maintain account assignment categories (T-code:SPRO &

Program:SAPL0MEQ)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Valuation and Account Assignment> Split Valuation>Activate Split Valuation (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0ME6)

PORELEASE ;

3 Define release proceedure for purchase orders

Release groups

Release codes

Release indicator

Release strategies

Tables:T16FS,T16FD,T16FT,T16FK,T16FV,T16FC,

•

Inventory Management/Physical Inventory

- Inventory Management: Overview

- Goods Receipts

1 Plant parameters

2 Define no. assignment for goods recipt

Define no. range assignment for material and physical inventory docs

Path: SPRO>IMG>Material Management>Inventory Management and Physical Inventory>Plant Parameters (T-code:SPRO &

Program:SAPL0MB8)

Path: SPRO>IMG>Material Management>Inv management & PI >Number assignment > Define no. ranges for goods receipt/issue slips (T-

code:OMC1 & Program:SAPMOMB0)

Path: SPRO>IMG>Material Management>Inv management & PI >Number assignment > Define no. ranges for material & physical inventory

docs (T-code:OMBT & Program:SAPLSNR0)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing >Purchase Order >Release proceedure for purchase orders >Define release proceedure for purchase orders (T-

code:OMGS & Program:SAPL0MEF)

Inventory management- assigned number ranges for various doc types, configured field statuses, extended creation automatic storage location to various

movement types

Class 'PORELEASE' ; Class type '032' ; Basic data - desc 'PO release precedure' ; status 'released' ; valid from ' ' valid to ' ' ; keywords - 'po &

rel' ; character ' POREL_NETVAL ; POREL_ORDTYPE ; POREL_PPV ; POREL_ZZSUBMI' ;

Define no. range assignment for accounting docs

3 Set tolerance limits

4 Inventory Sampling

- Reservations and Goods Issues

Reservations>Default Values

- Stock Transfers and Transfer Postings

1 Movement type

Path: SPRO>IMG>Material Management>Inv management & PI >Movement type(T-code:OMJJ & Table:T156, T156T & Program:SAPL0MB2)

- STO

1 Suppling plant must have the stock

2 While creating vendor, Extras>purchasing data>Enter plant 'XXX'

3 Define Shipping Data for Plants

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM>PUR>PO>Set up STO>Define Shipping Data for Plants (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0ME6)

4 Create Checking Rule

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM>PUR>PO>Set up STO>Create Checking Rule (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0PP1)

5 Define Checking Rule

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM>PUR>PO>Set up STO>Define Checking Rule (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0PP1)

6 Assign Delivery Type and Checking Rule

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM>PUR>PO>Set up STO>Assign Delivery Type and Checking Rule (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0PP1)

7 Assign Document Type, One-Step Procedure, Underdelivery Tolerance

- Consignment

- Subcontracting

Set up subcontract order

Path: SPRO>IMG>Material Management>Purchasing >Purchase order >Set up subcontract order (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0ME6)

- Physical Inventory Management

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM>IM & PI>Define No. assignment for A/c doc > FI Doc types & FI No. ranges

- Cycle Counting

(GR, GI, Movement type, consignment, subcon, PI, CC)

• Other Inventory management processes (Consignment, Subcon, PI & CC)

• Configuration of automatic account determination process, valuation class, account category references and split valuation.

Valuation & Account Determination

- Introduction to Material Valuation

- Valuation and Account Assignment

1 Define price control for material types

Price control 'V' - Mat typ 'ROH' ; Price control 'S' - Mat typ 'FERT & HALB ;

2 Define valuation control

Path: SPRO>IMG>Material Management>Inventory Management and Physical Inventory >Reservation>Define Default Values (T-code:OMBN &

Program:SAPL0MBF)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM>PUR>PO>Set up STO>Assign Document Type, One-Step Procedure, Underdelivery Tolerance (T-code:SPRO &

Program:SAPL0PP1)

PIR with subcon category(ME11), PO (ME21N), Goods movement to subcon location with mov typ 541(MB1B), Goods receipt (MIGO), FG adds

to the stock with mov typ 101 and components backflush with mov typ 543

Path: SPRO>IMG>Material Management>Valuation and Account Assignment> Define price control for material types (T-code:SPRO &

Program:SAPL0MBW)

Path: SPRO>IMG>Material Management>Valuation and Account Assignment> Account determination >Account determination w/o wizard >Define

valuation control (T-code:OMWM & Program:SAPMOMBD)



Path: SPRO>IMG>Material Management>Inv management & PI >Number assignment > Define no. range assignment for accounting docs (T-

code:OMBA & Program:SAPMOMB0)

Path: SPRO>IMG>Material Management>Inventory Management and Physical Inventory> >Goods Receipt>Set Tolerance Limits (T-code:OMC0

& Program:SAPL0MRP)

Path: SPRO>IMG>Material Management>Inventory Management and Physical Inventory>Physical Inventory>Inventory Sampling>Create

Inventory Sampling Profiles (T-code:OMCK & Program:SAPL0MI0)

Valuation grouping code should be 'active'

3 Group together valuation areas

Valuation area 'EM36' - Co code 'EM36' - Company name - Chart of accounts 'COA' - Val grouping code '0001'

4 Define valuation class

A/c category reference

Create A/c category reference '0001' - Reference for raw materials ;

Valuatin class

Valuation class '1310 & 1320' - A/c category reference '0001' - Reference for raw materials ;

Material type/account category reference

Mat type 'ROH & FERT' - A/c category reference '0001' - Reference for raw materials ;

5 Define account grouping for movement types

6 Activate purchase account in company code

7 Calculation of value for purchase account

8 Calculation of value for purchase account - have a look

9 Separating account document for purchase account postings - have a look

Activate separate account document in valuation area

Create new doc type for separate document

Inventory management ; configure document type for separate F

Invoice verification ; configure document type for separate F

5 Configure automatic postings

Path: SPRO>IMG>Material Management>Valuation and Account Assignment> Account determination >Account determination w/o wizard

>Configure automatic postings (T-code:OMWB & Program:SAPMO20M)


>Calculation of value for purchase account (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0MB6)

Path: SPRO>IMG>Material Management>Valuation and Account Assignment> Account determination >Account determination w/o wizard >Purchase

account management >Separating account document for purchase account postings >Activate separate account document in valuation area (T-

code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0MB6)


account management >Separating account document for purchase account postings >Create new doc type for separate document (T-code:OBF4 &

Program:SAPL0F62)


account management >Separating account document for purchase account postings >Configure no. range for document type (T-code:FBN1 &

Program:SAPLSNR0)


valuation class (T-code:OMWD, DMSK, OMSK & Program:SAPM0MBW)


account grouping for movement types (T-code:OMWN & Program:SAPL0MB4)

Path: SPRO>IMG>Material Management>Valuation and Account Assignment> Account determination >Account determination w/o wizard >Activate

purchase account in company code (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPM0MBW)




account management >Separating account document for purchase account postings >Inventory management ; configure document type for separate

F (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0MB6)


account management >Separating account document for purchase account postings >Invoice verification ; configure document type for separate F

(T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0MRP)

Path: SPRO>IMG>Material Management>Valuation and Account Assignment> Account determination >Account determination w/o wizard >Group

together valuation areas (T-code:OMWD & Program:SAPM0MBW)

Account assignment

BSX-Inventory posting, WRX-GR/IR clearing account,

Simulation - Have a look

Choose

Account assignment

GL Accounts

• Involved in interfacing and integrating of MM with FI and SD and PP modules.

Movement Types: MM-SD-FI : 601/602, 651/652 ; MM-PP-FI : 261/262 ; MM-FI : 561/562, 101/102

Valuation Class

Transaction/Event key: (BSX inventory account)

Material Type:

PP-MM Generating Purchase Requistion

MM Making Inquiries

Raising Purchase Order

Release of Purchase Order

MM-FI Goods received from Vendor Raw material account - dr

GR/IR clearing ac

Invoice Verification and quality Assurance GR/IR clearing ac

TO Vendor

MM-FI-PPGoods issue for consumption Rawmaterial Consumption Dr

TO Rawmaterial Inventory Account

MM-FI-PPProduction Receipt Finished Goods Inventory Account

to Change in Stock

MM-SD-FIFinished goods delivered to Customer Change in stock ac

to Finished goods inventory

SD-FI Raising invoice on customer Customer ac -

to Sales

Receipt of payment from customers

MM-FI Chart of accounts of the company code

Valuation grouping code for the valuation area

Transaction/event key (internal processing key)

Account grouping (for offsetting entries, consignment liabilities, and price differences)

Valuation class of material or (in case of split valuation) the valuation type

Account Category Reference

Movement Types

Account Groupings for Movement Types

Different G/L Accounts Assigned to Different Transaction Keys & Account Grouping

• Tax code set up and GL mapping

FTXP & OB40

• Data collection and migration using LSMW.

• User acceptance test, functional design docs for Z report and other enhancements.

• Designing functional specifications for various enhancements and Z reports.

• Preparation of Config document, end user manuals and end user training.

• Generation of various reports using SQVI

• User admin and authorization (role/profile) set up

• ASAP methodolozy

- Projection preparations : Provides initial planning and preparation for R/3 project

- Business Blue Print : Detailed documentation of business process requirement

- Realisation (Designing) : To configure and implement all business processes

- Final preparation (Testing) : To complete testing ,end-user training,cut-over activities

- Go Live and Support : Transition from project orientation to live environment

Configuration of MM organization elements -Plants, Purchase Organizations, Purchasing groups, Storage Locations.

Path: SPRO>IMG>Enterprise Structure>Definition>Logistics General>Define, Copy, Delete, Check Plant (T-code:EC02 & Table:T001W & Program:SAPLECOP)

SL : its an org unit differentiate material stocks within plant, IM on qty based and pi is carried out at sl level

Path: SPRO>IMG>Enterprise Structure>Definition>MM> Maintain Storage Location (T-code:OX09 & Table:T001L & Program:SAPL0ORG)

purch grp: key for buyer or group of buyers responsible for certain specific purchasing activities (eg. Mech/ Elect, etc.)

Path: SPRO>IMG>Enterprise Structure>Definition>MM> Maintain Purchasing Organisation (T-code:OME4,OMGF & Program:SAPL0ME6)

Configuration of Masters, which includes Material Master, Vendor Master, Source List and Purchasing Info Record.

Configuration and creation of new Material types, assigned number ranges, field selection groups and field status of material master fields.

Configuration and creation of new vendor account groups, screen layout and assigned number ranges.

Creation of new PO and PR document types, assigned number ranges and field status to Purchase Requisitions and Purchase Orders

vendor master - vendor group, vendorl no. range, assignemtn no. to group, external, internal , ext or int

KRED is the SAP standard Vendor group name. Field types are General data, C.Code data, Purchasing data

Client : it‟s a commercial org unit in r3 system having its own data, master recods and set of tables, high level element of all org units represented with 3

digits alphanum

company code : It is a smallest org unit with an indepent accounting dept within external ac/c, having p&l & balance sheet, 4 digit alphanu

Path: SPRO>IMG>Enterprise Structure>Definition>Financial Accounting>Define Company & Edit, Copy, Delete, Check Company Code (T-code:EC01 &

Table:T001 & Program:SAPLECOP)

Plant : it‟s an org logistic unit that structures the enterprise from the perspective of production, producurement, material planning. It can be a branc, hq,

warehouse, maintenance plant, 4 digit alphanu

Plant code 'EM36, Name, address, language, country, factory calendar

Allow Freezing of Book Inventory Balance in Storage Location - SPRO> IMG> MM> IM & PI> PI> Allow Freezing of Book Inv Balance in SLoc

Path: SPRO>IMG>Financial Accounting >Accounts Receivable & Accounts Payable >Vendor Accounts >Master data >Preparation for Creating

Vendor Master Records >Define Account Groups with Screen Layout (Vendors) > (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0F04)

Path: SPRO>IMG>FA>A/Cs Receivable and …>Vendor A/Cs>Master data> Preparations for...>Create Number Ranges for Vendor Accounts (T-

code:XKN1 & Program:SAPMSNUM)

Path: SPRO>IMG>FA>A/Cs Receivable and…>Vendor A/Cs>Master data> Preparations for...>Assign Number Ranges to Vendor Account Groups

(T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0F07)

Path: SPRO>IMG>Enterprise Structure>Definition>MM> Maintain Purchasing Organisation (T-code:SPRO & Table:T024E & Program:SAPL0ORG)

Path: SPRO>IMG>Logistics-General>Material Master>Basic Settings >Define output format for material nos. (T-code:OMSL & Programm:SAPL0MM1)

Path: SPRO>IMG>Logistics-General>Material Group>Create Material Group (T-code:WG21 & Table:T023 & Program:SAPMWWG2)

Path: SPRO>IMG>Material Management>Purchasing>Material Master>Define Shipping Instructions (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0MEK)

Path: SPRO>IMG>Material Management>Purchasing>Material Master>Define Purchasing Value Keys (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0ME6)

OMSR ; Path: SPRO>IMG>Logistics General>Material Master>Field Selection>Maintain Field selection data screens

Path: SPRO>IMG>Logistics General>Material Master>Field Selection>Assign Fields to Field selection groups

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>RFQ>RFQ/Quotation>Define Document Types (T-code:OMEA & Program:SAPL0ME8)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>RFQ>RFQ/Quotation>Define Number Ranges (T-code:OMH6 & Program:SAPMSNUM)

mat typ 'hawa', description, field ref 'hawa', sref mat typ 'roh', item category 'norm' with qty structure, external purchase order '2', internal purchase

order '0', views, price control 'v', acc cat ref '0005', qty update 'in all val areas' , val update 'in all val areas', mat type id 'gen mat typ', display materail,

print price

mat typ 'halb', description, field ref 'halb', sref mat typ 'roh', item category 'norm' with qty structure, external purchase order '2', internal purchase order


mat typ 'roh', description, field ref 'roh', sref mat typ 'roh', item category 'norm' with qty structure, external purchase order '2', internal purchase order

'0', views, price control 'v', acc cat ref '0001', qty update 'in all val areas' , val update 'in all val areas', mat type id 'gen mat typ'

mat typ 'fert', description, field ref 'fert', sref mat typ 'roh', item category 'norm' with qty structure, external purchase order '1', internal purchase order


Path: SAP Menu >Logistics >MM> Purchasing >Master Data (T-code:XK01,MK01,FK01 & Table:LFA1,LFB1,LFB5, LFM1,LFM2,LFBK &

Program:SAPMF02K)

Path: SPRO>IMG>Logistics-General>Material Master>Basic Settings>Material Types>Define attributes of mat types (T-code:SPRO &

Table:T134,T179 & Program:SAPLMGCT134)

payment term code 'z30' ; description; own explanation ; account type 'vendor & customer' ; default for baseline date 'posting date or no default' ; no.

of days

inco terms 'exw' ; description ; location mandatory 'X'

Path: SPRO>IMG>Logistics-General>Material Master>Basic Settings> Material Types>Define Number Ranges for Each Material Type (T-

code:MMNR & Program:SAPMSNUM)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>RFQ>RFQ/Quotation>Define Screen Layout at Document Level (T-code:OME8 & Program:SAPL0ME5)

mat typ 'zrwk', description, field ref 'zrwk', sref mat typ 'roh', item category 'zrwk' with qty structure, external purchase order '2', internal purchase


mat typ 'dien', description, field ref 'dien', sref mat typ 'roh', item category 'dien' with qty structure, external purchase order '2', internal purchase order


mat typ 'hibe', description, field ref 'roh', sref mat typ 'roh', item category 'norm' with qty structure (nr), external purchase order '2', internal purchase


mat typ 'verp', description, field ref 'verp', sref mat typ 'roh', item category 'verp' with qty structure (nr), external purchase order '2', internal purchase


Path: SAP Menu >Logistics >MM> Purchasing > RFQ/Quotation (T-code:ME41 & Program:SAPMM06E)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>Purchasing info record >Define no. ranges (T-code:OMEO & Program:SAPMSNUM)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>Purchasing info record >Define no. ranges (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0ME5)

Path: SAP Menu >Logistics >MM> Purchasing > Master Data (T-code:ME11 & Table:EINA,EINE & Program:SAPMM06I)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>Source List>Define Quota arrangement usage (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0ME6)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>Source List>Define no. ranges (T-code:OMEP & Program:SAPMSNUM)

Path: SAP Menu >Logistics >MM> Purchasing > Master Data >Quota Arrangement (T-code:MEQ1 & Program:SAPDM06Q)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>Purchase Requisition>Define Document types (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0ME8)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>Purchase Requisition>Define No ranges (T-code:OMH7 & Program:SAPLSNR0)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>PO> Define Document Types (T-code:SPRO) & Program:SAPL0ME8)

Allowed item categories 'Standard ; B-Limit ; K-Consignment ; L-Subcontracting ; S-Third party ; T-Text ; D-Service'

plant 'em36' ; name ; source list 'X' ; - Specifies that the source list must have been maintained in the case of external procurement for a certain

plant. If the indicator has been set for a plant, a source must be entered in the source list before a purchase order that is to be issued to this source

can be created for this plant.

QA usage '3' ; The entry controls how the total order quantity is calculated in the quota arrangement, and thus which source of supply is determined

for the material at a particular point in time. You can enter a quota arrangement for the following field combinations:

purchase orders : The quantity of the material already ordered is included in the quota arrangement.

purchase requisitions : The total quantity requested in purchase requisitions for this material is included in the quota arrangement.

scheduling agreement : The total quantity scheduled in delivery schedules for this material is included in the quota arrangement.

planned orders : The total quantity planned in plnd ord for this material is included in the QA.

materials planning (MRP) : The quota arrangement mechanism is also used in materials planning; that is, the planned orders and purchase

requisitions created by materials planning are included in the quota arrangement.

production orders : The total quantity of all production orders for this material is included in the quota arrangement.

Path: SAP Menu >Logistics >MM> Purchasing > RFQ/Quotation (T-code:ME47 & ME49 (quote comparision) & Program:SAPMM06E)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>Source List>Define Source List Requirement at Plant Level (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0MEK)

Path: SAP Menu >Logistics >MM> Purchasing > Master Data > Source list(T-code:ME01 & Table:EORD & Program:SAPLMEOR)

Path: SAP Menu >Logistics >MM> Purchasing > Purchase Requisition (T-code:ME51N & Table:EBAN,EBKN,EBKE & Program:SAPLMEGUI)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>PO> Define Document Types (T-code:OMH6 & Program:SAPMSNUM)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>PO> Define Screen Layout at Document Level (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0ME5)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>PO> Set Tolerance Limits for Price Variance (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0MRP)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>PO> Set up Stock transport order (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0ME6)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>PO> Set up Subcontracting order (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0ME6)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>PO> Define reasons for ordering (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0MEB)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>PO> Returns to Vendor (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0WCW)

Path: SAP Menu >Logistics >MM> Purchasing >Purchase Order (T-code:ME21N & Table:EKKO,EKPO,EKET,EKBE & Program:SAPLMEGUI)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing>PO> Set up authorisation check for G/L Accounts (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0ME4)

SAP Consignment is process wherein you buy the goods from vendor, but don‟t valuate that stock. Only when goods are withdrawn from your stores, are

you liable to your vendor for your payments. Best example would be big TV shop which buys the goods from its vendors for advertising and display

purposes and only when they sold, vendor charges him.

There must be price maintained in inforecord for consignment (info type 2 in EINE table) for certain material, vendor, purchasing org and plant.

Prices need to be maintained in inforecord which will be used when settling liabilities with vendor.(ME11)

Create the Purchase Order with item category K in ME21N to order the goods from vendor for consignment.

Goods can be withdrawn in MB1A- 261 and MB1B-411 movement types with special stock indicator K used for consignment

This will be valuated and will post accounting document. Now consignment stock is actually valuated

Stock in consignment is seen separately in stock overview MMBE for certain material and plant.

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing >Conditions >Define condition control at plant level (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0MEK)

Customizing Pricing Procedure- Creation of Condition tables, Condition types, Tax codes, Access sequence, Schema groups, and Calculation schema for

domestic and import purchasing.

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing >Conditions >Define Price determination process >Define Access sequence (T-code:SPRO &

Program:SAPL080M)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing >Conditions >Define Price determination process >Define Condition type (T-code:SPRO &

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing >Conditions >Define Price determination process >Define Exclusion indicators (T-code:SPRO &

Program:SAPL080Z)

Both the Condition Types PB00 & PBXX are Condition Types related to Gross Price.Both the Condition types will ahve the same Step number with a

different counter.

PBXX is a manual Condition Type and will not have any Access Sequence assigned to it. It can be entered only manually in the Purchasing

document.

PB00 is an Automatic Condition type and an Access Sequence will be assigned to it. whenever a Condition record founds, then it will be updated in

the Purchasing document with the price from the Condition Record.If there is no Valid Condition record founds, then PB00 will not be included

instead PBXX can be entered manualy.

If goods are not withdrawn, you can do 102 or 122 movement types in MB01 with special stock indicator K for consignment to return goods to vendor.

Here vendor is not your liability.

Inforecord needs to be maintained for normal as well as standard purchasing organization. Plant dealing in consignment process (to be put in

Purchase Order) must be assigned to standard purchasing origination in configuration.

Consignment process in SAP MM is handled through item category in purchasing documentand it has certain prerequisites/steps for consignment process

to work.

On requested delivery date in Purchase Order, do MB01 -101 that is Goods Receipt for above goods on consignment. Again one important point is,

you are still not liable to pay your vendor. These goods will not be valuated, accounting document will not be posted unless stock is withdrawn from

consignment for your own use.

You withdraw the goods for your own purpose. Like in our example of TV shop, customer buys the TV. So that means shop keeper withdraws the

goods from his consignment stock and now vendor will be his liability.

Invoice in MIRO is not done in case of consignment process. The liabilities are settled in MRKO for certain period say month, quarter etc.

Vendor will be paid at price that is maintained in inforecord. As and when required, prices set with vendors must be adjusted in inforecord as well.

(ME12). Scales per validity period can be maintained if they vary over period in ME12.

A-Delivery costs, F-customs duties, N-tax code, O-event, U-metal price, V-sales price & X-gross price

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing >Conditions >Define Price determination process >Define schema groups (T-code:SPRO &

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing >Conditions >Define Price determination process >Define schema determination (T-code:SPRO &

Program:SAPL0ME3)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing >Conditions >Define Price determination process >Define Calculation schema (T-code:SPRO &

Program:SAPL080M)

Determine Calculation Schema for Determination of Market Price - have a look and set up if required

EIN - Purchasing account ; FR1 - Freight clearing ; FR2 - Freight provisions ; FR3 - Customs clearing ; FR4 - Consignment payables etc.

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Valuation and Account Assignment>Split Valuation>Configure Split Valuation (T-code:OMWC & Program:SAPMO10M)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing >Conditions >Account assignment> Define Combination of Item Categories/Account Assignment Categories

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing >Purchase Order >Release proceedure for PO> Edit characteristic (T-code:CT04 & Program:SAPLCTMV)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing >Purchase Order >Release proceedure for PO> Edit class (T-code:CL02 & Program:SAPLCLMO)

Characterstic 'POREL_NETVAL' ; Basic data - desc 'Total net order value' ; status 'released' ; data type 'CURR' ; no. of char '15' ; decimal places

'2' ; curr 'inr' ; val assignment 'multiple values 'X' & interval was allowed 'X'' ; Addnl data- table name 'CEKKO' ; field name 'GNETW' ; proceedure for

val assignment - not ready for input 'X' ; user entry handling 'X'

Characterstic 'POREL_ORDTYPE' ; Basic data - desc 'Order Type (Purchasing)' ; status 'released' ; data type 'CHAR' ; no. of char '4' ; val

assignment 'multiple values 'X' ; Addnl data- table name 'CEKKO' ; field name 'BSTART' ; proceedure for val assignment - not ready for input 'X' ;

user entry handling 'X'

Characterstic 'POREL_PPV' ; Basic data - desc 'Premium Price Variance' ; status 'released' ; data type 'CURR' ; no. of char '15' ; decimal places '2'

; curr 'inr' ; val assignment 'multiple values 'X' & interval was allowed 'X'' ; Addnl data- table name 'CEKKO' ; field name 'ZPPV' ; proceedure for val

assignment - not ready for input 'X' ; user entry handling 'X'

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing >Conditions >Define Price determination process >Define Transaction/Event keys (T-code:SPRO &

Program:SAPL080C)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing >Conditions >Define Price determination process >Maintain condition table (T-code:M/03 &

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing >Conditions >Account assignment >Maintain account assignment categories (T-code:SPRO &

Program:SAPL0MEQ)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Valuation and Account Assignment> Split Valuation>Activate Split Valuation (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0ME6)

Path: SPRO>IMG>Material Management>Inventory Management and Physical Inventory>Plant Parameters (T-code:SPRO &

Program:SAPL0MB8)

Path: SPRO>IMG>Material Management>Inv management & PI >Number assignment > Define no. ranges for goods receipt/issue slips (T-

code:OMC1 & Program:SAPMOMB0)



Path: SPRO>IMG>MM> Purchasing >Purchase Order >Release proceedure for purchase orders >Define release proceedure for purchase orders (T-

code:OMGS & Program:SAPL0MEF)

Inventory management- assigned number ranges for various doc types, configured field statuses, extended creation automatic storage location to various

movement types

Class 'PORELEASE' ; Class type '032' ; Basic data - desc 'PO release precedure' ; status 'released' ; valid from ' ' valid to ' ' ; keywords - 'po &

rel' ; character ' POREL_NETVAL ; POREL_ORDTYPE ; POREL_PPV ; POREL_ZZSUBMI' ;

Path: SPRO>IMG>Material Management>Inv management & PI >Movement type(T-code:OMJJ & Table:T156, T156T & Program:SAPL0MB2)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM>PUR>PO>Set up STO>Define Shipping Data for Plants (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0ME6)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM>PUR>PO>Set up STO>Create Checking Rule (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0PP1)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM>PUR>PO>Set up STO>Define Checking Rule (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0PP1)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM>PUR>PO>Set up STO>Assign Delivery Type and Checking Rule (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0PP1)

Path: SPRO>IMG>Material Management>Purchasing >Purchase order >Set up subcontract order (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0ME6)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM>IM & PI>Define No. assignment for A/c doc > FI Doc types & FI No. ranges

Configuration of automatic account determination process, valuation class, account category references and split valuation.

Path: SPRO>IMG>Material Management>Inventory Management and Physical Inventory >Reservation>Define Default Values (T-code:OMBN &

Program:SAPL0MBF)

Path: SPRO>IMG>MM>PUR>PO>Set up STO>Assign Document Type, One-Step Procedure, Underdelivery Tolerance (T-code:SPRO &

Program:SAPL0PP1)

PIR with subcon category(ME11), PO (ME21N), Goods movement to subcon location with mov typ 541(MB1B), Goods receipt (MIGO), FG adds

to the stock with mov typ 101 and components backflush with mov typ 543

Path: SPRO>IMG>Material Management>Valuation and Account Assignment> Define price control for material types (T-code:SPRO &

Program:SAPL0MBW)


valuation control (T-code:OMWM & Program:SAPMOMBD)



Path: SPRO>IMG>Material Management>Inv management & PI >Number assignment > Define no. range assignment for accounting docs (T-

code:OMBA & Program:SAPMOMB0)

Path: SPRO>IMG>Material Management>Inventory Management and Physical Inventory> >Goods Receipt>Set Tolerance Limits (T-code:OMC0

& Program:SAPL0MRP)

Path: SPRO>IMG>Material Management>Inventory Management and Physical Inventory>Physical Inventory>Inventory Sampling>Create

Inventory Sampling Profiles (T-code:OMCK & Program:SAPL0MI0)

Valuation area 'EM36' - Co code 'EM36' - Company name - Chart of accounts 'COA' - Val grouping code '0001'


>Configure automatic postings (T-code:OMWB & Program:SAPMO20M)




account management >Separating account document for purchase account postings >Activate separate account document in valuation area (T-

code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0MB6)


account management >Separating account document for purchase account postings >Create new doc type for separate document (T-code:OBF4 &

Program:SAPL0F62)


account management >Separating account document for purchase account postings >Configure no. range for document type (T-code:FBN1 &

Program:SAPLSNR0)


valuation class (T-code:OMWD, DMSK, OMSK & Program:SAPM0MBW)


account grouping for movement types (T-code:OMWN & Program:SAPL0MB4)

Path: SPRO>IMG>Material Management>Valuation and Account Assignment> Account determination >Account determination w/o wizard >Activate

purchase account in company code (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPM0MBW)




account management >Separating account document for purchase account postings >Inventory management ; configure document type for separate

F (T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0MB6)


account management >Separating account document for purchase account postings >Invoice verification ; configure document type for separate F

(T-code:SPRO & Program:SAPL0MRP)

Path: SPRO>IMG>Material Management>Valuation and Account Assignment> Account determination >Account determination w/o wizard >Group

together valuation areas (T-code:OMWD & Program:SAPM0MBW)

170 170000

TO Rawmaterial Inventory Account

CIN

IMG SETTINGS :

(1) FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING:

Path: SPRO> F.Accounting > FI Global Settings > Tax on Sales & Purchase >

- Basic Settings : Please have a look on following nodes ( Please do not change any settings here as these are general FI Settings)

- Check Calculation Procedure.

Have a close look in Define procedures. On TAXINJ Control data, which is the pivotal point for all Indian Tax Calculations

Access sequence

JST1 & JTAX

Define Condition Types

Define Procedures ZTAXIN

- Assign Country to Calculation Procedure – Please cross-check that the TAXINJ is assigned to India

- Specify Structure of Tax Juridiction Code – (Have a look)

- Define Tax Jurdictions : If you want to add any separate Tax Juridiction code, create it in TAXINJ.

- At node India >

Activate Country version for fiscal years – Check the account interface components are in valid fiscal year period

Settings are done at Logistics General

(2) LOGISTICS - GENERAL

Path: SPRO> Log.General > Tax on Goods Movements > India >

1 Basic Settings :

- Maintain Excise Registrations :

- Maintain Company Code settings : Create the settings relevant for your company code.

Cenvat doc type 'SA', xchange rate type for CVD 'M', CVD account ' '

Create Excise Registration details here. (eg. X) Please indicate the duty applicability (aed, sed, cess), Options and number of

excise line items in excise invoice

-

Plant - exc registration - multiple goods receipt

-

-

- Maintain Excise Duty Indicators : All possible Indicators are to be maintained like 100% Duty, 50%, etc

Plant settings: Create your Plant Setting with excise registration (X) you have created, If your Plant is operating as a Depot, Please

give the tick.

Maintain Excise Groups : Create your own excise group for your Plant with the excise registration (X) already created. Please have

a thorough look on the requirement and set accordingly like creation of EI, settings at MIGO, Automatic posting etc for your Plant

(exc group, exc reg '1', no. of grs '2')

Maintain Series Groups : (Relevant for Outbound deliveries, but applicable in MM for Subcontracting) : Create Series group for the

excise registration (X) created already

- Maintain Postal address : Excise related address Management (Not maintained)

- Determination of Excise Duty :

- Define Tax Calculation Procedure : Please see that TAXINJ is assigned to India

- Maintain Excise Defaults : Check the defaults created in the system.

Tax procedureCVD condition type A/PEx. tax codeTax juris.codeAccount payable BED condition typeAccount payable SED condition typeAccount payable AED condition typeAccount receivable BED condition type

TAXINJ JCV1 A0 9900 JMO1 JSO1 JAO1 JEX2

ZTAXIN JCV1 A0 JMX1 JSX1 JAX1 JEXP

BED Perc AED Perc SED Perc Cess Perc NCCD Condition type APNCCD Condition type ARNCCD PercECS Condition type AP

JMOD JAED JSED JCED

JMOP JAOP JSOP JEX1

ADC condition type A/PAccount payable AT1 condition typeAccount receivable AT1 condition typeAT1 Perc Account payable AT2 condition typeAccount receivable AT2 condition typeAT2 Perc Account payable AT3 condition type

JADC JHX1 JESC JSEP

- Condition based Excise Determination :

-

FTXP

- Assign Tax Code to Company code

EM36 - A0 & C0

- Classify Condition types : No input here.

ZTAXIN - JMOP etc

Define Tax Code for Purchasing Document - It is basically creation of Tax Code – FTXP – Create as many Tax codes with

the combination of A/P BED, AED & SED as 100% (It means that we are declaring that the material is 100% excisable) and

respective Tax % for CST/ LST for your working scenarios. This Tax code we will be attaching in PO for populating EDs &

Taxes.

2 Master Data

- Maintain Chapter Ids : Maintain the Chapter ID with Excise UOM

- Assign Users to M master screen sequence for ED – Not used

Chaitanya, Hemkumar, Msrinivas, Rajesh

- Define Form Types - No Input

3 Account Determination

-

- Maintain Excise Account per excise transactions – No data entry

57FC, 57NR

Define G/L Account for Taxes – It is OB 40 We are not using this because the accounts are assigned during the creation of Tax

code in FTXP

- Specify G/L account per Excise transaction All 256 accounts are to be entered by FI.

4 Business Transactions

- Incoming Excise Invoices

1) Select fields - no input

2)

3) Define Reference document per transaction – No Input here

4) Maintain Rejection Codes – Maintain some rejection codes, which is used while reversing the transactions

5) Specify Movement types involve Excise Invoices – Enter the movement types and select the Registers for each combination

- Outgoing Invoices - (Its mainly for SD)

1) Assign Billing Type to Delivery Types –

2) Maintain default Excise Groups and Series Groups –

Define processing modes per transaction – Check the transaction role and activate accordingly. For Transaction code J1IEX,

activate all.

- Subcontracting

1)

2)

- Exports under Excise Regulations - SD Functionality

1) Exports

2) Deemed Exports

3) Printouts of ARE docs

4) Transaction config

5) Exports

- Utilization

1)

2) Maintain minimum balances for excise accounts – It is not applicable now.

- Excise Registers

Maintain movement type groups – Please check/ enter for the combination of Movement type group and Movement types

involved in Subcontracting

Utilization Determination – It is basically fixing the % of CENVAT accounts are to be debited by the fortnightly Utilization of

CENVAT Report. Please note that the total of distribution should be 100.

Subcontracting Attributes – Enter all relevant subcontracting attributes here. Please check the Challan type (57FC),

Subcontracting period (Presently it is 180 days), Number of Excise Invoice line items and Number range

1) Specify SAP Script Forms – You can specify the Form Layout/ Forms here with the help of ABAP/ Basis.

5 Tools

- Long Texts – Management of Texts on Excise transactions/ screens

- Number Ranges - All relevant number ranges for each Excise group is assigned here.

- Message Control – All messages related to CIN are configured here.

(3) MM

1 Making Transfer posting for subcontracting - IMG setting

MM > Inventory Management & Physical Inventory > Goods Issue & Transfer Posting > Define Screen Lay out

In Change view field selection overview, Select Movement type –541 nad mark the Purchase Order field as an “optional” entry

CREATION OF MATERIAL AND VENDOR MASTER RECORDS

Create the Material which are liable for Excise Duty in normal MM01 transaction

MAINTAINING OF MASTER DATA

Transaction Code – J1ID

Basically Excise Mater Data for a Material, Plant & Vendor/ Customer

1 MASTER DATA

1 Chapter ID – Just check the Chapter ID created in IMG setting under Master Data is appearing here or not.

2

3 Material assessable Value – You can fix up the Net Dealer Value and assessable Value of the Material at a particular Plant

4 CENVAT Determination – Here you are declaring the input and Output material for a particular Plant. Tick on default Modvat Indicator

2 EXCISE STATUS

1

2 Customer Excise Details - SD Functionality

3 SSI Rate – If the Vendor is SSI, enter the SSI status, Excise duty and SSI rating.

4 Excise Indicator for Plant – Enter the Excise detail of your Plant with Excise Indicator and Number range group.

5 Excise Indicator for Plant & Vendor – Enter the combination

6 Excise Indicator for Plant and Customer – SD functionality

3 EXCISE RATES

1 Excise Tax Rate – Specify the excise rates for BED, AED & SED along with Chapter ID and Excise Indicator.

2 Cess Rate – Enter the Cess rate, if existing.

3

4 Sales Tax set off percentages – Can enter the data, if applicable.

5 Quantity based AED & SED – If the quantity base AED & SED is applicable for a material at a Plant in Chapter ID can enter here.

BUSINESS SCENARIOS

1 INTERNAL PROCUREMENT OF RAW MATERIAL

It‟s a normal Procurement cycle but with Excise transactions:

Pre-requisite

Customization and creation of Vendor, Material and Maintaining Excise Master Records in J1ID.

Step 1. Creation of Purchase Order

Material and Chapter ID combination - Make the entry for Material and Chapter ID for your Plant. If you are using this Material for

Subcontracting, give the tick in Subcontracting box. Don‟t forget to give „X‟ mark if the material is declared to Excise at appropriate

column. Please select the proper material type.

Exceptional Material Excise Rate – If the material is having any exceptional rates, enter here. Please note that this rate will be

picked up on priority, even if you are maintaining another rate in Excise Tax rate.

It‟s a normal ME21N activity, but make sure that you have selected GR based Invoice Verification and a proper Tax Code (Created in

FTXP with BED, AED, SED, CST, etc) in Invoice tab of Item detail. Check and Save the PO and note the PO Number

Create Vendors in XK01 and don‟t forget to enter the CIN Details of the Vendor by clicking on the icon „CIN Details‟ on the Header. You are

entering the CST & LST Numbers, Excise Registration details and Pan Number. But don‟t forget to enter Excise Indicator of the Vendor and

click on CENVAT Scheme participant on Excise duty Tab.

Vendor Excise Details – Enter your Vendor details created in XK01. Please don‟t forget to put the Excise Indicator and CENVAT determination

tick.

Step 2 – Capturing Excise Invoice

Step 3 – Goods Receipt

Step 4 – Posting Excise Invoice

Step 5 – Vendor Invoice Verification

Step 6 – Data and Reporting

1 For Checking CENVAT Register – Transaction code – J2I9

2 For Printing Excise Registers – Transaction Code – J2I6 (Any Excise Register can be printed)

2 PROCUREMENT OF CAPITAL GOODS

3 PROCUREMENT - IMPORTS

Pre-Requisite –

1 Create a Vendor as “Customs “ – Normal schema group

2 Create a (Import) Vendor with a separate Vendor Schema(Y) – in customizing

3 Attach the Pur Orgn and Vendor Schema(Y) and assign the IMPORT Pricing procedure – in Customizing

Step 1 – Creation of Purchase Order

Step 2 – Invoice verification for the CVD

Check and Save the document. See that the amount is posted in CVD/ customs clearing account

Step 3 – Capturing of excise Invoice for Bill of Entry

Step 4 – Posting of Goods Receipt

MIGO transaction w.r.to PO. Enter the Excise Invoice and commercial invoice number . Check and save the document.

The procedure is same, but use an asset material in Purchase Order. The difference is the duties are posted in RG23C Part I&II. Also

note that the credits will be 50% for the current year and the balance is credited in CENVAT on Hold account.

Select the Vendor (Import) for the PO. Enter the data. In Invoice tab, Don‟t select GR based Invoice verification and select a Tax Code

– V0. In Conditions tab, In condition “JCV1” (In CVD) enter the percentage of CVD to be remitted to Customs. Select the condition go to

details and attach the Vendor as Customs. Check and save.

Its an ordinary J1IEX transaction. But while entering the PO system will ask for a commercial invoice number, enter the document

number which is created during step2. Enter the PO number and capture excise Invoice. Please see that the CVD is treated as ordinary

BED. Note the Excise Invoice number.

Practically when material is arrived at Customs, they will issue Bill of Lading. This BOL invoice value in MIRO. Select the PO and select

Planned Delivery cost tab. In header enter the CVD amount and in details tab, check the Invoicing party as Vendor – Customs.

It is the same transaction – J1IEX – Select the tab “POST” tab and enter the internal excise number. No data entry is required. Check

the document. Click on Simulate CENVAT icon and see the posting. If satisfactory, click on “Post CENVAT” to saving. Note the

Accounting document Number and serial Number. Excise Invoice is posted now. Register RG23A Part I & II are updated

Transaction code is – J1IEX. Select the tab of Capture excise invoice. Enter the Po number. Enter your Excise Invoice Number ad date

in respective tabs and check the BED, AED & SED values and rates in Item Detail, Item and Header data. Check and Save the Data.

Note the Internal Excise Invoice Number. Note the Excise Invoice number system-generated messages.

Do the normal MIGO transaction for that Purchase Order. On allocating the Storage Location and Flagging the Item OK, Excise Tab is

coming in Header and Item. On Excise tab in Header select Only capture excise Invoice tab and drill down on Excise Invoice Number

and select the Excise Invoice number created in step 2. Enter the date, check and save the document. Note the material document

Number.

It‟s a normal MIRO transaction. Enter the tax amount separately. Simulate and then Post the Invoice. Check the postings of BED, AED

& SED, CENVAT clearing account and GR/IR clearing account.

Step 5 – Posting of Excise Invoice

Ordinary J1IEX transaction. Check the data and save the document. Note the Serial number and Accounting document number.

Step 6 - Invoice Verification

Standard MIRO transaction for Vendor Invoice.

Check the Reports.

4 SUBCONTRACTING WITH ED

Step 1 Create a Subcontracting Order

Select Tax code as “V0” and select GR based IV.

In Item conditions, In condition type –JEXC – IN Manual excise %- Enter the excise percentage and Save the order.

Step 2 – Transfer posting of components

It is also an ordinary MB1B transaction. You can refer the PO and post.

Step 3 – Creation of Excise Invoice

You can take the print of this Invoice by transaction code – J1IV

Step 4 – Capture of Excise Invoice


Step 6 – Posting the excise invoice

Normal J1IEX function same as that of domestic procurement. Post the Invoice.

Step 7 – Vendor Invoice verification

Ordinary “MIRO” function. Post the Invoice and check all repots.

5 SUBCONTRACTING WITHOUT ED

Step 1 Create a Subcontracting Order

Select Tax code as “V0” and select GR based IV.

Step 2 – Transfer posting of components

It is also an ordinary MB1B transaction. You can refer the PO and post.

Step 3 – Creation of Subcontracting Challan -

Now the processing is completed and he is supplying the finished product

It is an ordinary ME21N functionality for creating SC Order. See that Components are attached in CS01 or in PO Materials data itself.

Also see that the material is declared as a subcontracting material in Master Data (Material and Chapter ID combination)

On receipt of material from the Vendor, Capture the Invoice using Transaction code – J1IEX. Enter the required data and Save the

document. Note the document number.



In CIN role go to creation of subcontracting challan (Transaction Code – J1IF01). The screen will display the material document

number created in transfer posting. Input other required detail, if nay and save the document. Material will go to subcontractor along

Go to CIN easy access select Sales/ Outbound movements > Excise Invoice > For other movements > Excise Invoice for other

movements ( Transaction code – J1IS)

Select the Reference Document type as “MATD” and enter other data. Also see that It is refereeing the transfer posting document

number. Save the excise Invoice. Note the Excise Invoice number and FI document number created by system.

It‟s the same procedure what we have done in normal domestic procurement. Enter the required data and Save the document. Note the

document number.


Step 5 – Reconciling the Subcontracting challan Quantity

Step 6 – Completing the Subcontracting Challan

6 STOCK TRANSPORT ORDER

Pre-Requisites :

1 Creation of Customer Master data – Create both the Plants are Customers in XD01

2

3 IMG Settings : In MM > Purchasing > Purchasing Order > Set up Stock Transport Order > Define Shipping data for Plants.

Select each Plant and enter Customer number of the other plant created in Step1 along with the data of Sales Org, etc.

4 Excise Master Data - In J1ID, see that the material data is entered for both the Plants.

Process Flow

Step 1 - Creation of Stock Transport Order.

In ME21N, mention the Issuing Plant. Please check the item tab Invoice and see the Tax juridiction code as IN00. Check and Save the PO.

Step 2 – Transfer Posting

Step 3 – Creation of Excise Invoice

Step 4 – Posting of Excise Invoice

The Transaction code is J1IV. Save the document and take the print.

Now the Material is reached at 2nd Plant. The activities at that Plants are :

Step 5 – Capturing of Excise Invoice


It is also an ordinary MIGO transaction. Enter the excise invoice details, save the document and note the material document number.

Step 7 – Posting the Excise Invoice

Transaction code – J1IF13. Screen will show the detail of challan with a status “In process”, check the data and save the document.

System will give a message that the challan is completed

It‟s the same procedure what we have done in normal domestic procurement. But after entering the details, excise tab will appear in

header and item details. In header tab select the option of “Refer Subcontracting challan”. Go to the details icon and enter the

subcontracting challan number created in step 3. Save the GR and note the document number.

Transaction code is – J1IFQ. Screen will display the material document of Goods receipt. Click on reconcile icon, a new screen

appears. Enter the assigned quantity at item detail and save the document.

Do the transfer posting in MB1B with proper Plant selection and movement type 351. Refer the PO and adopt the details. Note the

Material document number.

Create Excise Invoice for other movements in J1IS. Select the document type as MATD. See that the system is automatically creating

the Invoice. Note the Excise Invoice Number and FI document number created by the system.

Its an ordinary J1IEX transaction. Capture the Invoice against the stock Transport Order. See that Plant 2 is automatically appeared.

Enter the required detail and save the document and note the internal number.

J1IED transaction. Select the tab as posting against Vendor Excise Invoice. Input the required detail. Click on SIMULATE CENVAT and

see the postings. If it is OK, Post the Invoice. Note the serial number and Accounting document number.

Creation of Vendor Mater data – Create both the Plants are Vendors. For each Vendor select the other Plant as the Customer

(already created in Serial No.1).

Excise registers

RG1

RG23A

RG23C

RG23D

RT-12 (ER1)

Basic Settings : Please have a look on following nodes ( Please do not change any settings here as these are general FI Settings)

Have a close look in Define procedures. On TAXINJ Control data, which is the pivotal point for all Indian Tax Calculations

Assign Country to Calculation Procedure – Please cross-check that the TAXINJ is assigned to India

Define Tax Jurdictions : If you want to add any separate Tax Juridiction code, create it in TAXINJ.

Activate Country version for fiscal years – Check the account interface components are in valid fiscal year period

Create Excise Registration details here. (eg. X) Please indicate the duty applicability (aed, sed, cess), Options and number of

excise line items in excise invoice

Maintain Excise Duty Indicators : All possible Indicators are to be maintained like 100% Duty, 50%, etc

Plant settings: Create your Plant Setting with excise registration (X) you have created, If your Plant is operating as a Depot, Please

give the tick.

Maintain Excise Groups : Create your own excise group for your Plant with the excise registration (X) already created. Please have

a thorough look on the requirement and set accordingly like creation of EI, settings at MIGO, Automatic posting etc for your Plant

(exc group, exc reg '1', no. of grs '2')

Maintain Series Groups : (Relevant for Outbound deliveries, but applicable in MM for Subcontracting) : Create Series group for the

excise registration (X) created already

Account receivable SED condition typeAccount receivable AED condition typeAccount receivable CESS condition type

JEXS JEXA JCES

JEXS JEAP JEXP

ECS Condition type ARECS percentageECS condition type A/P - Imports

JECS JEC1 JECV

Account receivable AT3 condition typeAT3 Perc

Define Tax Code for Purchasing Document - It is basically creation of Tax Code – FTXP – Create as many Tax codes with

the combination of A/P BED, AED & SED as 100% (It means that we are declaring that the material is 100% excisable) and

respective Tax % for CST/ LST for your working scenarios. This Tax code we will be attaching in PO for populating EDs &

Taxes.

Define G/L Account for Taxes – It is OB 40 We are not using this because the accounts are assigned during the creation of Tax

code in FTXP

Maintain Rejection Codes – Maintain some rejection codes, which is used while reversing the transactions

Specify Movement types involve Excise Invoices – Enter the movement types and select the Registers for each combination

Define processing modes per transaction – Check the transaction role and activate accordingly. For Transaction code J1IEX,

activate all.

Maintain movement type groups – Please check/ enter for the combination of Movement type group and Movement types

involved in Subcontracting

Utilization Determination – It is basically fixing the % of CENVAT accounts are to be debited by the fortnightly Utilization of

CENVAT Report. Please note that the total of distribution should be 100.

Subcontracting Attributes – Enter all relevant subcontracting attributes here. Please check the Challan type (57FC),

Subcontracting period (Presently it is 180 days), Number of Excise Invoice line items and Number range

Specify SAP Script Forms – You can specify the Form Layout/ Forms here with the help of ABAP/ Basis.

MM > Inventory Management & Physical Inventory > Goods Issue & Transfer Posting > Define Screen Lay out

In Change view field selection overview, Select Movement type –541 nad mark the Purchase Order field as an “optional” entry

Chapter ID – Just check the Chapter ID created in IMG setting under Master Data is appearing here or not.

Material assessable Value – You can fix up the Net Dealer Value and assessable Value of the Material at a particular Plant

CENVAT Determination – Here you are declaring the input and Output material for a particular Plant. Tick on default Modvat Indicator

Excise Indicator for Plant – Enter the Excise detail of your Plant with Excise Indicator and Number range group.

Excise Tax Rate – Specify the excise rates for BED, AED & SED along with Chapter ID and Excise Indicator.

Quantity based AED & SED – If the quantity base AED & SED is applicable for a material at a Plant in Chapter ID can enter here.

Material and Chapter ID combination - Make the entry for Material and Chapter ID for your Plant. If you are using this Material for

Subcontracting, give the tick in Subcontracting box. Don‟t forget to give „X‟ mark if the material is declared to Excise at appropriate

column. Please select the proper material type.

Exceptional Material Excise Rate – If the material is having any exceptional rates, enter here. Please note that this rate will be

picked up on priority, even if you are maintaining another rate in Excise Tax rate.

It‟s a normal ME21N activity, but make sure that you have selected GR based Invoice Verification and a proper Tax Code (Created in

FTXP with BED, AED, SED, CST, etc) in Invoice tab of Item detail. Check and Save the PO and note the PO Number

Create Vendors in XK01 and don‟t forget to enter the CIN Details of the Vendor by clicking on the icon „CIN Details‟ on the Header. You are

entering the CST & LST Numbers, Excise Registration details and Pan Number. But don‟t forget to enter Excise Indicator of the Vendor and

click on CENVAT Scheme participant on Excise duty Tab.

Vendor Excise Details – Enter your Vendor details created in XK01. Please don‟t forget to put the Excise Indicator and CENVAT determination

tick.

Attach the Pur Orgn and Vendor Schema(Y) and assign the IMPORT Pricing procedure – in Customizing

MIGO transaction w.r.to PO. Enter the Excise Invoice and commercial invoice number . Check and save the document.

The procedure is same, but use an asset material in Purchase Order. The difference is the duties are posted in RG23C Part I&II. Also

note that the credits will be 50% for the current year and the balance is credited in CENVAT on Hold account.

Select the Vendor (Import) for the PO. Enter the data. In Invoice tab, Don‟t select GR based Invoice verification and select a Tax Code

– V0. In Conditions tab, In condition “JCV1” (In CVD) enter the percentage of CVD to be remitted to Customs. Select the condition go to

details and attach the Vendor as Customs. Check and save.

Its an ordinary J1IEX transaction. But while entering the PO system will ask for a commercial invoice number, enter the document

number which is created during step2. Enter the PO number and capture excise Invoice. Please see that the CVD is treated as ordinary

BED. Note the Excise Invoice number.

Practically when material is arrived at Customs, they will issue Bill of Lading. This BOL invoice value in MIRO. Select the PO and select

Planned Delivery cost tab. In header enter the CVD amount and in details tab, check the Invoicing party as Vendor – Customs.

It is the same transaction – J1IEX – Select the tab “POST” tab and enter the internal excise number. No data entry is required. Check

the document. Click on Simulate CENVAT icon and see the posting. If satisfactory, click on “Post CENVAT” to saving. Note the

Accounting document Number and serial Number. Excise Invoice is posted now. Register RG23A Part I & II are updated

Transaction code is – J1IEX. Select the tab of Capture excise invoice. Enter the Po number. Enter your Excise Invoice Number ad date

in respective tabs and check the BED, AED & SED values and rates in Item Detail, Item and Header data. Check and Save the Data.

Note the Internal Excise Invoice Number. Note the Excise Invoice number system-generated messages.

Do the normal MIGO transaction for that Purchase Order. On allocating the Storage Location and Flagging the Item OK, Excise Tab is

coming in Header and Item. On Excise tab in Header select Only capture excise Invoice tab and drill down on Excise Invoice Number

and select the Excise Invoice number created in step 2. Enter the date, check and save the document. Note the material document

Number.

It‟s a normal MIRO transaction. Enter the tax amount separately. Simulate and then Post the Invoice. Check the postings of BED, AED

& SED, CENVAT clearing account and GR/IR clearing account.

Ordinary J1IEX transaction. Check the data and save the document. Note the Serial number and Accounting document number.

In Item conditions, In condition type –JEXC – IN Manual excise %- Enter the excise percentage and Save the order.



On receipt of material from the Vendor, Capture the Invoice using Transaction code – J1IEX. Enter the required data and Save the

document. Note the document number.



In CIN role go to creation of subcontracting challan (Transaction Code – J1IF01). The screen will display the material document

number created in transfer posting. Input other required detail, if nay and save the document. Material will go to subcontractor along

Go to CIN easy access select Sales/ Outbound movements > Excise Invoice > For other movements > Excise Invoice for other

movements ( Transaction code – J1IS)

Select the Reference Document type as “MATD” and enter other data. Also see that It is refereeing the transfer posting document

number. Save the excise Invoice. Note the Excise Invoice number and FI document number created by system.

It‟s the same procedure what we have done in normal domestic procurement. Enter the required data and Save the document. Note the

document number.

IMG Settings : In MM > Purchasing > Purchasing Order > Set up Stock Transport Order > Define Shipping data for Plants.

Select each Plant and enter Customer number of the other plant created in Step1 along with the data of Sales Org, etc.

In ME21N, mention the Issuing Plant. Please check the item tab Invoice and see the Tax juridiction code as IN00. Check and Save the PO.

It is also an ordinary MIGO transaction. Enter the excise invoice details, save the document and note the material document number.

Transaction code – J1IF13. Screen will show the detail of challan with a status “In process”, check the data and save the document.

System will give a message that the challan is completed

It‟s the same procedure what we have done in normal domestic procurement. But after entering the details, excise tab will appear in

header and item details. In header tab select the option of “Refer Subcontracting challan”. Go to the details icon and enter the

subcontracting challan number created in step 3. Save the GR and note the document number.

Transaction code is – J1IFQ. Screen will display the material document of Goods receipt. Click on reconcile icon, a new screen

appears. Enter the assigned quantity at item detail and save the document.

Do the transfer posting in MB1B with proper Plant selection and movement type 351. Refer the PO and adopt the details. Note the

Material document number.

Create Excise Invoice for other movements in J1IS. Select the document type as MATD. See that the system is automatically creating

the Invoice. Note the Excise Invoice Number and FI document number created by the system.

Its an ordinary J1IEX transaction. Capture the Invoice against the stock Transport Order. See that Plant 2 is automatically appeared.

Enter the required detail and save the document and note the internal number.

J1IED transaction. Select the tab as posting against Vendor Excise Invoice. Input the required detail. Click on SIMULATE CENVAT and

see the postings. If it is OK, Post the Invoice. Note the serial number and Accounting document number.

Creation of Vendor Mater data – Create both the Plants are Vendors. For each Vendor select the other Plant as the Customer

(already created in Serial No.1).

Materials

MARA Material Master: General data

MAKT Material Master: Description

MARM Material Master: Unit of Measure

MAPE Material master: Export control file

MARC Material master: Plant data

MARD Material master: Storage location

MAST Material link to BOM

MBEW Material valuation

MLGN Material Master: WM Inventory

MLGT Material Master: WM Inventory type

MDIP Material: MRP profiles (field contents)

MKOP Consignment price segment (old versions of SAP)

EBEW Valuation of sales order stock

QBEW Valuation of project stock

MVER Material Master: Consumption <Plant>

DVER Material Master: Consumption <MRP Area>

MVKE Material Master: Sales <Sales Org, Distr Ch>

MLAN Material Master: Tax indicator

MARC Material Master: Plant data

MAPR Material Master: Forecast

MARD Material Master: Storage Location

MCH1 Material Master: X Plant Batches

MCHA Material Master: Batches

MCHB Material Master: Batch Stock

MDMA MRP Area data

DBVM MRP Planning File Entry: MRP Area

MOFF Outstanding Material Master Records (Maintenance status)

MARCH Material Master C Segment: History

MARDH Material Master Storage Location Segment: History

MBEWH Material Valuation: History

MCHBH Batch Stocks: History

MKOLH Special Stocks from Vendor: History

MSCAH Sales Order Stock at Vendor: History

MSKAH Sales Order Stock: History

MSKUH Special Stocks at Customer: History

MSLBH Special Stocks at Vendor: History

MSPRH Project Stock: History

MSSAH Total Sales Order Stocks: History

MSSQH Total Project Stocks: History

Vendors

LFA1 Vendor Master: General data

LFB1 Vendor Master: Company data

LFM1 Vendor Master: Purchasing Data (Purchasing organization)

LFM2 Vendor Master: Purchasing Data (Plant, Vendor sub-range)

Purchasing ing

EBAN Purchase requisition: items

EBKN Purchase Requisition: account assignment

STXH SAPScript Text Header

STXL SAPScript Text Lines

EKKO Purchasing document header

EKPO Purchasing Document: Item

EKET Purchasing Document: Delivery Schedules

MDBS Material View of Order Item/Schedule Line (good to find open PO's)

EKKN Account assignment in purchasing document

EORD Purchasing Source List

EIPA Order price history record

EKAB Release documentation

EKBE Purchasing document history

EKBZ Purchasing document history: delivery costs

EKPB "Material to be provided" item in purchasing document

ESKL Account assignment specification for service line

ESKN Account assignment in service package

ESLH Service package header data

ESLL Lines in service package

ESSR Service entry sheet header data

ESUC External services management: Unplanned limits for contract item

ESUH External services management: unplanned service limits header data

ESUP External services management: unplanned limits for service packages

ESUS External services management: Unplanned limits for service types

EINA Purchase Info Record: General

EINE Purchasing info record: purchasing organization data

KONP Condition Item

KONH Condition Header

Inventory Management ry Management

ISEG Physical inventory document items

MKPF Material document: Header

MSEG Material document: item

RKPF Reservation: Header

RESB Reservation: Item

Invoice Verification Verification

BSIM Secondary index: documents for material

MYMFT FIFO results table

MYML LIFO material layer

MYMLM LIFO material layer (monthly)

MYMP LIFO period stocks, single material

MYMP1 Receipt data LIFO/FIFO valuation

MYPL LIFO pool layer

MYPLM LIFO pool layer (monthly)

RBCO Document item, incoming invoice account assignment

RBDIFFKO Invoice Verification: conditions

RBDIFFME Invoice Verification: quantity differences

RBDRSEG Invoice Verification Batch: Invoice document items

RBKP Document header: incoming invoice

RBKPB Invoice document header (batch invoice verification)

RBTX Taxes:incoming invoice

RBVD Invoice document: summarization data

RBVDMAT Invoice Verification: summarization data, Material

RBWT Withholding tax:incoming invoice

RKWA Consignment withdrawals

RSEG Document item, incoming invoice

Customising and other master datasing and other master data

MDLV MRP Areas

MDLG MRP Areas - Storage Locations

MDLW MRP Areas - Plants

MDLL MRP Areas - Subcontractor

T023 Material Groups

T024 Purchasing groups

T030 Standard Accounts Table (Automatic Account Determination)

T156 Movement Type

T156T Movement Type: Text

AUSP Release Procedure: Strategy values (cl20n, cl24n)

AGR_USERS RS - Assignment of roles to users

CDHDR & CDPOS CDPOS - Change history of master data and documents

EDID4 EDI information

TSTC SAP Transaction Codes, lock/unlock: sm01, created: se93

TSTCT Transaction codes TEXT

NAST Message status

1 Customising

1.1 General settings

1.1.1 Countries

T005 Countries Countries

1.1.2 Currency

TCURC Currency Currency codes

TCURR Currency Wisselkoersen

TCURT Currency Currency name

TCURX Currency Decimal places for currencies.

1.1.3 Unit of measure

T006 UoM Units of measure

1.1.4 Calendar functions

T247 Calendar Month names

TFACD Calendar Factory calendar definition

T015M Calendar Month names

TTZZ Calendar Time zones

TTZD Calendar Summer time rules

TTZDF Calendar Summer time rules (fixed annual dates)

TTZDV Calendar Summer time rules (variable dates)

TTZDT Calendar Summer time rules texts

TTZ5 Calendar Assign Time Tones to Countries

TTZ5S Calendar Assign time zones to regions

1.2 Enterprise structure

1.2.1 Definition

T880 FI Company

T001 FI Company code

TKA01 CO Controlling area

T001W CO Plant / sales organisation

T499S CO Locations

TSPA CO Division

TVKO SD Sales organisation / company code

TVTW SD Distribution channel

TVBUR SD Sales office

TVKBT SD Sales office text

TVKGR SD Sales group

TVGRT SD Sales group text

T171T SD Sales district text

T001L MM Storage locations

T024E MM Purchasing organization

T3001 MM Warehouse number

TVST MM Shipping point

TVLA MM Loading point

TTDS MM Transportation

1.2.1 Assignment

TKA02 CO Assign company code to controlling area

T001K CO Assign plant (valuation area) to company code

TVKO SD Sales organisation / company code

TVKOV SD Distribution channel / sales organisation

TVKOS SD Division to sales organization

TVTA SD Sales aria

TVKBZ SD Sales office to sales area

TVBVK SD Sales group to sales office

TVKWZ SD Plants to sales organization

T024E MM Purchasing organization / company code

T024W MM Plant to Purchase organization

T001K MM Link plant ( = valuation area) / company code

TVSWZ MM Shipping point to plant

T320 MM Assignment MM Storage Location to WM Warehouse

1.3 Financial accounting

1.3.1 Company code

T004 Chart of accounts

T077S Account group (g/l accounts)

T009 Fiscal year variants

T880 Global company data

T014 Credit control area

1.3.2 Fi document

T010O Posting period variant

T010P Posting Period Variant Names

T001B Permitted Posting Periods

T003 Document types

T012 House banks

1.4 Not categorized

T007a Tax keys

T134 Material types

T179 Materials: Product Hierarchies

T179T Materials: Product hierarchies: Texts

TJ02T Status text

TINC Customer incoterms

TVFK Billing doc types

T390 PM: Shop papers for print control

2 Basic data / administration

2.1 Workbench related tables

2.1.1 Data dictionary tables

DD02L Tables in SAP

DD02T Tables description

DD03L Field names in SAP

DD03T Field description in SAP

2.1.2 Workbench

TADIR Directory of R/3 Repository Objects

TRDIR System table TRDIR

TFDIR Function Module

TLIBG Person responsible for function class

TLIBT Function Group Short Texts

TFTIT Function Module Short Text

TSTC Transaction codes in SAP

TSTCT Transaction codes texts

T100 Message text (vb e000)

VARID Variant data

D020T Screen texts

TDEVC Development class

TDEVCT Texts for development classes

2.2 Administration

2.2.1 User administration

USR01 User master

USR02 Logon data

USR03 User address data

USR04 User master authorizations

USR11 User Master Texts for Profiles (USR10)

UST12 User master: Authorizations

USR12 User master authorization values

USR13 Short Texts for Authorizations

USR40 Prohibited passwords

TOBJ Objects

TOBC Authorization Object Classes

TPRPROF Profile Name for Activity Group

DEVACCESS Table for development user

2.2.2 Batch input queue

APQD DATA DEFINITION Queue

APQI Queue info definition

2.2.3 Job processing

TBTCO Job status overview table

TBTCP Batch job step overview

2.2.4 Spool

TSP02 Spool: Print requests

2.2.5 Runtime errors

SNAP Runtime errors

2.2.6 Message control

TNAPR Processing programs for output

NAST Message status

NACH Printer determination

2.2.7 EDI

EDIDC Control record

EDIDD Data record

EDID2 Data record 3.0 Version

EDIDS EDI status record

EDPAR Convert External < > Internal Partner Number

EDPVW EDI partner types

EDPI1 EDI partner profile inbound

EDPO1/2/3 EDI partner profile outbound

2.2.8 Change documents

CDHDR Change document header

CDPOS Change document positioned

JCDS Change Documents for System/User Statuses (Table JEST)

2.2.9 Reporting tree table

SERPTREE Reporting: tree structure

2.2.10 LIS structure/control tables

TMC4 Global Control Elements: LIS Info Structure

3 MASTER DATA:

3.1 Material master:

MARA Material master

MAKT Material text

MARC Material per plant / stock

MVKE Material master, sales data

MARD Storage location / stock

MSKA Sales order stock

MSPR Project stock

MARM Units of measure

MEAN International article number

PGMI Planning material

PROP Forecast parameters

MAPR Link MARC <=> PROP

MBEW Material valuation

MVER Material consumption

MLGN Material / Warehouse number

MLGT Material / Storage type

MPRP Forecast profiles

MDTB MRP table

MDKP Header data for MRP document

MLAN Tax data material master

MARV Material Control Record

MTQSS Material master view: QM

3.1.1 Basic data text (sap script)

STXB SAP script: Texts in non-SAP script format

STXH STXD SAP script text file header

STXL STXD SAP script text file lines

3.1.2 Batches

MCHA Batches

MCH1 Batches

MCHB Stock: batches

3.2 Customer master data

KNA1 Customer master

KNB1 Customer / company

KNVV Customer sales data

KNBK Bank details

KNVH Customer hierarchy

KNVP Customer partners

KNVS Shipment data for customer

KNVK Contact persons

KNVI Customer master tax indicator

3.3 Vendor

LFA1 Vendor master

LFB1 Vendor per company code

LFB5 Vendor dunning data

LFM1 Purchasing organization data

LFM2 Purchasing data

LFBK Bank details

3.4 Customer – material info record

KNMT Customer material info record

3.5 Bank data

BNKA Master bank data

4 Characteristics:

4.1 Characteristics:

CABN Characteristics ( o.a. batch/vendor)

CABNT Characteristics description

CAWN Characteristics ( o.a. material)

CAWNT Characteristics description

AUSP Characteristic Values

4.2 Class types and objects :

TCLAO Several class types for object

TCLA Class types ( vb. lfa1 => v10 en 010)

TCLAT Class type text

TCLT Classifiable objects

TCLC Classification status

4.3 Links:

INOB Link between Internal Number and Object

KLAH Class header data

KSSK Allocation Table: Object (vb.matnr) to Class

KSML Characteristics for a class (internal number)

5 FI/CO :

5.1 FI :

5.1.1 Master data

SKA1 Accounts

BNKA Bank master record

5.1.2 Accounting documents // indices

BKPF Accounting documents

BSEG item level

BSID Accounting: Secondary index for customers

BSIK Accounting: Secondary index for vendors

BSIM Secondary Index, Documents for Material

BSIP Index for vendor validation of double documents

BSIS Accounting: Secondary index for G/L accounts

BSAD Accounting: Index for customers (cleared items)

BSAK Accounting: Index for vendors (cleared items)

BSAS Accounting: Index for G/L accounts (cleared items)

5.1.3 Payment run

REGUH Settlement data from payment program

REGUP Processed items from payment program

5.2 CO

TKA01 Controlling areas

TKA02 Controlling area assignment

KEKO Product-costing header

KEPH Cost components for cost of goods manuf.

KALO Costing objects

KANZ Sales order items - costing objects

5.2.1 Cost center master data

CSKS Cost Center Master Data

CSKT Cost center texts

CRCO Assignment of Work Center to Cost Center

5.2.2 Cost center accounting

COSP CO Object: Cost Totals for External Postings

COEP CO Object: Line Items (by Period)

. COBK CO Object: Document header

COST CO Object: Price Totals

6 Sales and Distribution (SD) :

VBFA Document flow (alg.)

VTFA Flow shipping documents

6.1 Sales order :

VBAK Header data

VBAP Item data

VBPA Partners in sales order

VBKD Sales district data

VBEP Data related to line items, delivery lines

6.2 Billing document :

VBRK header data

VBRP Item data

6.3 Shipping :

VTTK Shipment header

VTTP Shipment item

VTTS Stage in transport

VTSP Stage in transport per shipment item

VTPA Shipment partners

VEKP Handling Unit - Header Table

VEPO Packing: Handling Unit Item (Contents)

6.4 Delivery :

LIKP Delivery header

LIPS Delivery item

6.5 Pricing :

KONH Conditions header

KONP Conditions items

KONV Procedure ( billing doc or sales order)

KOND

6.6 contracts :

VEDA Contract data

7 Material Management (MM) :

7.1 Material document

MKPF material document

MSEG material document (item level)

7.2 Purchasing

EKKO Purchase document

EKPO Purchase document (item level)

EKPV Shipping-Specific Data on Stock Tfr. for Purch. Doc. Item

EKET Delivery schedule

VETVG Delivery Due Index for Stock Transfer

EKES Order Acceptance/Fulfillment Confirmations

EKKN Account assignment in purchasing

EKAN Vendor address purchasing

EKPA Partner functions(Partner Roles in Purchasing)

EIPO Item export / import data

EINA Purchase info record (main data)

EINE Purchase info record (organisational data)

EORD Source list

EBAN Purchase requisition

EBKN Purchase Requisition Account Assignment

EKBE History per Purchasing Document

EKEH Scheduling Agreement Release Documentation

8 Warehouse Management (WM) :

8.1 Transfer requirement

LTBK Transfer requirement - header

LTBP Transfer requirement - item

8.2 Transfer order

LTAK Transfer order - header

LTAP Transfer order - item

8.3 Master data - stock positions

LQUA Quants

8.4 Inventory documents in WM

LINK Inventory document header

LINP Inventory document item

LINV Inventory data per quant

9 Quality Management (QM) :

9.1 Inspection lot / info record

QALS Inspection lot record

QAMB Link inspection lot - material document

QAVE Inspection usage decision

QDPS Inspection stages

QMAT Inspection type - material parameters

QINF Inspection info record (vendor - material)

QDQL Quality level

QDPS Inspection stages

9.2 Quality notification

TQ80 Notification types

QMEL Quality notification

QMFE Quality notification – items

QMUR Quality notification – causes

QMSM Quality notification – tasks

QMMA Quality notification – activities

QMIH Quality message - maintenance data excerpt

9.3 Certificate profile

QCVMT Certificate profile characteristic level: texts

QCVM Certificate profile characteristic level

QCVK Certificate profile header

10 Production Planning (PP)

10.1 Work center

CRHH Work center hierarchy

CRHS Hierarchy structure

CRHD Work center header

CRTX Text for the Work Center or Production Resource/Tool

CRCO Assignment of Work Center to Cost Center

KAKO Capacity Header Segment

CRCA Work Center Capacity Allocation

TC24 Person responsible for the workcenter

10.2 Routings/operations

MAPL Allocation of task lists to materials

PLAS Task list - selection of operations/activities

PLFH Task list - production resources/tools

PLFL Task list - sequences

PLKO Task list - header

PLKZ Task list: main header

PLPH Phases / suboperations

PLPO Task list operation / activity

PLPR Log collector for tasklists

PLMZ Allocation of BOM - items to operations

10.3 Bill of material

STKO BOM - header

STPO BOM - item

STAS BOMs - Item Selection

STPN BOMs - follow-up control

STPU BOM - sub-item

STZU Permanent BOM data

PLMZ Allocation of BOM - items to operations

MAST Material to BOM link

KDST Sales order to BOM link

10.4 Production orders

AUFK Production order headers

AFIH Maintenance order header

AUFM Goods movement for prod. order

AFKO Order header data PP orders

AFPO Order item

RESB Order componenten

AFVC Order operations

AFVV Quantities/dates/values in the operation

AFVU User fields of the operation

AFFL Work order sequence

AFFH PRT assignment data for the work order(routing)

JSTO Status profile

JEST Object status

AFRU Order completion confirmations

PRT’s voor production orders

AFFH PRT assignment data for the work order

CRVD_A Link of PRT to Document

DRAW Document Info Record

TDWA Document Types

TDWD Data Carrier/Network Nodes

TDWE Data Carrier Type

10.5 Planned orders

PLAF Planned orders

10.6 KANBAN

PKPS Kanban identification, control cycle

PKHD Kanban control cycle (header data)

PKER Error log for Kanban containers

10.7 Reservations

RESB Material reservations

RKPF header

10.8 Capacity planning

KBKO Header record for capacity requirements

KBED Capacity requirements records

KBEZ Add. data for table KBED (for indiv. capacities/splits)

10.9 Planned independent requirements

PBIM Independent requirements for material

PBED Independent requirement data

PBHI Independent requirement history

PBIV Independent requirement index

PBIC Independent requirement index for customer req.

11 Project system (PS)

11.1 Basic data

PRHI Work Breakdown Structure, Edges (Hierarchy Pointer)

PROJ Project definition

PRPS WBS (Work Breakdown Structure) Element Master Data

RPSCO Project info database: Costs, revenues, finances

MSPR Project stock

11.2 Equipment

EQUI Equipment master data

EQKT Equipment short text

EQUZ Equipment time segment

12 Plant maintenance (PM)

IHPA Plant Maintenance: Partners

OBJK Plant Maintenance Object List

ILOA PM Object Location and Account Assignment

AFIH Maintenance order header

12.1 Human resources

12.2 Settings

T582A Infotypes: Customer-Specific Settings

12.3 Master data

T527X Organizational Units

T528T Position Texts

T554T Attendance and Absence Texts

T501 Employee group

T503 Employee group, subgroup

T503K Employee subgroup

T510N Pay Scales for Annual Salaries (NA)

T549A Payroll Accounting Areas

T750X Vacancy

12.4 Infotypes

PA0001 Org. Assignment

PA0002 Personal Data

PA0006 Addresses

PA0007 Planned Working Time

PA0016 Contract elements

PA0008 Basic pay

PA0105 Communications

PA1007 Vacancies

PA1035 Training

PA2001 Absences

Other important table

JEST System Status with object number

TJ02 System status description.

MRP Related

MDKP Header Data for MRP Document

MDTB MRP Table

MDVL Planning file entry for long term planning

MDVM Enry in MRP file

PBVPV Material Index for consumption of planning

REUL Material stock transfer reservation index

SAFK Run schedule master data

SQ01 Abap query

EDMSG ALE message type table

Release Strategies

T16FS Release Strategies

T16FD Description of Release Codes

T16FT Descriptions of Release Strategies

T16FK Release Statuses

T16FV Release Prerequisites

T16FC Release Codes

SE01 / SE09/ SE10 Transport organizer

E070 Change & Transport System: Header of Requests/Tasks ( Total moved transport requests)

External services management: unplanned service limits header data

External services management: unplanned limits for service packages

Change & Transport System: Header of Requests/Tasks ( Total moved transport requests)

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

A

Q

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

Q

A

A

A

Q

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Transaction variants simplify transaction flow by:

1. • Inserting default values in fields

2. • Changing the ready for input status of fields

3. • Hiding various screen elements and menu functions, or even

entire

screens

4. • Adjusting table control settings

When you create a transaction variant, you run through the transaction

in a

special mode. In this mode, you decide which elements you no longer

need in

your transaction and which values should be inserted where. If you

choose to

hide an entire screen, the system will no longer display that screen in

the

transaction and will proceed on to the next screen in the series. You

can

also adjust table control settings and determine the width of columns

and

the order in which you want them displayed. In tab strips, you can

suppress

tabs that you no longer need by setting them to invisible.

You may also create as many variants for a transaction as you desire.

One of

these variants can be defined as a standard variant. This variant is

then

valid across all clients. You may also assign different variants to

specific

users.

This is done using *Variant Transactions *Variant transactions are then

places in those users' user menus instead of the standard transaction.

Thanks..

Regards,

Chandhru.R

On 9/9/07, murali reddy <[email protected]> wrote:

>

> Hi,

> If any one knows the proceedure for setting screen variants and

> transaction variants, please mail me.

> Now i need to change 'invoice party field' in MIRO to display mode.

>

>

> Thanks in advnace,

> Murali.

>

> opmazhata <[email protected] <opmazhata%40yahoo.co.uk>> wrote:

hie

> gurus

>

> Can someone explain to me i detail how i can use transaction and

> screen variants to restrict display of cetrain fields to users.

>

> thank you guys

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

i am facing following problem.

Please give me reply as matter is most urgent.

Parag

+++++++++++

Dear All,

In PO, when we tick the GR BASED IV then in purchase order history we

can see the GR/IR ASSGT in Change View.

Where is the setting to see the GR/IR ASSGT without enabling the mark in

GR BASED IV.(is it possible?)

Where are the settings in spro for maintaining the Drop down for Change

view in purchase order history?

Pls. comment.

Regards,

Sachin Kokare

++++++++++++++++++

Dear All,

Can anybody tell me the logic behind the t.code MC46 for slow moving

items.

Various loopholes I found while analyzing the output of MC46.

A. At present MC46 gives that report but following is not

considering by system:

1.It ignore 281 movement, means any item is moved through 281, it only

consider 261 movement.

2.It ignore 201 movement.

3.It ignore 601 movement

4.it ignore 641 movement


B.MC46 report considers following movement which it should not be

1.311 movement , location to location transfer ( Means if any item is

Slow moving but it is moved during 365 days from one location to other,

system do not pick up as Non moving.

2.if any material do not have opening stock and there is purchase within

365 days and not issue through 261 takes place, mc46 shows as Non moving

which is incorrect.

Pls. comment on this.

Regards,

Sachin Kokare

++++++++++++++

Hi

Did you get any solution on this.

I am also stuck up with the same scenario

On 1/22/07, susheeliitr <susheeliitr@ yahoo.com> wrote:

>

> Hi gurus

> there is one scenario.

> our client takes mat from trader not from main vendor .

> trader takes mat from main vendor and sends us.

> suppose main vendor sells trader in 100Rs and 16% BED so he pays vendor

> 116Rs.

> trader sells client in suppose in 150 rs and 4 % sales tax so client

> pays him 156 rs. all these r fine.

> when we go for migo, base value for BED should be 100 rs not 156 i.e

> only 16 rs should go in cenvat account. if i do it manually then who

> 156 will go in GR/IR account. i want 140 should come from GR/IR account

> and rest 16 should come from cenvat account to pay 156 to vendor.

> i did setting vendor master date cin tab page and define trader but not

> working.

> plz tell me. it is very urgen.

> bye

+++++++++++==

Hi Sam

Did you get the solution,can you let me know it as well

On 7/11/07, Guru Ji <sapji.guru@gmail. com> wrote:

>

> Scenario is as follows:

>

> (Rate unknown) Manufacture( nirma)

>

> Rate Known Dealer(jain acid

> PO

>

> (Rate, Amount Qty is mentioned and remarks provided for provision Excise

> Duty

>

> Continue

>

> GRN

>

> continue

>

> Invoice

>

> (Tax Invoice + Duplicate for Transporter Copy)

>

> Dealer Manufacture

>

> For provision of Excise Duty

>

> For Payment

>

> 1)PO to dealer

>

> 2)GRN dealer

>

> 3)tax invoice from dealer is the total bill only, it does not contain

> duty.

>

> 4) but modvat benefit is taken on manufacturer' s duplicate copy.

>

> Plz tell how to map this scenario in SAP

> It's very urgent

>

> Thanks

>

> Sam

>

++++++++++++++++

want your advice on following issue.

I have typical scenario of dealer who passes on cenvat which he has received

from main manufacturer.

say 100 is the base price of the material and he is going to pass us the

excise of say Rs 10.I need to pay Vendor only Rs 100 but still need to get

cenvat of Rs 10.

I used condition jexc of manual excise but the problem in that case is gr

is prepared at goods receipt at Rs 100.But since we are availing the cenvat

of Rs 10 the GR/IR should be at Rs 90 only.

Can you let me know how do you solve the issue?

Regards

+++++++++++

hi Nilesh,

you can release the pr at item level also. pl follow the doccument

Setting up simple Release Procedure for Purchase Requisitions

Release Procedures (approval) can be used for Purchase Requisitions

(PR), Purchase Orders (PO), RFQ's, Outline Agreements and Service

Entry Sheets. The principle is exactly the same for all. If you can

master one, you will know them all.

Lets set up release procedures for PR for the following example:

Our company have got 2 plants: Plant 3100 (London) and plant 3600 (New

York).

· For New York (plant 3100), if PR item value is between 0 - 1000

dollars, then PR needs to be released by one person (person B)

· For New York (plant 3100), if PR item value is bigger than 1000

dollars, then PR needs to be released by two people (first by person

B, then person C)

· For London (plant 3600), if PR item value is bigger than 1000


A, then person C).

Key terminology:

· Release Codes - The different levels that the approval will go through.

· Release Groups - Grouping of strategies.

· Release Strategy - Unique, set of condition, sequence and levels of

releases. Every line in diagram is a Strategy (so we have 3).

· Release Indicator / Status - The status of PR as it moves through

the strategy. Example 'Block' (can't create PO yet) or 'Final Release'

(can create PO from PR)

Here is a summary of the steps to follow to set up our example:

· Create Characteristics & link to comm. structure (CEBAN for PR)

· Create Class & link to characteristic

· Create Release Groups & link to class

· Create Release Codes

· Release Indicator

· Set up strategies

- Strategies & Codes

- Pre requirements

- Status

- Assign values for strategies

· Set overall / item for doc type (PR only)

· Create and allocate authorization profiles

------------ --- DETAILS OF SETTING IT UP ------------ ---

Create Characteristics & link to communication structure (CEBAN for PR)

Here we define which fields are used to determine the strategy that

will kick in. In our case we used 'Plant' and 'Item value'. Not all

fields in the PR can be used. For a full list of fields that can be

used to determine the release strategy, see tcode se12 table CEBAN.

So the two fields that will be used is:

Field CEBAN-WERKS for Plant

Field CEBAN-GSWRT for Item Value

We need to create a characteristic for every field. Tcode CT04

Any characteristic name can be used. Keep something descriptive to

avoid confusion.

For Item Value -- lets create characteristic Z_GSWRT

First go to Additional Data tab and enter the table/field (and Enter)

Enter currency to be used in the Basic data tab.

Also select multiple values and Intervals allowed

The Intervals allowed will allow us to assign a range of values,

example: If PR value is 0 - 1000 USD .....

Save the characteristic

For Plant -- characteristic Z_WERKS

Again, the table/field name in Additional Data to enter table/field

Again set multiple values and save the characteristic

The multiple values is to assign more than one plant to strategy,

example: If PR for plant 3100 and plant 3600 is ...

Create Class & link to characteristic

Create a class (simply to group the characteristics) . Again any name

can be used. Tcode CL01 -- Create Class. The Class Type must be 032.

Configure Release Procedures

Above actions was all master data. We now need to do some

configuration. Menu: IMG > Materials Management > Purchasing >

Purchase Requisition > Release Procedure > Procedure with

classification > Set up procedure -- (tcode OMGQ in older SAP versions)

Create Release Groups & link to class

We have two groups to create AA and AB. We need to indicate the class

we are working with, in out case Z_PR.

Create Release Codes

Create all the release code / group combinations. This is all the dots

in diagram above. So we have 4.

Later on, authorization profiles will be linked to these code / group

combinations.

Release Indicator

First we create the different statuses that the PR can be in

throughout it lifecycle. Later on (below), we will be linking using

these statuses. Here are the standard SAP indicators; we probably

wouldn't need to add any.

We will be using two of these -- X (Block) and 2 (Released)

Under the Details section, you can indicate which documents can be

created from this PR. For Indicator 2, one can create PO's and RFQ's.

With Field Selection you can define which fields can be changed. This

is the same indicator that gets used with document type configuration

to make some fields read only, mandatory, hidden.

Set up strategies - Strategy & Codes

Every line in our diagram above is a strategy. So We have three

Lets call them:

Group AA / Strategy S1 -- Code L1 (for plant 0001)

Group AA / Strategy S2 -- Code L1 & L2 (for plant 0001)


Here are the settings for AA / S2

Set up strategies - Prerequisites

Fir every strategy, we need to define a release prerequisites. This

indicates if one code needs to take place before the other. In this

case, level 2 (L2) can only take place if level 1 (L1) has been released.

Set up strategies - Status

this is also done for every strategy. The screen is dependant on what

groups were linked to the strategy as well as prerequisites that was

set up. In this example:

- if nobody releases it then PR is block.

- if L1 release the PR, the PR is still blocked

- if L1 and L2 release the PR, the PR can be converted to RFQ/PO

Out of interest, the reason why there is not a L2 only option is

because of the setting in the prerequisites.

Set up strategies - Values for strategies

The values linked to strategies are master data (not configuration)

and can be set in two places. Either within the configuration itself

-- selecting the classification button

Or, in classification, example CL24N

Both methods work, the advantage of CL24N is that all the strategies

can be viewed easier.

Set overall / item for doc type (PR only)

For Purchase Requisitions, there is an option to release either on

item level or on document level. For PO / RFQ / Contracts, one can

only release on header level. Back to the PR, it is highly recommended

to use item release. This can be done in two places.

Firstly where the groups were created

On the document type configuration for PR

Config menu: Materials Management > Purchasing > PR > Define document

types

Create and allocate authorization profiles

In our example we will have three people releasing, so three profiles

will need to be created. Authorization profiles can be created using

tcode PFCG.

Usages of PFCG are not being discussed here, but see below for

relevant screen where the profile was created.

------------ --- USING RELEASE PROCEDURES ------------ ---

Create a Purchase Requisition

Lets create a PR, and see if the release procedure kicks in. In our

case we will create it for plant 3600 and any value. So we will expect

Strategy AB / S2 to kick in.

Create PR -- me51n

If no 'Release strategy' tab, then it didn't work. In this case all is

fine. The user can see the Release Group (AB), Strategy (S2) and

release indicator (X).

(SAVE)

Release a Purchase Requisition

Releasing can be done per PR or collective. Lets' use the collective

release. SAP Menu: Logistics > Material Management > Purchasing >

Purchasing Requisition > Release > Collective Release -- ME55

Select all the items to be released and then hit Save. You will see

the status of the item change to the next Release Indicator.

This is the absolute basics of setting up Release Procedures for

Purchase Requisitions. For more posts on Release Procedures, see index

of posts.

SAP version used for this post: SAP ECC (ERP Central Component) 5.0

You can discuss this article here.

Last edited by SAPman : 3 Weeks Ago at 01:24 PM.

-- In sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com, "nazim husain"

<nazsan_2002@ ...> wrote:

>

> u have to configure item wise relase for pr

>

>

> >From: Nilesh Deshmukh <nilesh_sap_ mm@...>

> >Reply-To: sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com

> >To: SAP MM <sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com>

> >Subject: [sap mm] PR Release

> >Date: Fri, 17 Aug 2007 06:28:49 +0100 (BST)

> >

> >Dear All,

> >

> > I have created a PR for 10 materials out of which I want to

release 5

> >materials only.

> >

> > Is there any provision in SAP wherein I can release individual

materials

> >only instead of whole PR.

> >

> > Regards,

> >

> > Nil

> >

++++++++++++++

you have to do the customization for release of PR at item level. Then you

will be able to release the PR item wise.

Thanks

On 17/08/07, Nilesh Deshmukh <nilesh_sap_mm@ yahoo.co. in> wrote:

>

> Dear All,

>

> I have created a PR for 10 materials out of which I want to release 5

> materials only.

>

> Is there any provision in SAP wherein I can release individual materials

> only instead of whole PR.

>

> Regards,

>

> Nil

++++++++++

u can use ctrl y and than ctrl x

and than copy from excel Ctrl C and than paste in mass ctrl v

>From: sabri fidan <sabri_fidan@ yahoo.com>

>Reply-To: sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com

>To: sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com

>Subject: [sap mm] mass maintance interface

>Date: Fri, 17 Aug 2007 01:46:20 -0700 (PDT)

>

>Dear All,

>In mass maintance interface is there a button like "upload from clipboard"

>or any way to paste more then 17 items. I cant do it with " carry out mass

>change button" because all items have different values.

>Regards,

>

>sabri

>

+++++++++++++

Instead of doing transfer posting to put material from unrestricted to QI

stock, please use the functionality to manually create inspection lot, that

is a better and more systematic way of doing this.

regards

On 8/16/07, hazariwalapu <hazariwalapu@ yahoo.com> wrote:

>

> hi

> Can anybody tell me which movement type we should use to transfer

> material from unrestricted stock to Quality inspection stock

>

> Thanks

>

> prashan

++++++++++++++++

Dear All,

Regards,

sabri

+++++++++++

Specify conditions in purchasing in Material master & info record.

Nonkonzo Pato <[email protected]. za>

Sent by: sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com

17/08/2007 12:20 PM

Please respond to

sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com

To


cc

Subject

[sap mm] Tax code - urgent

Hi guys,

Can anybody tell me how to make tax code to appear automatically when

creating a PO on a certain order type

Thanks in advance

NP

++++++++++++++

Try ME54N

Nilesh Deshmukh <nilesh_sap_mm@ yahoo.co. in>


17/08/2007 10:58 AM

Please respond to


To

SAP MM <sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com>

cc

Subject

[sap mm] PR Release

Dear All,

I have created a PR for 10 materials out of which I want to release 5

materials only.

Is there any provision in SAP wherein I can release individual materials

only instead of whole PR.

Regards,

Nil

+++++++++++++

Hi,

Firstly you have to create 4 material types for each one..and each material

type will allow to configure

Quantity updates/No Quantity updates

Value Updates/No value updates

Over there u can configure as per your requirement. Let me know how it works?

Cheers!

--

With Cheers From:

M.K Thamarai Kannan

+++++++++++++++

Hi Vijay,

Best way to handle this is maintain two material code

as you have stock of unpacked material and packed

goods also.

tracability is easier when you have two seperate

material codes

Thanks

Samraj

--- vijay anand <vakul_harsha@ yahoo.co. uk> wrote:

> Hemanth / Samraj,

>

> Yes, you both are right but in this scenario, the

> packaging is done by third party hence to track the

> cost at the vendor and third party (contract

> packager) the client needs to maintain two prices.

> The material goes directly from vendor to contract

> packager and then comes to entry point of the

> client. the client does want to maintain two

> material codes for change in only one field.

> How do you think this can be handled?

>

> Thanks & Regards

> Vijay

>

>

>

> ----- Original Message ----

> From: hemanth kumar reddy

> <hemanthkumar96@ yahoo.co. in>

> To: sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com

> Sent: Wednesday, 15 August, 2007 11:25:47 PM

> Subject: Re: [sap mm] two prices for one material--

> Urgent

>

> Hi

>

> Why it is required?.If requires u have to create 2

> materials one as Semifinished Material(Before

> packing) and another one as finished product.

>

> Hope it makes sence.

>

> Thanks

>

>

> vijay anand <vakul_harsha@ yahoo.co. uk> wrote:

> Hi

>

> How can we show two prices for the same material?

>

> Two prices in the sense material price before and

> after packaging.

>

> Thanks & Regards

> Vijay

+++++++++++++

Dear All,

I have created a PR for 10 materials out of which I want to release 5 materials only.

Regards,

Nil

+++++++++++

Hello gurus,

plzz help in CIN configuration. I have idea of J1IT and J1ID but what

do do further i am not getting. someone plzz gt me full step

thanks in advance

sameer

+++++++++

there can be a practice maintained to check ME5A every morning for open

requisitions

>From: mohammed quraishi <ms_quraishi@ yahoo.co. in>



>Subject: [sap mm] Purchase request

>Date: Thu, 16 Aug 2007 16:55:11 +0100 (BST)

>

>Hi friends,

>

>I have an important question,

>

>The purchase request created by PP For raw mateials &

>SD for finished goods to MM for purchase,

>My question is:

>How and where does this gets reflected in MM, how will

>the MM come to know that a Purchase request has been

>raised by PP or SD.

>Kindly look into this iam very confused.

>

>Thanx

+++++++++++++

Hi Dost,

For that purchase request have you tried Trans code md04.

if no then try that eventhough you r not satisfied I will suggest u more further.

Bye

mohammed quraishi <ms_quraishi@ yahoo.co. in> wrote:

Hi friends,

I have an important question,

The purchase request created by PP For raw mateials &

SD for finished goods to MM for purchase,

My question is:

How and where does this gets reflected in MM, how will

the MM come to know that a Purchase request has been

raised by PP or SD.

Kindly look into this iam very confused.

Thanx

++++++++++

hi

using this may be ur problem resolved.

let me know how u solved this?

Thanks

Bye

vijay anand <vakul_harsha@ yahoo.co. uk> wrote:

Hemanth / Samraj,

How do you think this can be handled?

Thanks & Regards

Vijay

----- Original Message ----

From: hemanth kumar reddy <hemanthkumar96@ yahoo.co. in>

To: sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com

Sent: Wednesday, 15 August, 2007 11:25:47 PM

Subject: Re: [sap mm] two prices for one material-- Urgent

Hi

Hope it makes sence.

Thanks


Hi

How can we show two prices for the same material?

Two prices in the sense material price before and after packaging.

Thanks & Regards

Vijay

++++++++++

hi

Prashant


Hi All,

What happens when GR is made against a subcontracting PO.?

I mean is the total value of the material changes?

Any inputs will be appreciated.

Thanks & Regards

Vijay

+++++++++++++++

Hi Guys

Purchase Order is that delivery is not being

processed (status is A) but customer is saying, that

is delivery is processed.

What should I do? can any one help me ASAP

Thanks

Sabbir

+++++++++++

Hello all,

I want to know if it is possible to automatically receive in

returnable packaging with a packaging instruction? We use inbound

deliveries for incoming raw material and we use rf scanners to receive

the material in. i want to setup a packaging instruction for each

incoming material so that when we receive in the components, the

corresponding returnable packaging is also received into inventory

based on the packaging instruction. Is this possible?

thanks in advance for any help,

gabe

+++++++++++

Hi friends,




My question is:



raised by PP or SD.


Thanx

++++++++++

Hi...SAP MM Gurus,

Plz can anybody explain the functionality of MEI7...T.code. .

Thanks in advance...

Best regards..

avinash.

+++++++++++++

LAURO LAGMAN <mochee07@yahoo. com> wrote:

Hi Sha,

try checking your settings in t-code S_ALR_87000332 for the Automatic

delivery control indicator

Cheers,

Lau


From: sabbir zahir <sabbirzu@yahoo. com>


Sent: Wednesday, August 15, 2007 6:15:38 AM

Subject: [sap mm] P.O Order from shah

Hi Gurus

I am missing delivering complete late indication on

Purchase order. Can any one help me for this issue

please.

Thanks

Shah

+++++++++++++++++++

Prashant Hazariwala <hazariwalapu@ yahoo.com> wrote:

MMBE IS FOR STOCK OVERVIEW

ANAND CHANDOOR <mpower303@gmail. com> wrote:

Try using the TCODE mmbe


>

> hi,

> I have a problem in posting GR in the current period and it is giving

> me a message ' Posting only possible in periods 2005/08 and 2005/07 in

> company code 1000 ' then i have tried to close all these period using

> Tcode MMPV but i couldn't close these posting period and i am getting

> message 'the specified year 2005 is not the calender year'.

> Again i can do posting in 2005/08 period but can not do posting in the

> current date.

>

> Can anybody help me on this?

>

> Prashant

>

>

>

[Non-text portions of this message have been removed]

------------ --------- --------- ---


venkat

9.1929E+11

++++++++++++++

You will try J1ID and go to Customer Excise details, maintain and save,

Regards

Diwakar

_____

From: sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com

[mailto:sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com] On Behalf Of

sapmmsenthilSent: Thursday, August 16, 2007 2:08 PM


Subject: [sap mm] CIN Customizing

Hai MM Experts.....

Can any one Guid me the CIN Version Customization With T-

Code's.

Regards

SAPMMSENTHIL

++++++++++++++++

Hi All,




Thanks & Regards

Vijay

++++++++++++++++

Hemanth / Samraj,

How do you think this can be handled?

Thanks & Regards

Vijay






Hi


Thanks


Hi



Thanks & Regards

Vijay

+++++++++++++

U can use Split Valuation also.

Valuation Category : Packaging

Valuation Types : Pre Packaging and Post Packaging

On Thu, 16 Aug 2007 hemanth kumar reddy wrote :

>Hi

>

>


>

> Thanks

>

>

>vijay anand <vakul_harsha@ yahoo.co. uk> wrote:

> Hi

>

>How can we show two prices for the same material?

>

>Two prices in the sense material price before and after packaging.

>

>Thanks & Regards

>Vijay

+++++++++++++++

Dear Kumar,

Thanks & Regards

Pavan Kumar


From: kumar manian <maniram_chn@ yahoo.co. in>

To: mm group <sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com>

Sent: Monday, 13 August, 2007 10:25:06 AM

Subject: [sap mm] Cancellation Service Entry Sheet document

Hi,

Thanks in Advance

Ram

++++++++++++++

Carefully check the log issued after every period close.

regards

epm

On Thu, 16 Aug 2007 Prashant Hazariwala wrote :

>MMBE IS FOR STOCK OVERVIEW

>

>

>ANAND CHANDOOR <mpower303@gmail. com> wrote:

> Try using the TCODE mmbe

>

>On 8/10/07, hazariwalapu <hazariwalapu@ yahoo.com> wrote:

> >

> > hi,

> > I have a problem in posting GR in the current period and it is giving

> > me a message ' Posting only possible in periods 2005/08 and 2005/07 in

> > company code 1000 ' then i have tried to close all these period using

> > Tcode MMPV but i couldn't close these posting period and i am getting

> > message 'the specified year 2005 is not the calender year'.

> > Again i can do posting in 2005/08 period but can not do posting in the

> > current date.

> >

> > Can anybody help me on this?

> >

> > Prashant

+++++++++++++++

Hai MM Experts.....


Code's.

Regards

SAPMMSENTHIL

+++++++++++++

Hi All,

Can we use the MRP to create reservations? If any one knows pls let me know

in details.

Thanks.

vineet

+++++++++++

Please see in the delivery vl03n see the movt type is 601 or not

>From: "garasai sap" <garasaister@ gmail.com>



>Subject: Re: [sap mm] mm query

>Date: Thu, 16 Aug 2007 10:03:31 +0530

>

>my dear Nazeem

>My problem is : after delivery stock should be reduced, but it is not

>happening.To avoid this what settings should be done.

>Thanks&regards

>

>

>On 8/15/07, nazim husain <nazsan_2002@ hotmail.com> wrote:

> >

> > after delivery the stock should be reduced

> > check report vl06 for the total PGI

> >

> >

> > >From: "garasai sap" <garasaister@ gmail.com>

> > >Reply-To: sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com

> > >To: sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com

> > >Subject: [sap mm] mm query

> > >Date: Tue, 14 Aug 2007 20:16:58 +0530

> > >

> > >Hi

> > >How to clean up Finished goods stock

> > >After delivery and billing,finished good stock should clean up.But for

>my

> > >client stock is still available and not matching with physical

> > >stock.Pleasehelp me and what settings should be done to avoid this.

> > >Regards,

> > >venkat

> > >MM consultant.

++++++++++

You can display your PO in Me23n,from there go to Environment and then

hearder changes or iterm changes

> Go to me23n and make the necessary changes u need.

>

> On 8/15/07, H K <heartykid2000@ yahoo.com> wrote:

>>

>> HI All,

>> Can anyone tell me if theres any report for changes made in purchase

>> order. say in Header or item data level.

>> Thanks in Advance

>>

>> Regards

+++++++++++++

hi,

the mov type is 322

hazariwalapu <hazariwalapu@ yahoo.com> wrote:

hi

Can anybody tell me which movement type we should use to transfer

material from unrestricted stock to Quality inspection stock

Thanks

prashant

++++++++++

hello experts,

Happy independence day to all of you.

I m having a problem in vendor evaluation. During automatic amd semi-

automatic methods how the system generates scores. i.e. whats the use

of variance and how system computes scores from variance.

Do help me?

++++++++++++++++

Hi,

Pl go M type 322 it will transfer stocks from Unrestricted to Quality Inspection.

With Thanks & Regards

Mohanrao Nagavarapu


hi



Thanks

prashant

+++++++++++++

me23n,environment - header changes

it will be there for sure

>From: "Ellis, Cindy - ERP" <cindy.ellis@ cityofhouston. net>



>Subject: [sap mm] Purchase Requisition Header Note

>Date: Wed, 15 Aug 2007 08:47:59 -0500

>

>Is there a way to track changes made to a purchase requisition header note?

>I do not see an option for header changes in the environment.

>

>Cindy E. Ellis, CPPO, CPPB

>City of Houston - SAP ERP Support Team

>Materials Management

>voice 713-221-0682

>fax 713-221-0698

>email cindy.ellis@ cityofhouston. net

+++++++++++++

322

>From: "hazariwalapu" <[email protected]>

>Reply-To: [email protected]

>To: [email protected]

>Subject: [sap mm] movement type for - unrestricted to QI stock

>Date: Thu, 16 Aug 2007 04:12:44 -0000

>

>hi

>Can anybody tell me which movement type we should use to transfer

>material from unrestricted stock to Quality inspection stock

>

>Thanks

>

>prashant

+++++++++++++

Hi Prasant,

The movement type from unrestricted stock to quality inspection is 322

by

Ramu


hi



Thanks

prashant

+++++++++++





>

> hi,







> current date.

>


>

> Prashant

+++++++++++

my dear Nazeem

My problem is : after delivery stock should be reduced, but it is not

happening.To avoid this what settings should be done.

Thanks&regards

On 8/15/07, nazim husain <nazsan_2002@ hotmail.com> wrote:

>

> after delivery the stock should be reduced

> check report vl06 for the total PGI

>

>

> >From: "garasai sap" <garasaister@ gmail.com>


> >To: sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com

> >Subject: [sap mm] mm query

> >Date: Tue, 14 Aug 2007 20:16:58 +0530

> >

> >Hi

> >How to clean up Finished goods stock

> >After delivery and billing,finished good stock should clean up.But for my

> >client stock is still available and not matching with physical

> >stock.Pleasehelp me and what settings should be done to avoid this.

> >Regards,

> >venkat

> >MM consultant.

++++++++++++++++++

hi



Thanks

prashant

+++++++++++++++

Hi Sukla,

The following dictation may help u, let me know ur query and status pls

MM Pricing

Procedure

How

pricing defined?

Note : ê = down arrow

Vendor

êassigned to

Schema

group

êassigned to

Pricing

procedure

êhas

Condition

Types

Note:

when we make PO, if vendor is selected pricing

procedure will be calculated accordingly

SPRO>

Material

Management

ê

Purchasing

ê

Conditions

ê

Define

price determination process

ê

Define

condition type

After create condition type

SPRO>

Material

Management

ê

Purchasing

ê

Conditions

ê

Define

calculation schema

ê

Define

condition type

Condition

Types are 3 types

1. Condition class

2. Calculation Type

3. Group condition change which can be made (header/item of PO)

What is Info Record?

Link

between material and vendor

Under Procedure

If you mark statistic for a condition type under

a pricing procedure and use this condition type in a PO then PO‟s

net price won‟t be changed after discount

Regards,

Zusen


From: vijay shukla <vijay_sap2005@ yahoo.com>

To: sap <sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com>

Sent: Tuesday, August 14, 2007 11:44:48 AM

Subject: [sap mm] pricing procedure

Hi MM gurus

1 basic price

2 discount on basic

3 gross ( 1-2)

4 packaging and forwarding charges on 3

5 excise duty on (3+4)

6.education cess on 5

7 discount

8subtotal of (1 to 7)

9 cst on 8

10 freight.

11 insurance

please suggest the pricing procedure for the the

Thanks in advance

vijay

++++++++++++

Go to me23n and make the necessary changes u need.

On 8/15/07, H K <heartykid2000@ yahoo.com> wrote:

>

> HI All,

> Can anyone tell me if theres any report for changes made in purchase

> order. say in Header or item data level.

> Thanks in Advance

>

> Regards

+++++++++++++++

Can the same principle be applied for paying to two different party

against 1 info record.

Example :-

Fully finished price -1000

Forging price - 800

M/cing price - 200

Regards,

Shetty Vijay

2601

____________ _________ _________ __


[mailto:sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com] On Behalf Of ANAND

CHANDOOR

Sent: Thursday, August 16, 2007 8:52 AM


Subject: Re: [sap mm] pricing procedure

The query that u have posted is regarding Pricing Schema.

Go to MM- conditions-pricing schemes

In that u need to first create condition types.

U have to make entry step by step.

The query that u have posted will be found in condition types.

After creating condition types u need to link it to ur pricing schema.

On 8/14/07, vijay shukla <vijay_sap2005@ yahoo.com

<mailto:vijay_ sap2005%40yahoo. com> > wrote:

>

> Hi MM gurus

>

> Can anyone explain how to create pricing procedure if following

conditions

> are made .

>

> 1 basic price

> 2 discount on basic

> 3 gross ( 1-2)

> 4 packaging and forwarding charges on 3

> 5 excise duty on (3+4)

> 6.education cess on 5

> 7 discount

> 8subtotal of (1 to 7)

> 9 cst on 8

> 10 freight.

> 11 insurance

>

> please suggest the pricing procedure for the the

>

> Thanks in advance

>

> vijay

++++++++

Hi


Thanks


Hi



Thanks & Regards

Vijay

++++++++++=







On 8/14/07, vijay shukla <vijay_sap2005@ yahoo.com> wrote:

>

> Hi MM gurus

>

> Can anyone explain how to create pricing procedure if following conditions

> are made .

>

> 1 basic price


> 3 gross ( 1-2)




> 7 discount


> 9 cst on 8

> 10 freight.

> 11 insurance

>


>

> Thanks in advance

>

> vijay

>

>

+++++++++++++

Hi,

Two prices for same material can be done by split

valuation or by maintaining info records ( Vendor/

Material/ Plant Combinations ), but your example says

with and with out packing, if that is the case better

you maintain two different codes.

Sam


> Hi

>


>


> after packaging.

>

> Thanks & Regards

> Vijay

+++++++++

Hi



Thanks & Regards

Vijay

+++++++++++==

Hi



Thanks & Regards

Vijay

++++++++++++++

v received ur queries 3 times.... pls send it once......

dcms78 <dcms78@yahoo. com> wrote: Hi....

Am very new to SAP..

jus Learning...

I have an Question.

When one says Goods movement from Storage to Production site based on

Production order...we do an Goods Issue...and we creat an goods issue

and post it..

goods issue created for moving goods from storage for type 261...it

isself an goods movement as the BAPI call BAPI_goods_mvt ????or???

how to confirm that the goods are delivered? as issued in GI- type 261??

based on the Goods issue posted or shud there be something done to get

it delivered to production site??

Plz do reply.

Would be very helpful!!

Thanks in advance.

Diana Balasingh

++++++++++++++

Is there a way to track changes made to a purchase requisition header note?

I do not see an option for header changes in the environment.

Cindy E. Ellis, CPPO, CPPB

City of Houston - SAP ERP Support Team

Materials Management

voice 713-221-0682

fax 713-221-0698

email cindy.ellis@ cityofhouston. net

++++++++++++++++==

Hi....


jus Learning...

I have an Question.

When one says Goods movement from Storage to

Production site based on Production order...we do an

Goods Issue...and we creat an goods issue and post

it..

goods issue created for moving goods from storage for

type 261...it isself an goods movement as the BAPI

call BAPI_goods_mvt ????or???

how to confirm that the goods are delivered? as issued

in GI- type 261??

based on the Goods issue posted or shud there be

something done to get it delivered to production

site??

Plz do reply.


Thanks in advance.

Diana Balasingh

++++++++++++++++++

Hi....


jus Learning...

I have an Question.



and post it..



how to confirm that the goods are delivered? as issued in GI- type

261??

based on the Goods issue posted or shud there be something done to

get it delivered to production site??

Plz do reply.


Thanks in advance.

Diana Balasingh

++++++++++++++

Hi....


jus Learning...

I have an Question.



and post it..






Plz do reply.


Thanks in advance.

Diana Balasingh

++++++++++++++++

hi,

any body can explain about foriegn trade imports control and tc

++++++++++=

Hi sappers

Is it possible to calculate the total value for the Following in

calculation schema?

1. base price -

2. Add 1% pkg - on 1

3. add customs 12.5%- Upon (1+2)

4. add cvd-16%on(1+ 2+3)

5.ed cess-3%on (4)

Till this i did simple "from" & "to" and calculated

6. cess on duty- 3%- on (3+4+5) - this works on line no. 3,4 & 5 i am unable

to enter in FROM-TO format.

7. Spl duty (add 1to 6)*4%- this also i ma unable to enter in the FROM-TO

format

Total value- (add 1 to 7).

Attachment can be viewed.

Thanks

Any ideas

Samuel

+++++++++++

Hi, friends,

What is use of this movemeht type where we used this movement type.

I have cheake but it will post cost centre.But this movement type for

GI for sales . But there I don't find any sales order, Why

+++++++++++

HI All,

Thanks in Advance

Regards

++++++++++++

Hi,

Lau


From: indika alwis <i_alwis@yahoo. com>


Sent: Wednesday, August 15, 2007 2:05:55 PM

Subject: [sap mm] credit limit check at delevary ststus

Dear all

can any body expleane . the procedure

1. Do it need any special ABAP development, If so roughly what are the steps

very eargent .

please reply

Indika

++++++++++

Hi Sha,



Cheers,

Lau






Hi Gurus



please.

Thanks

Shah

++++++++++

Hi Shah,

Thanks,

Zusen





Subject: [sap mm] Purchase Order

Hi Guys

Can anyone tell me how can i find delivery complete

indicator in a Purchase order? Please let me know

ASAP.

Thanks

Shah

++++++++++

after delivery the stock should be reduced

check report vl06 for the total PGI

>From: "garasai sap" <[email protected]>



>Subject: [sap mm] mm query

>Date: Tue, 14 Aug 2007 20:16:58 +0530

>

>Hi

>How to clean up Finished goods stock

>After delivery and billing,finished good stock should clean up.But for

my

>client stock is still available and not matching with physical

>stock.Pleasehelp me and what settings should be done to avoid this.

>Regards,

>venkat

>MM consultant.

>

>

+++++++++++++++

Under the delivery table in the item level in your purchase order

>

> Hi Guys

>

> Can anyone tell me how can i find delivery complete

> indicator in a Purchase order? Please let me know

> ASAP.

>

> Thanks

>

> Shah

>

+++++++++++

Hi Sabbir;

you can check the "delivery Complete"indicator by going to DELIVERY Tab

of PO...

to check : go to ME23N>Delivery, you can see there a Delivery complete box

Lau






Hi Guys



ASAP.

Thanks

Shah

+++++++++++

Dear all



very eargent .

please reply

Indika

+++++++++++

hello experts,





Do help me?

+++++++++++++

Hi Guys



ASAP.

Thanks

Shah

++++++++++++++

Hi sreekanth

I got my problem solved. I checked in OMSY and OB52. It

is now working well. Thank u

Regards

Murthy

On 8/13/07, srknt03 <srknt03@yahoo. co.in> wrote:

>

> Hi Murthy!

>

> Have you checked the periods in OB52? Plz check up and change

> accordingly if reqd.

>

> Regards,

>

> Sreekanth

try omsy,ob52,,this can help u out.

Defined for 8/14/2007" error while posting Good Receipt in MIGO using a

PO No.

thanks

msk>

> "SATYANARAYANA

> MURTHY" <murtymagapu@ ...> wrote:

> >

> > Hello MM gurus

> > when i am doing MIGO i am getting error msg

> that

> > Posting Period 08 2007 not open. I have done all settings in MMPV.

> It is

> > showing current period 08 2007 and closing period 07 2007. How to

> do

> > settings for this? Please help me to sort out this issue.

> >

> > Thanks and regards

> > Murthy

+++++++++++

Hi Gurus



please. I need it As Soon As Possible. Please

Thanks

Shah

++++++++++

Hi

Can anybody help me in differentiating between the following details given

below and what settings should be done and what exactly happens if I select

any one of these.

No stock no value(NSNV)

No stock with value update

Stock update with no value update

Stock update value update

+++++++++++++++++++++++

Hi

How to clean up Finished goods stock

After delivery and billing,finished good stock should clean up.But for my

client stock is still available and not matching with physical

stock.Pleasehelp me and what settings should be done to avoid this.

Regards,

venkat

MM consultant.

+++++++++++++++

"apparaoasv@gmail. com"

+++++++++++++

does anyone know why i am getting "K4 Fiscal Year variant, No period is


PO No.

thanks

msk

+++++++++++++

Hi MM gurus

1 basic price

2 discount on basic

3 gross ( 1-2)




7 discount


9 cst on 8

10 freight.

11 insurance


Thanks in advance

vijay

++++++++++++++

Hi Sandeep

Tcode SQVI does not exist, use T code SQ01 for Query

Rgds

Naveen Goveas

On 8/13/07, Sandeep Acharya <sandeep_sapient@ yahoo.co. in> wrote:

>

>

>

>

> Dear Guru's,

>

> Can anyone help me... in understanding the steps for creating Sap Query

> using T.code SQVI

>

> Thanks in advance

>

> Regards

> Sandeep Acharya

+++++++++++++++++

Hi Sandeep,

The following instruction with exmaple may help u

Query Creation

1. SQ02 > Define Infoset

2. SQ03 > Give all authorization

3. SQ01 > Building the query and run it

SQ02

Ø Name infoset (e.g.;

MM_INFO_TEST1)

Ø Create

Ø Name and Table Name

Ø Authorization group = ZMM

Ø Insert table

Ø MARC

Ø Back and Generate

Ø Role / User group Assignment

Ø þ ZMM

Ø Save

Ø Back & generate

SQ03

Ø User group Assignment

Ø Change ZMM

SQ01

Ø Edit > Other user group

Ø Name query (MM_query_test_ 1)

Ø Infoset Query [ select info

set you have made]

Ø Now select Parameter list

and selection criteria

Ø Save and name your query

which you have made

Ø Back and execute query

Regards,

Zusen


From: Sandeep Acharya <sandeep_sapient@ yahoo.co. in>

To: sap mm <sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com>

Sent: Monday, August 13, 2007 2:39:00 PM

Subject: [sap mm] steps for creating Sap Query using T.code SQVI

Dear Guru's,

Thanks in advance

Regards

Sandeep Acharya

++++++++++++++++

--

Zusen


From: mm consultant <mmconsultant_ [email protected]. in>



Subject: [sap mm] services

hi all,

thanks in advance

------------ --------- --------- ---

++++++++++

Hi MM Gurus,

Can anyone please give me to get a solution in details.

A Vendor will supply 5000 raw material with the following conditions:

Gross price of the material is $20/PC. A promotional discount 10%

applies to the total value of the material. Freight charge is $500

(absolute value).

Starting from the scratch please guide me how I can create the

following for the above mentioned problem. I am expecting a solution

like release procedure created by Chapman.

1. Condition type (with condition record)

2. Access sequence

3.Condition table

4. Calculation Schema.

After that I know how it could be assigned to vendor and create a PO

accordingly.

Please help me.Please! Please!

Thank you,

sachin

++++++++++

hi nilesh

AUM is the price diff ac for STO that u 've to maintain in obyc

for tr event key AUM maintain the G/L account ( get assist from ur FI consult)

this will solve ur probs

reg

prasanna

Nilesh Deshmukh <nilesh_sap_mm@ yahoo.co. in> wrote: Dear SAP Gurus,

I am facing one problem in STO.

I have created one STO for a semi finished good material.

In Receiving Plant:-

Valuation class e,g 1000

Price control : S

In Supplying plant:-

Valuation calss e.g. 1000

Price control: V

Accunt determination for entry ABCD AUM not possible.Message No: M8147"

Regards,

Nil

+++++++++++

Hi,

This is the differece between this two.

ritu khanikar <ritu_khanikar@ yahoo.com> wrote:

Hi all,

regards

ritu

++++++++

Thanks for enlightment,

Sorry I miunderstood "reversal" is for "Return to

supplier"

Sam

--- hemanth kumar reddy <hemanthkumar96@ yahoo.co. in>

wrote:

> Hi Sam,

>

> Pl.don't mislead the members, when u flag the

> Returns indicator in PO,MVT 161 will be triggered

> automatically, not 122.

>

> Normally MVT 122 will be used to send back the

> quality rejected materials to vendor against the

> material document.

>

> Thanks

>

> P Samraj <samrajpp@yahoo. com> wrote:

> Hi all,

>

> 102 is the reversal mvt. type of 101. Every mvt.

> type

> has its reversal counterpart. The are many reasons

> to

> make a reversal of any mvt. type (mostly human

> mistakes).

> 122 is used when you make a returns purchase order

> to

> a vendor. This is a purchase order with the

> "returns"

> flag marked. By the way, 122 has it reversal mvt.

> type

> in 123.

> It's true that in both cases material is being

> removed

> from the stock but for diferent reasons and in

> diferent bussiness processes.

>

> Hope I have clarified,

>

> Sam

>

> --- charles pary <charlessusai@ yahoo.co. in> wrote:

>

> > both cancellation and Reversal are same....

> >

> > Cheers

> > Charles

> >

> > "Damita B.Casey" <damitacasey@ yahoo.com> wrote:

> > Cancellation is used when the goods

> > receipt was done in error. The

> > entire qty of the original goods receipt is

> > reversed. Reversal is used

> > when you received goods and are returning it to

> the

> > vendor. You may

> > reverse the original goods receipt in its entirety

> > or a partial.

> > --- Naveen Goveas <naveen.goveas@ gmail.com> wrote:

> >

> > > Hi Ritu

> > >

> > > The effects are same

> > >

> > > Rgds

> > > Naveen Goveas

> > >

> > >

> > > On 8/4/07, ritu khanikar

> <ritu_khanikar@ yahoo.com>

> > wrote:

> > > >

> > > > Hi all,

> > > >

> > > > While doing migo, we can use cancellation and

> as

> > well as reversal,

> > > what is

> > > > the diference between the two?

> > > > regards

> > > >

> > > > ritu

> > > >

+++++++++++++++

Dear All,

Can u please provide details of a report that gives the original

document numbers against the Material Document Numbers appearing in the

MB51..

For Eg. an Delivery Number 100 would raise a Material Document Number

501 (when PGI done) in the Item Ledger/CARDEX. An Invoice with number

601 will be generated later.

Is there any report available that links 100, 501 and 601??

Thanks in Advance.

Regards,

Rakesh K R

+++++++++++++++

Hi gurus,

plzz explain me the process of making PR mandatory.

how does we do this

thanks in advance

sameer

++++++++++

Hi..

I think answers r

for ..

Q.1) Ans:B

Q.2) ANS:C

Q.3) ANS:E

regards,

nag.

On 8/12/07, bayard0707 <bayard0707@yahoo. com> wrote:

>

> Hi All,

> Please help me with the following certifications questions. I am

> preparing for the exam.

>

> 1)You want to activate version management for contracts. Which

> combination of fields do you need (true/false) ?

> a)Document category + Document type + Company code

> b)Document category + Document type + Purchasing organization

> c)Document category + Purchasing organization + Purchasing group

> d)Document type + Purchasing organization + Plant

>

> 2) A confirmation control key requiring an order acknowledgment from

> the vendor has been entered in a purchase order. The data in the

> acknowledgment differs from that in the PO: Instead of the whole PO

> quantity on the desired date, the vendor confirms delivery of half of

> the total quantity on each of the two dates one week apart from each

> other. How do you enter this acknowledgment (one correct answer)?

> a) You enter two items with the confirmed quantities and date on

> the "Confirmations" tab page in the item details

> b) You set the partial delivery indicator on the "Delivery " tab page

> in the item details. As a result, an additional entry screen appears,

> on which you can enter the confirmed quantities and dates

> c) You enter two delivery schedule lines with the confirmed

> quantities and delivery dates on the "Delivery Schedule" tab page in

> the item details

> d) You change the delivery date of the existing PO item and reduce

> the PO quantity by half. For the remaining quantity, you enter a new

> PO item in which you specify the other delivery date

>

> About Solution Manager:

> 3) Which of the following are Solution Manager Usage Scenarios?

> (True/False)

> a) Manage Change Requests

> b) Monitor SAP Support Desk

> c) Upgrade SAP Solutions

> d) Link to SAP Education

> e) Implement SAP Solutions

>

> Thank you for your help.

>

>

>

+++++++++++++

Dear Dinesh,

Thanks a million!

Regards,

NI.

--- In sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com, dinesh.singhal@ ...

wrote:

>

> Choose scope of list C then you will get information in a single

line.

>

> Thanks & Regards,

>

> Dinesh Singhal,

> SAP Functional Consultant

> Mob # +91-9324168248

>

>

>

>

>

>

>

> "Novel Ilyas" <novel.ilyas@ ...>

> Sent by: sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com

> 08/13/2007 10:08 AM

> Please respond to sapmaterialsmanagem ent

>


> cc: (bcc: Dinesh Singhal/RCVL/ RelianceADA)

> Subject: [sap mm] List of PR

> Importance: Normal Sender's OU: Reliance

>

>

> Dear Gurus,

>

> Need your info on how we can have list of PR in single row manner,

> since ME5A list it in 3 rows each record.

> Appreciate your prompt reply.

>

> Regards,

> NI.

+++++++++++

not possible.

+++++++++++++

Hi Murthy!

Have you checked the periods in OB52? Plz check up and change

accordingly if reqd.

Regards,

Sreekanth

--- In sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com, "SATYANARAYANA

MURTHY" <murtymagapu@ ...> wrote:

>

Q

Q

A

IMG-->MM-->PURCHASI NG-->P.O- ->DF9 SCREENLAYOUT AT DOCUMENT

IT MANDATORY .., SAVE IT..this is only option

otherwise ABAPER can make that field mandatory through coding

but in my client's location they are unble to make few fieldds mandatiry..

BRegards

adarsh

+++++++++++

Dear Friends;

i have been assigned to object of domestic project. I have the

functional specification, but the problem is that i am not getting

what they exactly want

In that functional specification ( FS ) they have mentioned about

input requirement and processing requirement in this way

Input Reqiurement :

Printing of Goods Issue will be triggered after creation of Goods

Issue against Process Order

i.e at the time of MB1A transaction is saved. (Movement type will be

261 and 262)

Processing Requirement :

For the Process Order: Check the Process Order Number

Header Data:

1. Plant : Check the Process Order Number : Table Name is AUFK

2. Plant Description: Table Name is T001W.

3. Material Description : Check the Process Order Number : Table

Name is AUFK

4. Material Code: Check the Process Order Number: Table Name is AFKO.

5. Batch Number: Check the Process Order Number: Table Name is AFPO.

6. Batch Size: Check the Process Order Number: Table Name is AFKO.

Component Data:

1. Item No: Check the Process Order Number: Table Name is AUFM.

2. Material Code: Check the Process Order Number: Table Name is AUFM.

3. Material Description: Check the Material Code from the Process

Order. Table Name is MAKTX.

4. Committed Quantity: Check the Process Order Number and

Reservation Number: Table Name is RESB. (if there is no committed

quantity, committed quantity column should be Zero for the

particular Material)

5. Withdrawn Quantity: Check the Process Order Number: Table Name is

AUFM. (take the movement types 261 and 262 only)

6. Batch Number: Check the Process Order Number: Table Name is AUFM.

What i supposed to do to complete this object?? WHat will be my

selection criteria ?? AS they have mentioned in FS check process

order number, what does it mean??

Please help me out its urgent.

Regards;

Parag Gavkar.

++++++++++++++

go to ml81n,put the service entry number,it must be on the change

mode.Revoke the acceptence and then save.

Do the same step again after saving,then this time you candelete it.

> Hi,

>

> What is the procedure to cancel the service entry sheet document posted

> through ML81N.

>

> Thanks in Advance

> Ram

++++++++++

Hi,


Customization is done by superuser.It means the changes that r required can

be made by the user.Configuration is done by end user.

Release procedure is the authority required to release a PO.eg. Senior

manager,MD,CEO

On 8/10/07, nayna dixit <nayna_dixit@ yahoo.com> wrote:

>

> HI SAP--MM ----FRIENDS

> > can anyone explain me in tetails

> > the defferance between configuration and custmization ?

> > and what is meant by release procedure / and how to activate it ?

> > pl reply me in details with example

> > coz i total new to this field

> > so dont be angry on me

> >

> thanks in advance

> nayna dixit

++++++++++

Dear SAP Gurus,





Price control : S



Price control: V

Accunt determination for entry ABCD AUM not possible.Message No: M8147"

Regards,

Nil

+++++++++

the code provided by u i.e bmbc does not exist.

plzz check it out

> u can try it in BMBC. it is batch information cockpit

>

> reg

> prasanna

>

> anil mahajan <anilmahajan_ 11@...>

wrote: Dear MM Gurus and friends,

>

> i'm a PP Consultant

>

> my user wants a report that gives the W.I.P stock details with

batch and date of manufat. of batch.

>

> i have tried MC46 and MC50 but it shows products only as our

requiremet is product code with batches.

>

> is there any table or T code that gives such details.

>

> kindly revert

>

> Thanks & Regards,

>

> Anil

>

++++++++++++++

Choose scope of list C then you will get information in a single line.

Thanks & Regards,

Dinesh Singhal,

SAP Functional Consultant

Mob # +91-9324168248

"Novel Ilyas" <novel.ilyas@ gmail.com>


8/13/2007 10:08

Please respond to sapmaterialsmanagem ent


cc: (bcc: Dinesh Singhal/RCVL/ RelianceADA)

Subject: [sap mm] List of PR

Importance: Normal Sender's OU: Reliance

Dear Gurus,

Need your info on how we can have list of PR in single row manner,

since ME5A list it in 3 rows each record.

Appreciate your prompt reply.

Regards,

NI.

++++++++++

Dear Gurus,




Regards,

NI.

+++++++++

Dear Hari,

pls give me further detail steps because I am not familiar with

financial operation.

thanks and regards

david

In sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com, "Hari Appani"

<hari.appani@ ...> wrote:

>

> Please find some information on subsequent credit and subsequent

debit for

> these scenarios.

> -

> Hari

>

> On 8/9/07, superoasiscn <superoasiscn@ ...> wrote:

> >

> > Hi,

> >

> > After receiving invoice in SAP, we found that the price in PO

needs to

> > be changed. How can I do in this scenairo?

> >

> > With regards,

> >

> > David

+++++++++

Pls explain it in more details in a operation level. For

example,where and how can I add the extra amount? Can I use negative

value?

Thanks.

--- In sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com, "ANAND CHANDOOR"

<mpower303@. ..> wrote:

>

> Price ina PO cannot be changed.But if there is an excess amount

That u need

> to add, then it should be balanced by using the G/L account.

>


> >

> > Hi,

> >


needs to


> >

> > With regards,

> >

> > David

++++++++++++++



value?

Thanks.



>


That u need


>


> >

> > Hi,

> >


needs to


> >

> > With regards,

> >

> > David

+++++++++++

Is this answer relevant to the question???

azam hussain <azam_s007@yahoo. com> wrote:

me49,me50


From: Pushpakumara Ajith <mihin2008@yahoo. com>


Sent: Friday, August 10, 2007 3:08:13 PM

Subject: [sap mm] Slow / Fast moving Items

Dear All,

Ajith

+++++++++++++

Hi Sam,

Thanks

P Samraj <samrajpp@yahoo. com> wrote:

Hi all,

102 is the reversal mvt. type of 101. Every mvt. type

has its reversal counterpart. The are many reasons to

make a reversal of any mvt. type (mostly human

mistakes).

122 is used when you make a returns purchase order to

a vendor. This is a purchase order with the "returns"

flag marked. By the way, 122 has it reversal mvt. type

in 123.

It's true that in both cases material is being removed

from the stock but for diferent reasons and in

diferent bussiness processes.

Hope I have clarified,

Sam

--- charles pary <charlessusai@ yahoo.co. in> wrote:

> both cancellation and Reversal are same....

>

> Cheers

> Charles

>

> "Damita B.Casey" <damitacasey@ yahoo.com> wrote:

> Cancellation is used when the goods

> receipt was done in error. The

> entire qty of the original goods receipt is

> reversed. Reversal is used

> when you received goods and are returning it to the

> vendor. You may

> reverse the original goods receipt in its entirety

> or a partial.

> --- Naveen Goveas <naveen.goveas@ gmail.com> wrote:

>

> > Hi Ritu

> >

> > The effects are same

> >

> > Rgds

> > Naveen Goveas

> >

> >

> > On 8/4/07, ritu khanikar <ritu_khanikar@ yahoo.com>

> wrote:

> > >

> > > Hi all,

> > >

> > > While doing migo, we can use cancellation and as

> well as reversal,

> > what is

> > > the diference between the two?

> > > regards

> > >

> > > ritu

> > >

> > >

>

____________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _

> > > Yahoo! oneSearch: Finally, mobile search

> > > that gives answers, not web links.

> > >

>

http://mobile. yahoo.com/ mobileweb/ onesearch? refer=1ONXIC

> > >

> > > [Non-text portions of this message have been

> removed]

> > >

> > >

> > >

> >

> >

> >

> > --

> > Naveen Goveas

> > SAP MM Consultant

++++++++++++++

Hello MM gurus

when i am doing MIGO i am getting error msg that

Posting Period 08 2007 not open. I have done all settings in MMPV. It is

showing current period 08 2007 and closing period 07 2007. How to do

settings for this? Please help me to sort out this issue.

Thanks and regards

Murthy

++++++++++++++=

Hi All,

Please help me with the following certifications questions. I am

preparing for the exam.

1)You want to activate version management for contracts. Which

combination of fields do you need (true/false) ?

a)Document category + Document type + Company code

b)Document category + Document type + Purchasing organization

c)Document category + Purchasing organization + Purchasing group

d)Document type + Purchasing organization + Plant

2) A confirmation control key requiring an order acknowledgment from

the vendor has been entered in a purchase order. The data in the

acknowledgment differs from that in the PO: Instead of the whole PO

quantity on the desired date, the vendor confirms delivery of half of

the total quantity on each of the two dates one week apart from each

other. How do you enter this acknowledgment (one correct answer)?

a) You enter two items with the confirmed quantities and date on

the "Confirmations" tab page in the item details

b) You set the partial delivery indicator on the "Delivery " tab page

in the item details. As a result, an additional entry screen appears,

on which you can enter the confirmed quantities and dates

c) You enter two delivery schedule lines with the confirmed

quantities and delivery dates on the "Delivery Schedule" tab page in

the item details

d) You change the delivery date of the existing PO item and reduce

the PO quantity by half. For the remaining quantity, you enter a new

PO item in which you specify the other delivery date

About Solution Manager:

3) Which of the following are Solution Manager Usage Scenarios?

(True/False)

a) Manage Change Requests

b) Monitor SAP Support Desk

c) Upgrade SAP Solutions

d) Link to SAP Education

e) Implement SAP Solutions

Thank you for your help.

+++++++++++


++++++++++++++==

Hi,

Cancellation has some additional features :

1. U can cancel wrt original doc no. which can fetch data automatically.

2. U can have original doc no as refence .


Hi all,




mistakes).




in 123.





Sam



>

> Cheers

> Charles

>







> vendor. You may


> or a partial.


>

> > Hi Ritu

> >


> >

> > Rgds

> > Naveen Goveas

> >

> >


> wrote:

> > >

> > > Hi all,

> > >


> well as reversal,

> > what is


> > > regards

> > >

> > > ritu

> > >

> > >

Hve u given any delivery date for that PO or not.Plz check

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

a

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

try the below procedure,,, this may work for u,,,

steps to follow:

1. Batch - FIFO

a) Create a Characteristic using t_code CT04 for LOBM-VFDAT

b) assign it to a class 023_005 using t_code CL02

create sort sequence = 023_005S, assign characteristics LOBM-VFDAT

ME01 - Movement type/Plant/Mat No.

Class = 023_005

sort Sequence = 023_005S

No. of Splits = 3,

assign search procedure ME0001 to movement type 201, active check batch

f) Create a condition record t_code MBC1,

Strategy Type - ME01

movement type / Plant

select the line and click on selection criteria

characateristic value = 01.11.2007-31. 12.2007

select the line and click on sort

sort rule - 023_005S ,,, assign and save

now to check in master data:

1. Create material master with batch management active in purchasing view

2. Cretae Batch Master using t_code MSC1n

try this out,,, and let me know the result.

Can anybody help me out for solving this issue

and also one more thing i want to clarify

Q

A

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

Q

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

Q

A

A

Q

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

Q

A

When I'm transferring Quantity within material to material using movement type

309.(T code MB1B). I'm getting the message "Account determination for entry

ABCD AUM not possible" This is affecting only my finished material ....other

Material type it is working.goto T-Code:OBYC- >AUM->check u r valuation class entry exist or not, if not exist

goto new entry& add it.

pl.tell me ,How do you know that a purchase requisition is created manually or thru

MRP?In the Item details of the P.Req, there is a tab 'Contact Person' and once you open

the tab you would find the 'Creation Indicator'.If the P.Req has beem created

manually, it would show Real time manual...in case of MRP..it would show MRP.

you can track it through md04 if it is generated through mrp it will show there

you can find through the tracking number, for MRP PRs no tracking will be there

and for manual PRs tracking number will be there, This is the way to find it.If you

got any additional data pl. forward it to me

I want a monthly report in which MIRO and MIGO Documents no.s come. I want to

track MIRO document no.s with the MIGO Document NO.s for a month. The main

purpose is to know out of how many GRNs (migo) done by store,miro have been

done by finance department. Can anybody have an idea of the report in which

Document no.of Both MIGO(GRN)and Miro Document comes.

If you want migo done for the month you can track it trough mb51 there u will find

the po no against which the gr has done, then u can track the miro done for that gr

no in me23 where u enter the po no and go the po history it will show u the miro

against gr .

I am looking for some help in the SAP automatic document adjustment. We want

to update the open Purchase order price with the new price updated in the Info

Record. Can any one let me know what are the configuration to be done and how it

work in SAP.

I have a contract with target value of $1,146,818.31. Contract header statistics

indicate releases totaling $1,132,458.42 have been issued. Additional releases

cannot be issued for greater than $14,359.89. However, when I pull a purchase

order report (ME80FN) releases issued against this contract total $1,149.675.89.

None of the release issued are on hold, have been deleted, are for return or free

items.

you can create a doc type or copy the UB doc type in S_ALR_87002197 and assign

a Number range in OMH6 then to SPRO>Matl Mgmt>Purchasing> Purchase

Order>Setup Stock Transport Order

A. Define Shipping Data (Plants)

B. Define Checking Rule (SD Delivery)

C. Assign Delivery type (NL) and Checking Rule (Sd delivery) and Doc type (UB)

D. Assign Doc type and step procedure > Document category (Purchase Order)

Thanks a lot for trying to explain me the procedure /configuration steps for Stoxk

transport Order. i apreciate the effort of all u guys. But, I am still facing some

problem , as have only my organisation structure without any sd component , like

sales organisation, etc etc. Only I have the MM components, as being a MM guy, I

dont know what r all the sd components required to execute STO and the steps to

configure sd components. Did you check the item category for material for third party it should be BANS

instead of NORM.2. In sales order item category should be TAS instead of TAN which generates

automatic PR.3. Generate PO wrt PR.

4. When PO created check the delivery schedule.

5. Do MIGO with movement type 101 whereby it generates accounting document.

6. MIRO with reference to MIGO

7. Generate a Sales invoice.

Do post me was this helpful or you found any other source to solve the problem.

My query is regarding Physical inventory, can we specify different reasons for the

uncounted quantity in physical count. Ex: book inventory qty = 100, qty counted =

90, uncounted =10, for the uncounted qty 5 i want to give the reason as Poor

quality & for another 5 qty i want to give the reason as damaged. how can i

achieve thisyes, you can do like this.

You open the T code Mb1a and use movement type 551 to post material. Select

reason and fill the quantity and execute

I need to make a vendor as preferred over other vendors in a source list. How to

achieve that ? While maintaining source list, you need to click on fix vendor column to give

preference to respective vendor.

U HAVE TO CLICK ON FIX VENDOR AND SAVE IT (SOURCE LIST)

My users wants to track every goods receipt against a single P.O. For example.

The user will create a P.O( account assignment) for an item of Qty 2000. There will

be multiple goods receipts aginst that P.O and item. Now for every receipt there

should be a some trackig number. Is there any solution.

to track all gr from a po you can go to mb51 give the po no and the movment type

101 u will get all the gr done against that po

Please see the PO history tab for each line item of PO . This gives the comple

history of GIRs and IRs with all the information

ME2N, ME2M with GR /IR

A simple query can bring in the information your are asking for... you can get the

information from PO history table EKBE, if not try to join table MSEG & RSEG.

Delivery of not possiblble with MRP status PD.If I removed it delivery can

possible.What could be the reason?

can you tell me in detail. from which destination you are delivering what thing. As

MRP status is used to calculate requrement of material by running MRP.

In Purchasing View ,in General Data you have to maintain Plant specific material

status field active i. e - E2. Try this & let me know is it working or not.

pl maintain purchasing view in that perticular material For that particular material, in

that particular plant, Purchasing view to be maintained in material master.

Exploring a way to do it using condition records. That way one can avoid vendors in

the records. However...in this method there is no straightforward way to add Tax

Code to the condition records. So stuck again.

can i know what is the main purpose of creating the Inforecord without vendor

you can not create info record without vendor because info recor is master data for

some material with some vendor.

We need to enter material to ower stocks(inventories) but the purchase ordere has

been created with account assigment F directly to Production Order. It happens

because the consumption to order mov type 201 must be used to appear opened

into CKM3. If material doesn't thru by inventory , material ledger could not see it

opened as we need. We found an user exit into CO15 and CO11N to create this

stocks when Production Orders is confirmed and with this , we continue with

purchase order to Prod.Order and costs appear correctly in the CKM3. Does

anyone has faced the same scenario ?

We can create info-record without material master record,but wut is the use of

doing so. can anyone explain me this.

You can create it for Material groups, the use for this is that if you have a same

pricing structure for a particular group of materials, say for all Raw material like

Wheat [for making finished good flour] all wheat is at 10 USD per Tonne. then all

varieties of wheat are created under material group wheat and the info record is

maintained at group level so whenever wheat is procured it is at 10 USD.

Well it involves the following situation: We do not know what the vendor is going to

bring to us, since the commodities being procured are natural produce such as

fruits and vegetables etc. of varying grades, each grade is a material code. Hence

created a new goods movement to do GR and auto create PO. This makes it

necessary to have info records.

Now, since there are 5000+ materials 9000+ vendors and multiple plants...with

material prices changing every monday morning 7 AM, you can see what an

excercise it will be to create and update info records each weekend, sunday night

after the gates close on 0100 hrs on monday. The update run takes more than 11

hours. If we can eliminate the LIFNR requirement from info records...we will have to

do only 5000 x 15 info records, instead of 5000 x 15 x 9000 records.

On 8/28/07, Alan <alan_ed@yahoo. com> wrote:

I Want to create Info Record for a Material - Plant - Purchasing Org. i.e. without

taking vendor into consideration. How can it be achieved ??

This doesn't make sense. the info record is where you store information on the

combination of a vendor and material. No vendor = no sensible data. have you

thought about what you want to do? What information do you want to store?

I have a contract with target value of $1,146,818.31. Contract header statistics

indicate releases totaling $1,132,458.42 have been issued. Additional releases

cannot be issued for greater than $14,359.89. However, when I pull a purchase

order report (ME80FN) releases issued against this contract total $1,149.675.89.

None of the release issued are on hold, have been deleted, are for return or free

items.Go to SPRO->MM->Purchasin g->Environment Data->Define attributes for system

Messages, in that you have to maintain (00-06-042) Version 00-Application Area 06-

No. 042 as Error / Warning

Can any one tell me what is Z table .for what it is used in detail.

Creating CUSTOM TABLES....i. e. user defined table...Any object created by user

should start with 'Z'.. Some rare case 'Y' According to business requirement we will

be creating it For SAP standard objects you need access key to change. For

example we need 3 fields from MARA table and 2 fields from MARC tabe - in this

case creating Z table is the best practice The second option is we can create

internal table...That program will be created at the time of execution and it will be

automatically discarded when closing.....

C201 is the Master Recipe creation transaction( Process Industries). The

environement allows to create Task List as well as BOM in the same transaction.

the t code for create the BOM is CS01 not C201.

How to make sub-group of material group in SAP.

there is no way to make sub groups to the material groups, But you can create the

material groups

I too faced this problem in my earlier project, you have to create subgroup as

Material group.You can try for this ... For example

Material Group : Description

1000 : Bearing ( Material Group)

1000.01 : Rolles Beraing ............ ......... .....Sub- group 1

1000.02 : Double Roller bearings ------------ ----Sub-Group 2

1000.03 : Taper roller bearings ------------ ------Sub- Gropu 3

Check the material master for valuation calss (Receiving Material). Ensure that for

Chart of Account "ABCD" and Transaction key "AUM: Loss/Gain from Stock

Transfer" proper G/L account has been assigned.

I have a problem when I tried to create Material Master Data. The system gave me

an error message saying that "The company code doesn't exist or has not been

fully maintained" The solution that the system provided is to configure the company

code for materials management and can be done in Customizing for the Material

Master in the activity Maintain company codes for materials management. I

couldn't find this activity in IMG. Does anyone know the path to "Maintain company

codes for materials management" activity? Any idea of what should be the cause of

this problem? I double checked the creation and maintenance of all org. objects

and the assignment between them and I think everything has been defined

properly. Could anyone please help me out?Attaching Material Type to Plant. IMG - Logistics General - Material Master - Basic

Settings - Material Types - Define Attributes of Material Types. Select the Material

Type to be attached to the plant and then click the Quantity/Value updating folder in

the left side of the screen. On the next screen tick the Quantity updating and Value

updating columns. Attaching period to company code IMG - Logistics General -

Material Master - Basic Settings - Maintain Company Codes for Materials

Management. To extent any material code the period should be open. In the fist

instance we have to open the period through IMG setting After that from T-CODE

MMPV we can open and close the period. After maintaining both of the above try

and check by creating new material code.you can check it in SPRO>Enterprise Structure>Assignmen t

I am doing STO between plant 1000 and 1100. My material no 1415 is created in

plant 1000 and also maintained(extended ) in plant 1100. While doing STO I got

message "Not possible to determine shipping data for material 1415". How I will

maintain shipping data in material 1415 in which view and what else configuration I

need to do? Please guide me step by step.

I have a problem in assigning class in hieararchy level (T-Code CLW1). It doesn't

allow me to add more then 100 records, is there is any config or settings I have to

do for this.

I'm facing problems regards Purchase Order printout. I have copied message type

NB to ZIMP to create messages to PO type ZIMP too. When configure on tcode

MN04 , and creates PO , the message isn't generated. Does anyone have some

tips or documentation about this customizing ?

When I am trying to create a shopping cart system is showing the error "ambiguous

workflow". We are having a stand alone system in SRM5.0. The configs that have

been done are as follows: 1)Root organization , the purchase organization and

purchase groups have been created and assigned to the root organization. 2)One

manager and a employee have been assigned to the root organization. 3)For the

task specific workflow configuration ,under assign agents the manager has been

assigned to TS 10407964. 4)The standard SAP workflow are all active and have

the same currency as the shopping cart . Can anyone tell me the steps for checking

the uniqueness of the workflow? Further, do we require specifying anywhere that

the manager is the approver of the employee or the system is supposed to find that

automatically from the organization plan? I am basically a MM guy new to SRM, so

any input in this regard will be very useful.

can anyone explain the customization of CIN. I read many documents but in every

document its only the theory about CIN but no customization process.

I'm gtting the following error message when trying to receive goods

>against PO. I closed all the periods using "omsy" and "mmpv" and for

>my company code the period in "omsy" view shows yr-2007 Pe-08 Fyr-

>2007 mp-07 Fyr 2006 LM 12. The message is as follows-

>

>"Period 008/2007 is not open for account type S and G/L 400000

>Message no. F5286

>

>Diagnosis

>Period 008 of fiscal year 2007 does not exist in table T001B either

>in period 1 or in period 2 of a table entry with record type "0", the

>selected company code, the account type S and the G/L account 400000.

>The period is therefore not open.

>

>System Response

>Processing cannot be continued.

>

>Procedure

>Check table T001B for record type "0", the selected company code,

>account type S and G/L account 400000. If required, make sure that an

>entry is made in the table or an interval is changed."

For valuated materials "material valution" is managned in logistic (Material Master)

as well as in Finacial accounting. Hence the posting period (based on the posting

date) should opened in both (MM and FI).

>

> Use the following transaction an check the period status

>

> MMPV - Close Period

> MMRV - Allow Posting to Previous Period

> OB52 - for FI period closing /opeining

>

> Hope this will help you to resolve your issue.

One more transaction for help in this regard is OPK1/OPK2.

For every valuated movement,there will be 2 documents.

1.Material document - which you make available by MMPV.

2.Accounting document - Which you make available by OB52.

In your case OB52 is not maintained.So use OB52 and maintain period for account

type S and G/L 400000.If you put * in the G/L column,then all accounts of Type S

will be considered for accounting document posting.

i am a sap consultant , i faced the issue last week..

>

> check in t/c o m s y

>

> also check in t/c o m b three

>

> then maintain the material by extending the material in that plant

> ,

> storage location..

>

> then GR will be possible , otherwise GR is not possible

Does anyone know how to block a material from order entry but not

> from

> delivery? The situation is that we want to block a material from

> being

> entered on a sales order but at the same time allow deliveries of

> sales

> orders created before we decided to block the material from being

> entered on

> an order.

I don't know if sales work like MM, but in t-code MM02,Change Material,

under the Purchasing tab, there is a field under General Data called

Plant-sp.matl status. From the drop down box you can choose "B1 Do not

buy or make". This setting prevents the user from ordering the material

but allows you to receive and pay for that material on previous POs.

Maybe there is a similar field in the Material master for SD.

John, to block sales order entry, you can do that in the MM02, Sales Org

Data 1, field X-DIST CHAIN STATUS. Select OB and field VALID FROM, you can

key in today's date. Hope this helps.

Thanks Jennifer will have a look at this approach.

I am an experienced vb/vba programmer, but a neubie to SAP. We have been live

for only 7 weeks now.

The question I have seems to have been answered at this link: http://www.sap-

img.com/mm025. htm

Unfortunately, when it comes to SAP, I'm on the leash, not holding it - our parent

company makes all the decisions about how SAP is to be run

here. They have made no response what-so-ever with respect to the "OMW0"

transaction data given at the link.

My issue is this:

Some of our customers do not have warehousing capabilities. So, they will

purchase an entire lot of material we have produced, but only have a

certain portion of it shipped to them. The remainder remains in our warehouse,

where it is now considered non-valuated, as it belongs to the customer. The

problem is how to show this material has no value in SAP while separating it from

other valuated lots of the same material.

Currently, we have to make an entirely new material number for the non-valuated

material. We ship the entire lot in SAP, then receive back w/o PO the remainder

under the new material number. Although workable in SAP, this solution causes a

number of other problems, for instance with

labelling. Furthermore, the customer purchased x kg of material 14098005, of

which their records show we are still holding y kg for them. Unfortunately, our

system does not concur with theirs, as our system shows that we have y kg of

How many stock transfer process are avaikable in SAP?

Like 1)Two step stock transfer (MM/SD) .

2)Two steap stock transfer ( MM only) Move type 303& 305.

3 One step stock transfer Move type 301.

is there any other stock transfer is availbel ? if yes then let us

know in details ( movment types ).

Also following stock transfer can be done.

(1) One Step Transfer posting by Mvt. 311

(2) Plant to Plant Transfer by Goods Issue against P.O. (Stock Transport Order-

using item category `U' in P.O. ) by Mvt. 351

While doing MIGO, I am receiving the following error. My question is

how you can make the combination of plant and material type other

than selecting the material type @ mm01 and also how I update table

T134M-

"Combination of plant YY00 and material type Raw material does not

exist

Message no. M3375

Diagnosis

You have entered a combination of material type and valuation area

for the plant that is not defined in the system.

System Response

An entry made up of this combination is normally created

automatically for all valuation areas in table T134M if you execute

the function Edit material type in Customizing for the corresponding

material type and then save your data.

The absence of an entry can be due to you setting up and assigning an

additional plant to a company code. Although the system then

determines the respective company code automatically, it does not

create an entry in table T134M for the existing material types in

this case. Please go to SPRO and check for your material type whether the Quanity and valua

updation is define for your plant.

Logistics - General --- Material Master ---Basic Settings ---Material Types ----Define

Attributes of Material Types

I have requirement that there should be tolerance limit for the

invoice amount at header level.(Please do noy suggest tolerance keys

for price variance) What i need is system should not allow me to post

the invoice containing multiple line items which exceeds by 5000

amount than expected amount as per GR.

Any advice?

>I'm gtting the following error message when trying to receive goods

>against PO. I closed all the periods using "omsy" and "mmpv" and for

>my company code the period in "omsy" view shows yr-2007 Pe-08 Fyr-

>2007 mp-07 Fyr 2006 LM 12. The message is as follows-

>

>"Period 008/2007 is not open for account type S and G/L 400000

>Message no. F5286

>

>Diagnosis

>Period 008 of fiscal year 2007 does not exist in table T001B either

>in period 1 or in period 2 of a table entry with record type "0", the

>selected company code, the account type S and the G/L account 400000.

>The period is therefore not open.

>

>System Response

>Processing cannot be continued.

>

>Procedure

>Check table T001B for record type "0", the selected company code,

>account type S and G/L account 400000. If required, make sure that an

>entry is made in the table or an interval is changed."

> For valuated materials "material valution" is managned in logistic (Material

Master) as well as in Finacial accounting. Hence the posting period (based on the

posting date) should opened in both (MM and FI).

>

> Use the following transaction an check the period status

>

> MMPV - Close Period

> MMRV - Allow Posting to Previous Period

> OB52 - for FI period closing /opeining

>

> Hope this will help you to resolve your issue.

One more transaction for help in this regard is OPK1/OPK2.

For every valuated movement,there will be 2 documents.

1.Material document - which you make available by MMPV.

2.Accounting document - Which you make available by OB52.

In your case OB52 is not maintained.So use OB52 and maintain period for account

type S and G/L 400000.If you put * in the G/L column,then all accounts of Type S

will be considered for accounting document posting.

> When I was doing MIGO, the following error was showing-

>

> Plant and Material Type (Raw material) are not associated. Where do I

> associate material type and plant in SAP.

check that material is created or not in that plant in MM01 &

refer this path also spro->logistics- general-> material master->basic

settings->material types->define attributes of material types-> select u r

material type & click on qty/value update, u r plant entry is there or not

check it.

A couple of questions..

1) Can we make a subcontracting PO... which is also third party in

nature? what i mean to say, the subcontracting vendor should assemple the

BOM components, and then send the finished good not to us, but to

another customer. Are there any special settings required for this?

2) can we make a service PO, where the service vendor performs some

service on the equipment at his site, and transfers it to another vendor

for further operations?

like in service PO, we add devivery address etc.

>We are faced with a lot of PR's that are not complying with the

>minimum requirements for the scope of work. This poses a problem as

>one gets stuck with a lot of PR that are not actionable and even

>though one lets the originator know that there is a problem they still

>ignore one's complaints for weeks.

>

>Is there functionality on SAP that could be built in to reject such

>requisitions that are not complying with the minimum requirements

>outright?

>

>Indicators - these unactionable requisitions form part of the month

>end conversion stats.

Please make those fiels in PR mandatory so that the users will have to fill it or else

he may not be able to save the PR.cHECK IN SPRO SCREEN LAYOUT for PR.

> Purchase requsition does not have relise stragegie.

> info, how can i create one and why it is not there,

> please help me

go though this document. It will help to you








York).

• For New York (plant 3100), if PR item value is between 0 - 1000


• For New York (plant 3100), if PR item value is bigger than 1000


B, then person C)

• For London (plant 3600), if PR item value is bigger than 1000


A, then person C).

Key terminology:As per your Suggestion i have set up release procedure .But after creating PR,

when i go to Collective release i.e ME55, no PR is seen in that table.

pl suggest which area i should check again.

> Here i have a question about alternative BOM. I have created two BOMs

> for one material now when i am creating a PO for subcontracting and i

> am exploding BOM it is picking up 1st BOM. I want to know how to pick

> up 2nd BOM while creating PO?

for BOM some Production version concept is there, it is maintained in ME11 &

MEQ1.

but i don't know much more about this issue.

what i have understood the difference b/w

SAP 4.7 & SAP ECC 6.0 is ..

ECC 6.0 does contain all applications like

SOLUTION MANAGER , which if activated

alows B/W to work through it..

likewise other modules like APO etc..

also possible in SAP ECC 6.0

Which are otherwise not possible in SAP 4.7

iff user / consultant wants to work on B/W

HE /she should install 4.7 & b/w in diff.servers. .

> > What is the procedure to cancel the service entry sheet document posted

> > through ML81N.

go to ml81n,put the

> service entry number,it must be on the change

> mode.Revoke the acceptence and then save.

> Do the same step again after saving,then this time you candelete it.

> I am able cancel the Service entry sheet document now.

firat you want to cancell the payement to vendor and also invoice. and then

goto ml81n. goto change mode, then enter po number and service entry sheet

no. then click revoke option. then no further service can be allowed. this

indicated by red indcator in the screen.

> I am trying to post goods issue in VL02N. The warehouse is setup

under WMS.

> All movements have been completed or have a `C' status (overall

pick status,

> overall WM status and pick confirmation) . The only one that has

an `A'

> status or `Not yet processed' is the Total Goods Movement.

>

> When I try to click on `Post Goods Issue', there is an error

message: "No

> Items Were Transferred. " or message M7300. What could be the

reason behind

> this error message? Is it in the config?

> Did u check the delivery dates, one of the reason can be

delivery date status. Is the picking status "C" do check the

warehouse number in the picking status confirm is the same when you

do PGI.

>

> Revert back for further developement.

I've already checked the picking status and warehouse number. They

are both correct. I've also tried checking the delivery date and it

is also correct.

What could be the cause of the problem?

> 1.how to attach doc like(excel sheet,drawings) to

> Purchase order (PO)?

>

> 2.what is the difference between SAP4.6 & 4.7E ?

>

> 3.how can we know that Purchase requisitions are

> created.

Your basis team has to activate Object services for create transactions.

then you can go to "Create Object Services" button to add your attachements,

it can be any file from your PC.

> while making the GR for a third party PO with

> reference to PR/With out reference to PR iam facing a

> problem

>

> error is : Purchase order document 450000001 contains

> no items.

>

> i have checked vendor master, materia master,

> inforecord, sourcelist. iam not able to find the

> solution for this problem.

> can anyone help me in this regard.

> Do u have any release procedures,did u release the order.

Purchase order document 450000001 is not Release, first you release the

PO and then do MIGO.

> You can do GR for 3-rd party PO with standard

> customizing. What is your scenario exacly? You use

> 3-rd party PO for issuing directly goods to customer

> from Vendor. It means that when you create 3-rd

> party Sales Order, system generates 3-rd party PR

> authomatically. After customer received the goods

> and signed vendor delivery order, vendor will make a

> vendor invoice to us. It doesn't need doing GR from

> Vendor. Based on the vendor invoice, MM will do

> vendor invoicing (LIV) refer to 3-rd party PO.

> Also it doesn't need doing GI to customer. Based

> on the vendor invoice, SD will do customer billing

> refer to 3-rd party SO.

> If you still need GR/GI through 3-rd party PO,

> you can copy the account assignment from standard,

> and re-customizing.

> u 've to do the statitical GR in MB01.

>

> hope this 'll help u

Check the following things

1. GR indicatior has been mainatined for the PO line item

2. if PO is subjected to release stratgey .. then whtether it has been released

3. if you are working in ECC5.0 /6.0 then the plant metioned in the selection screen

should be same as in the PO

Hope this will solve your problem

is there any diference between thirparty item category tas and indvidual purchase

order item category tab from mmpoint of view if it is there what is the benifts of tab

over tas and tas over tab, this i need because i have configure this one.

> I have created a Scheduling agreement (LPA), but it is not asking for

> release? what could be the reasons??

> amit bhattacharjee

>

> Nilesh Deshmukh <nilesh_sap_mm@ yahoo.co. in <nilesh_sap_ mm%40yahoo.

co.in>>

> wrote:

> Dear All,

>

> I want to round off amount after being calculated from various duties and

> taxes.

>

> Where is the option in SPRO wherein I can maintain settings for decimal

> places.

Sceduling agreement LPA is with release documentation, here you need to

maintain delivery schedules depending on your requirement ( FRC or JIT)

after you create a scheduling agreement.

> > >Can anybody tell me how to get the consolidated requirement stock i.e.

> > >reserved stock which appears when we see the stock in MMBE for any

> > >material.

> > >

> > >This reserved stock or requirement qty given net requirement qty as on

> > >date considering prod orders, sales orders.

> > >

> > >I am able to find field name ie. BDMNG & structure name -

>RMMMBESTN_DATEN

> > >which appears if see the technical information of that field.

> > >But not able to get the table name which will give the consolidated

> > >requirement for a single item in single line.

> > >

> > >Request you to help . It's urgent pl.

> >see MB52

> >Thanks for tip but it doesn't appear in MB52. I have tried changing

>layout

> >also.

>can u try list of reservation and than do a subtotal on material wise.

>MB24

>let me know if ti works

>That reservation quantity is what we have raised manually.

>Not calculated by system considering Sales order & production orders etc.

whether created manually or automatically u can see them in mb24

just have a try

> The business scenario is that all PO must be released before sending to

> vendor except a purchase group's PO. Meaning, the POs created by this

> Purchase Group do not need release.

>

> Does anyone tell me the steps of this configuration? It's urgent!

Just u did not add that purchase group to that characeristic value in

(T-Code:CT04) .

Please help me very urgent . what are different

between importpurchase order and domestic purchase order.

instead of BED it will be CVD

pricing pro. will be different

for the customs amount we havw to assign third vendour

> > >Can anybody tell me how to get the consolidated requirement stock i.e.

> > >reserved stock which appears when we see the stock in MMBE for any

> > >material.

> > >

> > >This reserved stock or requirement qty given net requirement qty as on

> > >date considering prod orders, sales orders.

> > >

> > >I am able to find field name ie. BDMNG & structure name -

>RMMMBESTN_DATEN

> > >which appears if see the technical information of that field.

> > >But not able to get the table name which will give the consolidated

> > >requirement for a single item in single line.

> > >

> > >Request you to help . It's urgent pl.

Purchase requsition does not have relise stragegie.

info, how can i create one and why it is not there,

please help me

Basic work for development of Rel. str for PR or PO

Define

characteristics – CT04

Define

class and Assign characteristic to class CL02

Define

release codes – SPRO

Define

release strategy – SPRO

hope this wood halp u.

Purchase requsition does not have relise stragegie. info, how can i create one and

why it is not there,

go though this document. It will help to you








York).





B, then person C)



A, then person C).

Key terminology:I have followed your instructions, but when i create release groups & try to save it

shows message as"PLEASE CHECK RELEASE CLASSES". Please help.

Also if i try to go ahead by copying the earlier made release groups then also i am

not able to see any PR in collective release..Please hel

delete existing entry,save it & goto new entries

Thankyou very much .Now i am able to release the PR through Collective release.

> Any one can give the details about e-Procurement please????.. .....

> What is e-Procurement and where the configuration will be done????

> Its very urgent.,.... ..

e=procurement is done on the web you procure materials through web you will

need sap SRM (SUPPLIER RELATIONSHIP MANAGEMENT)for this.

This is asked me in the Interview Yesterday

In pricing Procedure

In Caliculation Schema we r maintaining different condition types

at condition No 5 i have given Subtotal the value coming is rs.50

in total caluculation schema the price is coming Rs.500.

Now when i do MIRO What is the price is come

Options 1)Rs.500 2)Rs.50 3)Rs.550

Plz give the answer

I have given this answer

If statastical indicator we give to particular condition type no 5

it will not appear in Miro The price will come Rs.500

If we dont give Statastical indicator particular condition type no 5

the price of subtotal Rs.50 add to the final price Rs.500. the total

price will at this situation is Rs.550

can u guys explain the configuration steps of output determination (message) with

an example? i am confused with the the use of the condition technique.

will appreciate any help in this regard.

I guess you are asking for the output determination for PO.....the condition

technique is just a way to access the right document (NEU) for the right purch Org

and the right vendor....you can add more fields to the table if required.... you do that

in transaction MN04...explain where you are confused ..pls be a bit more specific....

How we can configur priceing procedure for header and items section in

PO priceing condition type configuration .

what are the conditions that you would like to configure... .like standard price,

transportation cost etc...SAP comes with most of them so you usually do not need

to create them but if you can explain your requirement a bit further, i'll try to help.

In Sub contract PO the lead time was fixed to 45 days in Info Record, but when the

weekly Open PO runs the lead time was changed to 2 days or sometimes it takes

the same day of the PO document date. Can any body help where to fix the lead

time so that it should take 45 days from the date of creation of PO always.

I want to delete 1 material.

but i want that system will propose alternate/new material if any user want to use

old material.

I am not using SD module.

We have 14 similar Company Codes spread across Europe with in a single

client instance, currently in 4.6B but migrating to mySAP ECC 6.

Each Vendor has an info record per Company Code, is it possible to

have inforecords over more than one company code? So the buyer from

Company Code A can view the Info Records for the Vendor 1 in all the

Company Codes Vendor 1 exists in?

Info records are mainatined with the follwoing key combimation

Vendor /Material/ Purchase Orgnisation

Vendor /Material/ Purchase Orgnisation/ Plant

There is no direct relacance of company code in info records. Company code is

detremined ( by the system) while doing logistic transactions based on the

orgnisation structure defined.

Hope this will give some insight to your problem. Rest the displaying the documents

(info-records) of all enterprise can be controlled via authorisation.

Yes.you can try the following:

1.Create a central purchase organisation which will do purchase for all company

codes.Assign this purchase organisation to all plants under the company codes.

2.Create vendor and Info records for above purchase organisation.

3.Now you should be able to view the info record at purchase organisation by all

the plants.

4.Try and give feed back.

Also tell the difference between 4.7 and ECC 6.0

> some of the processed material supplied by the

> subcontractor

> is rejected by our quality department. we donot

> want to send the

> material back to the vendor , but we want to

> reprocess the same at our

> end.pls help

> While taking the usage decision post the stock to

> blocked stock and not in return delivery.

>

> From blocked stock you can rework the material and

> then move it to unrestricted use.

Thankyou verymuch for your reply.

my client wants to scrap the material and reprocess

i.e(melting) in their plant. at the same time they

want the payment to vendor to be blocked by SAP System

automatically( with out manual intervention) .

could you please give me a step by step procedure

for this scenario.

I want to change material MAP .

Pls let me know the difference between transaction MR21 and MR22 .

Material Revaluations â€“ Price Changes (manual)

Logistics -> Materials Management -> Valuation -> Valuation -> Price

Determination -> Change price - MR21

Material Revaluations â€“ Debit/Credit Material

Logistics -> Materials Management -> Valuation -> Valuation -> Price

Determination -> Debit/cred. material - MR22

In MR21--> U have to enter the new price and it will hit direct change the moving

average price or standard price with refer to the material master settings.

E.g. Material No: ZZZZZZZ

Material Price: 20.00

If u use MR21 u can change the price directly in to 23 or 25 whatever u need.

In MR22--> U have to enter the amount needs to be adjusted and it will hit the

moving average price or the standard price with refer to the quantity u are having in

stock

E.g Material No: ZZZZZZ


Quantity: 191 Nos

Total Value : 31.57 ( 31.57/191=>0. 17)

If you enter debit or credit to this material

Assume if you want to add 100.00 to this material.

After the change ==>

Material No: ZZZZZZ


> Pl tell me the main use for creating the different material type.

> I mean why we create more material types.

As other people has pointed, there is several reasons why standard

material types might not meet your buisiness needs. If you need to use

a different internal/external number assignment, you might also need

to add a new material type to make it possible.

Please tell me,

Is there any provision to create 2 Bill of Materials (BOM)

for a 1 material.

For first Project Of A.C. I had creted BOM, now for Second project of AC

little change in the configuration. So i have to create another BOM without

changing the firstBOM.

Material Code for first & second AC project is same.

Please suggest me how to create Two different BOMs(Projectwise) for the same

material.

when u try to create another bom under same material name the system will

automatically ask whether to create alternative bom. give no 2 for alternative bom

and do the needful.while attaching so to bom u need to give proper altenative bom

nosye u can do it with Alternative BOM.

Try this and let me know it works or not


>

> Two prices in the sense material price before and after packaging.

> Why it is required?.If requires u have to create 2 materials one as

> Semifinished Material(Before packing) and another one as finished product.

>


> Yes, you both are right but in this scenario, the packaging is done by

> third party hence to track the cost at the vendor and third party (contract


> The material goes directly from vendor to contract packager and then comes

> to entry point of the client. the client does want to maintain two material

> codes for change in only one field.


> U can do Split valuation according to valuation category quality and keep

> valuation type 1) semifinished and 2)finished in one material master.

>

> Now when receive goods receive it in semifinished goods and then send it

> to subcontractor in the system and the receive it in finished goods.

>

> using this may be ur problem resolved.

>

> let me know how u solved this?

Still say that it is easier in long run to have two material codes, keeps

things much simpler plus much better form reporting view point. Remember

that the material will be in one plant only both semifinished and finished

val types with same code. Just imagine what your MMBE would look like. Or

MB5B?

> > Can anybody tell me which movement type we should use to transfer

> > material from unrestricted stock to Quality inspection stock

> Instead of doing transfer posting to put material from unrestricted to QI

> stock, please use the functionality to manually create inspection lot,

> that

> is a better and more systematic way of doing this.

> Thanks for ur reply

>

> but how to do this?

> Use movement 322. It will show as q1 to unrestricted, but just do it and

> you will see end result is unrestricted to q1. It is little strange but 322

> works for q1 to unrestricted.

>

> Give it a try.

Use TCODE QS01 it will let you create manual inspection lots. This will let

you transfer material from unrestricted to QI. After that when you wish to

get it to unrestricted, record the results for the inspection. using QE01 or

QE51N. Then do Usage decision to post the stock back to unrestricted.

> Hope someone can help with this issue.

>

> We currently have an invoice for purchase order "X", created in 2002,

> for company code 1234. When checking the FI documents for the MM document

> we

> have two FI documents. FI document 1 displays all the information relevant

> to purchase order "X" and FI document 2 points to purchase order "Y",

> which

> has no relation to the vendor in PO "X". FI document 2 appears in the

> vendor

> line item report for the vendor shown in PO "Y", FI document 1 does not

> appear in the vendor line item report for the vendor displayed in PO "X".

> All the purchase orders and FI documents are for 2002 and company code

> 1234.

> All documents, as you may have guessed, have been paid, with a clearing

> document.

>

> I have two questions. The first is how could this have happened and the

> second is how can this be corrected, without having to open up an FI

> period

> for 2002?

Ask your basis guys, this is possible if the client has been redone from

scratch by copying from another client, the issue that arrises here is that

the number ranges do not copy over properly. So, a new PO might be created

and its GR will have accounting document generated for it, but an earlier

accounting document will have reference to the same GR number... hence you

will see the same GR having two accounting documents.

This is one possible scenario. I hope it is not your production server.

Can somebody please let me know how a purchase order type is linked to

item and header pricing schema/procedure

doc type is noway connected to pricing procedure/cal schema.

unless and otherwise if u customize (create) condn table and linked to

access seq.

Thanks Prasanna, but my question would be then how does a the conditions

autopopulate into a purchasing req or order (or may be it doesnt). of you

could shed some light on it

Depending on vendor Schema gp in vendor Master , the pricing conditions

populated in Order .

Extracts from the SAP Document.. TCode: SHD0





entire

screens



in a


need in


choose to


the


can


and

the order in which you want them displayed. In tab strips, you can

suppress

tabs that you no longer need by setting them to invisible.

You may also create as many variants for a transaction as you desire.

One of

these variants can be defined as a standard variant. This variant is

then

valid across all clients. You may also assign different variants to

specific

users.

This is done using *Variant Transactions *Variant transactions are then

places in those users' user menus instead of the standard transaction.

Thanks..

Regards,

Chandhru.R

On 9/9/07, murali reddy <[email protected]> wrote:

>

> Hi,




>

>

> Thanks in advnace,

> Murali.

>

> opmazhata <[email protected] <opmazhata%40yahoo.co.uk>> wrote:

hie

> gurus

>



>

> thank you guys






I have a question related to purchase order and asset accounting. The

issue is of putting the goods receipt to the settle an asset.The problem is

that when you enter the purchase order for say $1000, and then when you

enter the goods receipt, the goods receipt is posted to zero rather than

$1000.

Please help.






entire

screens



in a


need in


choose to


the


can


and

> There is requirement of our system auditor.In MIRO transaction they want "

> Invoicing party " in "details tab" to be supressesed .No body from accounts

> dept.while making invoice verification can enter another vendor in that

> field as this vendor comes frrom PO by default.

> I checked in Customisation also but unable to found this field for making

> the same to be grey means supress.

> Please help and guide me how to make this field supressed.

In spro-mm-Invocie Verification- Incoming Invoice-Aggregation -MAintain

Variants for Aggregation list.

Here u have to create r u can create as per ur client requirementl like

suppress,mandatory etc..

I hope this will sort out ur Problem.

Can you explain in details.

I am not able to do.

Please explain in step by step for customization for MIRO transaction any field to

be suppress, mandatory,optional, display if any.

It is urgent,

I have got the same requirement.

Please let me know how can I put invoing party in display mode.

I HAVE SMALL PROBLEM,PL CLARIFY. WE ARE RELEASING NUMBER OF

ORDERS FOR SPARES TO VENDORS IN VARIOUS PLACES,IN TURN

VENDOR WILL SUPPLY THROUGH STANDARD TRANSPORTS VIZ.,

KTC/ARC/KRS ETC. FOR THEM WE HAVE TO PAY AND THE SAME HAS TO

BE ADDED IN MATERIAL COST. FOR THIS I THINK INBOUND DELIERY IS A

LENGHTY AND CUMBERSOME PRCEDURE. CAN U SUGGEST ANY BEST

ALTERNATIVE?ADD the Condition for Freght in PO itself and assign GL Code accordingly

Just remove the statistical indicator for this condition type in that pricing

procedure.Then it'll be added to the material cost.

sorry for long silence and the reason is due to some other project at office.

condition ishall i maintain as FRC2 or FRb2 as the case may be. but how i can

assign g/l a/c 'eiter it is carriage inward a/c or respective material g/l a/c pl

eloborateMAybe you could add the delivery/freight cost with the material cost with out using

the conditions. Or you could also use the conditions header of PO and set the

freight cost. The system will distributed the cost per line item and you couls also

see in item details of PO.

Can anybody tell me about STO scenario with IMG settings

How the scenario flows. step by step

If some body help me regarding this it will very helpful for me

see for sto we can go through the mm route or sd route.

for mm route we have to create a sto and then issue the goods from the issuing

plant( it will be atransfer posting), use mvt- 351, adopt the details of the sto in the

transfer posting doc- a/c doc is created in this step.then final GR for the sto in

MIGO.HERE NO A/C DOCS ARE CREATED.it will be only a material document.

for ceating sto we can use doc type as UB or NB(with item category U).

IF U WANT THE I CAN ALSO TELL THE DETAILS OF THE SD ROUTE WITH

ALL THE REQUIRED IMG SETTINGS.

i have some issues .pl help me.

1.i want to create ONE RFQ FOR MULTIPLE PR OF SAME MATERIAL GROUP

TO SAME VENDOR?

2.IN ME5A, I WANT TO ELIMINATE THE PR FOR WHICH RFQ CREATED? OR

ANY T CODE FOR PR LIST FOR PENDING PR FPR WHICH RFQ/PO TO BE

CREATED.?

3.PO WHEN IN HOLD MODE, I WANT TO PRINT? IS IT POSSIBLE.THIS IS TO

AVOID THE MISTAKES DONE BY USER MODE AFTER PRINT AND BEFORE

RELEASE TO VENDOR,IF WE COME TO NOTICE AND WHILE

CORRECTING PO DOC.(.) CHANGED AS PO SUPPLEMENT.THE SAME THING

WE WANT IN CONTRACT ,RFE,SCH.AGREEMENT WHERE WE DONT HAVE

"HOLD" FACILTY?

4.SHORTEST PROCEDURE OF MAINTAING OF MRP IN MM01

> I want a monthly report in which MIRO and MIGO Documents no.s come.

> I want to track MIRO document no.s with the MIGO Document NO.s for

a month.

> The main purpose is to know out of how many GRNs (migo) done by

store,miro have been done by finance department.

> Can anybody have an idea of the report in which Document no.of Both

MIGO(GRN)and Miro Document comes.

> If you want migo done for the month you can track it trough mb51

there u will find the po no

> against which the gr has done, then u can track the miro done for

that gr no in me23 where u enter the po no and go the po history it

will show u the miro against gr .

> I want a one report in which it shows clearly date migo doc

no.and miro no.

> for example i will give selection like posting date-01/07/2007 to

31/07/2007 and plant

> and it will show me report date migo doc no. miro doc no.

> in this way i can track whether for particular GRN(MIGO doc no.)

MIRO DOC NO. is created or not for particular month(for example July).

Try to use MR51. This will accounting details with material document

details.

Consider pulling po report via ME80FN then switch to the PO History view.

But in this report you can view PO no.,Qty,Material Doc no.,but as per my request ,i

also need Doc no.generated at the time of MIRO.

Please check per return mail.

A simple query can bring in the information your are asking for... you can get the

information from PO history table

EKBE, if not try to join table MSEG & RSEG.

how can get the total stock of GR blocked stock

( include all part no )

which transition can i use.

please its urgently for me.

MB52

What is SAP customer number ? Where I can find this?

SAP Customer number is nothing but the customer created for that plant, Easy way

to fine customer number are go to transaction ME21n, Under Item category select

customer data and there u do have customer filed click F4, it will list you all the

customers.I don't think your answer is correct. If you are not confident ,pl mention that also.

some time back,someone has given like this SAP Customer Number is a unique

number representing the particular customer in SAP. You can find Customer

Number (KUNNR) in the Table KNA1. Any comments from experts welcome.

I have planned to sit for SAP Examination and SAP institute requested me to

specify the SAP Customer Number. Hence, the need arised. If we go to SAP

screen, in the top line menu bar (5th icon) you could see - SYSTEM - Going inside -

12th field is Status. Inside we can see the implementation no. Please correct me,

whether implementation no refers to SAP Customer no? If not, how to access the

SAP Customer No ?Immediate reply will be appreciated.SAP customer number is unique number which represnts customer .XD03 is

display customer transcation .in the customer field you can use fnctionkey F4

where you can different selection to find customer nimber maintained.go to SE11

and give the table name KNA1 where the feild KUNNR gives you the customer....

......... ......... ......... ......... ......... ...

Hi Gurus, may i know if i can setup batch per material group? i know

that batch can be setup at client, plant or at material level, but can

i have different batch no. or serial number per material grp?

May I know if we can setup different batch number range per material grp? What I

know is that, batch mgmt can be setup at client or plant or at material level.

What if we use serial number?

How to use "me 97" to delete PR from sap system completely?

pls send me any doc otherwise any Mass Deletion of Purchase Requisations

We will have an Z table to be used as parameter to input an WHT code at MIRO

automaticaly.

Some vendors and services must be taxed by certain codes. So we need change

the currently code at MIRO WHT screen to new one.

Could I do this thru user exit at MIRO without end user put their hands ? could I

change bases too ?

I found user exit 'EXIT_SAPLMR1M_ 004' but I'm sure if is possible do it !

> > I am getting following detlails about Error while doing IV.Pleasesuggest

> > me where i have to make change.

> >

> > Tax Code V0 country In does not exit in procedure XYZ

> >

> > Diagnosis

> >

> > You entered a tax code which is not defined for the country of the

> > company code to be posted to in the tax calculation procedure.

> >

> > Procedure

> >

> > Check and, if necessary, correct the entry.

> >

> > Procedure for System Administration

> >

> > If it is not an input error, check and possibly change the system

> > settings.

> >

> > To do this, choose Maintain entries (F5).

> >

> > Check whether the company code is assigned to the correct country and

> > whether the correct tax calculation procedure has been entered for the

> > company code country.> goto T-COde: *FTXP* & maintain it.

> Thanks for your reply.but tax code V0 is already maintain in FTXP for

> country IN.any other possiable reason for this error.

Maintain Condition Records for the tax code and Condition type. Using

Condition information Criterias.

By Transaction code - FV11

> Kindly help me out from the problem which I am facing right now. Our co is

> going to be sold to a new company mid of the month. For a prticular co code

> , say on 15th all the activities will be closed down on behalf of the old co

> and new activity will be started from 16th on behalf of new company.

>

> Now my question is how to manage this senario with the particular MM

> period (06/2007)?

> Is there is any option to manage the senario?

> Kindly treat this very urgent.

use MMIV to initilized period and MMPV to close period.

for april 2007 use 01 2007, for may use 02 2007. But use for a full month

and u may use transactions from 16th of same month.

what is the* Message Class for Invoice verification? *

Just wanna discuss one scenario:

When we compare quotations in ME49, it gives rank list. So Procurement

dept usually going to place order (PO)

against the rank 1 vendor(who has quoted less price) .

So How the person raising PO(person who has not done price comparison)

will come to that PO should be raised against rank 1 vendor.

Because while raising PO, one will not come to that for that respective

material so and so vendor is lested as rank 1 or quoted less price?

My querry as end user persepective that, System should give error if we

raise PO against rank 2 or rank 3 vendor who has been sent

rejection letter already..... .

I am getting following detlails about Error while doing IV.Please suggest me where i

have to make change.

Tax Code V0 country In does not exit in procedure XYZ

Diagnosis

You entered a tax code which is not defined for the country of the

company code to be posted to in the tax calculation procedure.

Procedure

Check and, if necessary, correct the entry.

Procedure for System Administration

If it is not an input error, check and possibly change the system settings.

To do this, choose Maintain entries (F5).

Check whether the company code is assigned to the correct country and

whether the correct tax calculation procedure has been entered for the

company code country.

i have a question,

in PO by default Delivery address is coming from Plant Address, but i want

to maintain different Delivery Address (other than Plant Address),

where i will maintain this.

i will not enter in (PO->item details->delivery address tab), by default

system will pick automatically.

any body suggest me...

In ME22N, and tried to change the address in po-item details-delivery address,

there is one icon for address details. Just click on it and change the desirable

address.

I think it should work. Also check wth the address mentioned at header level.

At header level: your company's address will appear and at item level your vendors

address will appear. you can make changes in vendors address as per the

requirement.

In SPRO check with po header text in OMF6. where purchase order text is

The requirement is that the pricing procedure has 20+ condition types which show

up in the PO. However when the PO is printed, we want only some of these

condition types along with their description and values to be shown along with the

total value of the order. How can this be done?

Go into pricing procedure which your are using in P.O. then uncheck the print

option of all the condtions which you don't want to show in P.O. Print.

> For Import purchases, we are following the below scenatio.

>

> PR

> PO

> Custom Duty MIRO

> Clearing & Forwarding MIRO

> MIGO

> Part 2 Posting

> Vendor MIRO

>

> But In case of MIGO, Additional duty amount is also adding to material

> value, which has to debit Additional duty account during Part 2 posting.

>

> Material value will be wrong if additional duty adds during MIGO.

>

> Can anyone tell me how to change this. I dont want to add this during

> MIGO. It has to debit during Part 2 time like CVD 16% and ECess and

> SECESS.

>

> Allother excise duties are going proper GL A/c other than Additonal duty.

>

> Kindly give the path where to change this. I tried in OBYC. I have not got

> the answer.

> Kindly check the Calculation procedure using T-Code OBQ3 and check the

> account key specified.For that account key ensure automatic posting is

> configured in T-code OB40.also check the posting keys and GL code.

> Last and foremost Ensure correct calculation for the respective tax code

> using T-Code FTXP

Kindly check the Calculation procedure using T-Code OBQ3 and check the account

key specified.For that account key ensure automatic posting is configured in T-code

OB40.also check the posting keys and GL code.

Last and foremost Ensure correct calculation for the respective tax code using T-

Code FTXP

I tried in this tocdes also. all are correct. in OB40, it is showing cenvat

clearing GL A/c. No.

But In case of Import, we are using V0 tax code in purchase order.

can you please check and tell me.

> Can anyone tell me how to get a list of PO item and its condition

> types? I want to know how to set up the connection between which

table ?

Goto TRANSACTION CODE - ME2N

Scope of List type - BEST

You can use standard T,Code ME2M in layout u can select Purchase Order

Condition.

Or else use ME80FN got to last option in report and selecr PO History.

You can create a simple ABAP report by selecting the following tables EKKO - For

Header details of a P.O,

EKPO - For Item details of the P.O,

KONV - For condition types involved in the same P.O.

Kindly provide these functional specification for the ABAP report.

Futher, You can be specific on condition types by Hardcoding the condition type in

KONV-KSCHL field and checking the values from field KONV-KWERT.

we we do stock transfer within two plant of our company ith goods

movement 303 nd 305 it generates document no but when we want to see

that against which ferecence document no we did stock transfer

movement tye 305 it does not show the ref. doc. no in MB51 Where as

when we want to see the ref document no in case of goods received

against purchase order in our plant hrough movement type 103 n 105 it

shows the document no in same MB51.

this is urgent reqirement of my client plz reply me within time and

help me out for this i wanna thank u all Guru's thax in advance.

Our one of the Customer need to Archive Material & Financial Documents

since 5 years. and also need to view the archive document. Please

send me if any document to pavankulkarni03@ gmail.com. or please let

me knwo the archival Procedure ( Archiving and View ) in SAP

Is there a Transaction Code to mass delete old purchase requisations?

ME97 to archive requisitions.

In my company code FG Inventory for one Profit Centre, is showing -ve value of

Rs.82,000/- whereas if I check the Plant records, nothing is in Minus. One Plant =

One Profit Centre funda in my company code

How can it be?

Further Plantwise inventory is not at all tallying with Profit Centre.

In fact I checked the Profit Centre code for all materials in the Plant. It is 100%

Correct.

Pls tell me what could be the reason and how to resolve the issue

The requirement is that the pricing procedure has 20+ condition types which show

up in the PO. However when the PO is printed, we want only some of these

condition types along with their description and values to be shown along with the

total value of the order. How can this be done?

> I am getting following error while assigning Release Group to Release

> Class.

> Please check release classes (see long text).

> & while Click on Long Text the message is :

> Please check release classes (see long text)

> Message no. ME492

> Diagnosis

> Here you can assign release groups to release classes. Only one release

> class should be used within the release groups for overall release and

> the release groups without overall release in each case. However, in

> this instance several release classes have been used.

>

> Procedure

> Assign the release groups that were created for overall release to one

> release class only. Assign the release groups that were not created for

> overall release to a different release class.

> Example:

> Example:

> Rel. group Rel. obj. Overall rel. Class Descripti

> 01 1 _ FRG_EBAN Group 01

> 02 1 _ FRG_EBAN Group 02

> S1 1 X FRG_GF_EBAN Group S1

> S2 1 X FRG_GF_EBAN Group S2

>delete that existing entry,save it & click on new entry.

I'm trying to set up the release strategy for PR's but somehow there

seems to be an error saying "final status of strategy not released".

When I try to simulate the release it says to check the release

statuses. I redefined everything including the release classes and the

characteristics but still it remains unsolved. Can someone help me out

You have to change the status in the release strategies become "release"

with CL24N (assign object to class) please make sure that status is

"release" on this assigmnet.

Please delete the exsisting class names which are available in the assingnement

area and then assign your group to your class. Ensure that only your group and

class should be in that screen, then save it.

Could any body tell me how I can set FIFO valuation and what are the configuration

settings?

Actually my client have a business policy to implement FIFO valuation

I have 2 questions, why do we need to Configure New document types for

Purchase Order's, Purchase Requisitions, RFQ's and Contracts.

First Questions.

In which scenarios, a consultant need to create the above new purchasing

documents,

Second Question.

In which scenario, a consultant need to create a customed movement types in

inventory management.

Please can any one tell a simple scenarion, in case of manufacturing industry.

I really appreciate ur answers.

Document types for PR , PO ... need to be created according to company

requirement. let say for a Telco a PO doc. type can be Import type or Admin type or

Standard Type , you have to create doc type acc. to ur client requirement for

different purchasing doc.

Now vis-a-vis movement type--- it is also acc. to company requirement. If ur client

needs subcontracting process which does not match standard SAP u may need to

create new one. lets say if u want to GI multiple material to subcontracting vendor

and GR one bundle product which contain muliple(3/4) items u may need to create

new movement type and others related configuration.

i am new to this field

pl can anybody explain me

transfer posting (migo) and sto ( po) means what ?

and when we can use it

pl explain in details

Kindly call me back so that i will send some good materilas on this.

9880892104

if u have good material with u please post on this blog, so that everyone can

read,kindly share your knowlege with all bcoz this is a group mail

IN TRANS. POST. ( MIGO ) WE CAN TRANSFER MATI.FROM STORE

LOCATION TO ANOTHER STORE LOCATION, VENDER.

transfer posting in migo that is individualy movement for plant to plant without

reference.sto that is also transfer posting from plant to plant via m.t 641Quoting

> I need an urgent help. How to change the screen layout of MIGO under

> the tab Account assignment. Thanks in advane

> Kindly be more specific on requirements of changes in account assignment

> on MIGO transaction

> Thabks for your prompt reply. The details scenerios are given below

>

> P.O will be created with internal order no. for say qty 1000 Kgs

> While receiving the material ( MIGO), we would like to have the facility

> to change the order no in MIGO which is under account assigbment tab.,

> Currently the order field is now uneditable.

Try this, browse through SPRO and under purchasing get account assignment

category and set account assignment changable at goods receipt option.

What is the neccessity of changing P.O no (Assuming Purchase Order and not

Production order) at the GR level.You will lose the tracability in such cases.Any

ways you can use t-code OMBW and activate the field status for ORDER (CO/PP

order) in Materials management tab .

> I'm new in SAP and start developping some reporting for my client, I

> would like to know if there is a table where we can find the link

> between SAP Material number and customer material number.

I used T VD51 to create this link between Sap material number and

customer material number.

Can anyone tell me the settings to restrict the goods issue, If goods issue qty is

greater than reservation qty( If we are using GI Againest Reservation ).

WHAT IS THE DIFFERENCE B/W POST GOODS ISSUE (PGI) AND THROUGH

DELIVERY.

> Is it possible to make one GR document of multiple PO's of same vendor.

> If

> yes, please tell me how.

> It is possible when you enter one p.o. after switch enter and enter

> another po then shown you both po item.

> I tried out the scenario and the system does not allow doing GR for 2

> vendors in the same material document. Even if you try entering the second

> PO against a different vendor from the first line system will throw an error

> as pasted below. Please refer the screen shot.

GR is a document acknowledging the receipt of one or more material from one

vendor.

The vendor send Delivery Challan or Invoice along with the material. This

document is between your

company and your vendor . Another vendor cannot be invovled in the same

Document. Legally not possible

u have to set the error message 107 to warning in SPRO. so It allows you to post.

Beware If the receiver is receiving the same material from two vendors he must be

sure of what he does.

Regarding movement type 262. We had an incident last week in which a

greater amount than that issued via movement type 261, was returned via

movement type 262. Again this week there was another mistake made

involving units of measure. The end result is that again more was returned

than was issued. It was indicated to me that Standard SAP does not

restrict quantity on movement type 262 based on 261 movement type. Is

there any way that it can be? It seems odd that SAP would allow the

creation of phantom stock without so much as a warning, whereas in other

areas it is very restrictive in what you can or cannot do. It makes

logical sense that you cannot return more than you allocated. Is there

another way or a different transaction that can be used that will ensure

this logic? I agree that we need to be careful in how we do things, but

the value of a computerized system is to control scenarios such as this.

It should at least show a warning that what you are about to do doesn't

make sense.

Please tell me what is batch input recording and what is standard batch

direct input? What is the difference between them?

Legacy Data Transfer Using Batch Input Procedure (Program RAALTD01)

When you use the batch input procedure, the system creates a batch input session

containing the legacy data, and automatically processes this session

Batch input is a method to upload mass data in batch (nightly jobs etc). Direct input

method can also be scheduled for nightly jobs(nightly means every night

regular), but they are different in uploading the data into the system

Function Modules, update stmts are used in direct input method

Batch input programs can use call transaction

Batch input method is better for handling more data load.

I need an urgent help. How to get new frieght TAB in the screen layout of MIGO

under

item level. Thanks in advane

As per your instruction ,i have made setting of release strategy for PR.But when i

have made a PR ,and gone for collective release-ME55, no PR was seen on

screen.Please suggest where i have gone wrong.

follow the points to find out the mistake if any in your procedure

1.Are you selected the correct table and fields

2.Are properly linked the class(032)

3.Given correct release indicator

4.Are you given the correct inter well in the classification in each release strategy

I think mostly you did the mistake in 4th step, so follow it. and find out me is it

working or not.What is the trigger for your PR release? Remember, you have to assign the class,

characteristics and values via transaction "CL24N"

One of my friend have an issue pl. try to find out the solution.

Hai guys,anyone can explain me

material price differances.

client is having two products.

product 1 and product 2 differance is 1000 dollers.

ex- product 1 is 7000 dollers and prod 2 is 8000 dollars.

he purchased prod-1 after using some time he returned and taken the

second product. -cost diff. is 1000

requirement is: Instead of creating the credit memo -( taking back the

old amount and paying the new price for the new product ), they want

to adjustment between the product prices.

simply he want to pay the 1000 dollers( excessprice for the new

product-8000) to the vendor. What are the configuration settings..

I am new in this area. I had read that the field ref. for external

pur. doc. is 'F', so where is the particular set.

plz help me out.

you can maintain the field referance for external procurement F in material master

i.e. transaction code mm01, in MRP2 view for procurement.

F=external procurement

E=inhouse procurement

go to MB5T (stock in transit plant to palnt)Quoting abhijit dhage

<[email protected]>:dear all,tell me how to genrate or see

sale in transit stock report

But I need Stock provided to vendor in a perticular time for example in the month of

August whais the value of the toal stock provided to a subcontracting vendor

ME2O

can any body tell me which report will give me the Total Stock provided to a

perticular sub-contractor in a perticular specified period

me2o & mb5b if u wanna see the subcontracting stock for a particular date. Me2o

do you know if there is any possibility to specify the posting for the transaction

ME2O? If not, could you please let me know how the posting period is

determined?try mb5l & MBLB

we 1st do MIGO remove from storage--- others then we create document

and this is transfered to our another plant then we do MIGO -- place

in storage-- material doc.then we create this document against 1st

document.

this is 305 against 303 when we want to see against which document

no we did 305 tht is placed in storage in MB51 T-CODE reference doc.

no is not displayed in our case against which we did 305 movement

type. where i have to customize or we are doing mistake that this

ref. doc. no does not displayed in MB51where as we get the ref. doc.

no. in case of 103 n 105 movement type.

While Creating PR / PO system showing -

Items not committed to Company code 10/1000

Pl give suggestion to create PR / PO

> pl tell me the differance between

> std and mav price

> and when we have to use it and how

> if we select std price for any type of material

> and then while po it takes from material master automatically ?

> or we have to maintain ?

std=standard price.

map=moving average price

in the system of std the value of the material will not change with

the corresponde to the invoice price, in this case if the price oof

the material A is Rs20 in the material master we maintained with std

mode, after that the price of the material is increased to Rs22, the

vendor send the invoice for the amount of Rs22, O.K. in this case the

stock value of the material will not change but the amount should be

paid to the vendor and some of the account should be updated to the

difference amount. In this case the difference amount will be posted

to the price differences account.

so

the value of the material which is sent by vendor is Rs20 each unit.

In the system of MAP the value of the materal will change with the

reference to the vendor invoice price. In this case take same above

example.

The exes ting stock of the material is 100 units.

we ordered for the material 200units

the vendor sent the material and sent for the amount of 200*22=4400.

actually according to old rate it should be 4000 only

we posted the invoice for the material,

in this case there is no price difference account, only gl a/c which

is assigned to the movement type i.e. stock a/cStd price is the fixed price where as Map is variable.

We can use Std price for material type :Finished,semi finished and Mav price

used for material type:Rawmaterial

But I need Stock provided to vendor in a perticular time for example in the month of

August whais the value of the toal stock provided to a subcontracting vendor

> Insted of extending the one material to 1500 plant, i did it

> for 1550 so how can i revoke the wrongly extended material from Plant

> 1500. Please Suggest me.......... .

One's extending the material in one plant you can not revoke that extension.

But if you does not want this extension no more then you can set the

deletion flag for this material,plant and storage location.

I wanted to create stroage location; also i want to maintain description and address

of storage loc in two different

Language (Eg German and English)

Can anyone help me out on how to track the pending invoices to be booked in

MIRO , after 103 movement(GR) and 105 movement(release blocked stock) have

been made?Is there any specific T.Code??

Please try Transaction MB5S. You will get what you want.

If I need to view pending invoice for PO that NON GR-based whereby the GR is not

need to be done for example service, where should I go?

That you can do by running transaction ME2S.

Also try FLB1N

MC$G - Purchasing values Material & MC$I - Purchasing Quantities Material

Is the User Exit Will be Applicable for the Excise Related Transactions in STO

Process. Suggest Me Guys.....

I want to make default baseline date by the system in T-code Miro ( In Payment

Tab).it calculate base line date automatic.what is the procedure & i want to free for

payment option as default in place of block to payment in T-code Miro.

CAN ANYONE HELP ME OUT BY LETTING ME KNOW THE DIFFERENCE

BETWEEN

MATERIAL REQUIREMENT PLANNING(MRP) AND STOCK REQUIREMENT

PLANNING(SRP) ?

> > I have a problem when I try to create Good receipt in MIGO. The

system

> > give me an error message saying that

> >

> > "Maintain tolerance limits for tolerance key VP (CoCode...)"

> >

> > I go to transaction OMC0 to add new entry for tolerance key VP in

my

> > company code however I am not sure what should be the tolerance

limit so

> > I use "do not check" for both lower limit and upper limit.

> >

> > When I try MIGO again, I am still get the same error

> >

> > Does anyone know what should be the cause of this problem?

> try t code omr6 and set tolerance limit for VP

I have already had an entry for my company code in the table of

transaction OMR6 and it was set to "Do not Check" the tolerance limits

Then I tried to executed MIGO again and for unknown reason it works.

STO involves physical movement of goods , updates stocks has financial

implications. .

TRANSFER POSTING is only logical moment , no physical movement of goods ,

so no financial implicatins

This is nothing but..

LOGISTICS covers almost all modules of SAP..like production planning ,

material management , sales distribution,

finance and accounting , human resources etc....

whereas SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT follows a cycle like right from

procuring the raw material to finished good

it shall incorporate mainly three four modules like Production planning . ,

material management , sales and distribution etc..

it has huge requirement when compare to individual modules of SAP..

Thank you for your help. But still I am facing problem. Yes I am

sending raw material. I maintained sales view in my material master

1421 and I am sending material from plant 1000 to plant 1100. Both the

plants are under same company code 1000. I maintained the Sales-org.

1000, distribution Channel.10. I am confused for which plant I have to

maintain shipping data(supplying or receiving plant). How I will fill

up the field Customer no. Plant in the screen for shipping data for

plant config.(screen shot attached). What config I have to do in the

material master? Please explain me in details with screen shot. Here I

am not doning STOCK TRANSFER ORDER with SD and billing. Then who is the

customer? In my conception Plant 1100 is the customer. Please explain

me in details. I know u guys r very knowledgeable. Please help.

Thank you in advance for your help. I will be eagerly waiting for your

Maintain sales organisation( shipping data) view to the supplying plant (ensure the

plant code of supplying plant is entered in delivering plant field in sales org. view.)

of material master and purchasing view to the recieving plant of the material

master.Create the customer code for recieving plantand vendor code to the

supplying plant.Ensure maintanance of material master data in both the

organisations at plant level. These data will enhance a smooth flow to the STO.

MB1A Goods Issue. I would like to restrict Goods Issue to only

reference Purchase order or Reservation how do i do it.

use FSRK (field ref selection key) in back end to control the fieds

you can use issue the mati with referance of reservation no

in migo you creat reservation with the help of production order

creat a prod order in transition co01 and creat reservation in trnisition zppres1

and issue mati. MIGO TRANSFER POSTING RESERVATION NO

> Anybody can tell me where i can find informations (maybe period by

> period)> about Moving Average Price changes for an article?

> I know that i could re-calculate the Moving Average Price after each

> stock movement but it's a bit tricky!

> The fact is that the Mov. Average Price for an article is incredibly

> high, but as the article documents are regularly archived, i've got

> no view of what can have happened to explain that.

> We have not Material Ledger implemented

MR21 T.CODE CHANGE YOUR Moving Average Price changes

can any one explain me

the differance between

logistic / supply chain / procurment / materials management

i am very new to this field

one of our clint as a requerment of release procedure for delivery schdule created

manualy kindly give your comment .

plz tell me how to insert a field in mb51.

example : i have to insert material group field in mb51.how it is

inserted.

Try following steps.

Configuration Menu>MM>Inventory Mgt.>Reporting> Define field selection for

material document list.

Here you can activate the field what you want from available field.

While doing MIGO against PO for Non-codified materials ( No material

code and account assignment - F in P.O ), Excise Tab pop up is coming,

even though there is no excise related master data maintained in J1ID.

It should not come in MIGO.

I am using ECC 6.0.

Can any one suggest the solution.

After making PO for free of charge , in GR (MIGO) mvt is 101 but not 511 .

how activate the mvt for free goods ?

In Puchase order at Item details, in invoice column if you remove the tick from

"Invoice receipt". Then goods will be delivered at free of cost. Also see the avilable

help for this indicator.

> I want to make Businness Area filed in Details tab of MIRO Screen

as

> Mandatory.

>

> Can you please tel me the path and how to make mandatory.

MIRO screen Workout for many Mov.Type So based on what

mov.Type you are in need to do ?

Who can tell me the the deference between the condition types, YA00 and

RA00, in details? with an example?

Pl tell me the main use for creating the different material type.

I mean why we create more material types.

It depends on your Industry Rqmt. why you create many material types

such as the maintenance of required views/fields in customizing,

Abap programming rqmts, etc.

As other people has pointed, there is several reasons why standard

material types might not meet your buisiness needs. If you need to use

a different internal/external number assignment, you might also need

to add a new material type to make it possible.

we create many material type as each material type has different charatcterstics ,

each material type have different sreen .

such as finished with have only sales data and no purchasing data .

similarly each material type will have different valuation class to valuate material

It's related with your business process, we can make I different approach

for instance between the our stock materials type with the stock

consignments materials.







Stock transfers

Without STO

One step stock transfer Move type 301.

Two step stock transfer ( MM only) Move type 303& 305.

using STO with out delivery:

doc.type: UB

GI:351, GR:101

STO with delivery:

GI:641, GR:101

delivery type:NL

STO with delivery and billing:

GI:643, GR:101

delivery type:NLCC ,billing type:IV

Can anybody tell me what does it mean by Release Strategy?

Release strategy is "a condition" to release something it can be PR

(Purchase Requisition or Purchase Order), the condition can be amounts,

items code, etc

For my client, Make to order is the general process

ther is an order from the customer for finished goods material say, Zink

tank with some specifications and size, it is ok PR will be automatically

rised by MRP.

He is regular customer.So,

If the same customer required the same finished goods material with

different specifications and size but same process and working

principle.Here our client needs the same material code

repeatedly.Becausee very time when we get the order, creation of new

material code is

difficult task and there should be the existing material code for MRP. Here

how the system will pick the same material code with different

specifications and size.

Is it possible to attend this scenario, is there way to follow.

try configurable BOM for your process.

Can you explain the required steps for configurable BOM

Is there a way I can impose security on a material type for a group of

users via Tcode: MM01 and MM02.

I'm trying to restrict access to material master records for certain

material types to a particular group of users.

If you have created roles for the users, then the role with the material master

authorization should have a line that says material types. This is where you indicate

whether they should have authorization or not.

> I am a student currently taking a course in SAP MM and most of it

self

> learning. I have come across a problem where when i create a PO

for a

> particular item i get the error message "material not maintained by

> purchasing" I have gone into the material master for the item but i

> cannot figure out which field is causing this error message.

> For that particular material, in that particular plant, Purchasing

view to be maintained in material master.

> Do this and try again.

> Plz Let me know the status.

Thanks Mahesh, it worked. Can you please give me an example of an NLAG

material. I would like to create one in Material Master as a practice exercise.

we r facing a problem in service entry sheet preparation in that,if we a

have a service PO for two or three line items and if we create entry sheet

it is taking only one line item and giving the error message. please suggest

on this issue.its urgent.

msg no SE364.

SES can only be created for 1 po line item.

As per SAP standard scope of supply /design, it is possible to book a service entry

sheet for single PO line item. There are 2 ways to resolve your issue. 1 --- you

create a single PO line item with all datails as "Service Line items" 2 --- Make

use of "Model Service Specifications" functionality

Could you please explain me,how to create Model service specifications and use?

Can u eloborate the error message.

If in case, you have more than one item, you need to check the appropriate line

item in the list menu just below the P.O. No. (Right hand side - Document overview)

Choose the appropriate line no. and enter the service quantity. Each line item has

separate service entry in a SErvice Entry Sheet.

During implementation we did not use solution manager.How we can track which

data we have maintained / implemented in reference IMG.

do for t.code QS11, it will help u







> plzz help in CIN configuration. I have idea of J1IT and J1ID but what

> do do further i am not getting. someone plzz gt me full step






but how to do this?

Use movement 322. It will show as q1 to unrestricted, but just do it and you will see

end result is unrestricted to q1. It is little strange but 322 works for q1 to

unrestricted.

I want to round off amount after being calculated from various duties and taxes.

Where is the option in SPRO wherein I can maintain settings for decimal places.

Never , Never touch SPRO settings for decimal places( for any currency ) once it is

set during Implementation. It will change the entire accounting records of that

currency and your financial data goes for toss. Beware ...! don't even try this aspect

in the quality /development server as these settings are cross client and will impact

all ( ncluding the production client )

however , you may try the help of ABAP to write a special report where in the

decimal places are rounded off for the duties and other parameters. This ( change

of decimal places )can be done at report level and should not be tried for

transaction ( all though it is possible )

I have created a Scheduling agreement (LPA), but it is not asking for release? what

could be the reasons??

I want to know the answers for these questions?

1. What is the difference between customization

request and work bench request?

2. For release procedure , after trasportation of

request , what are not transported in to production

server?

3. Can we make External number arrangement type in

Alpha numerical for vendor master record? if so, How?

Here i have a question about alternative BOM. I have created two BOMs

for one material now when i am creating a PO for subcontracting and i

am exploding BOM it is picking up 1st BOM. I want to know how to pick

up 2nd BOM while creating PO?






but how to do this?







> > current date.

> 1.check fiscal year variant at company code level whether it is K4 or V3,

> and also check at maintain co.code for Material management.

>

> 2. again check usingT.code MMPV , until which date postings were closed,if

> it is showing current 2005/08, previous 2005/07 then we have to close all

> posting periods till 2007/08 in case of k4 fiscal year variant. 2007/05 in

> case of v3 fiscal year variant by using T.code MMRV

Try using MMPV

In that u need to close time period every month from 2005 to 2007

If there are 24 months

u need to change 24 times

> Firstly you have to create 4 material types for each one..and each

> material

> type will allow to configure

>

> Quantity updates/No Quantity updates

> Value Updates/No value updates

>

> Over there u can configure as per your requirement. Let me know how it

> works?

I can understand but let me know what are the effects of GR and IR after

considering these.Can you explain me in detail.

Re-updating info structure s031, s032

I have changed the movement type 311 for Statistically relev. 3

(Standard analyses only (update)) to blank for no updating.

With this changes I now want to re-update the info structure s031 &

s032 for all material document posted till date with change effect of

movement type 311 changes. ( i.e. I don¢t want the statistically update of

311 movement. How can this possible ? pl guide me.

i am facing following problem.

I had prepare PO of excisable material for which specific rate for BED is maintained

in j1id. Also in tax code, jm01 is 100 %. In PO, condition type jm01 shows right

amount.

While capturing excise invoice j1iex with ref. to PO, specific rate of BED is right in

duty rate tab but in duty value tab, total duty of BED gets double which should not

happen.

Please give me reply as matter is most urgent.

Parag

+++++++++++

Dear All,

In PO, when we tick the GR BASED IV then in purchase order history we

can see the GR/IR ASSGT in Change View.

Where is the setting to see the GR/IR ASSGT without enabling the mark in

GR BASED IV.(is it possible?)

Where are the settings in spro for maintaining the Drop down for Change

view in purchase order history?

Pls. comment.

Regards,

Sachin Kokare

++++++++++++++++++

Dear All,

Can anybody tell me the logic behind the t.code MC46 for slow moving

items.

Various loopholes I found while analyzing the output of MC46.

A. At present MC46 gives that report but following is not

considering by system:

1.It ignore 281 movement, means any item is moved through 281, it only

consider 261 movement.

2.It ignore 201 movement.


4.it ignore 641 movement


B.MC46 report considers following movement which it should not be

1.311 movement , location to location transfer ( Means if any item is

Slow moving but it is moved during 365 days from one location to other,

system do not pick up as Non moving.

2.if any material do not have opening stock and there is purchase within

365 days and not issue through 261 takes place, mc46 shows as Non moving

which is incorrect.

Pls. comment on this.

Regards,

Sachin Kokare

++++++++++++++

Hi

http://4.it/

Did you get any solution on this.

I am also stuck up with the same scenario

On 1/22/07, susheeliitr <susheeliitr@ yahoo.com> wrote:

>

> Hi gurus

> there is one scenario.

> our client takes mat from trader not from main vendor .

> trader takes mat from main vendor and sends us.

> suppose main vendor sells trader in 100Rs and 16% BED so he pays vendor

> 116Rs.

> trader sells client in suppose in 150 rs and 4 % sales tax so client

> pays him 156 rs. all these r fine.

> when we go for migo, base value for BED should be 100 rs not 156 i.e

> only 16 rs should go in cenvat account. if i do it manually then who

> 156 will go in GR/IR account. i want 140 should come from GR/IR account

> and rest 16 should come from cenvat account to pay 156 to vendor.

> i did setting vendor master date cin tab page and define trader but not

> working.

> plz tell me. it is very urgen.

> bye

+++++++++++==

Hi Sam

Did you get the solution,can you let me know it as well

On 7/11/07, Guru Ji <sapji.guru@gmail. com> wrote:

>

> Scenario is as follows:

>

> (Rate unknown) Manufacture( nirma)

>

> Rate Known Dealer(jain acid

> PO

>

> (Rate, Amount Qty is mentioned and remarks provided for provision Excise

> Duty

>

http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=susheeliitr%40yahoo.com

http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=sapji.guru%40gmail.com

> Continue

>

> GRN

>

> continue

>

> Invoice

>

> (Tax Invoice + Duplicate for Transporter Copy)

>

> Dealer Manufacture

>

> For provision of Excise Duty

>

> For Payment

>

> 1)PO to dealer

>

> 2)GRN dealer

>

> 3)tax invoice from dealer is the total bill only, it does not contain

> duty.

>

> 4) but modvat benefit is taken on manufacturer' s duplicate copy.

>

> Plz tell how to map this scenario in SAP

> It's very urgent

>

> Thanks

>

> Sam

>

++++++++++++++++

want your advice on following issue.

I have typical scenario of dealer who passes on cenvat which he has received

from main manufacturer.

say 100 is the base price of the material and he is going to pass us the

excise of say Rs 10.I need to pay Vendor only Rs 100 but still need to get

cenvat of Rs 10.

I used condition jexc of manual excise but the problem in that case is gr

is prepared at goods receipt at Rs 100.But since we are availing the cenvat

of Rs 10 the GR/IR should be at Rs 90 only.

Can you let me know how do you solve the issue?

Regards

+++++++++++

hi Nilesh,

you can release the pr at item level also. pl follow the doccument








York).





B, then person C)



A, then person C).

Key terminology:

· Release Codes - The different levels that the approval will go through.

· Release Groups - Grouping of strategies.

· Release Strategy - Unique, set of condition, sequence and levels of

releases. Every line in diagram is a Strategy (so we have 3).

· Release Indicator / Status - The status of PR as it moves through

the strategy. Example 'Block' (can't create PO yet) or 'Final Release'

(can create PO from PR)

Here is a summary of the steps to follow to set up our example:

· Create Characteristics & link to comm. structure (CEBAN for PR)

· Create Class & link to characteristic

· Create Release Groups & link to class

· Create Release Codes

· Release Indicator

· Set up strategies

- Strategies & Codes

- Pre requirements

- Status

- Assign values for strategies

· Set overall / item for doc type (PR only)

· Create and allocate authorization profiles

------------ --- DETAILS OF SETTING IT UP ------------ ---

Create Characteristics & link to communication structure (CEBAN for PR)

Here we define which fields are used to determine the strategy that

will kick in. In our case we used 'Plant' and 'Item value'. Not all

fields in the PR can be used. For a full list of fields that can be

used to determine the release strategy, see tcode se12 table CEBAN.

So the two fields that will be used is:

Field CEBAN-WERKS for Plant

Field CEBAN-GSWRT for Item Value

We need to create a characteristic for every field. Tcode CT04

Any characteristic name can be used. Keep something descriptive to

avoid confusion.

For Item Value -- lets create characteristic Z_GSWRT

First go to Additional Data tab and enter the table/field (and Enter)

Enter currency to be used in the Basic data tab.

Also select multiple values and Intervals allowed

The Intervals allowed will allow us to assign a range of values,

example: If PR value is 0 - 1000 USD .....

Save the characteristic

For Plant -- characteristic Z_WERKS

Again, the table/field name in Additional Data to enter table/field

Again set multiple values and save the characteristic

The multiple values is to assign more than one plant to strategy,

example: If PR for plant 3100 and plant 3600 is ...

Create Class & link to characteristic

Create a class (simply to group the characteristics) . Again any name

can be used. Tcode CL01 -- Create Class. The Class Type must be 032.

Configure Release Procedures

Above actions was all master data. We now need to do some

configuration. Menu: IMG > Materials Management > Purchasing >

Purchase Requisition > Release Procedure > Procedure with

classification > Set up procedure -- (tcode OMGQ in older SAP versions)

Create Release Groups & link to class

We have two groups to create AA and AB. We need to indicate the class

we are working with, in out case Z_PR.

Create Release Codes

Create all the release code / group combinations. This is all the dots

in diagram above. So we have 4.

Later on, authorization profiles will be linked to these code / group

combinations.

Release Indicator

First we create the different statuses that the PR can be in

throughout it lifecycle. Later on (below), we will be linking using

these statuses. Here are the standard SAP indicators; we probably

wouldn't need to add any.

We will be using two of these -- X (Block) and 2 (Released)

Under the Details section, you can indicate which documents can be

created from this PR. For Indicator 2, one can create PO's and RFQ's.

With Field Selection you can define which fields can be changed. This

is the same indicator that gets used with document type configuration

to make some fields read only, mandatory, hidden.

Set up strategies - Strategy & Codes

Every line in our diagram above is a strategy. So We have three

Lets call them:

Group AA / Strategy S1 -- Code L1 (for plant 0001)



Here are the settings for AA / S2

Set up strategies - Prerequisites

Fir every strategy, we need to define a release prerequisites. This

indicates if one code needs to take place before the other. In this

case, level 2 (L2) can only take place if level 1 (L1) has been released.

Set up strategies - Status

this is also done for every strategy. The screen is dependant on what

groups were linked to the strategy as well as prerequisites that was

set up. In this example:

- if nobody releases it then PR is block.

- if L1 release the PR, the PR is still blocked

- if L1 and L2 release the PR, the PR can be converted to RFQ/PO

Out of interest, the reason why there is not a L2 only option is

because of the setting in the prerequisites.

Set up strategies - Values for strategies

The values linked to strategies are master data (not configuration)

and can be set in two places. Either within the configuration itself

-- selecting the classification button

Or, in classification, example CL24N

Both methods work, the advantage of CL24N is that all the strategies

can be viewed easier.

Set overall / item for doc type (PR only)

For Purchase Requisitions, there is an option to release either on

item level or on document level. For PO / RFQ / Contracts, one can

only release on header level. Back to the PR, it is highly recommended

to use item release. This can be done in two places.

Firstly where the groups were created

On the document type configuration for PR

Config menu: Materials Management > Purchasing > PR > Define document

types

Create and allocate authorization profiles

In our example we will have three people releasing, so three profiles

will need to be created. Authorization profiles can be created using

tcode PFCG.

Usages of PFCG are not being discussed here, but see below for

relevant screen where the profile was created.

------------ --- USING RELEASE PROCEDURES ------------ ---

Create a Purchase Requisition

Lets create a PR, and see if the release procedure kicks in. In our

case we will create it for plant 3600 and any value. So we will expect

Strategy AB / S2 to kick in.

Create PR -- me51n

If no 'Release strategy' tab, then it didn't work. In this case all is

fine. The user can see the Release Group (AB), Strategy (S2) and

release indicator (X).

(SAVE)

Release a Purchase Requisition

Releasing can be done per PR or collective. Lets' use the collective

release. SAP Menu: Logistics > Material Management > Purchasing >

Purchasing Requisition > Release > Collective Release -- ME55

Select all the items to be released and then hit Save. You will see

the status of the item change to the next Release Indicator.

This is the absolute basics of setting up Release Procedures for

Purchase Requisitions. For more posts on Release Procedures, see index

of posts.

SAP version used for this post: SAP ECC (ERP Central Component) 5.0

You can discuss this article here.

Last edited by SAPman : 3 Weeks Ago at 01:24 PM.

-- In sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com, "nazim husain"

<nazsan_2002@ ...> wrote:

>

> u have to configure item wise relase for pr

>

>

> >From: Nilesh Deshmukh <nilesh_sap_ mm@...>


http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=sapmaterialsmanagement%40yahoogroups.com


> >To: SAP MM <sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com>

> >Subject: [sap mm] PR Release

> >Date: Fri, 17 Aug 2007 06:28:49 +0100 (BST)

> >

> >Dear All,

> >

> > I have created a PR for 10 materials out of which I want to

release 5

> >materials only.

> >

> > Is there any provision in SAP wherein I can release individual

materials

> >only instead of whole PR.

> >

> > Regards,

> >

> > Nil

> >

++++++++++++++

you have to do the customization for release of PR at item level. Then you

will be able to release the PR item wise.

Thanks

On 17/08/07, Nilesh Deshmukh <nilesh_sap_mm@ yahoo.co. in> wrote:

>

> Dear All,

>

> I have created a PR for 10 materials out of which I want to release 5

> materials only.

>

> Is there any provision in SAP wherein I can release individual materials

> only instead of whole PR.

>

> Regards,

>

> Nil

++++++++++

u can use ctrl y and than ctrl x


http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=nilesh_sap_mm%40yahoo.co.in

and than copy from excel Ctrl C and than paste in mass ctrl v

>From: sabri fidan <sabri_fidan@ yahoo.com>



>Subject: [sap mm] mass maintance interface

>Date: Fri, 17 Aug 2007 01:46:20 -0700 (PDT)

>

>Dear All,

>In mass maintance interface is there a button like "upload from clipboard"

>or any way to paste more then 17 items. I cant do it with " carry out mass

>change button" because all items have different values.

>Regards,

>

>sabri

>

+++++++++++++




regards


>

> hi



>

> Thanks

>

> prashan

++++++++++++++++

Dear All,

In mass maintance interface is there a button like "upload from clipboard" or any

way to paste more then 17 items. I cant do it with " carry out mass change button"

because all items have different values.

Regards,

http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=sabri_fidan%40yahoo.com



http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=hazariwalapu%40yahoo.com

sabri

+++++++++++

Specify conditions in purchasing in Material master & info record.

Nonkonzo Pato <[email protected]. za>


17/08/2007 12:20 PM

Please respond to


To


cc

Subject

[sap mm] Tax code - urgent

Hi guys,

Can anybody tell me how to make tax code to appear automatically when

creating a PO on a certain order type

Thanks in advance

NP

++++++++++++++

Try ME54N

Nilesh Deshmukh <nilesh_sap_mm@ yahoo.co. in>


17/08/2007 10:58 AM

Please respond to


To

SAP MM <sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com>

cc

Subject

http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=npato%40scaw.co.za








[sap mm] PR Release

Dear All,

I have created a PR for 10 materials out of which I want to release 5

materials only.

Is there any provision in SAP wherein I can release individual materials

only instead of whole PR.

Regards,

Nil

+++++++++++++

Hi,

Firstly you have to create 4 material types for each one..and each material

type will allow to configure

Quantity updates/No Quantity updates

Value Updates/No value updates

Over there u can configure as per your requirement. Let me know how it works?

Cheers!

--

With Cheers From:

M.K Thamarai Kannan

+++++++++++++++

Hi Vijay,

Best way to handle this is maintain two material code

as you have stock of unpacked material and packed

goods also.

tracability is easier when you have two seperate

material codes

Thanks

Samraj


http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=vakul_harsha%40yahoo.co.uk

> Hemanth / Samraj,

>

> Yes, you both are right but in this scenario, the

> packaging is done by third party hence to track the

> cost at the vendor and third party (contract


> The material goes directly from vendor to contract

> packager and then comes to entry point of the

> client. the client does want to maintain two

> material codes for change in only one field.


>

> Thanks & Regards

> Vijay

>

>

>

> ----- Original Message ----

> From: hemanth kumar reddy

> <hemanthkumar96@ yahoo.co. in>


> Sent: Wednesday, 15 August, 2007 11:25:47 PM

> Subject: Re: [sap mm] two prices for one material--

> Urgent

>

> Hi

>

> Why it is required?.If requires u have to create 2

> materials one as Semifinished Material(Before

> packing) and another one as finished product.

>


>

> Thanks

>

>

> vijay anand <vakul_harsha@ yahoo.co. uk> wrote:

> Hi

>

http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=hemanthkumar96%40yahoo.co.in


http://yahoo.co/


>


> after packaging.

>

> Thanks & Regards

> Vijay

+++++++++++++

Dear All,

I have created a PR for 10 materials out of which I want to release 5 materials only.

Is there any provision in SAP wherein I can release individual materials only

instead of whole PR.

Regards,

Nil

+++++++++++

Hello gurus,

plzz help in CIN configuration. I have idea of J1IT and J1ID but what

do do further i am not getting. someone plzz gt me full step

thanks in advance

sameer

+++++++++

there can be a practice maintained to check ME5A every morning for open

requisitions

>From: mohammed quraishi <ms_quraishi@ yahoo.co. in>



>Subject: [sap mm] Purchase request

>Date: Thu, 16 Aug 2007 16:55:11 +0100 (BST)

>

>Hi friends,

>

>I have an important question,

>

>The purchase request created by PP For raw mateials &

http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=ms_quraishi%40yahoo.co.in



>SD for finished goods to MM for purchase,

>My question is:

>How and where does this gets reflected in MM, how will

>the MM come to know that a Purchase request has been

>raised by PP or SD.

>Kindly look into this iam very confused.

>

>Thanx

+++++++++++++

Hi Dost,

For that purchase request have you tried Trans code md04.

if no then try that eventhough you r not satisfied I will suggest u more further.

Bye

mohammed quraishi <ms_quraishi@ yahoo.co. in> wrote:

Hi friends,




My question is:



raised by PP or SD.


Thanx

++++++++++

hi

U can do Split valuation according to valuation category quality and keep valuation

type 1) semifinished and 2)finished in one material master.

Now when receive goods receive it in semifinished goods and then send it to

subcontractor in the system and the receive it in finished goods.

using this may be ur problem resolved.

http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=ms_quraishi%40yahoo.co.in

let me know how u solved this?

Thanks

Bye


Hemanth / Samraj,

Yes, you both are right but in this scenario, the packaging is done by third party

hence to track the cost at the vendor and third party (contract packager) the client

needs to maintain two prices.The material goes directly from vendor to contract packager and then comes to

entry point of the client. the client does want to maintain two material codes for

change in only one field.How do you think this can be handled?

Thanks & Regards

Vijay






Hi

Why it is required?.If requires u have to create 2 materials one as Semifinished

Material(Before packing) and another one as finished product.


Thanks


Hi



Thanks & Regards




http://yahoo.co/

Vijay

++++++++++

hi

ya, it shpuld reflect 1.25 in material master of material B bechause system updates

stock account for semifinished product = OP(order price) +VP (valuation price raw

material material A in ur case)

Prashant


Hi All,



for example if a material A is sent for subcontracting for painting and returns as

material B.the value of material A is $1.00 and after painting the value is added by $ 0.25 and

total value of material B is $1.25. Now if I make GR against sub-contracting PO will

the material master get updated to $1.25.


Thanks & Regards

Vijay

+++++++++++++++

Hi Guys

Purchase Order is that delivery is not being

processed (status is A) but customer is saying, that

is delivery is processed.

What should I do? can any one help me ASAP

Thanks

Sabbir

+++++++++++

Hello all,

I want to know if it is possible to automatically receive in


returnable packaging with a packaging instruction? We use inbound

deliveries for incoming raw material and we use rf scanners to receive

the material in. i want to setup a packaging instruction for each

incoming material so that when we receive in the components, the

corresponding returnable packaging is also received into inventory

based on the packaging instruction. Is this possible?

thanks in advance for any help,

gabe

+++++++++++

Hi friends,




My question is:



raised by PP or SD.


Thanx

++++++++++

Hi...SAP MM Gurus,

Plz can anybody explain the functionality of MEI7...T.code. .

Thanks in advance...

Best regards..

avinash.

+++++++++++++

go to SPRO---MM--- -Purchasing- ----PO--- -- screen layout for PO then select

Me21 and excute,find the field delivery completed indicator, i think it was hide so

set this one either optional or required or display wht ever u want

LAURO LAGMAN <mochee07@yahoo. com> wrote:

Hi Sha,



Cheers,

Lau






Hi Gurus



please.

Thanks

Shah

+++++++++++++++++++

1.check fiscal year variant at company code level whether it is K4 or V3, and also

check at maintain co.code for Material management.

2. again check usingT.code MMPV , until which date postings were closed,if it is

showing current 2005/08, previous 2005/07 then we have to close all posting

periods till 2007/08 in case of k4 fiscal year variant. 2007/05 in case of v3 fiscal

year variant by using T.code MMRV

Prashant Hazariwala <hazariwalapu@ yahoo.com> wrote:




http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=mochee07%40yahoo.com

http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=sabbirzu%40yahoo.com



http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=mpower303%40gmail.com


>

> hi,







> current date.

>


>

> Prashant

>

>

>


------------ --------- --------- ---

Choose the right car based on your needs. Check out Yahoo! Autos new Car

Finder tool.


venkat

9.1929E+11

++++++++++++++

You will try J1ID and go to Customer Excise details, maintain and save,

Regards

Diwakar

_____


[mailto:sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com] On Behalf Of

sapmmsenthilSent: Thursday, August 16, 2007 2:08 PM






Subject: [sap mm] CIN Customizing

Hai MM Experts.....


Code's.

Regards

SAPMMSENTHIL

++++++++++++++++

Hi All,



for example if a material A is sent for subcontracting for painting and returns as

material B.the value of material A is $1.00 and after painting the value is added by $ 0.25 and

total value of material B is $1.25. Now if I make GR against sub-contracting PO will

the material master get updated to $1.25.


Thanks & Regards

Vijay

++++++++++++++++

Hemanth / Samraj,

Yes, you both are right but in this scenario, the packaging is done by third party

hence to track the cost at the vendor and third party (contract packager) the client

needs to maintain two prices.The material goes directly from vendor to contract packager and then comes to

entry point of the client. the client does want to maintain two material codes for

change in only one field.How do you think this can be handled?

Thanks & Regards

Vijay







Hi




Thanks


Hi



Thanks & Regards

Vijay

+++++++++++++

U can use Split Valuation also.

Valuation Category : Packaging

Valuation Types : Pre Packaging and Post Packaging

On Thu, 16 Aug 2007 hemanth kumar reddy wrote :

>Hi

>

> Why it is required?.If requires u have to create 2 materials one as Semifinished


>


>

> Thanks



http://yahoo.co/

>

>

>vijay anand <vakul_harsha@ yahoo.co. uk> wrote:

> Hi

>

>How can we show two prices for the same material?

>

>Two prices in the sense material price before and after packaging.

>

>Thanks & Regards

>Vijay

+++++++++++++++

Dear Kumar,

Just Go into T-code Ml81n again & open your entry sheet,select change mode,you

will get a new option Revoke,just click on that,your entry sheet automatically

reveresed by system.

Thanks & Regards

Pavan Kumar


From: kumar manian <maniram_chn@ yahoo.co. in>

To: mm group <sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com>

Sent: Monday, 13 August, 2007 10:25:06 AM

Subject: [sap mm] Cancellation Service Entry Sheet document

Hi,

What is the procedure to cancel the service entry sheet document posted through

ML81N.

Thanks in Advance

Ram

++++++++++++++

Use MMPV to close periods 2005/9 to 2007/8 one after the other. i.e you have to

use MMPV 24 times.Then you can do posting in 2007/08.

Carefully check the log issued after every period close.

regards

epm


http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=maniram_chn%40yahoo.co.in


On Thu, 16 Aug 2007 Prashant Hazariwala wrote :

>MMBE IS FOR STOCK OVERVIEW

>

>

>ANAND CHANDOOR <mpower303@gmail. com> wrote:

> Try using the TCODE mmbe

>

>On 8/10/07, hazariwalapu <hazariwalapu@ yahoo.com> wrote:

> >

> > hi,







> > current date.

> >

> > Can anybody help me on this?

> >

> > Prashant

+++++++++++++++

Hai MM Experts.....


Code's.

Regards

SAPMMSENTHIL

+++++++++++++

Hi All,

Can we use the MRP to create reservations? If any one knows pls let me know

in details.



Thanks.

vineet

+++++++++++

Please see in the delivery vl03n see the movt type is 601 or not

>From: "garasai sap" <garasaister@ gmail.com>



>Subject: Re: [sap mm] mm query

>Date: Thu, 16 Aug 2007 10:03:31 +0530

>

>my dear Nazeem

>My problem is : after delivery stock should be reduced, but it is not

>happening.To avoid this what settings should be done.

>Thanks&regards

>

>

>On 8/15/07, nazim husain <nazsan_2002@ hotmail.com> wrote:

> >

> > after delivery the stock should be reduced

> > check report vl06 for the total PGI

> >

> >

> > >From: "garasai sap" <garasaister@ gmail.com>

> > >Reply-To: sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com

> > >To: sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com

> > >Subject: [sap mm] mm query

> > >Date: Tue, 14 Aug 2007 20:16:58 +0530

> > >

> > >Hi

> > >How to clean up Finished goods stock

> > >After delivery and billing,finished good stock should clean up.But for

>my

> > >client stock is still available and not matching with physical

> > >stock.Pleasehelp me and what settings should be done to avoid this.

> > >Regards,

> > >venkat

> > >MM consultant.

http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=garasaister%40gmail.com



http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=nazsan_2002%40hotmail.com




++++++++++

You can display your PO in Me23n,from there go to Environment and then

hearder changes or iterm changes

> Go to me23n and make the necessary changes u need.

>

> On 8/15/07, H K <heartykid2000@ yahoo.com> wrote:

>>

>> HI All,

>> Can anyone tell me if theres any report for changes made in purchase

>> order. say in Header or item data level.

>> Thanks in Advance

>>

>> Regards

+++++++++++++

hi,

the mov type is 322


hi



Thanks

prashant

++++++++++

hello experts,





Do help me?

++++++++++++++++

Hi,

http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=heartykid2000%40yahoo.com


Pl go M type 322 it will transfer stocks from Unrestricted to Quality Inspection.

With Thanks & Regards

Mohanrao Nagavarapu


hi



Thanks

prashant

+++++++++++++

me23n,environment - header changes

it will be there for sure

>From: "Ellis, Cindy - ERP" <cindy.ellis@ cityofhouston. net>



>Subject: [sap mm] Purchase Requisition Header Note

>Date: Wed, 15 Aug 2007 08:47:59 -0500

>

>Is there a way to track changes made to a purchase requisition header note?

>I do not see an option for header changes in the environment.

>

>Cindy E. Ellis, CPPO, CPPB

>City of Houston - SAP ERP Support Team

>Materials Management

>voice 713-221-0682

>fax 713-221-0698

>email cindy.ellis@ cityofhouston. net

+++++++++++++

322

>From: "hazariwalapu" <[email protected]>




http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=cindy.ellis%40cityofhouston.net




>Subject: [sap mm] movement type for - unrestricted to QI stock

>Date: Thu, 16 Aug 2007 04:12:44 -0000

>

>hi

>Can anybody tell me which movement type we should use to transfer

>material from unrestricted stock to Quality inspection stock

>

>Thanks

>

>prashant

+++++++++++++

Hi Prasant,

The movement type from unrestricted stock to quality inspection is 322

by

Ramu


hi



Thanks

prashant

+++++++++++





>

> hi,










> current date.

>


>

> Prashant

+++++++++++

my dear Nazeem

My problem is : after delivery stock should be reduced, but it is not

happening.To avoid this what settings should be done.

Thanks&regards

On 8/15/07, nazim husain <nazsan_2002@ hotmail.com> wrote:

>

> after delivery the stock should be reduced

> check report vl06 for the total PGI

>

>

> >From: "garasai sap" <garasaister@ gmail.com>


> >To: sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com

> >Subject: [sap mm] mm query

> >Date: Tue, 14 Aug 2007 20:16:58 +0530

> >

> >Hi

> >How to clean up Finished goods stock

> >After delivery and billing,finished good stock should clean up.But for my

> >client stock is still available and not matching with physical

> >stock.Pleasehelp me and what settings should be done to avoid this.

> >Regards,

> >venkat

> >MM consultant.

++++++++++++++++++

hi


http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=nazsan_2002%40hotmail.com





Thanks

prashant

+++++++++++++++

Hi Sukla,

The following dictation may help u, let me know ur query and status pls

MM Pricing

Procedure

How

pricing defined?

Note : ê = down arrow

Vendor

êassigned to

Schema

group

êassigned to

Pricing

procedure

êhas

Condition

Types

Note:

when we make PO, if vendor is selected pricing

procedure will be calculated accordingly

SPRO>

Material

Management

ê

Purchasing

ê

Conditions

ê

Define

price determination process

ê

Define

condition type

After create condition type

SPRO>

Material

Management

ê

Purchasing

ê

Conditions

ê

Define

calculation schema

ê

Define

condition type

Condition

Types are 3 types

1. Condition class

2. Calculation Type

3. Group condition change which can be made (header/item of PO)

What is Info Record?

Link

between material and vendor

Under Procedure

If you mark statistic for a condition type under

a pricing procedure and use this condition type in a PO then PO‟s

net price won‟t be changed after discount

Regards,

Zusen


From: vijay shukla <vijay_sap2005@ yahoo.com>

To: sap <sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com>

Sent: Tuesday, August 14, 2007 11:44:48 AM

Subject: [sap mm] pricing procedure

Hi MM gurus

Can anyone explain how to create pricing procedure if following conditions are

made .

http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=vijay_sap2005%40yahoo.com


1 basic price

2 discount on basic

3 gross ( 1-2)




7 discount


9 cst on 8

10 freight.

11 insurance


Thanks in advance

vijay

++++++++++++

Go to me23n and make the necessary changes u need.

On 8/15/07, H K <heartykid2000@ yahoo.com> wrote:

>

> HI All,

> Can anyone tell me if theres any report for changes made in purchase

> order. say in Header or item data level.

> Thanks in Advance

>

> Regards

http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=heartykid2000%40yahoo.com

+++++++++++++++

Can the same principle be applied for paying to two different party

against 1 info record.

Example :-

Fully finished price -1000

Forging price - 800

M/cing price - 200

Regards,

Shetty Vijay

2601

____________ _________ _________ __


[mailto:sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com] On Behalf Of ANAND

CHANDOOR

Sent: Thursday, August 16, 2007 8:52 AM


Subject: Re: [sap mm] pricing procedure







On 8/14/07, vijay shukla <vijay_sap2005@ yahoo.com

<mailto:vijay_ sap2005%40yahoo. com> > wrote:

>

> Hi MM gurus

>

> Can anyone explain how to create pricing procedure if following





conditions

> are made .

>

> 1 basic price


> 3 gross ( 1-2)




> 7 discount


> 9 cst on 8

> 10 freight.

> 11 insurance

>


>

> Thanks in advance

>

> vijay

++++++++

Hi




Thanks


Hi



Thanks & Regards

Vijay


++++++++++=







On 8/14/07, vijay shukla <vijay_sap2005@ yahoo.com> wrote:

>

> Hi MM gurus

>

> Can anyone explain how to create pricing procedure if following conditions

> are made .

>

> 1 basic price


> 3 gross ( 1-2)




> 7 discount


> 9 cst on 8

> 10 freight.

> 11 insurance

>


>

> Thanks in advance

>

> vijay

>

>

+++++++++++++

Hi,

Two prices for same material can be done by split

valuation or by maintaining info records ( Vendor/


Material/ Plant Combinations ), but your example says

with and with out packing, if that is the case better

you maintain two different codes.

Sam


> Hi

>


>


> after packaging.

>

> Thanks & Regards

> Vijay

+++++++++

Hi



Thanks & Regards

Vijay

+++++++++++==

Hi



Thanks & Regards

Vijay

++++++++++++++


v received ur queries 3 times.... pls send it once......

dcms78 <dcms78@yahoo. com> wrote: Hi....


jus Learning...

I have an Question.



and post it..






Plz do reply.


Thanks in advance.

Diana Balasingh

++++++++++++++

Is there a way to track changes made to a purchase requisition header note?

I do not see an option for header changes in the environment.

Cindy E. Ellis, CPPO, CPPB

City of Houston - SAP ERP Support Team

Materials Management

voice 713-221-0682

fax 713-221-0698

email cindy.ellis@ cityofhouston. net

++++++++++++++++==

Hi....


http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=dcms78%40yahoo.com


jus Learning...

I have an Question.

When one says Goods movement from Storage to

Production site based on Production order...we do an

Goods Issue...and we creat an goods issue and post

it..

goods issue created for moving goods from storage for

type 261...it isself an goods movement as the BAPI

call BAPI_goods_mvt ????or???

how to confirm that the goods are delivered? as issued

in GI- type 261??

based on the Goods issue posted or shud there be

something done to get it delivered to production

site??

Plz do reply.


Thanks in advance.

Diana Balasingh

++++++++++++++++++

Hi....


jus Learning...

I have an Question.



and post it..



how to confirm that the goods are delivered? as issued in GI- type

261??

based on the Goods issue posted or shud there be something done to

get it delivered to production site??

Plz do reply.


Thanks in advance.

Diana Balasingh

++++++++++++++

Hi....


jus Learning...

I have an Question.



and post it..






Plz do reply.


Thanks in advance.

Diana Balasingh

++++++++++++++++

hi,

any body can explain about foriegn trade imports control and tc

++++++++++=

Hi sappers

Is it possible to calculate the total value for the Following in

calculation schema?

1. base price -

2. Add 1% pkg - on 1

3. add customs 12.5%- Upon (1+2)

4. add cvd-16%on(1+ 2+3)

5.ed cess-3%on (4)

Till this i did simple "from" & "to" and calculated

6. cess on duty- 3%- on (3+4+5) - this works on line no. 3,4 & 5 i am unable

to enter in FROM-TO format.

7. Spl duty (add 1to 6)*4%- this also i ma unable to enter in the FROM-TO

format

Total value- (add 1 to 7).

Attachment can be viewed.

Thanks

Any ideas

Samuel

+++++++++++

Hi, friends,

What is use of this movemeht type where we used this movement type.

I have cheake but it will post cost centre.But this movement type for

GI for sales . But there I don't find any sales order, Why

+++++++++++

HI All,

Can anyone tell me if theres any report for changes made in purchase order. say in

Header or item data level.

Thanks in Advance

Regards

++++++++++++

Hi,

Try set your your Sales Doc type set to "Delivery BLock" in OVAK under Check

Credit column

Lau


From: indika alwis <i_alwis@yahoo. com>


Sent: Wednesday, August 15, 2007 2:05:55 PM

Subject: [sap mm] credit limit check at delevary ststus

Dear all

I have a problem , customer need to check the credit limit at the delivery creation

stage .This is special case . Normally credit limit is check at the stage of sales order

creation. But this is customer requirement.



2.Is it possible to do by configuration changes, if so what are the con fig steps in

sequential order

very eargent .

please reply

Indika

++++++++++

Hi Sha,



Cheers,

Lau



http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=i_alwis%40yahoo.com






Hi Gurus



please.

Thanks

Shah

++++++++++

Hi Shah,

Go to "delivary" tab in PO item view and in right side u will find "Delivery

Completed" check box

Thanks,

Zusen






Hi Guys



ASAP.

Thanks

Shah

++++++++++




after delivery the stock should be reduced

check report vl06 for the total PGI

>From: "garasai sap" <[email protected]>



>Subject: [sap mm] mm query

>Date: Tue, 14 Aug 2007 20:16:58 +0530

>

>Hi

>How to clean up Finished goods stock

>After delivery and billing,finished good stock should clean up.But for

my

>client stock is still available and not matching with physical

>stock.Pleasehelp me and what settings should be done to avoid this.

>Regards,

>venkat

>MM consultant.

>

>

+++++++++++++++

Under the delivery table in the item level in your purchase order

>

> Hi Guys

>

> Can anyone tell me how can i find delivery complete

> indicator in a Purchase order? Please let me know

> ASAP.

>

> Thanks

>

> Shah

>

+++++++++++

Hi Sabbir;

you can check the "delivery Complete"indicator by going to DELIVERY Tab

of PO...

to check : go to ME23N>Delivery, you can see there a Delivery complete box

Lau






Hi Guys



ASAP.

Thanks

Shah

+++++++++++

Dear all

I have a problem , customer need to check the credit limit at the delivery creation

stage .This is special case . Normally credit limit is check at the stage of sales order

creation. But this is customer requirement.



2.Is it possible to do by configuration changes, if so what are the con fig steps in

sequential order

very eargent .

please reply

Indika

+++++++++++



hello experts,





Do help me?

+++++++++++++

Hi Guys



ASAP.

Thanks

Shah

++++++++++++++

Hi sreekanth

I got my problem solved. I checked in OMSY and OB52. It

is now working well. Thank u

Regards

Murthy

On 8/13/07, srknt03 <srknt03@yahoo. co.in> wrote:

>

> Hi Murthy!

>

> Have you checked the periods in OB52? Plz check up and change

> accordingly if reqd.

>

> Regards,

>

> Sreekanth

http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=srknt03%40yahoo.co.in

try omsy,ob52,,this can help u out.

MSK <mb_krm@yahoo. ca> wrote: does anyone know why i am getting "K4 Fiscal

Year variant, No period is


PO No.

thanks

msk>

> --- In sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com<sapmaterialsmanage

ment%40yahoogrou ps.com>,

> "SATYANARAYANA

> MURTHY" <murtymagapu@ ...> wrote:

> >

> > Hello MM gurus

> > when i am doing MIGO i am getting error msg

> that

> > Posting Period 08 2007 not open. I have done all settings in MMPV.

> It is

> > showing current period 08 2007 and closing period 07 2007. How to

> do

> > settings for this? Please help me to sort out this issue.

> >

> > Thanks and regards

> > Murthy

+++++++++++

Hi Gurus



please. I need it As Soon As Possible. Please

Thanks

Shah

++++++++++

Hi

Can anybody help me in differentiating between the following details given

below and what settings should be done and what exactly happens if I select

http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=mb_krm%40yahoo.ca

http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=mb_krm%40yahoo.ca

any one of these.

No stock no value(NSNV)

No stock with value update

Stock update with no value update

Stock update value update

+++++++++++++++++++++++

Hi

How to clean up Finished goods stock

After delivery and billing,finished good stock should clean up.But for my

client stock is still available and not matching with physical

stock.Pleasehelp me and what settings should be done to avoid this.

Regards,

venkat

MM consultant.

+++++++++++++++

Can any body give me the step-by-step procedure for running MD01 /MD04 for

MRP run and MPS run.

Please note that i had switched to below gmail address which has been reqularly

using.

"apparaoasv@gmail. com"

+++++++++++++

does anyone know why i am getting "K4 Fiscal Year variant, No period is


PO No.

thanks

msk

+++++++++++++

Hi MM gurus

http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=apparaoasv%40gmail.com

Can anyone explain how to create pricing procedure if following conditions are

made .

1 basic price

2 discount on basic

3 gross ( 1-2)




7 discount


9 cst on 8

10 freight.

11 insurance


Thanks in advance

vijay

++++++++++++++

Hi Sandeep

Tcode SQVI does not exist, use T code SQ01 for Query

Rgds

Naveen Goveas

On 8/13/07, Sandeep Acharya <sandeep_sapient@ yahoo.co. in> wrote:

>

>

>

>

> Dear Guru's,

>

> Can anyone help me... in understanding the steps for creating Sap Query

> using T.code SQVI

>

> Thanks in advance

http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=sandeep_sapient%40yahoo.co.in

>

> Regards

> Sandeep Acharya

+++++++++++++++++

Hi Sandeep,

The following instruction with exmaple may help u

Query Creation

1. SQ02 > Define Infoset

2. SQ03 > Give all authorization

3. SQ01 > Building the query and run it

SQ02

Ø Name infoset (e.g.;

MM_INFO_TEST1)

Ø Create

Ø Name and Table Name

Ø Authorization group = ZMM

Ø Insert table

Ø MARC

Ø Back and Generate

Ø Role / User group Assignment

Ø þ ZMM

Ø Save

Ø Back & generate

SQ03

Ø User group Assignment

Ø Change ZMM

SQ01

Ø Edit > Other user group

Ø Name query (MM_query_test_ 1)

Ø Infoset Query [ select info

set you have made]

Ø Now select Parameter list

and selection criteria

Ø Save and name your query

which you have made

Ø Back and execute query

Regards,

Zusen


From: Sandeep Acharya <sandeep_sapient@ yahoo.co. in>

To: sap mm <sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com>


Subject: [sap mm] steps for creating Sap Query using T.code SQVI

Dear Guru's,

Can anyone help me... in understanding the steps for creating Sap Query using

T.code SQVI

Thanks in advance

http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=sandeep_sapient%40yahoo.co.in


Regards

Sandeep Acharya

++++++++++++++++

Service entry sheet filling up (t-code ML81N) will be against a PO. so make a PO

with materials which u gonna send of servicing, and receive ur services using

ML81N with materials, quentity and values as many time u want against a PO

--

Zusen


From: mm consultant <mmconsultant_ [email protected]. in>



Subject: [sap mm] services

hi all,

can anyone explain about services processing as we are sending materials for

servicing .and how to make service entry sheet and record it.

thanks in advance

------------ --------- --------- ---

Once upon a time there was 1 GB storage in your inbox. Click here for happy

ending.++++++++++

Hi MM Gurus,

Can anyone please give me to get a solution in details.

A Vendor will supply 5000 raw material with the following conditions:

Gross price of the material is $20/PC. A promotional discount 10%

applies to the total value of the material. Freight charge is $500

(absolute value).

http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=mmconsultant_k%40yahoo.co.in


Starting from the scratch please guide me how I can create the

following for the above mentioned problem. I am expecting a solution

like release procedure created by Chapman.


2. Access sequence

3.Condition table


After that I know how it could be assigned to vendor and create a PO

accordingly.

Please help me.Please! Please!

Thank you,

sachin

++++++++++

hi nilesh

AUM is the price diff ac for STO that u 've to maintain in obyc

for tr event key AUM maintain the G/L account ( get assist from ur FI consult)

this will solve ur probs

reg

prasanna

Nilesh Deshmukh <nilesh_sap_mm@ yahoo.co. in> wrote: Dear SAP Gurus,



While extending Semi finished materials from one plant to other in the same

conpmany code,we maintain price control as V but when we actually produce the

same mateial we change price control to S.



Price control : S




Price control: V

While issueing material from supplying plant against created STO,I am receving

error as "Accunt determination for entry ABCD AUM not possible.Message No: M8147"

Could you please let me know the possible wrong entries happened in

configuaration settings so that I can resolve the issue.

Regards,

Nil

+++++++++++

Hi,

While doing cancellation there will not be a possibility to change the quantity in the

document. Means if u receive 10 qty in that document u have to do cancellation for

all the ten qty's. There is no option to change the quantity's (You have to cancell the

entire document)

In the second case if you try to do reversal and select Return Delivery and then

select the movement type as 102, in this document u can change the quantity.

This is the differece between this two.

ritu khanikar <ritu_khanikar@ yahoo.com> wrote:

Hi all,

While doing migo, we can use cancellation and as well as reversal, what is the

diference between the two?

regards

ritu

++++++++

Thanks for enlightment,

Sorry I miunderstood "reversal" is for "Return to

http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=ritu_khanikar%40yahoo.com

supplier"

Sam

--- hemanth kumar reddy <hemanthkumar96@ yahoo.co. in>

wrote:

> Hi Sam,

>

> Pl.don't mislead the members, when u flag the

> Returns indicator in PO,MVT 161 will be triggered

> automatically, not 122.

>

> Normally MVT 122 will be used to send back the

> quality rejected materials to vendor against the

> material document.

>

> Thanks

>

> P Samraj <samrajpp@yahoo. com> wrote:

> Hi all,

>

> 102 is the reversal mvt. type of 101. Every mvt.

> type

> has its reversal counterpart. The are many reasons

> to

> make a reversal of any mvt. type (mostly human

> mistakes).

> 122 is used when you make a returns purchase order

> to

> a vendor. This is a purchase order with the

> "returns"

> flag marked. By the way, 122 has it reversal mvt.

> type

> in 123.

> It's true that in both cases material is being

> removed

> from the stock but for diferent reasons and in

> diferent bussiness processes.

>


http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=samrajpp%40yahoo.com

> Hope I have clarified,

>

> Sam

>

> --- charles pary <charlessusai@ yahoo.co. in> wrote:

>

> > both cancellation and Reversal are same....

> >

> > Cheers

> > Charles

> >

> > "Damita B.Casey" <damitacasey@ yahoo.com> wrote:

> > Cancellation is used when the goods

> > receipt was done in error. The

> > entire qty of the original goods receipt is

> > reversed. Reversal is used

> > when you received goods and are returning it to

> the

> > vendor. You may

> > reverse the original goods receipt in its entirety

> > or a partial.

> > --- Naveen Goveas <naveen.goveas@ gmail.com> wrote:

> >

> > > Hi Ritu

> > >

> > > The effects are same

> > >

> > > Rgds

> > > Naveen Goveas

> > >

> > >

> > > On 8/4/07, ritu khanikar

> <ritu_khanikar@ yahoo.com>

> > wrote:

> > > >

> > > > Hi all,

> > > >

> > > > While doing migo, we can use cancellation and

> as

> > well as reversal,

http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=charlessusai%40yahoo.co.in

http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=damitacasey%40yahoo.com

http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=naveen.goveas%40gmail.com


> > > what is

> > > > the diference between the two?

> > > > regards

> > > >

> > > > ritu

> > > >

+++++++++++++++

Dear All,

Can u please provide details of a report that gives the original

document numbers against the Material Document Numbers appearing in the

MB51..

For Eg. an Delivery Number 100 would raise a Material Document Number

501 (when PGI done) in the Item Ledger/CARDEX. An Invoice with number

601 will be generated later.

Is there any report available that links 100, 501 and 601??

Thanks in Advance.

Regards,

Rakesh K R

+++++++++++++++

Hi gurus,

plzz explain me the process of making PR mandatory.

how does we do this

thanks in advance

sameer

++++++++++

Hi..

I think answers r

for ..

Q.1) Ans:B

Q.2) ANS:C

Q.3) ANS:E

regards,

nag.

On 8/12/07, bayard0707 <bayard0707@yahoo. com> wrote:

>

> Hi All,

> Please help me with the following certifications questions. I am

> preparing for the exam.

>

> 1)You want to activate version management for contracts. Which

> combination of fields do you need (true/false) ?

> a)Document category + Document type + Company code

> b)Document category + Document type + Purchasing organization

> c)Document category + Purchasing organization + Purchasing group

> d)Document type + Purchasing organization + Plant

>

> 2) A confirmation control key requiring an order acknowledgment from

> the vendor has been entered in a purchase order. The data in the

> acknowledgment differs from that in the PO: Instead of the whole PO

> quantity on the desired date, the vendor confirms delivery of half of

> the total quantity on each of the two dates one week apart from each

> other. How do you enter this acknowledgment (one correct answer)?

> a) You enter two items with the confirmed quantities and date on

> the "Confirmations" tab page in the item details

> b) You set the partial delivery indicator on the "Delivery " tab page

> in the item details. As a result, an additional entry screen appears,

> on which you can enter the confirmed quantities and dates

> c) You enter two delivery schedule lines with the confirmed

> quantities and delivery dates on the "Delivery Schedule" tab page in

> the item details

> d) You change the delivery date of the existing PO item and reduce

> the PO quantity by half. For the remaining quantity, you enter a new

> PO item in which you specify the other delivery date

>

> About Solution Manager:

> 3) Which of the following are Solution Manager Usage Scenarios?

> (True/False)

> a) Manage Change Requests

> b) Monitor SAP Support Desk

> c) Upgrade SAP Solutions

http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=bayard0707%40yahoo.com

> d) Link to SAP Education

> e) Implement SAP Solutions

>

> Thank you for your help.

>

>

>

+++++++++++++

Dear Dinesh,

Thanks a million!

Regards,

NI.

--- In sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com, dinesh.singhal@ ...

wrote:

>

> Choose scope of list C then you will get information in a single

line.

>

> Thanks & Regards,

>

> Dinesh Singhal,

> SAP Functional Consultant

> Mob # +91-9324168248

>

>

>

>

>

>

>

> "Novel Ilyas" <novel.ilyas@ ...>


> 08/13/2007 10:08 AM

> Please respond to sapmaterialsmanagem ent

>


> cc: (bcc: Dinesh Singhal/RCVL/ RelianceADA)

> Subject: [sap mm] List of PR




> Importance: Normal Sender's OU: Reliance

>

>

> Dear Gurus,

>

> Need your info on how we can have list of PR in single row manner,

> since ME5A list it in 3 rows each record.

> Appreciate your prompt reply.

>

> Regards,

> NI.

+++++++++++

can anyone explain about services processing as we are sending materials for

servicing .and how to make service entry sheet and record it.

Is possible to make Service Entry Sheet for multiple line items for PO. For

example:I have one service PO. in that PO Five line items and each line item has

its sarvice items.

Line item 10 text........ ......... ......... ......... .... & it has twoservice items like 10 & 20.

Same line items 20,30,40,50 has its own service items. So is it possible to make

one Service Entry Sheet for all Line items & their service items. If it is possible then

reply me how it may possible urgentlu.not possible.

+++++++++++++

Hi Murthy!

Have you checked the periods in OB52? Plz check up and change

accordingly if reqd.

Regards,

Sreekanth

--- In sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com, "SATYANARAYANA

MURTHY" <murtymagapu@ ...> wrote:

>

> Hello MM gurus

> when i am doing MIGO i am getting error msg

that


> Posting Period 08 2007 not open. I have done all settings in MMPV.

It is

> showing current period 08 2007 and closing period 07 2007. How to

do

> settings for this? Please help me to sort out this issue.

>

> Thanks and regards

> Murthy

++++++++++

go to ,

IMG-->MM-->PURCHASI NG-->P.O- ->DF9 SCREENLAYOUT AT DOCUMENT

LEVEL-->SELECT ME TWENTY ONE N-->DETAILS- ->SELECT PAYMENT

TERMS ..MAKEIT MANDATORY .., SAVE IT..this is only option

otherwise ABAPER can make that field mandatory through coding

but in my client's location they are unble to make few fieldds mandatiry..

BRegards

adarsh

+++++++++++

Dear Friends;

i have been assigned to object of domestic project. I have the

functional specification, but the problem is that i am not getting

what they exactly want

In that functional specification ( FS ) they have mentioned about

input requirement and processing requirement in this way

Input Reqiurement :

Printing of Goods Issue will be triggered after creation of Goods

Issue against Process Order

i.e at the time of MB1A transaction is saved. (Movement type will be

261 and 262)

Processing Requirement :

For the Process Order: Check the Process Order Number

Header Data:



3. Material Description : Check the Process Order Number : Table

Name is AUFK




Component Data:



3. Material Description: Check the Material Code from the Process

Order. Table Name is MAKTX.

4. Committed Quantity: Check the Process Order Number and

Reservation Number: Table Name is RESB. (if there is no committed

quantity, committed quantity column should be Zero for the

particular Material)

5. Withdrawn Quantity: Check the Process Order Number: Table Name is

AUFM. (take the movement types 261 and 262 only)

6. Batch Number: Check the Process Order Number: Table Name is AUFM.

What i supposed to do to complete this object?? WHat will be my

selection criteria ?? AS they have mentioned in FS check process

order number, what does it mean??

Please help me out its urgent.

Regards;

Parag Gavkar.

++++++++++++++

go to ml81n,put the service entry number,it must be on the change

mode.Revoke the acceptence and then save.

Do the same step again after saving,then this time you candelete it.

> Hi,

>

> What is the procedure to cancel the service entry sheet document posted

> through ML81N.

>

> Thanks in Advance

> Ram

++++++++++

Hi,

Configuration means by without changing the sap existing process or front screens

,only we do settings as per our or client requirements i.e. not changing sap

programmes or t.codes(standards) we are fulfilling our requirements

Customization means we are creating or changing Sap existing process or front

screens i.e changing or creating sap programmes or t.codes as per our or client

requirement


Customization is done by superuser.It means the changes that r required can

be made by the user.Configuration is done by end user.


manager,MD,CEO

what u need to do is Go to Materaials management -Release strategies, there u

need to work on it.

On 8/10/07, nayna dixit <nayna_dixit@ yahoo.com> wrote:

>

> HI SAP--MM ----FRIENDS

> > can anyone explain me in tetails

> > the defferance between configuration and custmization ?

> > and what is meant by release procedure / and how to activate it ?

> > pl reply me in details with example

> > coz i total new to this field

> > so dont be angry on me


http://po.eg/

http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=nayna_dixit%40yahoo.com

> >

> thanks in advance

> nayna dixit

++++++++++

Dear SAP Gurus,



While extending Semi finished materials from one plant to other in the same

conpmany code,we maintain price control as V but when we actually produce the

same mateial we change price control to S.



Price control : S



Price control: V

While issueing material from supplying plant against created STO,I am receving

error as "Accunt determination for entry ABCD AUM not possible.Message No: M8147"

Could you please let me know the possible wrong entries happened in

configuaration settings so that I can resolve the issue.

Regards,

Nil

+++++++++

the code provided by u i.e bmbc does not exist.

plzz check it out

> u can try it in BMBC. it is batch information cockpit

>

> reg

> prasanna

>

> anil mahajan <anilmahajan_ 11@...>

wrote: Dear MM Gurus and friends,

>

> i'm a PP Consultant

>

> my user wants a report that gives the W.I.P stock details with

batch and date of manufat. of batch.

>

> i have tried MC46 and MC50 but it shows products only as our

requiremet is product code with batches.

>

> is there any table or T code that gives such details.

>

> kindly revert

>

> Thanks & Regards,

>

> Anil

>

++++++++++++++

Choose scope of list C then you will get information in a single line.

Thanks & Regards,

Dinesh Singhal,

SAP Functional Consultant

Mob # +91-9324168248

"Novel Ilyas" <novel.ilyas@ gmail.com>


8/13/2007 10:08

Please respond to sapmaterialsmanagem ent


cc: (bcc: Dinesh Singhal/RCVL/ RelianceADA)

Subject: [sap mm] List of PR

Importance: Normal Sender's OU: Reliance

http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=novel.ilyas%40gmail.com



Dear Gurus,




Regards,

NI.

++++++++++

Dear Gurus,




Regards,

NI.

+++++++++

Dear Hari,

pls give me further detail steps because I am not familiar with

financial operation.

thanks and regards

david

In sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com, "Hari Appani"

<hari.appani@ ...> wrote:

>

> Please find some information on subsequent credit and subsequent

debit for

> these scenarios.

> -

> Hari

>


> >

> > Hi,


> >


needs to


> >

> > With regards,

> >

> > David

+++++++++



value?

Thanks.



>


That u need


>


> >

> > Hi,

> >


needs to


> >

> > With regards,

> >

> > David

++++++++++++++



value?


Thanks.



>


That u need


>


> >

> > Hi,

> >


needs to


> >

> > With regards,

> >

> > David

+++++++++++

Is this answer relevant to the question???

azam hussain <azam_s007@yahoo. com> wrote:

me49,me50


From: Pushpakumara Ajith <mihin2008@yahoo. com>


Sent: Friday, August 10, 2007 3:08:13 PM

Subject: [sap mm] Slow / Fast moving Items

Dear All,

Please let me know a TCODE to view Slow moving & Fast Moving Items in Material

Management module. Thanks.

Ajith


http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=azam_s007%40yahoo.com

http://us.f327.mail.yahoo.com/ym/Compose?To=mihin2008%40yahoo.com


+++++++++++++

Hi Sam,

Pl.don't mislead the members, when u flag the Returns indicator in PO,MVT 161

will be triggered automatically, not 122.

Normally MVT 122 will be used to send back the quality rejected materials to

vendor against the material document.

Thanks


Hi all,




mistakes).




in 123.





Sam



>

> Cheers

> Charles

>










> vendor. You may


> or a partial.


>

> > Hi Ritu

> >


> >

> > Rgds

> > Naveen Goveas

> >

> >


> wrote:

> > >

> > > Hi all,

> > >


> well as reversal,

> > what is


> > > regards

> > >

> > > ritu

> > >

> > >

>

____________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _

> > > Yahoo! oneSearch: Finally, mobile search

> > > that gives answers, not web links.

> > >

>

http://mobile. yahoo.com/ mobileweb/ onesearch? refer=1ONXIC

> > >

> > > [Non-text portions of this message have been



http://mobile.yahoo.com/mobileweb/onesearch?refer=1ONXIC

> removed]

> > >

> > >

> > >

> >

> >

> >

> > --

> > Naveen Goveas

> > SAP MM Consultant

++++++++++++++

Hello MM gurus

when i am doing MIGO i am getting error msg that

Posting Period 08 2007 not open. I have done all settings in MMPV. It is

showing current period 08 2007 and closing period 07 2007. How to do

settings for this? Please help me to sort out this issue.

Thanks and regards

Murthy

++++++++++++++=

Hi All,

Please help me with the following certifications questions. I am

preparing for the exam.

1)You want to activate version management for contracts. Which

combination of fields do you need (true/false) ?

a)Document category + Document type + Company code

b)Document category + Document type + Purchasing organization

c)Document category + Purchasing organization + Purchasing group

d)Document type + Purchasing organization + Plant

2) A confirmation control key requiring an order acknowledgment from

the vendor has been entered in a purchase order. The data in the

acknowledgment differs from that in the PO: Instead of the whole PO

quantity on the desired date, the vendor confirms delivery of half of

the total quantity on each of the two dates one week apart from each

other. How do you enter this acknowledgment (one correct answer)?

a) You enter two items with the confirmed quantities and date on

the "Confirmations" tab page in the item details

b) You set the partial delivery indicator on the "Delivery " tab page

in the item details. As a result, an additional entry screen appears,

on which you can enter the confirmed quantities and dates

c) You enter two delivery schedule lines with the confirmed

quantities and delivery dates on the "Delivery Schedule" tab page in

the item details

d) You change the delivery date of the existing PO item and reduce

the PO quantity by half. For the remaining quantity, you enter a new

PO item in which you specify the other delivery date

About Solution Manager:

3) Which of the following are Solution Manager Usage Scenarios?

(True/False)

a) Manage Change Requests

b) Monitor SAP Support Desk

c) Upgrade SAP Solutions

d) Link to SAP Education

e) Implement SAP Solutions


+++++++++++

Dear friends i wnat to put more clarification on configuration and

customizing with example.configurati on is the data which is already there in SAP .

such as Po document type . It contains colums like no. range ( int and ext), field

selction, Allowed item catogories e.g., NB but if client wants a diff no range

and wants a perticular field to be mandatory . Then at that time you make a new

doc type . It is customizing . Both data is made by consultants .Vijay

9822207362On Sun, 12 Aug 2007 02:17:27 +0530 sapmaterialsmanagem

ent@yahoogroups. com wrote Customization is done by superuser.It means the

changes that r required can be made by the user.Configuration is done by end

user. Release procedure is the authority required to release a PO.eg. Senior

manager,MD,CEO what u need to do is Go to Materaials management -Release

strategies, there u need to work on it. On 8/10/07, nayna dixit wrote: > > HI

SAP--MM ----FRIENDS > > can anyone explain me in tetails > > the

defferance between configuration and custmization ? > > and what is meant

by release procedure / and how to activate it ? > > pl reply me in details with

example > > coz i total new to this field > > so dont be angry on me >

> > thanks in advance > nayna dixit > > ------------ --------- --------- ---

> Moody friends. Drama queens. Your life? Nope! - their life, your story. > Play

Sims Stories at Yahoo! Games. > > [Non-text portions of this message have


++++++++++++++==

Hi,

Cancellation has some additional features :

1. U can cancel wrt original doc no. which can fetch data automatically.

2. U can have original doc no as refence .


Hi all,





mistakes).




in 123.





Sam



>

> Cheers

> Charles

>







> vendor. You may


> or a partial.


>

> > Hi Ritu

> >


> >

> > Rgds

> > Naveen Goveas

> >

> >






> wrote:

> > >

> > > Hi all,

> > >


> well as reversal,

> > what is


> > > regards

> > >

> > > ritu

> > >

> > >

Can anyone please give me to get a solution in details. A Vendor will supply 5000

raw material with the following conditions: Gross price of the material is $20/PC. A

promotional discount 10% applies to the total value of the material. Freight charge

is $500 (absolute value).

Starting from the scratch please guide me how I can create the following for the

above mentioned problem. I am expecting a solution like release procedure

created by Chapman.


2. Access sequence

3.Condition table


I have changed the price for all materials, But now I want to see old and current

price and generated document no. So can any body tell me in which table or T-

Code I can get the same?Go to T-code me1p. you will get the all purchase history from this t-code. oher wise

just make a simple query with table EKBE.MKPF.

hi whenever u change the price then revaluation of the material will be done in this

case u can get the details from the Ac doc generated.

i have a question. if suppose we have relased the po, than is it possible to reverse

the PO. if so wut is the process.

u can go to me28 or me29n and cancel the release by clicking on the release flag

again

Hello can anyone explain to me how to change a supplier from fax releases to

receiving ASN from the supplier?

I created purchase order i got one error msg . That msg was no commitement itme

00010 1000.

Hve u given any delivery date for that PO or not.Plz check

I'm hoping you can assist with understanding this parameter, Planned Delivery

Time. It appears in three places: The Material Master, the Schedule Agreement

and the MRP Areas. It seem to do three different things...and I'm not sure I

understand any of it ;-) I also understand there is a transaction, which we do not

use, called WPDTC where one can calculate the Planned Delivery Time. I'd like to

know if there is an optimum way to set the PDT so that we improve delivery of

purchased materials. I'd also like to know where the proper place is to set and

maintain this parameter, since it's in three places (and stored therefore in three

different tables).

I would also like to know how the Planned Delivery Time impacts the error

messages that show up on the lights (MD06) and on the individual part (MD05 or

MD04). For example, will I get an exception message 07? Or will I get advice to

While Creating PR / PO system showing - Items not committed to Company code

10/1000 Pl give suggestion to create PR / PO

Pl held any body in this problem.

After receiving invoice in SAP, we found that the price in PO needs to be changed.

How can I do in this scenairo?

Please find some information on subsequent credit and subsequent debit for these

scenarios.In addition to seubsequent Debit /Credit, following is one of the best solution

provided by SAP that is "MRNB - Revaluation " to handle the business events

which you are looking for. This is from SAP help"

You use revaluation function within Logistics Invoice Verification to determine the

difference values on the basis of price changes that are retroactively valid and to

create settlement documents for them. You can also revaluate purchasing

document items for which you have entered invoices or credit memos in different

currencies."

Do remember ... You can change the Price of PO even after Invoice Booking

(ME22 or ME22n)Price ina PO cannot be changed.But if there is an excess amount That u need to

add, then it should be balanced by using the G/L account.

I have read your web-page on Safety Stock Calculation (http://www.sap-

img.com/material s/safety- stock-calculatio n-in-sap. htm), which was very useful,

however there is one point I need clarification on please - SAP R = Relationship

between forecast accuracy and service level

(Service Factor) Q. How do you calculate R?

i'm a PP Consultant my user wants a report that gives the W.I.P stock details with

batch and date of manufat. of batch. i have tried MC46 and MC50 but it shows

products only as our requiremet is product code with batches. is there any table or

T code that gives such details.u can try it in BMBC. it is batch information cockpit

can anyone explain me in tetails the defferance between configuration and

custmization ? and what is meant by release procedure / and how to activate it ? pl

reply me in details with example coz i total new to this field so dont be angry on me

Customization is done by superuser.It means the changes that r required can be

made by the user.Configuration is done by end user.


manager,MD,CEO what u need to do is Go to Materaials management -Release

strategies, there u need to work on it.Configuration means by without changing the sap existing process or front screens

,only we do settings as per our or client requirements i.e. not changing sap

programmes or t.codes(standards) we are fulfilling our requirements.

Customization means we are creating or changing Sap existing process or front

screens i.e changing or creating sap programmes or t.codes as per our or client

requirement what u need to do is Go to Materaials management -Release strategies, there u

need to work on it.

Anyone could explain the account postings during the GR for subcontract. what r all

the accounts get debited and credited,

Please look the below link. http://help. sap.com/saphelp_ 47x200/helpdata/

en/4d/2b90bd43ad 11d189410000e829 fbbd/frameset. Htm

Purchase order 50 pieces of material ASSEM-1 were ordered. The subcontract

price is $10/piece (total value = $500). The following components were provided

to the subcontractor: 15 kg of the component COMP-1 5 pcs of the component

COMP-2

Goods receipt: The subcontractor delivers 50 pieces of material ASSEM-1. At

goods receipt, a consumption posting for the components provided to the

subcontractor is automatically made. It is valuated at the price from the material

master record, for example: 15 kg of the component COMP-1 at $20/kg = $300 5

pcs of the component COMP-2 at $30/pc = $150

The goods receipt is valuated with $950. This is calculated as follows: The

subcontract price (50 pcs * $10/pc = $500) and Value of the components ($300 +

$150).

Invoice receipt

The vendor (subcontractor) sends you an invoice for the subcontract work.

However, the price is $10.50/pc. Therefore the invoice is 50 pieces ASSEM-1 *

$10.50/pc = $525. Posting Schema for Moving Average Price Control In this

Postings At goods receipt At invoice receipt Vendor account 525 - GR/IR

clearing account 500 - 500 + External service account 500 + 25 + Stock

i have been assigned to object of domestic project. I have the functional

specification, but the problem is that i am not getting what they exactly want In that

functional specification ( FS ) they have mentioned about input requirement and

processing requirement in this way

Input Reqiurement : Printing of Goods Issue will be triggered after creation of

Goods Issue against Process Order i.e at the time of MB1A transaction is saved.

(Movement type will be 261 and 262)

Processing Requirement : For the Process Order: Check the Process Order

Number

Header Data:



3. Material Description : Check the Process Order Number : Table Name is AUFK




Component Data:



3. Material Description: Check the Material Code from the Process Order. Table

Name is MAKTX.

4. Committed Quantity: Check the Process Order Number and Reservation

Number: Table Name is RESB. (if there is no committed quantity, committed

quantity column should be Zero for the particular Material)

put cursor on that field,which u want to suppress go for f1 , select technical info..

navigate u'll get field name...some alphabets..4 digits like.. then go SPRO->LG-->

M.MASTER-->FIELD SEECTIONS--> MAINTAIN FIELD SELECTIONS FOR DATA

SCREENS.. PUT CURSOR ON POSITION, GIVE FIELD NAME.. MAKE IT

SUPPRESSED , SAVE IN T.REQUEST & GT IT TRANSPORT TO QA..TESTING. .

1. I want to make the Payment Terms Field in MIRO as display , but going through

thecnical information, I have found the field name as ZTERM, and as suggested by

you, I tried to search in "Maintain Field Selection in Data screen" by putting the the

filed name ZTERM in Position ( reference field Selection) , but the field name is not

available. Could you suggest me further.

Please let me know a TCODE to view Slow moving & Fast Moving Items in Material

Management module. Thanks.

ME49 is for Quatation Comparision & ME50 Tcode Does not excist.

T. Code ME5A

MC46 - Slow-Moving Items MC50 - Dead Stock

U can find in LIS

Can you please tell what LIS is?

logistics information system

Hello Zuohong, the meaning of LIS is Logistic Information System. The MC.9,

MC.A, etc. transactions reads from them to show the results. Some of the LIS

tables are S031, S032, S033, etc.

any body tell me the t-code for view the open purchase requestion.

Go to ME5A , uncheck the closed requistions check box , hope this wud help.

i wanna ask u what is the Specific Relevance of Specifying Purchasing Group in

Making Purchase Order. What are the effects if by mistake i specify wrong

Purchasing Group While Making PO.

I have a problem in posting GR in the current period and it is giving me a message '

Posting only possible in periods 2005/08 and 2005/07 in company code 1000 ' then

i have tried to close all these period using Tcode MMPV but i couldn't close these

posting period and i am getting message 'the specified year 2005 is not the

calender year'. Again i can do posting in 2005/08 period but can not do posting in

the current date.plz do check configuration settings (i.e.SPRO) for maintaining the material

management for company code....just check the What is your current financial

year..and period....tyr this…The message "specified message 2005 is not calendar year" is just a

warning(yellow signal) ,you can press enter and can go ahead. Make sure you

close all period from 2005/7 to 2007/7.try ob52

Go to SPRO.In Material Master -Maintaning the Material Management for Company

Code.In that Enter your Current year as 2007 & period as 08.

I have solution, plz try and let me know if this works Firstly goto plant assignment

and delete the

assignment with co code. using Tcode /NOMSY, find ur plant and then enter the

current fiscal year and period, save. after this reassign ur plant to ur cocode and

put cursor on that field,which u want to suppress go for f1 , select technical info..

navigate u'll get field name...some alphabets.. 4 digits like.. then go SPRO->LG-->

M.MASTER-->FIELD SEECTIONS--> MAINTAIN FIELD SELECTIONS FOR DATA

SCREENS.. PUT CURSOR ON POSITION, GIVE FIELD NAME.. MAKE IT

SUPPRESSED , SAVE IN T.REQUEST & GT IT TRANSPORT TO QA..TESTING. .

Thank you very much for your prompt reply. I tried nut encountered the following.

1. I want to make the Payment Terms Field in MIRO as display , but going through

thecnical information, I have found the field name as ZTERM, and as suggested by

you, I tried to search in "Maintain Field Selection in Data screen" by putting the the

filed name ZTERM in Position ( reference field Selection) , but the field name is not

available. Could you suggest me further.

Can any one tell the configuration sttgs for mm-sd integration method.

We are in the process of elimination of vendor aid. In vendor aid, major contributor

is the raw material & hence m/cing vendor cannot afford block such huge working

capital. Can we have a program is SAP wherein below logic is applied. Basic raw

material supplier will deliver r/m to achining vendor directly on assurance from

M&M for timely payment. Machining vendor will deliver the fully finished part to

M&M after processing. On receipt of f/f part, SAP will divide the invoice value is

such a way that r/m contribution is paid to r/m supplier & m/cing vendor gets his

contribution. Rejection due to r/m should also have the same treatmentTimely payment from whom machining supplier or M&M? If the timely payment is

from M & M. This can be done under sub-contracting. T code: CS01 for BOM, if

multiple materials.

1. We have to place an order on raw material supplier, ME21N

2.Raw material vendor supply the material to the sub-contractor( machining

vendor).

3. we have to do Goods receipt for the material received by the sub-contractor

based on the acknowledgment received from the sub-contractor. GR "MIGO"

movement type not sure

4. We issue the raw material to the sub-contractor "MB1C" movement type not

sure.We have this procedure in place for sub-contracting, we want to get away from sub-

contacting w/o having any impact on landed & hence provision in SAP should be

available by which sub-contractor will buy r/m & sell it to us & during payment sub-

contractor should get his part & r/m supplier should get his parts from us instead

from sub-contractor.

I have a problem in posting GR in the current period and it is giving me a message '

Posting only possible in periods 2005/08 and 2005/07 in company code 1000 ' then

i have tried to close all these period using Tcode MMPV but i couldn't close these

posting period and i am getting message 'the specified year 2005 is not the

calender year'. Again i can do posting in 2005/08 period but can not do posting in

the current date.MMBE IS FOR STOCK OVERVIEW

First u check ur controlling area settings in SPRO - enterprise structure-controlli ng.

There, see whether u have defined fiscal year varient V3 or K4? If it is V3, then the

yaer starts from April to March. In this case, August will become 5th month in 2007

year.

Now check your company code status, in T.code: OMSY. It should be 5th month,

2007 ( In case of V3) or 8th month 2007 (In case of K4). If it is not there, then

change this in MMPV, accordingly.

Also, in T.code:OB52, for all 1000 related varients, open the periods upto 12th

month, 2007. ( This is FI related). If required, maintain the factory calendar that is

assigned to plant, even for previous 2 years. Now you do GR through MIGO. I

CAN ANY ANY ONE EXPLAIN ME HOW TO MAINTAIN IN FV11 FOR THE

CONDITIONS HAVING " INCLUSIVE OF EXCISE DUTY" IN E1 TRANSACTION

maintian the taxes in fv11 by already defined taxes in taxinn procedure at

document dates.

Could you please guide me on How to configure the `Electronic Transmission' of

RFQs and Quotations from and to Vendors / Suppliers. (EDI)

I had two doubts , 1. How to set vendor evaluation in IMG for perticular plant.

2.How to set release stategy for Rs.50000plus minus 2000 for perticular release

group . If say PO value is Rs.52000 But release stategy for X

was set for Rs.50000 ,In this case it should not go to Y for next release group it

should has to go for X only . How we can set that

I need your urgent help. Our Finance Users want to make grey some of the fields in

MIRO screen Layout. I am not getting in SPRO for the above option. Could you pls,

help me outI'm not sure, but did you check OMSR transaction ??

When I am releasing a PO in t.code ME29N, I am getting the error 'Negative

delivery costs not allowed'. First of all, why did the system apportion a negative

delivery cost to one line item in my PO? Second, how do I correct this error and

continue to proceed normally? Note my PO has several line items. And the

delivery cost has been entered as a global amount. It is the system which does the

apportionment.

We are in the process of elimination of vendor aid. In vendor aid, major contributor

is the raw material & hence m/cing vendor cannot afford block such huge working

capital. Can we have a program is SAP wherein below logic is applied. Basic raw

material supplier will deliver r/m to machining vendor directly on assurance from

M&M for timely payment. Machining vendor will deliver the fully finished part to

M&M after processing. On receipt of f/f part, SAP will divide the invoice value is

such a way that r/m contribution is paid to r/m supplier & m/cing vendor gets his

contribution. Rejection due to r/m should also have the same treatment

pl any body can explain 1.How to create Non valuated material PO 2.What is

back gground process and its transaction code 3.Difference between LIV and

valuation invoice verification 4.How to assign a purchase organization( standard)

to plant4. SPRO- ENTERPRISE STRUCTURE-ASSIGNMEN T-MAT. MANAGEMENT-

ASSIGN STANDARD ORG. TO PLANT

use material type UNBW,, nd create a po, then accounting document is created

while GR ,but only in gr/ir , consumption account is triggred.

1. If I understand you well, you want to create PO for material with price 0.

First solution - create the new material type, non-valuated. Best way would be to

create it with ROH reference and without accounting view.

Second - if you want to create the PO for any "standard" material but with price 0,

just check the box "Free" on item leven in PO. Don't forget to check the "GR non-

valuated" in Po!

I need your urgent help . My users( finance) wants to make the Payment Terms

field , non editable' in P.O ( Under Header Tab Deliver/Invoice) . The Payment

terms which is coming from Vendor Master should be retained in the P.O. The

person who is creating the P.O should not be allowed to change the Payment

terms. I do not find any configuration to make this field in P.O for display only. On

the other hand, is there any solution via release strategy?Make the field non editable (display) in SPRO - PO - define screen layout at

document level.For this you have to set the screen layout for PO in customization. Go to: SPRO-

MM-Purchasing- Purchase order-Define Screen Layout at document level, here

select ME21N go to details. Double click on Terms of delievery and payment. Here

check the boxes in to Display mode.

How do we handle Service material Type? if we are not handling services in Ext

services management. What will be the cycle of procurement?

What is material type HERS? Can a material under this material type hold stock

quantity?Thsi typr indiacte that it is manufactured part. It can hold stock.

I would like to clarify that manufactured part can hold stock. For example, I have a

ROH material X0001 and a (HERS) manufactured part M0001 referenced to

X0001. When G/R against the PO on M0001, will stock update under M0001?

HERS is Mfg. Part Number Which give us the information about manufacturer of a

products / Material. This may use different manufacturer part numbers to identify

the material.The approved manufacturer parts list contains assignments of

manufacturer parts to a firm‟s own materials taking the manufacturer, plant, a

validity period, the revision level, and blocking reasons into account. In this

situation, Your Client Each material is assigned with a Mfg. Part / Material Code

which is Equal to your inventory. Manufacturer parts (HERS) Manufacturer parts are materials that can be supplied

by different manufacturers and/or vendors who use different manufacturer part

numbers to identify the materials.

My understandng on manufacturer parts ( HERS ) is Original Equipment

Manufacture ( OEM ) materials can be purchased from the equipment

manufacturare or from the dealers, We can have stock as we keep stock of spare

parts,Where can I check the value updation and quantity updation? Can u provide me

tcode?

Purchase order item with limits has actual value field equal to the overall limit &

expected value fields. However, the po history reflects service

entry/goods receipts total to less than the actual value field. This difference is still

reflected in the AC commitment documents (FM & CO). Additional service entry

cannot be created as no overall limit for unplanned services exist. Where can I find

the details that make up the actual value field?

If you have actual value under the limits is more than GR/Service entry sheet

values, please execute the program RMBESTK3 by giving input as PO Number

and try. You can try the test run first and check and do the final one.

How do we handle Service material Type? if we are not handling services in Ext

services management. What will be the cycle of procurement?

Program RMBESTK3 is only for blanket PO For normal one use program

RMBESTK2

My question is for SAP-MM. I am doing Purchase Requisition. I have multiple

vendors assigned for one line item. I want to assign only one vendor who is L1 i.e.

best to fulfil my requirement. How can I evaluate all vendors suggested by system

and choose the best one vendor to place PO on him ?

maintain quotations for all the supplier,then compare the quotation price from these

which supplier supply the goods with best price, quality, on required date then raise

PO against particular quotation maintain source list for particular item then fix one

of the supplier as a fixed vendor

mintain inforecord particular material/plant/ supplier, then fix the supplier as a

regular vendorMaintain them in quotation can set the least pick up

Why do material cost in ZMIRO and the cost in MM02 differ? Shouldn't these cost

be the same? I have been given the task of determine the cost of freight in transit;

howover, when I started to investigate the cost I found that the cost were different.

Please help. Material cost maintained in the master data is the cost price or u can say estimated

cost for that particular material during procurement or call of new quotations the

material cost varies or depending upon the vendor's quote which shoots the price

during the purchase order either frm info record or from the last purchase price.

i have a problem i m unable to understand pricing procedure for po. i have taken

condition type gross price discount freight packaging and forwarding excise but in

net price calculation it is taking only grosss- discount and invoice is also made for

the same amount .To add freight charge in your net price,go to MM-PURCHASING- CONDITIONS-

DEFINE PRICE DETERMINATION PROCESS-DEFINE CONDITION TYPE -

Define condition type-and select ur freight condition type-deactivate ACCRUALS

key in control data2 (freight condtion screen) & save.Create PO again.

Problem: Souce list not included despie source list requirement Sol: to verify PIR,

SL along with valid dates and delivery dates

I m having a problem related to pricing procedure. Plz tell me the use nd imp. of

access sequence while creating condition type. how actually the systems searches

record with access sequence. why access sequence is entered during creation of

gross price nd not during discount ,frieght ,packing etc.

Access Sequence is a search strategy and it searches for a valid condition record

of a condition type, in a condition table. If you go to Access sequence and see, you

will find the table no.s lie 17, 63 etc. Again in each table, you will find some fields

like material no, vendor, plant etc.When you maintain condition records ( values),

those will be stored in that tables. Access sequence will search for the records as

per the sequence of tables, defined.

For example, for condition type PB00, if Access sequence is 0002, then it will

search for the value of PB00 in those tables, while you are creating a P.O. If any

value is found, then system will automatically copy that value in P.O. If no value is

found in tables, then you will have to enter the price manually.

For other condition types like freight / discount, Access sequence is not defined

means, that condition type is dependent on some other condition types. i.e,

discount ( RA01) will be calculated on Gross price(PB00), then there won't be any Why condition type pboo is used in contract

when iam doing the Miro transaction below two error message is coming -

Balance not ZERO, 2,028000.00 Debit,Credit : Zero -Only inputtax is allowed for

account 191100 8475, V1 is not allowed. can any one help to correct the above

bugs.Enter the amount in the coloumn the error gets nullified with 0

You need to select the correct tax code in the Invoice verification. As per the error

V1 tax code is not applicable.

Enter 2028000.00 in amount field of miro screen.& also enter correct Input

Tax(Purching tax).you are entering wrong tax(output Tax.).

How to get the report of date wise stock at vendor.thru MBLB I can only get the

stock as on date. If I want to check the stock of vendor on some

previous date wht would be the T.Code. Pls help me

Mb5b is report which will tell you stock lying for material on posting date........ ....…

what you mean stock a vendor ...… is this a special stock ...........please explain

clearlythru MB5b we can only get the special stock but not the name of vendor. pls help

Ineed the detail of special stock vendor wise.

can u try MBLB

in MBLB date selection is not there. It shows as on date stock.

when i am creating a PR i am getting error no 629 i.e Item & payment budget for

year & exceeded. till last day everything was ok, but now its not taking the

commitmnet item and fund center. help me out

Does anyone know how to change the byer's address in the PO sheet that printed

by ME9F?Change the address of the purchase group.

I think it is not possible once PO is printed. due to change of Pur. Grp Address

Change i think i WILL NOT Effect..…

I checked it is possible.

is the requirement to change only the address for this particular PO are for all po?

go to delivery address in po and change it the system will prompt if the change is to

effect other places. I suppose you can use the Address field in Item Detail->Delivery Address tab of the

Purchase Order. Goto Change Purchase order and do the changes, then print the

PO using ME9F.ME9F must link to a program in which the delivery address is embed. How can I

find the code of the program?

there will be a Name of the Form ( SAP SCRIPT ) Assigned in SPRO . Go the Form

through se71 and change the Address required .

Solution : CANCELLATION REVERSAL

Canellation means total purchase item or a part of it can be cancelled when we feel

it is not required and material has not yet been received by the company

Reversal means Purchase Return when the material has reached your company

and you want to return it back due to some reason then u can go for reversal

Can any one explain me what is the Diff Between TAXINN & TAXINJ, Where it Hits

In MM.TAXINN is the condition based tax procedure . TAXINJ is the formula based tax

procedure .TAXINJ is formula based TAX Calculation Procedure for INDIA and is the most

predominantly used Procedure in India, WHILE TAXINN is condition based TAX

Calculation procedure, except for a handful of companies, others haven't opted for

TAXINN.

TAXINN minimises the use of ABAP routinesLet me add to the below statement. Only a few companies are using TAXINN right

now. However with the advent of New Dimension products of SAP which use IPC,

Billing and Tax Engines, it is advisable to start any impementation with TAXINN

only, for future integaration. All companies which have used TAXINJ and are opting

for CRM/SRM are swithching over to TAXINN, which in itself is a huge effort

involved.

Hi Joshi,

Here are some differences in TAXINN AND TAXINJ tax conditions.

TAXINN:

When you enter a purchasing document, for example, a purchase order, the R/3

System automatically calculates the applicable excise duties using the condition

technique.

Logistics - General, by choosing Taxes on Goods Movements > India > Basic

Settings > Excise Duties Using Condition Technique and ... > Account

Determination.

Features

The standard system comes with two tax calculation procedures. TAXINN is only

supports condition-based excise determination, whereas

TAXINJ:

supports condition-based excise determination and formula-based excise

determination.

Customer Master Data,Vendor Master Data,Material Master Data,Plant Master data

and Excise tax rate have to be maintained.

Formula-Based Excise Determination:

When you execute a business transaction involving materials that are subject to

excise duty, the system automatically calculates the duty for you.

Prerequisites

In order for the system to be able to determine which rate of excise duty to apply,

you must have maintained all the data on the TAXINJ:

1. It is Formula Based Tax procedure.

2. It was most commonly used upto intial phase of R/3 4.7, but the latter

implementations were with TAXINN.

3. Tax Code plays a vital role, as the Tax Rate are maintained in Tax Code.

4. It is complex compared to TAXINN

TAXINN:

1. It is Condition Based Tax procedure.

2. Tax Code is required to be maintained in Condition Record, & if Tax Code is not

found in Condition Record, Sales Cycle will go upto billing, but not release to

accounting. Hence even a single Tax code may suffice trhe requirement for

different Tax rate.

If SAP is implemented for any company in INDIA and the company is in

EXCISABLE range then

in SAP ,CIN is implemented ( Country India Version) then

you have to implement the SAP by either of the one type of CIN

1. TAX INN - Condition based CIN implementation

2.TAX INJ -Formula Based CIN implementation

1. If you are using TAXINN then system will pick rate from condition record

maintained using tcode FV11.

2. If you are using TAXINJ then rates are to be entered while creating tax code in

FTXP & J1ID.

TAXINN is condition Based While TAXINJ is formula based pricing procedure.

Now these days, in ECC 6.0, SAP using TAXINN

The basic difference between both the procedure is TAXINN is a condition based

for each condition type we have to maintained a condition records and TAXINJ is a

formula based for which me maintained a tax code in FTXP and the same will be

assigned to the condition type UTXJ with accesses sequence Country/Region of

Delivery Plant/Region of Customer/ Tax Classification of Customer / Tax

Classification of Material/ Tax Code when we create a condition record for SD

related.

In SPRO ---> Logistic General --> tax on goods movements ---> inida --> basic

settigs --> determine of Excise duty -->

maintaiin Excise Defaults

here for TAXINJJ, you have to maintain all fields you are using but for TAXINN you

have to maintain only one "JCV1" in CVD condition conditions.TAXINJ:

1. It is Formula Based Tax procedure.

2. It was most commonly used upto intial phase of R/3 4.7, but the latter

implementations were with TAXINN.

3. Tax Code plays a vital role, as the Tax Rate are maintained in Tax Code.

4. It is complex compared to TAXINN

TAXINN:

1. It is Condition Based Tax procedure.

2. Tax Code is required to be maintained in Condition Record, & if Tax Code is not

found in Condition Record, Sales Cycle will go upto billing, but not release to

accounting. Hence even a single Tax code may suffice trhe requirement for

different Tax rate.

In TAXINJ:

The value of a particular condition is calculated from a set of predefined values ie

while defining an TAX code in a TAXINJ the structure is as follows

1 BASB - 100

2.JVRD - 12.5% of BASB

3. JIPC - 4% of BASB

4. JIPL - 2% of JIPC.

All these calculations are structured in the tax code Z1 say for example, when the

user wants to have such a calcuation in his PO he need to use the tax code Z1

instead if he want to have JIPL as 8% instead of 2% then in such a case he needs

to create a new tax code as Z2 with JIPL = 8% ( formula of calculation is getting

changed)

So the tax code plays a vital role in the determination of the tax condition value in

the case of TAXINJ.

Where as in TAXINN:

The condion records are mainted instead of hard coded percentage value in the tax

code.

Say for example JIPL for vendor V1 can be maintained as 2% with FV11

transaction similarly the same can be maintained as 8% with a combination of TAXINJ -- Condition as well as Formula Based

TAXINN -- Formula Based.

For TAXINJ, you need to Maintain Jurisdiction code. and the Condition

values will be taken from FTXP Transaction

where as for TAXINN, you will get the values from Condition Records from FV11

TransactionFirs of all both are Tax Procedure. Tax procedure is attached to Country Key. In

case of India , country key is IN.

Taxinj

is formula based tax procedure

TAXINJ requires you to maintain additional data in the Excise Rate Maintenance

transaction, J1ID.

Taxinn

is condition based tax procedure

TAXINN finds all of the condition records that you have created for that combination

of vendor and material. This method requires condition records to be maintained for

combination of vendor and materials.

SAP recommends new customers to go for Taxinn

TAXINN is condition-based excise determination procedure

This method requires you to create condition records for each combination of

vendor or customer and material (and possibly other conditions).

When you create a purchasing document, the system calls the tax procedure

assigned to India. The tax procedure finds all of the condition records that you have

created for that combination of vendor and material.

When you create a sales document, the excise duties and sales taxes are

determined by the pricing procedure (not the tax procedure).

TAXINJ is formula-based excise determination procedure

This method was used in the Country Version India Add-On and requires you to

maintain additional data in the Excise Rate Maintenance transaction, J1ID.

When you create a purchasing document, the system calls the tax procedure

assigned to India. Each of the excise duties in the tax procedure has its own

condition types, and each condition type is assigned to a formula. This formula

instructs the system to calculate the excise duty using the data that you have

maintained in the Excise Rate Maintenance transaction.

When you create a sales document, the system determines the excise duties and

sales taxes using the pricing procedure (not the tax procedure).

TAXINN is to be preferred for CIN usage.

Basically Cin is divided in to two types:

1. TAXINJ - Is a Routine Based that is used in the condition types. it will work on

the logic what ever is there in the Routine.

2. TAXINN: - Is a condition Record based. Means we have to create condition

records for each and every condition type that you are going to use in the Pricing

Procedure.

Since Version 4.7 this TAXINN came into picture and start using this.

And one of the important points is since 4.6 c CIN comes a separate package. But

after introduction of 4.7 Version, CIN is coming the SAP Package itself and even in

the Customer Master Record also we will find the CIN Icon.

Basically 4 types of Pricing Procedures are used in CIN and are as follows:

1.JDEPOT - Depot Sales

2.JEXPOR - Export Sales

3.JFACT - Factory Sales

4.JSTKTR - Stock Transfer

Country Version India comes with four pricing procedures as follows:

• JINFAC (Sales from manufacturing plants)

• JINEXP (Export sales)

• JINDEP (Sales from depots)

• JINSTK (Stock transfers)SAP recommends to use TAXINN for all the new implementation. The TAXINN is

the condition based, you can simply create the conditions records for all the Excise

and Sales tax but the TAXINJ will have the formual assigned for each condition

which derives the rate from the J1Id transaction with the help of taxcodes.

The reason for moving from TAXINJ to TAXINN is that all the formual written in the

R/3 should be written in the CRM Pricing also which is a Java code. If you have any

plan to implemet the CRM in near future it is strongly recommended to use

TAXINN.

We use vendor batch numbers to manage our material, the problem is that our

vendors have no system in generating their batch numbers(not in

numerical order). Is there a wsy to enter the vendor batch for tracking purposes, but

allow SAP to generate a batch to manage FIFO. Thanks in advance for your

assistance,

Why do material cost in ZMIRO and the cost in MM02 differ? Shouldn't these cost

be the same? I have been given the task of determine the cost of freight in transit;

howover, when I started to investigate the cost I found that the cost were different.

Please help. Material cost maintained in the master data is the cost price or u can say estimated

cost for that particular material during procurement or call of new quotations the

material cost varies or depending upon the vendor's quote which shoots the price

during the purchase order either frm info record or from the last purchase price.

Is there a standard report that shows the changes that has been done during the

Invoice verification (MIRO) - Header and item level or atleast at header level. Like

Invoicing party, price, date, payment terms etc.

Can we increase inventory valuation without updation of stock thereis one way by

transaction MR21 we can increase it, is there any anthoer method ?

Yes. But only in case of FG. Since this is valuated at Std Cost, transfer the

material from one code to another. Then the material is valued at the receipt

material cost but the variation will hit the P&L account

I Think Question is not clear to u . I will try littel more to explain my question . Can

we increase total valuation of inventory without increasing / deacresing stock

available level ?. your suggested solution is that to transfer stock from one code to

onthor this will increase / deacreas the stock.this is possible by transaction MR21

by whcih youe can directly increase / decrease MAP/ STD price so that inventory

valuation get update accordingly & there is no impact on stock of this transaction .

is there any anothor way ?If you want increase or decrease the stock item for a perticular qty we can create a

batch with the help of split vauation we can revaluate for the specific quantity batch.

My understanding is if we decrease or increase the value by MR21 the valuation

would be applicable for the entire qty in stock, in the WIP stage material also.

I have some materials which is supplied by two vendors, i want to maintain Gross

wt and Net wt for materials in the material master, but the thing is weight of the

materials differ vendor to vendor, plz tell me how to maintain two gross weight and

Net weight for a single material in one material master

case 1- The stock keeping unit is same for both materials. The gross/net weight

maintained in the material master is the wt of material of Base unit of measure ( for

ex if the UOM is 'kg' and the gross wt is 5 then it means each unit is 5 kg) so

maintain a common UOM where wt of the

material is same.

case 2- The stock keeping unit is different for both the materials. Go for different

material codes

For this scenario you can split the material by split valuation.

Can any one please suggest how is the cancellation of GR handled in case of

vendor evaluation. I processed GR thru MIGO for a PO through Movement type

101 and the correct score was calculated for criteria "On time Delivery

Performance" . Then i cancelled my GR through MIGO with mvt. type 102 , but it

didnt reflect in the score of criteria "On time delivery performance" . What should i

do.

While doing migo, we can use cancellation and as well as reversal, what is the

diference between the two?

The effects are same

Migo Cancellation is through movment 102 ( cancel GIR for wrong entry or any

other mistake ) & MIGO reversal is through movement 122 ( sending back to

vendor )Both Cancellation and Reversal are same....

Movement Type 102 in MIGO will reverse the Goods Receipt for PO and the same

will happen for Cancellation also......

Movement type 122, is for Return delivery to Vendor and this wont come under

Reversal or Cancellation concept...

Cancellation is used when the goods receipt was done in error. The entire qty of the

original goods receipt is reversed. Reversal is used when you received goods and

are returning it to the vendor. You may reverse the original goods receipt in its

entirety or a partial.

I have some materials which is supplied by two vendors, i want to maintain Gross

wt and Net wt for materials in the material master, but the thing is weight of the

materials differ vendor to vendor, plz tell me how to maintain two gross weight and

Net weight for a single material in one material master

does anyone know if you can create contracts for internal procurement. I need to

create contracts for our inter-company purchases.

*Kindly provide Transaction code to check the list of pending purchase orders.*

ME2L, ME2N, ME2M, ME2O,

use ME2N , scope of list ALV & change layout as per requirement.

Can use transaction code ME2L for pending PO vendor wiseAnd transaction code

ME2M for pending PO material wise

You have other TCodes like ME2C -by material group and ME2W by supplying

plantwe can use t-codes:- ME2M, ME2L. in that give BEST OR ALV, to list all pending

po.

you can also use ME80FN

SAP--MM TEACHIES CAN ANYONE TELL ME THE DIFFERANCE

BETWEEN SERVICE MASTER RECORD AND SERVCE ENTRY SHEET ?

IF POSSIBLE PL DESCRIBE ME THE WHOLE SERVICE PROCURMENT CYCLE

I WLL BE VERY MUCH THANKFUL TO ALL OF U

Sevice master record is the master data like materail master wheras service entry

sheet is like goods receipt of services.

I am sorry to saay that before posting any problem to this forum,u should work

atleast something then only members can help u.The problem which u have posted

is very basic and silly.So pl.try to work some thing...this is my sincere request.

Also please try not to type everything in capitals. It seems like shouting.

Sevice master record is the master data like materail master wheras service entry

sheet is like goods receipt of services.

We maintain service master by T-code ac01.& for service entry sheet first make

P.O. by me21n in which maintain K & D in Account & Item category.then make the

service entry sheet by T-Code ML81N. then pass the service entry sheet by ml85.

The expalnation given by Pavan may help u to some extend,but u have to explore

many things which will be possible when u do some thing on that..don't feel bad

about my words..this is for ur betterment only..

What is FFF Class and where it can be used for? I have a internal part X in bom

with three manufacturer part M1, M2 and M3. Two of them, M1 & M2 can be used

in product. What is the best practice so I will not do wrong GI to production?

1.Could any one tell me whats the exact difference between workbench request

and customizing request? 2.What is meant by Version managment?Where it is

used?workbench request indicates ..tasks / objects done by technical guys.. customising

request is for ...tasks done by technical people..

Can we increase inventory valuation without updation of stock thereis one way by

transaction MR21 we can increase it, is there any anthoer method ?any anthoer

method ?Yes. But only in case of FG. Since this is valuated at Std Cost, transfer the material

from one code to another. Then the material is valued at the receipt material cost

but the variation will hit the P&L account

I Think Question is not clear to u . I will try littel more to explain my question .

Can we increase total valuation of inventory without increasing / deacresing stock

available level ?. your suggested solution is that to transfer stock from one code to

onthor this will increase / deacreas the stock. this is possible by transaction MR21

by whcih youe can directly increase / decrease MAP/ STD price so that inventory

valuation get update accordingly & there is no impact on stock of this transaction .

is there any anothor way ?

For cancellation of GR There is transaction MIGO movment type 102 and another

Transaction MBST Lets us know when should we use MBST& MIGO with 102

mov.? If You use GR mvt 101 then you got Material Document Number. You can use Mat

doc Number for cancel MBST and MIGO (mvt 102).

Please understand the reason behind every transaction code. MIGO is for GIR (

Good In Register ) for Procurement related transaction. ( though common

movement is 101 ). MBST is cancellation of Material documentation. In SAP a

material document gets generated whenever there is a movement of material or

value addition of material. Some of the Movements are automatic ( non-optional )

and some are decided by the user ( optional )

MBST can only cancel a material document where the movement type is Optional (

Inventory management transactions like MB1B, MB1A etc ) where by you can

reverse the transactions by canceling the respective

material document . This is an alternate route to reversal of such documents

through their original TR ( like MB1B, MB1A etc )

( Please note, in SAP, there is no real cancellation , only reversal of any entry is

possible ). MBST CAN NOT cancel/reverse material documents generated through

automatic postings ( Like closure of Production order, Phy inv adjustment etc )

Such cancellations has to be done through respective Reversals only ( ex:

MIGO cancellation etc )

101 movement is defined for debit Stores ( entry to stores ) either by Purchase

order or by Production order. 102 is the reversal of the same. ( explanation given

by " ugenx " is absolute rubbish. Please don't mislead .) .Accodrdingly go through

Kindly suggest where do I mention Shelf life of a material.

Material master - Plant Storage Data 1

When i am doing LIV for Exciable material,Excise is also calucating on Frieght(Like

BED,Edu Cess & SHE on Frieght). But in Migo there is no Entry. What will be the

reason,can anyone please send me the changes i have to do.

U hv to maintain condition records JMX2, JEX3, JHX2 AS 100% , then the values

won‟t be captured in MIRO

COULD ANY ONE EXPLAIN THE APPLICATION OF T CODE MRDC AND MRRL.

ALSO TO EDIT THE MIGO IN WHICH EXCISE INVOICE DATE WRONGLY

ENTERED.

I HAVE ONE PROBLEM IN CLASSIFYING PR FOR LOCAL PURCHASE AND

SENT FOR RFQ .AS THESE ARE HANDLED BY DIFFERENT PERSONS,SOME

TIMES IT IS GETTING DUPLICATED,COULD ANYONE PLASE GUIDE ME TO

DIFFERENTITE THE SAME WHILE CREATION OF PR ITSELF?

I suggest you create two different PR document types for ur scenario. And then

navigate to SPRO > Materials Management > RFQ/Quotation > Define Document

Types. here under the 'Link purchase requisition - document type' folder, define the

PR document types for which can be adopted in an RFQ, which in your case is the

'PR for RFQ'. By defining this this the user will not be able to create an RFQ that is

being adopted from the local PR. However, i also sense that there is something

wrong abt the whole process as it seems a bit dodgy. Let me knw the whole

scenario so that i can help you out better.

which is your parent material and child material in BOM. parent material is the one

which is assy & child material is which fits into assy. Parent material for a subassy

is considered as child assy for FG of higher level. You can check the level of

material in BOM. Depending on the level code of item they are in BOM.. parent

material is mentioned in po.. n the material u r mentioning in bom r child matrials

What is the difference between LSMW & CATT? At which situation we can use this

tools?LSMW is Legacy System Migration Workbench. It is used to upload the data from

legacy system to SAP system before golive. CATT is Computer AidedTest Tool,

used for testing data in SAP system.

hi frnds can any one hlep me to know the table names for PR RFQ PO MIGO

MIRO and BOM ; PR - EBAN / EBKN ; PO - EKET / EKBE / EKKN / EKPO ;

BOM - MAST ; MIGO / MIRO - Which fields you want ?

How can I block Miro of invoice if materials are> unapproved or rejected?

Dear prasanth,i have a modified problem of what sumedadescribed. if the goods

received and accepted and got regected in production centre and want to hold the

MIRO,is there any way.?pl guide me.

you can put manual block.

Use 103 movement at the time of MIGO .It will not allow MIRO untill 105 is not

done.

try doing MIRO wrt PO

The ideal solution for you would be to enter a return delivery for the goods that

have been rejected at the time of production. However, if you still want to hold the

MIRO. Move the stock into quality inspection and consume it physically, once

consumed move the approved pieces into unrestricted (in SAP) and post the

consumption. Reject the rest of the goods from quality inspection. Since invoicing

and payment cannot be done for goods in quality inspection.

While posting doc during MIGO I got error message "Posting period not open".

Then I tried closing the previuos period using MMPV I got the message "Incorrect

Period in control record of Comp Code XX. No Conversion the current period

(mm/yy) of the control record is XX". I also tried fixing this using OB52, but

surprisingly I couldnt see 2007, pls see attached file. Can anybody suggest some

solution? I will really appreciate your response in this regard.

I am facing probelm in issuing material against reservation and message coming is

as: CO-document number assignment not possible for business transaction COIN

in CO area .what is mean by Transaction COIN in controlling area ,pls reply

Check out the Number ranges in customizing. create a new group. and insert COIN

into that group

I am facing probelm while MIRO transanction ,the message is as : Tax code VN

country IN does not exist in procedure TAXIN. even though i have maintain tax

code.

I am Facing a Problem Regarding BOM Updation. Whenever After Making BOM

through CS61 , i go for BOM Updation Through CS62 an update termination Error

is Getting Generated and BOM is not getting Updated. I am Facing This Problem

Regulary and Unable to Trace The Error.

What is difference between "terms of payment" and "payment terms"?

In what context you are asking. If you are asking aout PO then Payment term is

used to calculate due date in MIRO where as "terms of Payment" is a text field

which can be used for long description if you v.

They mean the same thing but they are specified at different level, ie. Company

Code and/or Purchasing Org Level.

Could anyone please help me how can i Transfer a material from its present

material type to another material type. Is there any t-code for that?

To transfer a material from its present material type to another material type the T-

code we have to use is MMAM

There are restriction on this kind of transfer !!! Have a look on Sap help

You can change a material type to another material type using T-Code MMAM.

Prerequisite is the material should not be in any Bill of Material, no Purchase Order

should exist, no reservation exist and no valuated stock exist.

Go to MB1B select movement type 309 and do it. If the material are relevant with

batches you have to create a new batch

I want to take only list of pending GR/IR i.e 105 list. Kindly advice from with t-code

or from which report I can take the same.

MB5S, MB51

have already used MB5S but limitation of this option is that we could not find one

summary list of all parties with number of 105 which is going to be passed in SAP.

If we find this type of report than we can easily control pending bills for passing in

accounts on weekly basis in spite of party basis.

what do you mean 105?

105 is movement type from which we make entry for stock through migo. Now I

want to take a list of pending stock entries (105) for passing in account of party

ledger.

i want to transfer stock from unrestricted use to quality inspection. wut movement

type i shold use, or tell me how to do this.

Hi, use Mvt type 322....

322 is reversal , but i want to send it to quality inspection from unrestricted use

Satish is right, it has to be Movt type 322 only. Do not worry about Movt type 321,

evenif u have nopt carried out 321, Movt type 322 works independently if u want to

move from Unres to QualityIs QM implemented ?

Can any one guide me how to find the total amount for a Particular Purchase

requesition. Is there any Report for this?

You can try ME5A but you will have to select your desired output fields (It does

have the Total Value Field).

this a pblm facing in my company, there are 2 document types zdnb and zcnb zdnb

is used as purchase req(prs1),zcnb is used as purchase req(prs2) i need zdnb to

ask account assignment as mandatory field where as in zcnb i need not how can

configure this

Is it possible to reverse the UD given in QA32 & goods & accounting movement of

the same. mvt due to UD is 122. Pl help. Its very urgent.

Can any one explain the following in length ACCOUNT MODIFIERS,VARIANCES ,

TRANSACTION EVENT KEY. Explanation with an example would help me a lot.

please tell me Invoice Amount and Purchase Order No display T-code I mean

Invoice amount means Purchase order -> Purchase Order History -> Invoice

Receipt amount and purchase order no.

Try ME80FN and change view to PO History

Can any body tell me what material group reports can we get?

i couldn't get you what you meant to ask????

please tell me Invoice Amount and Purchase Order No display T-code. I mean

Invoice amount means Purchase order -> Purchase Order History ->Invoice

Receipt amount and purchase order no.

I have problem on MiGO, message account determination for entry INT KBS 0001

3000 not possible. I have used OBYC but the Kbs is grey and could not make any

entries. What else can i do.

you tell ye self as SAP papa & u dont know the simple solution for the ans go to

OBYC & assing the GL account

Can anyone tell me,what is meant by 'back flushing'?

The non-manual posting of an issue of components some time after their physical

withdrawal for an order. The goods issue posting for backflushed components is

performed automatically at the time of order completion confirmation.

Kindly help us on how to edit the last serial number. Our user accidentally create a

wrong serial number that is why everytime they will create a new serial number, a

wrong last num serial number has been displayed and generated. Attached is the

screen shot of the last num serial number. Thanks!

have a look with SNRO and the appropriated object

Can you help me out to find out the Total Amount for Purchase requisition having

multiple line items? (Total value of a Purchase requisition)

For the document type of PR,check the overall release requirement in SPRO.You

could get the header value of PR.

IN IMPORTRED PO, MIGO EXCISE TAB IS NOT COMING. HOWEVER CVD ,SPL

DUYTY ARE MAINTAINED IN DELIVERY COSTS AS PER MY CONSULTANT

INSTRUCTIONS. PL GUIDE ME FOR EXCISE POSTING.

For Import p.o,following components will come:

1.Basic price (CIF,C&F etc) - However this will be arrived including cost,insurance,

freight,landing cost etc.

2.Basic customs duty on item 1(percentage will vary based on product customs

classifcation)

3.CVD - 16% on item (1+2)

4.Excise cess - (2+1)% on item 3

5.Custom cess - (2+1)% on item(2+3+4)

6.Special duty - 4% on item (1+2+3+4+5)

Ensure above all components are figured in your import calculation schema.

KINDLY GUIDE ME HOW TO RETRIVE HOLD MIRO DOCUMENT FOR WHICH I

HAVE NOT KNOWN THE THE DOCUMENT NO? SECONDLY, IN ONE

SOEDIFIC CASE WHILE I AM POSTING MIRO I HAVE A MESSAGE "ACCOUNT

45600000 REQUIRES ASSIGNMENT CO OBEJECT" 45600000 IS OTHER

GAINS ACCOUNT. COULD ANY ONE GUIDE ME TO SORT OUT ABOVE

PROBLEMFor second problem you just go into preporties of your G/L aaccount,assigan a cost

center to this G/L.

I was reading some documents regarding RFID used in SAP. The idea is cool but I

can't really imagine a scene like this - a truck is edging away into the gateway of a

warehouse. When it reaches the scope of RFID reader, material administrators

suddenly see 10,000 goods receiving's in SAP because there're 10,000 SKUs with

1 RFID tag sticked on each SKU, which possibly leads to a system crash... Further,

how it's going to deal with special cases like purchasing kanban (you can't just

make goods receiving with MIGO because then kanban cards status won't change

to FULL), go without saying purchasing documents out of a normal PO (such as

delivery schedule). Is that the way RFID works in SAP?

anil, this is problem of AAD, use T.Code OBYC, select KBS ie Account assigned

purchase order, n give the credit n debit , like 91 81, n save than u try the save

service entry,add valuation group

I'm trying to find out where the Purchase Requisition header text (Header notes)

configured. I searched in SPRO could not find . I could see Purchase Reqsuisition

item text. I have created 3rd party sales order and I want to pass sales order

header text to Purchase requision or purchase order header text. I could not find

where the configuration for header text.... I'm able to configure Item text.. Please

help me where could I configure the header text. to get the 3rd party sales order

header text to Pruchase req and purchase order...?...

I'm looking for how to configure from 3rd party sales order header text to purchase

requsiton / Purchase order header text? or MM user-exit... ?

Please could you help me that SAP MM config flowchart.or config start point to end

point.

Can anyone explain with examples?? 1.) acceess sequences 2.) condition

records 3.)condition types 4.)condition tables

Access Sequence: A combination of accesses to condition records. The access

sequence defines the order in which the system searches for condition records.

Condition Record: A data record that stores a condition or condition supplements.

Conditions include Prices,Discounts and surcharges,Taxes, Output.

Condition Type: A characteristic of a condition. For example, in pricing, different

condition types are used to distinguish between a discount that refers to a net price

and a discount that refers to a gross price. .

Condition Table: A table that defines the structure of condition record keys. The

key consists of a variable part that represents one or more fields, and a fixed part

that is identical for all condition records.

In the Vendor Master Record the Conciliation Account field is grayed out I can't

input any data in this field. I tried to fix it by Tcode: omsg and make the field as

required field but still it is grayed out. Please some one help me to fix this problem

immediately.

Is there a way to know all the SAP table names and the kind of data it hold ...

You can also try T-Code: MM00

Description: Values for TINC & TINCT tables are not consistent. The following

codes are included in the TINCT table but missing in the TINC table: CFR

CIP CPT DDU DEQ DES FH UN Please note that the Vendor

Autoload tool is mapped to the TINCT table whereas the vendor master creation

transactions (XK01, XK02) are mapped to the TINC table. Vendor Autoload tool is a

tool to create vendors Autoload users are able to select any of the above values.

however, the request cannot be processed as these values are invalid in PCM.;

We received X material with qty 50 kg then dispatch to production at the end of

pack we calculate the total issued quantities we found 49.600 kg we want to

calculate excees and shortage .how this equation called reconcillatin or what .

you may say so

Even if you remove the reason for blocking the invoice, you have to release the

blocked invoice in separate steps, it does not get released automatically. Yes you

have to release it by Tcode: MRBR.

When ever u find an error in MIGO as such u have given, the reason will be

available in the top line itself. Pl check the document type of MIGO selected, the ref

doc, the number of ref doc and item no and finally the MvT used. the combination

should be correct. ur error message will not come.

we have automatic updation of info record for all purchase order type.we want to

block for one of the purchase order type. please explain the procedure .

I have maintained the quota arrangement and source list for the required material

and plant.But when PR is made iam not getting the source from quota arangemnt

or Source list but it is determining from info record. How to set it right? can anyone

tell step by step procedure?where iam doing mistake? Another issue is, i

maintained release procedure with out classification for PR based on value for

particualr material group and plant. But when i do PR for more than the value set

for same material and plant also PR is not going through relese procedure. How to

set it right? can anyone tell step by step procedure?where iam doing mistake?

what is the function of unit of accounts in warehouse it is related to Purchases all

special order items. Prepares requisitions and Reviews billing .

147 Account determination for entry INT KBS 0001 not possible, This error had

come at the time posting service entry sheet. So please solve this error as soon as

possible.

I have maintained Quaota arrangement & source list for a material and plant. But

when i do PR and i click source determination iam getting a source from Info record

but not from quota arrangemnt or source list. In source list and quota arrangement

different source is maintained. Can anyone tell me where iam doing mistake with

sequence of operations?

Another issue is i set release procedure without classification for PR which is based

on value and is saved and activated. But when I do PR with same material group

and plant also PR is not going through RP it is directly released. Can anyone tell

me where iam doing mistake with sequence of operations?only valid sources are selected in automatic source selection. When you open the

screen, first tick source determination, then enter rest of the data. You also need

info records of vendors you mentioned in source list, quota arrangement.

1.Have you checked source list requirement and quota arrangement in Material

Master Purchasing view? 2.Value is item value or header value?RS set is at value

or header level?Both have to match.

Can anyone tell me,what is meant by 'back flushing'?

What is the difference between the Discounts what we give in Vendor Master

record and the Discount what we give in Pricing. 2. How does the system know

which to ADD and Which to Subtract in Pricing. 3. What are the Transaction

Keys Hot when we Post MIGO?1.Discount given in info record/contract/ sch.agree will apply to purchases involving

the particular material.Whereas discount in vendor master applies to all purchases

involving that vendor. ex.turnover discount.i.e. Vendor master discount can be

applied over and above the material discount. 2.While defining condition type in

price determination process (SPRO) you will be mentioning positive or negative.

3.Not understand your query.

I have business requirement to develop release strategies on contracts and

purchase orders in such a way that if Purchase Orders are created from a contract

and the contract already has been released/approved via ME35K, there should not

be a need to release the purchase orders, if the pruchase orders (for the same PO

doc type) are not created for a contract, they are subject to release strategy... Is

there any standard solution that could be applied, or is there a user exit which I can

use in this situation.. any help would be appreciatedI think it is better to have different document types for normal p.o and release p.o.

with which your requirement can be fullfilled.

Please help to solve this issue. PO qty = 100 ; GR 1 qty = 80 ; IR qty = 100

Once I post Invoice it goes into blocked, in my opinion when I post GR 2 for qty 20

the invoice should be released for payment automatically. But it is not. Is my

thinking wrong? Do I need to still run T.Code MRBR for releasing the blocked

invoice?In your case,invoice is blocked for quantity variance.An invoice which is blocked for

any reason,need to be released manually.

u need to run the automatic release blocked invoices cycle, Once all the blocking

reason for an invoice are not valid, invoice releases automatically in run.

Can anyone tell me if there is a BADI or a Function Module to create an Inbound

Delivery?

Can we change the database any time i.e assume that we have initially started

implementation with oracle 10i and later after one year If we want to change the

data base from Oracle to xxxx . will SAP system supports that .If Yes what are the

possibility.Yes you can change,

created two release streategys 01 01 and 02 02 and created Charecterstics Doc

Type(NB),Vendor( 000100015, 0001000279. .) and NetOrder Value(<250000USD,

>250000USD) and assigned these charecterstics to the Class.First release strategy

01 01 (NB,000100015, 0001000279 and<250000USD) and second Release

strategy(NB and >250000USD) and i dont want to restrict as per the Vendor for

second release strategy.My system is triggering only first release strategy and

second releasestrategy is not at all triggering since Vendor value going blank.How

can i make my second release strategy should work with out restricting the

Vendor?Can anybody help

iam doing implementation project to maufacturing company. the client want to

assign batch number for his raw material and the same number has to be carried

upto finish goods.After sales any queries with respect to product will be tracked

down wrt batch number.So for ease plz help me wrt my doubts. 1)At the time of GR

suppose PO is having X line of items can i assign different batch number for each

line of item ,if i prefer for external assignment of batch number. 2) Can i opt for

alpha numeric for batch number n what is the char length? 3)In material master in

Purchasing view if i check the box is it sufficient for activation of batch management

fot the particular material(Apart customizing- i prefer to maintain the batch at

Please tell me daily purchase list T-code in SAP MM Must fields in Invoice Amount

and Invoice Qty.

In MB51 Tcode we see daily purchases but in MB51 invoive amount and invoice

Qty fields is not there. Use MIR5

Please let me know how to get Account Group-wise Avendors List and also

Schema Group-wise Vendors List.

You can get Account group wise list of vendors using transaction MKVZ. I fee there

is no standard report for schema wise report. May be u can customise a report

based on the above transaction.

Can someone explain me what is Bill of Ladding, Please.

b/l is a negotiable shipping document confirming the possession details of the

cargo that is been shipped in vessel or containers including., exporter / shipper,

receiver / importer, consignee / notifed parties to be presented, carrier details ( ship

/ vessel ), port of loading, port of discharge / destination / country, cargo / goods /

consignment details, details of packing with weight, shipping bill details, and details

/ terms of contract or carrier / vessel / etc.,. issued by the master of the vessel or

their authorized agents.

can any one guide me, how to know how much amount is balance in a value

contract for which I have already created 2 release orders. Is there any SAP report.

I am able to find by Excel addition, but I want to know is there anything to know how

much is balance in SAP

in ME3N,, standard report u can get the open target value,,

I have supplied excess material to sub contractor ,After sending

finished product some material is left over with Sub contract vendor .Tell me

how to receive it back,what are the movement types

You can use the T-Code MB1B with the help of movement type 542.Reqd. material

will be in your area with this. Movement type: 542

how can i make a release strategy fo po which is to be used only in one plant and

not in the other .also how can i set the value limit in it

In the char maintain Plant as one of the parameters and in classification data

maintain only one plant.. Maintain total value as another char and maintain values (

eg 1000 etc as classification data )

Your answer should be like this ' Create two characertstic for plant and value and

assign the same to a class. Follow RS and check for RS settings ''

read the attACHMENT . may be useful

Can i know the T-Code which is given by as attachmnet

Can anybody tell me how to create/define standard purchasing organisation, pl.

Standard purchase organisation is nothing but normal purchasing organisation.

If several purchasing organizations procure for a certain plant, you can define one

of them as the standard purchasing organization for the transactions "pipeline

procurement", "consignment" and "stock transfers". In source determination for

stock transfers and consignment, the system automatically utilizes this standard

purchasing organization. In the case of goods issues of pipeline materials, the

purchasing info records of the standard purchasing organization are read. It can

be assigned for a plant in customization settings.

Please do help if u have overcome with the following senerio, PO is with inclusive

of Excise, During GRN we dont know the Excise amount , Modvat Incoive received

after Preparation of GR & we come to know the Excixe Amount How to handle for

the same,First do G.R as no excise.then capture & post the excise & update the register.

While processing falied IDocs (message type MBGMCR) in 51 status, some Idocs

in reprocessing failed with following errors. 1. No items transferred 2 Qty and / or

"delivery completed" ind. or final issue ind. are missing 3. Already Material

Document posted - Avoid posting Duplicate. can anyone throw light on this issue

and please also ell me how to trace parent Idoc from material/accounting

document?

Education Cess (ECS) is not taking value in Excise Invoice, any idea please...

Check any note to apply

Search for the relevant notes in SAP marketplace or write to SAP for help.

Plz explain more detail in what Automatic safty stock is. Thanks.

As per my knowledge, automatic safety stock is not possible, however automatic re-

order point is possible. Use MRP type V1, V2, VM

I want to list materials according to puchasing groups. Are there any t codes for

this?Use table MARC, MARA It is working. thanks. (In MARC table, EKGRP field)

I was hoping someone could give me (or point me to) a detailed explanation of how

stock with the Restricted status can and cannot be used for production. Our

situation is this: We are a research pharma company. Generally, production of our

finished goods (FG) consists of anywhere from 2 to 10 consecutive batch

processes. Each intermediate product (Semi-finished good/SFG) is tested against

specifications while under Quality Inspection (QI) status to deterine if it is

acceptable for the next process. Occasionally a material will fail this testing, and so

cannot be used in the subsequent process. However, there is a possibility that this

material could be repurified/reproces sed so as to become of acceptable quality

and thus be used for the next step. So, given that the material fails specifications, it

should never be fully released under the "Unrestricted" status, otherwise the lot

could be inadvertently picked for a subsequent step in the process by SAP's

automatic lot picking. This has serious cGMP (current Good Manufacturing

Practices) implications and would likely cause us to fail any audit which brought this

action to light. What we would like to do is release the material into a "Restricted"

status, where the material is restricted for use only in the repurification batch and

cannot be be picked, inadvertently or otherwise, for anything else.Is this what the

"Restricted" status in SAP is for? If so, how do we issue Restricted stock to a You can post your QI stock to blocked stock till the time it is repurified. Block stock

can't be used for production. Ust mvt type 349 & 350 Once it is ready you can again

post to it to QI or Unrestricted Use stock. use mvt type 343 & 344

can any one tell me what is the difference between .material type and material

group.material type is based on materail " attributes " whereas material group is basis "

characteristics "

Material type:it's material having same attributes e.g. Raw material, finish material

Material group: Material having same characterstics. e.g. sheets( metal,fibre,

plastic), oil(hydraulic oil,lubricating oil) I hope u will understand the difference

We have a business scenario. In this scenario, we use Info Record like this. The

info Record contains 'Valid to' but, no 'Price', no 'Material Item'. In this case, we

found the DATE in table EINE-PRDAT (Price Valid Until) is not equal to the DATE

in Info Record. For example, In Info Record, the Valid to Date is 9999-12-31. But, In

EINE-PRDAT, it is some day else. How and where can I get the correct data?

Thanks.

My company is looking for software that can help us load thousands of materials

into SAP MM. SAP has demoed their module that cost big bucks but I am asking if

anyone recommends any other tools out there that can help us out. Thanks

LSMW will help you to lond n number of materials to SAP. Initially for 5-10 then go

for group wise.It is very easy and effective to load master data.

can you help please... how do you get the table name from application? i need the

table for the BOM component in a PO. anyone knows?

You need to click the icon "components" in item detail for the Kitting PO. Let me

know if you have questions.

Try the ff tables :- STKO- BOM Header the component field as a reference to your

material number).

Thanks for your help... but both table dont have the PO number.... do you know any

key relating to EKPO?

Go to the Application Press F1 --for help menu click on technical detail icon from

the icon bar of help ment a new dialog box will appear there u can find the table

name

WE can create purchase requisition with refernce to MRP (automatically) or

existing Purchase requisitions or manually.Can we create it with ref. to contract?

please confirm it.yes its possible. use doc overview for the same.

Yes. Use document overview and 'Outline Agreement' caetgory. here you can

search for ur contract or scheduling agreements and create a PR with reference to

it.But in Scheduling agreement, delivery schedule is already given for a material ie

this quantity of this material will be delivered on this date.Can we still create PR

with ref to sch. agreement then convert into PO against this sch. agreement? I

mean how it would work?In case of contract,we create PR with ref to contract and

then convert it into release order.Please confirm about scheduling agreement.

I need your valubale suggestion regarding the same i am working on SAP from last

5 years as a user but now i want to develop my skill with doing SAP MM Course. I

enquired some two tarining institute they r ready to give the training for the same

course. Herewith i am attaching Road Map for SAP R/3 MM Module which is

provided by the institute. So pls guide whether it's worthy to doing same.

You have been working as an end user for the past 5 years. It means tou must

have got good knowledge of SAP at least from the point of end user. Better read

notes which are easily available on the net. or join Genovate or Siemens & learn it.

There are companies like L&T infotech which conduct FTR (Functional trainee

resource) batches every year. But you have to pay a Bank guarantee for it. & at the

ned of 2 or 3 years, you get your complete money back + you become an emplyee

of the co. immediately after training & work as a MM consultant.

Somebody know how can I copy MM02 to a new transaction, I create ZMM02 like

copy of MM02 in SE93 transaction, but when I try to execute ZMM02 the system

return the message “Error of transaction control”, I finded the table T130M with

transactions to material master, but I don‟t know where I can configure this table in

customizing to include my Z transaction in this table. Somebody know?

I have problem in capturing Excise invoice.While entering the PO number it is

saying Excise year determination failed in this plant.What would be the

problem.Can any one help.chk no ranges

when moving handset (has IMEI number) from one location to another location in a

site Movement type 311,system throws error "No subsequent listing is possible".

Can anyone help why this is so?

I have problem in capturing Excise invoice.While entering the PO number it is

saying Excise year determination failed in this plant.What would be the

problem.Can any one help.

Please let me know, on how do we create a Subcontracing Service PO and its

further processing (in short)

Subcontracting service PO?I do not understand. Can you tell the scenario?

I want to customize the PR release strategy so that if the IPR is made it will go to

two HODs simultaneously and both will be able to release it. The first HOD if

releases it it will move to next stage for release that means -- any of the HOD who

see it first will be able to release it. This will help to avoid pending of IPR while the

HOD is absent. We want two HODs in parallel. Kindly tell me the process of

customization. Is it possible ?

I faced a problem when I am verified Invoice on System When I am trying to

simulate the Invoice the error msg given by the system "G/L ACCOUNT IS NOT

DEFINED IN CHART OF A/C (CHART OF A/C NAME LIKE INT)" I am done

everything what is possible by me Pls help me out what is the mistake by me every

time on system then system given the msg or what is the possible solution for this

errorthere might be error in automatic account determination. You need to check out the

customizing settings for particular transaction whether G/L a/c is assigned?

It means you haven't defined that particular G/L account under your Chart of

Accounts. Check it once.

Please send me some of the tickets on GL AR AP & Dunning atleast two or three

with solution.My System not shows any G/L account no on the error msg , what should I do for

this problem what is the possible solution for this type error pls write it in details

when I am trying to simulate the Invoice the error msg given by the system "G/L

ACCOUNT IS(G/L a/c no not known) NOT DEFINED IN CHART OF A/C (CHART

OF A/C NAME LIKE INT)"Please check that the G/L u have assign is not in your chart of account.please

check ,create a new G/L in ur Chart of account & assign.

Mr. Saberi has been working in the SAP arena for 12 years and has dedicated the

last 7 years to the Utility industry. He has worked on numerous ISU

implementations in multiple countries both as a Solutions Architect and as a

Training Instructor. Course: The ATR210 course is designed to be a crash course

in ISU and will cover areas of ISU/CCS as shown in the figure below. As much

hands on training will be provided as possible. Prerequisite: Sound knowledge of

Utility Industry and SAP Software Navigation Kindly refer this email message to

your known HR Professionals / Colleagues / Friends. For further information &

participation confirmation, kindly email on or before: December 20th 2007, our

email: contact@atrinova. Com This class will be offered in Hyderabad, India

which is your parent material and child material in BOM

I think components are parents and main procurement material is child

Can anybody explain briefly About Tax procedure .As i m fresher in MM-sap i don't

know the invoicing procedure's. At the time of creating PO whether i want to follow

any Tax conditions. In my company, (Create PO -Sending to vendor-GR ) this 3

process no problem after GR here we r doing Parking invoice(MIR7) , from MIR7

we r getting problem excise duty , manual excise,sales duty,j1iex,j1id, CIN..etc

related to Tax...something like tax,excise duty, j1iex i did'nt hear abt this.. Please

kindly somebody help how to handle After GR(MIGO)..If u want i will send my

Queries breifly in particular E-mail ID... so because day by day i m getting more

doubts ..please send the ID for me. If it is possible , help me Regarding

BED,SCESS,EDU CESS &CST..etc related to Tax pricing procedure.

I am looking for the transaction which allows to assign stock values to the legacy

master data t be converted to SAP Material matser Data

What is the difference between LSMW & CATT? At which situation we can use this

tools?

LSMW and CATT both tools are used for uploading master data into SAP. CATT

can be used for both functional testing and master data upload. where as LSMW is

exclusively used for uploading the master data.

I have loaded 4.7EE in my laptop. while posting MIGO. Error: for object

RF_beleg,1000, number range interval 49 does not exist FBN1. Sol: i created 49 in

FBN1 of available numbers 1 to 99999. so, with this i successfully posted the

material document. when i am posting the invoice documents it is throwing an error

51 number range for year 2007 is missing and when trying to maintain in FBN1 it is

showing no free intervals exit or enter intervals with out over lap. I tried

mmpv,ob52,fbn1 but error is same. Give me a solution for this issue.

We have created some characteristics for e.g. purchaing org, document type etc for

po release strategy. After creating some release strategies, we have added new

values for characterisitcs in SPRO "Edit characterisitcs" . However we find that the

new values are not available for selection at the time of creating /modifying release

procedure. Would like to know if some set up lining is required after creating new

values for charactetristics so that same can be used. Will appreaciate your inputs.

You need to add these new values in the Class. I believe the TCode is CT04 and

class is 032.Also, add values using CL24N. Characteristics and values are not transportable

I have a scenario 1) Factory to Depo Transfer & 2) Depo To Depo To Transfer.

The route should be STO with DElivery and Invoice and in second Case Frieght

should be loaded on inventory and frieght Payable Entry should come so as to pay

the frieght Vendor. I as there any easy and best solution

I got a job interview next week in Logistic Company. Role Description ; The major

function of the role is to provide SAP freight and Management systems support to

users and business owners. This IT role provides technical support for users,

monitoring of system jobs and interfaces and managing issues raised to resolution

with the aide of related teams in ABAP, Basis, Systems Integration and other

technical teams. The role will require technical knowledge of the SAP SD, MM and

LES modules sufficient to diagnose and resolve issues presented. The role

includes development of system and user support material to enable more self-

sufficiency in the business. Could you guys please help me out with interview

questions and any real time examples.

Hope someone provide the detail steps of configuring the PO release strategy. For

example, how to set one purchase group to a certain release strategy?

create one characteristic for prchase group(CEKKO- EKGRP) with values(t-code:

CT04)& assign in class(t-code: CL02). then in release strategy select your required

purchase group for that strategy.

You are first to maintain purchase group as a characteric .. then maitain

classification data through cl20N ( ie which PG you want to assign release )

Goto spro - material management - PR-release strategy( here you can chhooose

between itemwise or header release ) The next 5 steps are then to be defined .

For this you have to create chracteristic for purchase group by selecting table:

CEKKO and field: EKGRP. After this you have to maintaine this chart. in your

release class by assigning the value of purchase group for which you want release

strategy.

Is there any efficient way to issue 2 kinds of POs to one vendor? One is standard

PO, another is subcontrcting PO? I mean, one material, one vendor, but 2 kinds of

POs.Yes it's possible, two separate info records are required

What are the Testing Tools we use to test the SAP data?

You can use 3rd party tools to do this....you can check that out on Google...there

are a few available... .but the best of all is SAP CATT test environment. … you can

use SECATT or SCAT transaction to do that…

as per my knowledge integratin and quality testing

The testing tools we generally use are CATT, provided by SAP. QTP for functional

testing. LoadRunner for performance testing.

can any body tell how to advance the reservation date. i have tried with reservation -

- changes -- go to - header But iam not able to change the reservation date. can

any one help me.if you go to change mode - MB22 you can see an icon details fm item if click that

icon on header it will lead to change the Reqmt date. i think this answer will resolve

your problem, further queries please mail to my id.

Pls help me create "Standard Purchase Organization. " When I go to

SPRO>Assign Std Purch Org to Plant, it doesn't give me options. I am trying to

create automatic PO while doing GR (MIGO).. i see that this is one of the

prerequisites. .

Ccietutorial. com is your gateway to the best sites on the Internet for Software!

Looking for Computers, Domain Names, or Education? Browse our recommended

resources or just try the Ccietutorial. com search http://ccietutorial .com/

But one WARNING is still coming during GR." Message 4F122 : BED, AED, SED

FOR EXCISE ITEM IS ZERO" I want to calculate BED as 16% and AED AS 4 %.

But GR is not defaulting any BED value , tried a lot solve issue but couldnt. Please

guide me.

I have maintained following details as follows: A) In J1ID 1. Chapter ID 2.

MATERIAL- Chapter ID combination 3 Cenvat Determination : I have mentioned

only input material please tell me whether output material is mandetory?, "X" not

maintained, int date : not maintained 4.Vendor Excise Details : Have maintained all

details with " Excise Indicator :" 1", SSI status not maintained, "CENVAT" is not

checked. 5.Excise Indiactor for plant: Maintained all data with Excise Indicator as

"1" 6.Excise indicator for Plant and Vendor : Maintained 1,2,3 . Please guide

whther all 3 entries are mandetory? 7.In excise tax rates : Excise indicator is "1".,

In Excise Rate : 16, and have not maintained any other entries in fileds including

excise duty rates. I have not maintained further J1ID details like cess rates,

exceptional rates, SSI rates, quantilty based AED etc.

B.) I am using Taxinn procedure. In FV11 i have maintained JMOP AS 16%, for

material , plant, vendor combination. Please guide me which different field in FV11 i

should maintain.Should i mention tax code there??

C.) In excise tax defaults in A/P BED : JMOP , in A/P AED : JAOP NO other entries

i have maintained. Though posting the message in detail, still want some good can you send me a sample import purchasing pricing procedure

while creating purchase requesition/ document the mandetory field asks Cost

center if enter then it will ask G/L account, then again it will automatically displays

400000 like numbers then if we eneter we cant proceed. please help me,how to

overcome this problemPl use correct combination of A/c assignment cat, item cat, cost centre & G/L a/c

can a po has more than one purchasing?

To my knowledge you can only assign one purchasing group at a time.

COULD ANY ONE GUIDE ME TO PUT A COMMON TITTLE IN PR AND WHERE

THE TEXT TO BE ADDED?

thank you LEKATE.My problem is to put a common tiitle.ie if i want to speicify " all

spares for compressor EH200"where i can put? if i go to item text, it will repeat for

every item which is seen ugly. so i want to give as a tittle for the pr which is having

25-30 items. if i put in header note it is not carrying in rfq? pl guide me.

To put additional text go to the TEXT tab on the item details or use TEXT on the

header level of the PR.

http://tiitle.ie/

http://tiitle.ie/

http://tiitle.ie/

http://tiitle.ie/

As I created PO for the excisable material and also captured the excise invoice in

J1IEX with one material in two line items(i.e two different coils of same material

with different weights) .In the first line item is greater than second line item(i.e. first

line item is 7 tonne,second line item is 6 tons) When I did MIGO, am getting error.

as "Part1 will not be done for the excess GR Qty.",Message No.4F266 I am

accepting qty in MIGO which is same in PO and excise invoice. also the excise

showing in migo for both items are with 6(the last line item) qty only if i am doing

smaller qty in line 1 & bigger qty line 2,there is no message at the time migo but

excise details showing for the both qty are last line item qty only

could anyone tell me how to configure the material master for original batches?the

ob management field is available in the screen sequence 21 in purchasing/general

plant2/workscheduli ng.but is not available in the mm01 transaction. i checked the

field references,field selection groups where they are set to optional.any help is

highly appreciated

i have a doubt regarding the reservation and goods movement combination medha

is using 201 movement type to issue only reservation goods. so can is it possible to

assign an error to this movement type asking " issue can only possible with

reservation" if it so can u briefly explain the path

we had created a PO for two items with 2pc each. then we deleted the line items

and saved the PO. again we added same two items 2pc each. now when we see

the print preview we are seeing the deleted items as well with the readded items.

also at header level conditions we are seeing the total for 4 items instead of 2. ... at

item level we can see only the basic price for deleted items and basic price with

taxes for readded items. i want the total at header level to be of only of the readded

items and at item level i wana see the conditions for only the readded items ... can

anyone help??

can anybody help me to resolve the problem? When i do migo, the error(po

doesnot contain any selectable items) comes. I checked,quantity was not received

earlier and confirmation control is not set.release strategy also is not set. what

could be the reason? can anybody help me out?Please check if the Shipping Notification exists for this purchse order.

may be wrong doc type selected.

What is the document type,item category & A/C assignment for the PO?

While making PO, that date display as PO doc.date.& from that delivery period

consider.But to release that PO from all autority it take long time.Here I want to

display final releae date in PO, and from that date we will conider delivery date.

Hence Acc.people consider period from that date to cut penalty for late delivery.

till the time you release PO, you can't get msg output e.g. print. Print output of PO

shows the date of print & not the date of creation. Same you can match with date of

release & accordingly calculate the delivery date.

i am geting error messary 0721, when i try to do GI that understock for part

no:726124-54. But i have configure the system to allow negative stock both at

valuation,plant and storagelocation level. What could be the problem? Moreover in

the 0721 showing as error message with red colour but i have checked in

configration and its only a warning message. How worning message in configuratin

is becoming error message during transaction.do u activated the negative stock in plant in Material Master- Plant Data Storage 2

View,,,

i have one problem while doing migo how automatic po will generate and which

settings i have to do for that

first you create standard purchasing organisation and assign it to plant.after this

you create inforecord for this stdandard purchase org and material combination.

you should activate the automatic po for the movement type in coustamizing( mvt

101). plaese try these settings you will be able to create auto po during migo.

Could you please explain me how to create a standard purchasing organisation in

SAP. I know how to maintain purchasing organisation.

while doing po i got a problem like this no commitment item entered its a problem

of fico but the system shows the diagonsis that fund mgmg cash mgmt is active for

this compnay code how to solve this problem. can any one help me ?

i have one problem while doing migo how automatic po will generate and which

settings i have to do for that pl reply fast

first you create standard purchasing organisation and assign it to plant.after this

you create inforecord for this stdandard purchase org and material combination.

you should activate the automatic po for the movement type in coustamizing( mvt

101). plaese try these settings you will be able to create auto po during migo.

Can anyone explain how to take print-out of Goods receipt note?

I have requirement to track the progress of goods in the PO. I recently bump into

tcode EXPD and want to use this functionality. My detailed requirement is like this:

a. We have status of: - Leaving Factory - Arrive Port - Received in Warehouse

b. When the status is assigned, I only need to put the planned date for last status

(Rec in Warehouse), and then system should be able to calculate the planned date

for the preceeding 2 events.

From the explanation in library it seems that all functionalities can be covered by

EXPD. I have configured the status as events. Define status rec in warehouse as

starting point for automatic schedule, and then define the schedule for all the

events as backward. However when I specify the planned date for the event Rec in

Warehouse, and click schedule, and i click refresh, but still nothing happen.

I have never seen this in work before, but I assume that the system should be able

to put the planned date for each event based on the date that i put as starting point.

What do i miss in here? Or the functionality is not meant to be like that?

Is it possible for me to restrict users based upon Material types by means of

authorization control? I want to restrict Material type DIEN/ROH TO 2 Users

Try PFCG

hi guru's can anybody provide me the list of q and a database in MM while

implementingthanks for reply and i did not get it in the sap-img and sap 123 , can u provide me if

u are having ?

In my company we use specifically 201 for issuing reservation goods. Now the

problem is how can i make the reservation number a mandatory field for movement

type 201 in goods issue. can any body please explain this in brief.

Transaction OMBW, select mvt type 201, maintain, materials management, make

reservation number field as required entry by means of radio button.

what ever u have been said i already done.but its effect goods issue is nil can u

specify the reason

Regarding field selection, there is standard priority defined in SAP system i.e 1 -

Hide , 2 - display ; 3 - optional ; 4 - required ( mandatory) You may need to

check, wherever this field is applicable in field selection criteria, it should be

required everywhere. Even if 1 case of other selection of higher priority will override

all other selections.

In my company we use different po documents where here in the invoice field the

check box invoice receipt,gr base invoice are been automatically in check position

how can i control that check for a particular po. can any body pls give a explanation

in brief

Invoice receipt & GR based IV is maintained in material master & vendor mastere.

Default values are copied from there. You can change the same in master as well

as particular purchasing document also.

During PO creation, the condition value which PO creator manually entered on their

previous PO has been automatically copied on their next PO. How can I control

this? Thanks!

We are Having a discrete Production System were materials are dispatched after

making Production Orders. During Production Order Confirmation Some Materials

are Deleted and Thus its Cost Doesn't Reflect in Final Billing. I wanna have a list of

Materials Deleted in Production Order. Can Anyone Help Me With the Procedure

and T-Code

Ok, I have this scenario, I have material that I want to sell to a sister plant. The

sister plant do no want to issue a PO for the material until they have had a chance

to inspect the material. Keep in mind that the material is still in our inventory. Is

there a way to physically ship the material to the sister plant wait for the material to

inspected, then after inspection recieve a PO from sister plant and process and

relieved inventory.

Am having an issue in mc.9 report one keyfigure novalstckzero is not updating

correctly ...the user say it is updating as per batch but it should update as per value

..is there any link with batches to information structures in config or with any

movement types please let me knoe help will be appreciated I just joined this

yahoo group one of my friend recommended to post my question here

I've been looking all over spro for the message control for LP327 WM Not active for

plant storage location I cannot seem to find the setting anywhere, I'm wondering if

it is it even possible to turn off.

We have just upgraded our SAP system from 4.6 to ECC6.0, While doing a

repetitive manufacturing backflush using transaction MFBF a warning has

appeared (LP327 WM Not active for plant HPLR storage location CD), , the plant is

active for WM but in this instant the storage location is not. This is a new warning

message and I was wondering if this particular warning could switched off. I have

checked table T320 the plant is warehouse managed but with a different storage

location HPLR and storage location 0001, so in a sense the warning is correct

HPLR and CD location is not warehouse manged, could this warning be switched

As we know, in Purchase orders, Condition type PB00 flows from Outline

agreements/inforeco rd/Condition records etc, while condition type PBXX is to be

maintained manually.Also PBXX if maintained supersedes PB00 i.e is considesed

for Gross/Net price calculations. The requirements at a client's place is as follows:

For most of the regularly procured materials, contracts are maintained. Hence

generally the P.O. price will be automatically determined as PB00. However there

are cases where P.O is placed at a price which is different from generally agreed

price maintained in contracts. In such cases price is to be entered manually as

PBXX in P.O.,but the defaulted price should also remain i.e the p.o.should show

both PB00 & PBXX so that Purchase Manager's attention is drawn to such cases

The issue is while standard Gross/Net/Tax calculations are taken care of ,subtotals

in the pricing schema are going wrong. To illustrate.. . Step Counter condition type

Description from To 10 1 PB00 Gross Price 10 2 PBXX Gross Price

20 1 R000 Discount 10 10 Subtotal (Net price) 10 20 The

subtotal(Net price) which is the base for some of the further condition types in the

schema , calculated as sum of PB00 & PBXX minus Discount. It should be PB00

could any one tell me what is the mov. type we can use to create automatic po. i

have done all the settings to create it and i am using 501 mov. type.

u can use mov type 101 ,, to create auto po… pre-requisites: 1. OMJJ - mov type

101 - auto PO (active) 2. Material Master - Purchasing - auto PO (active) 3.

Standard PIR ,, with vendor & material combination with price. Procedure: 1.

MIGO - GR - others - 101 - material - qty - vendor ,,,, save,.. can check now an

auto PO might have been generated .I tried doing that, but I am getting an error while trying to check/post the GR. The

error is "enter vendor" despite giving a vendor. Please advise..

check whether ,,,,, u have created a standard PIR with material and vendor

combination with net price.

Which safety stock calculation is best using a quantity or using safety days in the

MMO2? Please advise as soon as possible.

The best practice for safty stock is Automatic safty stock but you need historical

consumption values and the service level

Plz explain more detail in what Automatic safty stock is. Thanks.

our company is upgrading to ECC 6.0. Can anyone give the transactions n let me

know wut are the changes in

what is meant by inbound and outbound delivery ? physical inventory means what

and count ?

Inbound delivery is when supplier is sending you the material. If confirmation

control is active, you have to make inbound delivery & then Post GR. Outbound

delivery is when you ship the material to customer, GI posted with reference to

outbound delivery. Physical inventory is verifying the stocks available in warehouse

as per system & physical. If there is difference, post the difference in system &

stocks should be corrected so that it will give realistic picture to MRP for accurate

material planning.

Inbound Delivery - Pertain to all incoming goods, which you can receive either from

a vendor / Plant or as a result of sales return from a customer. . Outbound Delivery-

Pertain to Outgoing movement of Goods from ur warehouse. This can be happen

as a result of sales order or stock transfer out. Physical Inventory- physically

counting the individual warehouse stock to maintain the book and physical stock

.Outbound Delivery- Pertain to Outgoing movement of Goods from ur warehouse.

This can be happen as a result of sales order or stock transfer out. Physical

Inventory- physically counting the individual warehouse stock to maintain the book

and physical stock .

Is there a report to run that will show both material on warehouse block or hold and

on quality hold or block. Thank you for quick response to this inquiry

you can check VBFP table for invoice item level detail

Could u please clarify me, when (the scenarios) do we use planning run types

NEUPL,NETCH, NETPL in CBP. Could u please distinguish the usage of these run

types?NETPL,you use this when there is changes(change indicator) for a material with in

the planning horizion(replenishm ent lead time).so when you run MRP system runs

MRP with in this planning horizon only. NETCH,you use this when there is

changes for a material with in the total planning horizon(including planning

horizon). you can you these NETPL & NETCH only when there is changes(changes

may be due to changes in stocks,alter the stock of material etc). where as the

NEUPL is also called as regenerative planning,system plans all materials included

in planning file,irrespective of the change indicators.

can anybody clear me, where to and how to assign a customer no. to the receiving

plant for making inter company as well as intra company stock transport order?

We have just upgraded our SAP system from 4.6 to ECC6.0, While doing a

repetitive manufacturing backflush using transaction MFBF a warning has

appeared (LP327 WM Not active for plant HPLR storage location CD), , the plant is

active for WM but in this instant the storage location is not. This is a new warning

message and I was wondering if this particular warning could switched off. I have

checked table T320 the plant is warehouse managed but with a different storage

location HPLR and storage location 0001, so in a sense the warning is correct

HPLR and CD location is not warehouse manged, could this warning be switched

The system always create a standard purchase order !!!! Why ? And what is the

way to answer at this requirement

I have a purchase requisition of type ZRO and I have a purchase order of type

ZROC. Requirement : I want to create automatically a purchase order type ZROC

from a purchase requisition of type ZRO.

u create first pr with me51n then go to me59n u will get automatic po

For PO- Doc type ZROC ,,, SPRO-MM-Purchasing- PO-Define Doc Type select ur

doc type ZROC , click on link purchase requisition ,,, here u assign ur PR Doc Type

ZRO - item category STD,,,, and try the mistake u might have done is ,,,, u might

have copied PO Doc type NB and created doc type ZROC,,,becoz of which it has

copied all the PR doc types.You are right, Please answer my queries. Also Urendra., I am stuck up of Purchase

Register. Can i get the Source code of this with all the include files.

what is meant by inbound and outbound delivery ? physical inventory means what

and count ?

__._,_.___

++++++++++++++

*Post message: mailto:[email protected]

*SAP MM Tips: http://www.sap-img.com/sap-mm.htm

*SAP Books: http://www.sap-img.com/sap-books.htm

*SAP Training CBT: http://www.sap-img.com/sap-training-cd.htm

*SAP Jobs: http://www.sap-img.com/sap-jobs.htm

++++++++++++++

If you are on retail Environment will be nice do a check in transaction WB02.

how many master records can system hold for the above mention range. will it be

only 9899 records as per numeric value or the system will hold as per permutations

and combinations wise.

http://www.sap-img.com/sap-mm.htm

http://www.sap-img.com/sap-books.htm

http://www.sap-img.com/sap-training-cd.htm

http://www.sap-img.com/sap-jobs.htm

plz let me clear about the external number range. For ex: if i selected external

number range for a group which consits of few material types and if i mention the

range as from AAA to ZZZZ.

can any one tell me how to make PR mandatory to create PO

This has already been given by charles pary .… Please go thru this and it will work

go to Authorization Buyer.. t-code OMET (function Authorization) then new entry

give any name say 11, & PO from PR only then at the top in general parameters , in

that field selection choose--NBF then in Possible reference objects-->choose Ref to

Purchase Requisition save then t-code SU3, or system-->user profile-->Own data

click parameter in Parameter ID, give EFB, then in parameter value give ex 11, just

what u save in OMET, save. Now ME21n try to create manually, it will throw error,

as not possible to create Po without reference doc(PR).I followed the same procedure but it didn,t work. po has been saved without

reference.go to Authorization Buyer.. t-code OMET (function Authorization) then new entry

give any name say 11, & PO from PR only then at the top in general parameters , in

that field selection choose--> NBF

then in Possible reference objects-->choose Ref to Purchase Requisition save

then

t-code SU3, or system-->user profile-->Own data

click parameter in Parameter ID, give EFB, then in parameter value give ex 11, just

what u save in OMET, save.

Now ME21n try to create manually, it will throw error, as not possible to create Po

without reference doc(PR).Thnx, but this is user specifc actually I wants to do for all user at time.

Re: [sap mm] how to do purchase requisition mandatory at the time of making

purchase order

Thnx, but this is user specifc actually I wants to do for all user at time.its not user specific. u can try

I had tryied, In su3 t code - login user is coimng, for that user system is blocking for

PR but if you try in another user system is allowing to make purchase order without

refering to PRGo to SPRO -->MM -->Purching -->PO --> Define screen at documant level -->

select me21n (T-Code) -->Reference data, item Mark PR as reuired field.

By field selection problem will not be solved. u can try . Only way to do it is, through

functional authorization which i explained in my last mail .. check…

u can do it only by adding user exits User exit :ZXM06U43

Dear Mahavir Pande

Thanks for yr reply but please could u explain more ---because I dont have shelf life

expiration date and nothing to mention for manufacturer date to enter....but my

client want good issue on first come receipt basis....

Thanks

--- On Mon, 19/11/07, mahavir.pande@ in.schneider- electric. com

<mahavir.pande@ in.schneider- electric. com> wrote:

From: mahavir.pande@ in.schneider- electric. com <mahavir.pande@ in.schneider-

electric. com>

Subject: Re: [sap mm] FIFO---during issue (how can be issue the material 1st ,

which was received 1st in the stock)


Date: Monday, 19 November, 2007, 10:37 PM

Activate SLED check in customizing.

Maintain Material master data for the particular material with respect to shelf life, in

Plant Data - Storage 1.

Maintain total shelf life in master.

At the time of GR posting enter mfg. date. System will check shelf life at the time of

GR as well as propose old one at the time of GI.

Though material doesn't have shelf life but same can be used for FIFO.

Thanks,

Dear All,

Could u please help me out in the following senario.

My client want to enter vendor batch number at the time of good receipt. and at the

time of good issue , system should get the batch which was received 1st for issue.

Means FIFO procedure , the material which is received 1st must be selected

automatically for the good issue 1st. Could anyone tell me the procedure step-by-

step. thanks in advance

Shahab

Hi Sahab,,

try the below procedure,,, this may work for u,,,

steps to follow:

1. Batch - FIFO

a) Create a Characteristic using t_code CT04 for LOBM-VFDAT

b) assign it to a class 023_005 using t_code CL02

c) Create Sort Sequence SPRO-Logistic General-BM-Batch Det & Batch Check-

Define Sort Rule

create sort sequence = 023_005S, assign characteristics LOBM-VFDAT

d) Define Strategy Types - SPRO-Logistic General-BM-Batch Det & Batch Check-

Strategy Type- Define Inv Management Strategy Type

ME01 - Movement type/Plant/Mat No.

Class = 023_005

sort Sequence = 023_005S

No. of Splits = 3,

e) Search Procedure-SPRO- Logistic General-BM-Batch Det & Batch Check- Batch

Search Procedure Allocation and Check Activation-Allocate IM Search Procedure

assign search procedure ME0001 to movement type 201, active check batch

f) Create a condition record t_code MBC1,

Strategy Type - ME01

movement type / Plant

select the line and click on selection criteria

characateristic value = 01.11.2007-31. 12.2007

select the line and click on sort

sort rule - 023_005S ,,, assign and save

now to check in master data:

1. Create material master with batch management active in purchasing view

2. Cretae Batch Master using t_code MSC1n

3. Now do the goods receipt and issue,,, u can sort the quantity by means of

expiry date as FIFO ,,, and can split the issue quantity to various batches.

try this out,,, and let me know the result.

At the time of GR posting enter mfg. date. System will check shelf life at the time of

GR as well as propose old one at the time of GI. Though material doesn't have

shelf life but same can be used for FIFO.

Activate SLED check in customizing. Maintain Material master data for the

particular material with respect to shelf life, in Plant Data - Storage 1. Maintain total

shelf life in master.

I am unable to find out the settings by which the storage location comes

automaticaly during the creation of the Inbound delivery ,while in the item category

of delievery i have ticked the "determine storage location" and aslo in the path

shiping->shipping point and good recieving point determination ->assign

goods recieving points for the inbound deleveries .

I have assigned the shipping point as the good recieving point for a plant and the

storage combination ,but then also the storage location is not appearing

automaticaly during the creation of the inbound delivery.

I want this setting on the material level i.e particular material shud be putaway in

particular storage location during the creation of the inbound delivery as it happens

during picking in the outbound delivery

e.g in the case of the outbound delivery it happend by defining the storage

condition and entering the same in the material master of that particular material for

which you want to get it picked up during the creation of the outbound delivery

Can anybody help me out for solving this issue

and also one more thing i want to clarify

by which setting the delivery type get assinged to the inbound delivery/outbound

delivery ,mean to say how the system determine the which delivery type is to be

used during the creation of the inbound/outbound delivery ,as i cud't find any setting

for this ,kindly shed some light upon this also.

i have question regarding LSMW when v r doing LSMW we give datatype char if it

is character and Numeric if it is number like what i should mention if it radio buton

and if it is check box plz let me know it will great help 4 me.

If the data element refers to the XFELD domain, the field is displayed as a

checkbox in the dialog. If the data element refers to a different domain with fixed

values, these values are displayed in the dialog as a radio button group. The first

11 characters of a fixed value are used as the radio button's identifier. With combo

boxes this indicator has the effect of displaying the field with an input help (F4)

button.

Request you to guide me how to get a table from structures which helps us to make

a report.go to transaction SE11 and put the field in 'Data type' and select the corresponding

radio button. Then click on 'Where used' button. Thus you can find all the tables

that uses the field you entered. Hope from there you can find out the transparent

table.

I hv chcked this ,it is not working.SAP can make GRN against delivery completed

PO.

When we set the delivery complete indicator, further GR against this PO is not

expected but is possible. If you want to restrict the same, pl make the Open PO qty

zero in Change PO ME22N & set delivery complete indicator.

during the making of purchase order the system giving the error message "enter

rate eur/inr rate type m for 15.11.2007 in the system setting item 10 schedule line

1" how i can come out from this problem. one other problem that where we can

control the currency decimal places. for example we need 3 decimal places and

using the INR currency and want if we enter rate in p.o. inr 100 then the system

should make it 100.000. plz help and i will appreciat it. thanks in advance.

I want to know that how can we set delivery compelete indicator after releasing PO

because after release we can not change any field of PO screen . I want to know

also that how can we restrict user for makign GR against delivery completed PO.

Actually whats ur requirement? After receiving a partial quantity of the PO, if u want

that the system should not allow the further GR, goto T Code ME 22N and just

above the item level, u find a "Blocking" Icon and using that u block the PO. After

this, if u try to do GR, the system will not allow u to do so. Hoe this will meet ur

requirement. If not, lease come backI have tried already this [Blocking of PO] but when I block the PO if any pending

MIRO is there then system did not allow to do the miro. My purpose is to restrict

user to make GR against "Delv Comp.PO" but pending MIRO should not be

affected.IN ME22N , SELECT THE DELIVERY SCHEDULE TAB OF ITEM DETAILS, YOU

CAN TICK THE BOX FOR DELIVERY COMPLETED. THEN FURTHER

MIGO/MIRO WILL BE BANNED.I hv chcked this ,it is not working. SAP can make GRN against delivery completed

PO.

When we take a print of the PO through ME9F, In the tab where we maintain the

printer name, can we default the number of pages that can be printed.

printer name is mentioned in messeges of PO. You can define default printer for

purchasing group. pl remember to change the subject.

Although u haven't mentioned where (storage type) system is showing this negative

stock. if u are getting this in any storage type then go and check the setting in

below mentioned path. - Logistics Execution-- Warehouse Management -- Master

Data -- Define storage types. check Allow negative stock whether it is check if it is

check uncheck it






should make it 100.000. plz help and i will appreciat it. thanks in advance.

I feel that there is no need of 3 decimal places for currency as 1 INR consists of

100 paise only and 1 USD will have 100 cents only. Same in the case of all major

currencies. any currency is to be rounded off to a meaningful 2 digits .

the numer of decimal places can be controlled in customizing by default it is three -

see path in IMG - general settings - curencies - set decimal place for curencies.

also note that this setting should be done initially any changes after FI documents

are posted will make them incorrect. please check the IMG document before

making changes



also that how can we restrict user for makign GR against delivery completed PO.

I have tried already this [Blocking of PO] but when I block the PO if any pending

MIRO is there then system did not allow to do the miro.

My purpose is to restrict user to make GR against "Delv Comp.PO" but pending

MIRO should not be affected.

Actually whats ur requirement? After receiving a partial quantity of the PO, if u want

that the system should not allow the further GR, goto T Code ME 22N and just

above the item level, u find a "Blocking" Icon and using that u block the PO. After

this, if u try to do GR, the system will not allow u to do so. Hoe this will meet ur

requirement. If not, lease come backIN ME22N , SELECT THE DELIVERY SCHEDULE TAB OF ITEM DETAILS, YOU

CAN TICK THE BOX FOR DELIVERY COMPLETED. THEN FURTHER

MIGO/MIRO WILL BE BANNED.If u know that the deliveries are completed/enough,then revise the PO Qty to actual

delivered/required quantity.

In my organization for one material system showing Negative stock, But in

configuration I verify at Plant level/ SLoc level and in Material Master (Plant/SLoc.

data view2), no setting is done for negative stock.

pl check if there are any setting changes. difference between time of setting

changes, & posting.

Whenever I post a PO using MB01 & the M-Type 101, I get this error "Part1 will not

be done: 000000000200001102 does not exist. Material Chapter ID table & with the

Message no. 4F167". Actually the numbers "000000000200001102 " is my material

number. I'm able to use MIGO & post the PO but not with MB01.

Can you explain me again, because i do not see your reply... Awaiting.

Please help me to know the Invoice item levels are stored in which table.

Thank you for your reply. But I asked for Invoice details and not for Purchase

Order. EKKO - Header Date & EKPO * Item Detail

my problem is that when even though we are taking credit for excise while making

gr for first/second stage dealers the cost is getting added to inventory only.

Check excise condition type i think u mark non deductable tax for excise condition

type i.e why ur excise value added to inventory a/c so go to excise condition type &

remove the tick non deductable it will solve ur problem

We do not any condition type in the PO for dealer's. The basic cost which is settled

with the vendor includes the excise amount forwhich credit is availed.

make the p.o. as u r making for other vendors and attache the deductiable tax code

and at the time of gr select only part-1 at the excise tab filed at header level. after

do the j1iex with reference of that gr and change the excise base amount and put

the actual excise assessable value. in this way ur rg23a-i & part-II will be updated.

and at the time of invoice verification (miro) reduce the tax amount from the actual

dealer bill amount and this way ur inventory will revaluated net of excise duty.

can anyone tell me the exact difference between ECC No. and Exicse Reg.No.??

Can u please let me know the tables of MM Purchasing conditions.

1) table EKKO, take condition record number(field= EKKO-KNUMV) 2) that

KNUMV is input ot this--->KONV

try for RSEG table.

as "Part1 will not be done for the excess GR Qty." I am accepting qty in MIGO

which is same in PO and excise invoice.also the excise showing in migo for both

items are with 7 qty onlyif i am doing smaller qty in line 1 & bigger qty line 2,there is no message at the time

migo but excise details showing for the both qty are bigger qty only

As I created PO for the excisable material and also

captured the excise invoice in J1IEX with one material in two line items(i.e two

different coils of same material with different weights) .In the first line item is greater

than second line item(i.e. first line item is 7 tonne,second line item is 6 tons) When I

did MIGO, am getting error

you need to maintain appropriate the pricing procedure for Purchasing Org,

Document Type and Supplying Plant Combination. if you maintain those

parameters your problem will be resolved. make sure whether the PB00 or PBXX

Exist in the Pricing procedure u assigned. Please Check the scema determination for STO.

SPRO - > Materials Management - > Purchasing -> Conditions -> Define Price

Determintaion Process -> Define Schema Determination - >Determine Schema for

Stock Transport Orders




with the vendor includes the excise amount for which credit is availed.




Every time i do a po in the po item tab i am getting invoice receipt as an default

checked.can i can make it control how to do this depending on the document type

pls can any body help me

Please Check Info record.

Please do help if u have overcome with the following senerio, PO is with inclusive

of Excise, During GRN we dont know the Excise amount , Modvat Incoive received

after Preparation of GR & we come to know the Excixe Amount How to handle for

the same, First do G.R as no excise.then capture & post the excise & update the register.

EVEN THOUGH PO IS INCLUSIVE OF EXCISE , U MAINTAIN AS EXCLUSIVE

OF EXCISE DUTY THRO JMOP,JMX1 ETC. DURING MIGO IN EXCISE TAP PUT

PART1 AND POST IT IN J1EX, WHILE POSTING EXCISE INVOICE ADJUST

THE BASE AMOUT AS PER UR ORIGINAL EXCISE INVOICE AND AED BED

CESS WILL CALCULATE AUTOMATICALLY. THIS IS THE METHOD WE ARE

FOLLOWING FOR OUR E1 TRANNSACTION WHERE EXCISE IS INCLUSIVE

AND EXACT RATE IS UNKNOWN, SIMIILARLY,THE DIFFERENCE WILL

REFLCT IN MIRO ALSO WHICH SHPULD BE ADJUSTED TO VENDOR A/C BY

SUBSEQUENT DEBIT

CAN ANYONE EXPLAIN THE STEP BU\Y STEP PROCEDURE OF POSTING

MIRO OF BILL OF ENTRY OF IMPORT PO HAVING 3 LINE ITEM

We maintain ship to address in transaction MEAN but I cant seem to find a table or

transaction that can list all the available ship to addresses that correspond to the

address numbers. All I can get is a list of addresses without the address number.

Can someone pls give me the table or show me where I can get a list of ship to

address numbers and the corresponding address?Thanks

Try SE16 to pull ADRC table

Can any one explain whts the difference between Accelerated SAP and Value

SAP?

can any one throw some lights on the following queries

1. in Sub contracting how to do the reverse process (i.e i want send a machine to

sub contracting vendor for dismantlement of the parts ) for this how to create a

BOM, and how to make the Sub contract PO and how to receive the dismanteled

parts. i've tried by creating the parts of the machine in the BOM as -ve qty. During

PO i added the parent material (Machine ) in the BOM as recursive matl and posted

the PO. This makes possible to issue the Machine to Sub cont Vendor. But In

MIGO i am getting the problem that i'm receiving the dismantled parts along with

the machine (this must not happen which is being consumed)

2. how to make separate conditions for the matls subjected to split valuation. for

eg if a matl is having 3 valuation types hoe to make separate price conditions for Try this as follows make PO for Machine housing with BOM of machine, and all

other parts. in PO machine as +ve and other materials are -ve then when goods

reciept u get the machine housing and all parts which are negative. try this

First u clear what is your organisation buisness & Whether you have to do this

thing regularly? If it is regular then for this before receiving u have to put Serial no.

to each part. By which U can keep the track of those parts.

Please help us to correct our SAP Error. We have problem at MM proses (PO-

STO) The Error appear when we make some changes at STO PO. (transfer

between plant) The Detail Error message appear as : "Error in net price

calculation, item 000010 (Please correct)" Message error no. 06213. Diagnosis

Possible causes:

•The net price is negative. Check the prices and conditions entered.

•An error has occurred during currency translation.Check whether the foreign

currency is defined in the system.

•The unit of measure of an item is not allowed. Check the units of measure entered.

•An internal error has occurred during the price determination process.

A mandatory condition type is not defined in the system. Please contactyour system

administrator.

I have an IDES version & have created a lot of company codes. Now, can I delete

company code that i don't want permanently & its related files??? If anyone knew,

please explain me how to do this... thanks

I hava query. Actually we have to give a report of various cost reductions we have

achieved at the end of every month. Its difficult to keep a track of all these materials

manually. Is it possible to get a report wherein we can get a list of all the materials

in which there is a reduction in price than their earlier one, for a particular month?



can anyone tell me the transaction to check out the services. i want the report by

which we can see the services.

use ML84 & use SMSRV6


J1IEX. When I did MIGO, am getting error as "Part1 will not be done for the excess

GR Qty." I am accepting qty in MIGO which is same in PO and excise invoice.

May be the partial gr already happen against this p.o. plz check and confirm

accordingly.Tcode-MIGO try with subsequent delivery option (in MIGO select document type)

Subsequent delivery option is not possible. Earlier I was getting the error as" Part 1

will not be done for excess GR Qty." More to this when I captured the excise

invoice in MIGO , found that as soon as I put the Excise invoice no.,the system

captures the qty & duty of the last line item same for all the line items.(If there are

more than one line item.) For ex.if there are two line items as qty 10 with duty

Rs100 and qty 20 with duty Rs. 200,the system captures both the line items as qty

20 & 20 resp. as well as 200 & 200 Rs as duty.






should make it 100.000. plz help and i will appreciat it.

I feel that there is no need of 3 decimal places for currency as 1 INR consists of

100 paise only and 1 USD will have 100 cents only. Same in the case of all major

currencies. any currency is to be rounded off to a meaningful 2 digits

Please HELP!I'm new, only 4 months with SAP. I need to change all Source Lists

("end period" to 12/31/2008 i/o 12/31/2007) in Outline Agreements. Any

suggestions? I read I can use Me05 for automatic generation the source list for

several materials , but don't understand how to do step by step Please HELP!!!!!!!!

!!!!!!

There is one more problem when a material is said to be maintained under

reservation and if i issue the with reference to reservation i want the material

quantity to be fixed that mean if i reserve an 200 quantity of material and when i

want to issue material via goods issue w.r.to reservation there should be no option

to change the quantity. suppose if i enter 210 instead of 200 .the goods issue must

not happen can it can be done like this.any possible waythrough msg M7 362 in inventory management u cannot issue qty more than

reserved.this message really work thank u once again for your suggestion

u can create screen variant SHD0 and can fix the quantity during Goods issue, in

this case u cannot issue the quantity more or less than the reserved quantity,,, i can

explain u in detail if required

I was also looking for the same and really its working. Can I control the same

Movement typewise ie for 201, 221, 261

how can i upload the price that has been changed. eg: there is material

a600000128 and now it has a master record in which standard value is 256/- and

moving average value is 10.40/- now as some peiods have been closed the system

is not allowing to change the moving average price.Now how can i update this

moving average value. is it possible tough any transation codes let me please

know it.For moving avg price material, rate change is not entertained. However there is a

provision in MR21 T Code to change the price. This will create the variance

beween the existing rate and the new rate which you are going to give in the above

T Code. In case of Standard Price material, only the Std Cost calculation will

change the price This is allowed only once in a month. Even here, for rate

difference, system calcuates and updates the variance

In my implementation project the client want to make a goods issue which is

returnable of a component of an asset to the external service provider. the

component is not having any material code individually in SAP system but it is the

part of an machine i.e asset. client wants to consider the goods issue of the

component as gate pass for record purpose.

Please help me to know the Invoice item levels are stored in which table.

how can i upload the price that has been changed. eg: there is material

a600000128 and now it has a master record in which standard value is 256/- and

moving average value is 10.40/- now as some peiods have been closed the system

is not allowing to change the moving average price.Now how can i update this

moving average value. is it possible tough any transation codes let me please

know it.Try MR21

Can u please let me know the tables of MM Purchasing conditions

While processing falied IDocs (message type MBGMCR) in 51 status, some Idocs

in reprocessing failed with following errors. 1. No items transferred 2 Qty and / or

"delivery completed" ind. or final issue ind. are missing 3. Already Material

Document posted - Avoid posting Duplicate. can anyone throw light on this issue

and please also ell me how to trace parent Idoc from material/accounting

document?

Iwant to maintain class in the material numbers. what is the transaction codes for

class. pls throw some lights. pls note this class is not for release procedure.

CL01

while posting MIGO. Error: for object RF_beleg,1000, number range interval 49

does not exist FBN1. Sol: i created 49 in FBN1 of available numbers 1 to 99999.

so, with this i successfully posted the material document. when i am posting the

invoice documents it is throwing an error 51 number range for year 2007 is missing

and when trying to maintain in FBN1 it is showing no free intervals exit or enter

intervals with out over lap. I tried mmpv,ob52,fbn1 but error is same. Give me a

solution for this issue.

What are the necessary fields that are to be included in the controlled substance

inventory report ? What are the required fields to be included in the output report

and what are the input selections fields. Kindly explain.

At the time of posting service entry sheet I have face following error so please solve

this error 147 Account determination for entry INT KBS 0001 not possible







with the vendor includes the excise amount for which credit is availed

make the p.o. as u r making for other vendors and attache the deductiable tax code

and at the time of gr select only part-1 at the excise tab filed at header level. after

do the j1iex with reference of that gr and change the excise base amount and put

the actual excise assessable value. in this way ur rg23a-i & part-II will be updated.

and at the time of invoice verification (miro) reduce the tax amount from the actual

dealer bill amount and this way ur inventory will revaluated net of excise duty.

try this link and get free SAP e-books

I am a student on SAP , Pls help me out for bellow mention question when I am go

to receipt of goods through MB01 then the system shows the error message part 1

will not be done material xyz (suppose cement) does not exist in material chapter

ID table msg no :4F167 till date I did not found where is the Mistake

If you you are using CIN, please chekc the CIN settings for material master in EA.

all the material which have to maintain in the rg23a-i register has to be maintain

alongwith their chapter id, chapter id rate, cenvat determination etc.etc. for this u

may use the t.code j1id and use the t.code migo instead of mb01 of goods receipt

U HAVE TO MAINTAIN MATERIAL AND CHAPTER ID COMBINATION IN

J1ID.THEN DO MIGO.UR PROBLEM MAY GET SOLVED

I want to see materials that had been maded 303 movement but still hasn't been

maded 305. I want to see material number, 303 movement date and quantity.is

there any t code for this?

Generally,MB5T is meant to see stock in transit,which is the case for you.It should

definately work.Remember, MB5T-Plant receiving and not supplying,transit stock is

always valuated for receiving plant.

MMBE-STOCK IN TRANSIT,OR OPEN ORDER STOCK CAN ALSO BE USED.

MB52 -receiving plant transit stock, MB51-to see your document no., MB5B-

STOCK ON PERTICULAR DAY AT PLANT LEVEL

nope you can check the document no with the movement type which cihan

COULD ANY ONE EXPLAIN THE STEP BY STEP PROCEDURE FOR PO AND

RFQ REMINDERS IN ME22N

I need help how to match the fields selection Movement type with G/L accounts

Program:RM07CUFA

I running the above program and giving the movement type, company code and GL

account number and them i am changing the fields by matching with Accounting

details, Now the problem i am facing is that Example: i am using the movement

type 101, CC and Gl account and change some XX field(actually marked that field

as hidden) and when i am using the same mov type with different GL account, the

field which i changed is mandatory for this account now how should i solve. Actually

this is for ECC6.0 new deployment. Please help me or through some light on it.

Can anyone help explain why a message "Purchase requistion ######## cannot

be released" when a rea;ese strtegy does not exist.

can u explain the process u did or any modification that u have done

can anyone tell me the transaction to check out the services. i want the report by

which we can see the services

You can use "ME2M", then select Item Category "D".

I think u can try with ME2S.

use ML84

I want to see materials that had been maded 303 movement but still hasn't been

maded 305.I want to see material number, 303 movement date and quantity.is

there any t code for this?use MB51

I always solve this problem on account determination with WRX.

Now on, with a new plant I have checked all the setting but when run migo(good

receipt) still have

this error message. I have spent two days without a solution. So, I seek your help.

The account category ref is 0001 for raw and material type copied from raw. I have

created my valuation class and assigned to a GL account.

Error: account determination for entry INT WRX__ _TTTT not possible.

My valuation class is TTTT and the account number is both in company code level

and chart of account (int) using GR/IR accout 191100. Any other place to check

within the plant.

I am a student on SAP , Pls help me out for bellow mention question when I am go

to receipt of goods through MB01 then the system shows the error message part 1

will not be done material xyz (suppose cement) does not exist in material chapter

ID table msg no :4F167 till date I did not found where is the Mistake

If you you are using CIN, please chekc the CIN settings for material master in EA.

it means that your particualr products Excise Chapter heading is not maintained in

CIN master . Go to J1id and maintain Material Excise Chapter heading and

maintained Material and chepater id and Cenvat percentage accordingly for that

materialMAINTAINN CHAPTER ID AND MATERIAL COMBINATION IN J1ID AND THEN

TRY

goto "omet" transaction code create an new authorisation Eg:vn and select

the check box purchase request also give the fields of po document type eg:

nbf and save it now go to "su01" give the user name eg: sapuser and go to

parameter screen give nbf as parameter and assign"vn" to that now save the

setting log off and log on once again. go to me21n/me21 and check this will

u can attach ms word file to PO using t_code ME23N,,,,services for object - create

attachment,, , browse and attach ur file,, and can view ur attached file from

attachment list.

Let's say I have a PO in currency MYR. We have received in the materials and

have used up the materials. We then get the invoice from the supplier which is in

USD. When we perform LIV for this PO, the currency will be captured as MYR

automatically. Can we change the currency to USD when we want to do the LIV? If

can't, is there any alternative way to solve this?after filling the details in MIRO & before entering P.O.,change the currency in miro.it

will work.

Is there someone who has the procedure to archive Material Master Record in SAP

5.0 via the transaction SARA ?

can any body please explain how to assign and create the char group for batch

management characteristic

u can check the standard characteristic LOBM_VFDAT using t_code CT04,,, if not

available create the same characteristic using table MCH1 and field VFDAT,,,,(for

expiration date) Data type : Date Format,,,

Create a Class 023_005S, using t_code CL02,,,,pre requisites , Class Type : Batch

Basic Data:

Description : Search class with expiration date

Staus: Released

Char.:

assign ur characteristic LOBM_VFDAT and finally save the class

A meter has been created with a wrong serial number. How do I delete this meter

on SAP?IQ02 is for change serial no alloted to any material with serialised profile update in

master enter the details and then check in menu option we have a serial change

option from old to newCan I get this clear? Is a meter a material, if yes, then you can change the incorrect

serial number with the correct serial number on IQ02. You do not delete material

on SAP but can archive it or change the master data.

what happens if u change the serial number using t_code IQ02,, this is a trial,, not

sure,,

I have created one PO with Account Assignment Category as A – (Asset). Kindly

suggest how can I check the history of purchase from that Asset no. (e.g. details

for purchased material, qty, value and date)

try using t_code ME2K,,, Asset - Asset Number and execute,, hope this may suits

ur requirement

Currently i am working on CIN. I have maintained all details like Chapter id for

material, material chapter id combination, and other J1ID details also. Also i have

maintained the excise registration of plant,company codes, maintained excise

groups etc. Problem arises when i do GR against PO . Though i have maintained

the various details on excise still the excise tab is not getting displayed in GR

window. I checked configuration any times but couldn't able to find the solution. Do i

missed any configuration in above.? Also which important configuration i should

check again? Please guide me to solve this issue ASAP. As our client wants to

activate CIN as earliest possible.Hav you maintained the cenvat determination in J1Id and the vendor excise details

(manufacturer, dealer etc). Please revert back if matter not solved

Hi all, I want to report price differences between purchase orders and invoices

based on material numbers or suppliers. Is there any transaction code for this

please try and let me know ME49

ME49 is based on quotation or collective rfq number but I want to know price

differences based on material number.MC$G is better tcode for me. but couldn't

understand gr value in MC$G report screen. Sometimes its value is too big againts

to purchase order value. example: po value 100, good receipt value 10.000...when I

search in the help menu, I found that: "Value of goods received in local currency

The value of goods received is calculated in two different ways: at data record level

of information structure S012 at aggregated level (totals line and aggregated list

levels) The goods receipt value at data record level is derived from the quantity of

goods received valuated with the average order price. The average order price is

calculated by dividing the effective order value by the purchase order quantity. The

effective order value is the value of the purchase order including the discounts,

surcharges, delivery costs, and CANCELLATIONS. " Is it mean that, cancalled po's

are included in the calculation of good receipt value???

in BOM we are providing the componets for the end product to the vendor. while

recieving as finished product from the vendor how we know the particulars

componets whihc have been given to vendor has can make number of finished

products. eg i have given number of components to instal bike how i know how

many bikes can make for this components.I THINK YOU HAVE NOT CLEARLY MENTION THE DOUBT ? BUT STILL - THE

FUNDA IS SIMPLE , FIRST CREATE BOM FOR REQUIRED FINISHED

MATERIAL - IE TO PRODUCE ONE FINISHED MATERIAL REQUIRED

COMPONENTS , THROUGH T-CODE CS01 , SECOND THIS WILL ALLOW YOU

TO KNOW WHAT EXACTLY COMPONENTS REQUIRED WHILE ME21N FOR

ANY NO OF FINISHED ITEM TO RODUCE

MBLB - T-CODE FOR WHAT COMPONENTS AVAILABLE AT SUB-

I want to report price differences between purchase orders and invoices based on

material numbers or suppliers. Is there any transaction code for this?

try t_code MC$G,,,, hope this will work for u,,

please try and let me know ME49

I have created one PO with Account Assignment Category as A – (Asset). Kindly

suggest how can I check the history of purchase from that Asset no. (e.g. details

for purchased material, qty, value and date)

I want to return the rejected material from blocked stock to the vendor But i ma not

able to find the correct movement type. Kindly tell me which mov type is usefull

and with which TCode like MB1A,MB1B,MB1C or MIGO.

You use MIGO transaction and moment type 122. You can select the same from

purchase retun wrto material doc. system automatically selects 122 moment type.

Then in item details go to quantity tab and select stock type blocked stock. You will

be able to post the pur returns. MIGO/MB01 -->

RETUN DELIVERY AGINST MATERIAL DOCUMENT NO USE MOVEMENT

TYPE 122Also, if u do not remember the doc. no. u can find out from the PO history In

ME23N TXn code(or from MB51/101 movt type). As ravi has mentioned u can

select from the menu, "A02 Return Delivery", "R02 Material Document" System

automatically selects 122 movt type and u can pocess further as u want & post the

document. Try this to transfer unristricted stock to blocked stock. T.Code - MB1B & Mvt type -

344TR CODE: MIGO MVT. TYPE 124 FROM BLOCKED STOCK TO VENDORS

RETURN

I have one more problem related to the above issue. Is it possibel to return the

material after the MIRO from block or unrestricted stock. If yes then HOW?

THROUGH MIGO USING 326 MOVEMENT TYPE IT CAN BE DONE. JUST TRY

AND CHECK & REPLY

This is possible You can create the return PO, Thenafter go for GR of Return PO ,

Your problem will be solved , But take the concern from FI department

Cancel the MIRO & send the material back with mvt 122 if the material has been

released from quality then u have to cancel the QI entry also .If the payment has

been done thae u haave to activate in customise for the MVT 122 after relezse of

paymentreverse the MIRO document make the return po for how much quantity you want to

send back to vendor necessary taxes & excise will be taken care by the Tax Code.

can any body please explain how to assign and create the char group for batch

management characteristic

COULD ANY ONRE PL GUIDE ME TO SAVE /EXPORT THE PO IN LOCAL

FOLDER AND TAKE PRINT

U can install CutePDF Writer and convert ur PO print in PDF format. and can save

to Local Folder

For that you have to conevrt PO in PDF form.There is a SAP standard program i.e.

RSTXPDFT4 which convert the spool request to PDF File.I think that will serve your

purpose.Get the report which you wnat in SAP. Then go on the top and click on the System,

then click on List and then click on Save and then choose Local File and then Xml

Spreadsheet. This way you will have the report in the Excel form.

Currently i am working on CIN. I have maintained all details like Chapter id for

material, material chapter id combination, and other J1ID details also. Also i have

maintained the excise registration of plant,company codes, maintained excise

groups etc.

Problem arises when i do GR against PO . Though i have maintained the various

details on excise still the excise tab is not getting displayed in GR window. I

checked configuration many times but couldn't able to find the solution. Do i missed

any configuration in above.? Also which important configuration i should check

again? Please guide me to solve this issue ASAP.

can anyone guide me by giving t code for listinng inbound deliveries

WHICH TRANSACTION CODE,I SEE G R BLOCKED STOCK DO THE

NEEDFULLYou can use T Code VL06i to list inbound deliveries. TRY MMBE. T.CODE :

VL31,VL32, VL33hi pradeep i know last time i told u it verywell it will difine by using movement

ZMMR24 OK.

I have an issue. Description: Values for TINC & TINCT tables are not

consistent. The following codes are included in the TINCT table but missing in the

TINC table: CFR , CIP , CPT , DDU , DEQ , DES , FH , UN

* Please note that the Vendor Autoload tool is mapped to the TINCT table whereas

the vendor master creation transactions (XK01, XK02) are mapped to the TINC

table. Autoload users are able to select any of the above values. however, the

request cannot be processed as these values are invalid in the master client.;


a reportgo to transaction SE11 and put the field in 'Data type' and select the corresponding

radio button. Then click on 'Where used' button. Thus you can find all the tables

that uses the field you entered. Hope from there you can find out the transparent

table


a report

There is one more problem when a material is said to be maintained under

reservation and if i issue the with reference to reservation i want the material

quantity to be fixed that mean if i reserve an 200 quantity of material and when i

want to issue material via goods issue w.r.to reservation there should be no option

to change the quantity. suppose if i enter 210 instead of 200 .the goods issue must

not happen can it can be done like this.any possible waythrough msg M7 362 in inventory management u cannot issue qty more than

reserved.

Can use t_code OMCQ or SPRO-IMG-MM- Inv Management-Define Attributes of

System messages- Version-00, Application- M7, Number-362, message category-E

u can create screen variant SHD0 and can fix the quantity during Goods issue, in

this case u cannot issue the quantity more or less than the reserved quantity,,, i can

explain u in detail if required

Can anyone give me some idea about variant configuration. I wana know what it is

and how we configure it in SAP R/3.

I have a problem in SAP IDES version. If a vendor is in US & another is in China.

The SAP is accepting only the Chinese vendor & gives an error when the US

vendor is defined or created. When creating the enterprise structure, i copied tables

from 1000. And i don't understand why its not allowing the US vendor to be defined.

this an new issue, in my company the goods issue movement type201 is used to

only issue reservations so is it possible to make 201 movement type can only be

used to issue reservations as 201 is a standard movement type lets suppose i

copied all the related files to a new movement type 999 how can i restrict it to only

issue reservation or can i make any message prompt related to this 999 movement

type such that it throws an error asking for reservation numb please give an

detailed information regarding this issue.

While creating Po by junior Engg. Po date is generated & same is printed

.However, Po is required to be release by the various authorities .generally it takes

some time. The Po can be issued to the vendor only after realization of Po by all

concerned. Hence the Document date printed on Po is not the actual date of issue

of the Po to the Vendor after it's Release. In case Penalty is levied for delay in

delivery ,the period is calculated from the document date of Po & not from date of

issue of the Po to the Vendor as it is not exhibited in system. So please guide

me,How to exhibit Actual release date in PO, so further deduction on delivery will

be consider from that date.It may not be possible to change the date in the PO. The system takes the system

date at the time of creation of PO itself. Hence can't be changed. Please study

howmany days it is taking for each po to release from top authority. Average

number days can be added to the delivery period. Before doing this have a word

with vendor doing so.After knowing on average, how many days it takes to release a PO, before saving,

change the suggested date that is assign to the PO to current date + average days

to release.

ANY ONE PLEASE EXPLAIN ABOUT bom EXPLODING

Partner roles and partner functions are one and same. The following are some

partner functions. Ordering ; adress ; Goods supplier ; Invoicing Party ;

Different payee Partner roles are determined by the accounting group selected in

Vendor master records.

U can configure partner roles by the following T codes in customising: -

OMZ1: Define partner roles in purchasing

OMZ2: Key re-assignment of Partner roles

OMZ3: Permissible partner for each accounting group

OMZ4: Partner schema for Vendor Master

OMZ5: Assign partner schema to vendor Accounting groups

OMZ6: Partner scheme for purchasing documents

Please try and confirm results.

can any one guide me how to do the plant to plant consignment stock tranfer and

wat will be the movt type. and help me to do with single step procedure and two

step procedure.T.Code MB1B mvt 301 (ONE STEP) & T.Code MB1B mvt 303( to issue) and then

at recieving plant MB1B mvt 305(to recieve)

You could look at this website which has the MIGO transaction with screen shots

for the Transfer Posting Plant to Plant. Step by Step. I have used it as user training

material for last project. It is simple and easy to use.

Please assist me in setting the field short text optional entry. It is currently greyed

out. On SPRO it is set as optional entry but doesn‟t allow any entries. Would you

know where else to check? I'm not sure but pl check field selection key NBB-Purchase requisition, Field

settings - short text - required entry

NBB also has the same settings. The short text is set as optional entry>but the field

is greyed out

This will not work.. There are 6 FRSKs in the system for resultant field setting. You

have to go throgh the SPRO documentation before selecting them

Pl make it as required entry not optional

The are no changes even when the field is set as required entry. Can >this has

something to do with the system?

No idea. However I had checked with same settings, it is working fine with me.

Yes got it. Pl check field selection key AKTH, there in short text must be in display

mode, make it optional, save the settings

Thanks for all your help. The field selection shown below didn't work for me. I found

the solution on field selection NBB-Purchase requisition.

I think you had not read my mail i had clearly written. "please check all the entries

in the list apart from " me51 52 53 me 21 22 sometimes any one if is made dispaly

it hampers all the settings try this settings, path is SPRO->MM->purchasing->purchase requisition->define

screen layout at document level->select ME51N click on details->basic data->short

text change the status to optional

Can you assist in solving this query? When printing a Purchase order after making

changes, it only prints the changes effected, and not the whole documen

Is there a way that I can do a mass change on the material document that has

serial numbers.. I have +- 8000 serial numbers to be changed.

The serial number once created can not be changed . Only way you first return

tghem to vendor or issue to scrape account and agains made the incoming entry

with the correct serial number

COULD ANY ONE EXPLAIN THE STEP BY STEP PROCEDURE FOR PO

REMINDERS IN ME22N

Change in Material type

If u want to change the material type of a material, one of the condition has to be

fulfilled.

(a) Both material types must be assigned to same account category reference

(b) There must be no stock, open PO and Reservations.

Further use T code MMAM.

In ASAP Methodology Which type of data is upload at the time of Final preparation

stage In my view Master datas any thing else(It is called Cutover Period)

Generally following data should be uploaded - (1) Material Master, (2) Vendor

Master, (3) Service Master, (4) Open Purchase Order , (5) Open Purchase Request

, (6) Open Reservation, (7) Historical Data, (8) Tax Master, (9) Any other

documental transaction which is used in your organisation like Gate pass, Scrap

related documents etc , (10) All open transaction during cut over period which will

upload after Go LiveThere will be two types of data always. 1. Master data & 2. Cut Over data i.e Open

data for uploading.

Need to set authorisation for ME35K i.e. Contract for nearly 5 Release codes. I

have 2 document types in Contract. How to proceed. My basis guy is not able to

create this.

The back ground, let me tell. For PO & PR i.e ME29N & ME54N the release

strategy strategy is working fine with all the release codes. I have almost 10 users.

For the above two Txn codes my basis guy has assigned ME22N/ME53N also

ME35K & ME52N/ME53N also ME35K for the PO & PR release TXn to work. I do

not understand why ME35K is also needed to be assigned to the object for PO &

PR release to work.

What extra I should do so that ME35K should work for the users assigned for in authorisation matrix perform these activities: object : M_EINK_FRG (Release

code and Group) assign ur release codes and release group belongs to

contract,,,

Let's say I have a PO in currency MYR. We have received in the materials and

have used up the materials. We then get the invoice from the supplier which is in

USD. When we perform LIV for this PO, the currency will be captured as MYR

automatically. Can we change the currency to USD when we want to do the LIV? If

can't, is there any alternative way to solve this?

If a user account have not developer key, can the user create and record a CATT

TEST? Where to control the record right

To create and use CATT TEST the Client should be active for CATT and secondly

the user should have authorisation for transaction SCAT then only one can create

& record CATT TEST and no developer key is required.

Thanks for your details. I am using ECC 6.0 and the Extended CATT works for me.

Does anyone know how to make the PARTNER FUNCTION field in PO creation a

required field?

Sorry, I don't Know. Can I know, what is Partner Function

Thanks for your reply. The Partner function is in the PO Header.

can we make goods movement restrictions to a particular storage, location if so

can i have an detail explanation Eg: consider a plant has 2 storage locations 0001

0002, i want all gr with 101 movement type to be allowed in 0001 where as this

allowance to be restricted to 0002, and 501 can be allowed to 0002 while must

restricted to 0001. how can i do that please give me an detailed explanation with

related transaction codesthrough Authorization control u can do this,, MM- Inventory Management, Object -

M_MSEG_LGO, Goods Movement - storage location - movment type , 0002 - 501

, 0001 - 101, try this,,, can fulfil ur requirement,

Thank u sir it really worked thanks for ur suggestion. before the authorisation i think

i must activate the authorisation for storage location in mm>logistic invoice

verification> authorisation managent.

KINDLY CHECK FOR MATERIAL MANAGEMANT - INVENT MANAGEMANT -

GOODS ISSUE / TRANSFER POSTING

We have a requirement to change the material type configuration from valuated to

non valuated. I performed this change in sandbox and the system allows me to

change the configuration. There are some impacts of doing that like we need to kill

all the open PO's an create new ones and also the value of stock will never get

clears out etc... So my question is whether is this a good practice to change the

material type configuration or not. try with tcode MMAM to change material type No need to get into configuration

changesWe have change the material type but not from valuated to non valuated,but it was

some different configured material types ,but we have changed at a very initial

stages when there were no stocks for the materials ,there were some pr or po whici

we deleted than changed the material type and than again created the new pr and

po




Tcode-MIGO try with subsequent delivery option (in MIGO select document type)

How do you change the delivery address on the PO ? I have tried doing this on the

PO delivery address tab but it only works for that PO . The documents created after

that doesn‟t adopt the new address. Where else can I change it permanently

For permanent change in delivery address, Change the address of concern plant in

SPRO.Go to SPRO setting change the address in the plant

Is there a way to enable users to change unit of measure on a material when doing

GR, GI and placing an order? Scenario: Buying goods in a box, and issuing in

packets or each Where can I make these changes?

The only change that will affect your UOM is when you place an order.(GR/GI will

consider what has been captured when an order is placed)

Bear in mind that the UOM is dependent on the type of Order that you are placing.

Internal Order will always check for Base Unit of Measure, whereas, External Order

will do the conversion if you use Preq. If you place External Order directly on

ME21N, the system will automatically pull through your Order Unit. Hope this will

make sense. ( All this changes can be done on MM01/MM02)

You can maintain the conversion in Material Master (MM01/MM02) in the additional

data(Unit of measure)

WHILE CREATING SERVICE ORDERS, TO CHANGE THE G/L A/C NO W/O

DELETING THE SERVICE LIMIT, COULD ANY ONE PL GUIDE ME?

is it possible to see the last usage date of a materials with movement type.

Use T.Code MB5B

While creating Po by junior Engg. Po date is generated & same is printed

.However, Po is required to be release by the various authorities .generally it takes

some time. The Po can be issued to the vendor only after realization of Po by all

concerned. Hence the Document date printed on Po is not the actual date of issue

of the Po to the Vendor after it's Release. In case Penalty is levied for delay in

delivery , the period is calculated from the document date of Po & not from date of

issue of the Po to the Vendor as it is not exhibited in system. So please guide

me,How to exhibit Actual release date in PO, so further deduction on delivery will

be consider from that date.

i m creating a reservation of 50 units in one storage location in a plant.total no of

units are 60 in that s.loc. now when i n creating a stock transfer without refering to

the resevation i m able to make a transfer of all the 60 items. what happend to the

resevation stock.i can see the items have been reserved in MMBE.

The reservation created in SAP are only a soft reservations and will not restrict you

to transfer the materials. U can block the materials so that u dont transfer them.

which type of movement type can be used for blocking the material?

it seems that you,after creating reservation you did not tick the movement allowed

indicator.if you dont tick this indicator,even if you create reservation system will not

consider this reservation for goods movement.please try this.

Can you restrict reservation based on MRP type Only unrestricted stock quantity is

allowedMRP takes input for generating PR for a material from following source

(1) ROL & ROQ (LOT Size) and present unrestricted stock level

(2) Created reservation for same material

As you want to allowed reservation only for unrestricted stock quantity then MRP

will take input from only first source.

In my situation, I have configured vendor evaluation however it compute score only

for a vendor that is evaluated for the first time. After the first evaluation, no matter

how many procurement transaction have been created for the same vendor. The

system always display the same score as the first time. From my understanding the

system will compute the score automatically everytime after the procurement is

closed and will display the average score when the user run vendor evaluation

(ME61). Does anyone know what should be the cause? Thank you for every help

and suggestion,In me61 transaction, after entering pur orgn and vendor to be evaluated, follow the

path Edit--> Auto new evaluation to evaluate the vendor.

Thank you Girish. Your suggestion is exactly what I did and what I mean by"the

system doesn't generate score for latter evaluation". The score is always the same

no matter how many time I procure material and evaluate this vendor. The only

reason I can think of is because the configuration for vendor evaluation for example

the point score is changed after the first evaluation. I'm not sure is this reason

cause the problem. What am I thinking is the system doesn't generate new score if

there is a change to the evaluation parameter since the first evaluation to ensure

the consistence of the evaluation score.Any idea?

What is the use of J1I6 T.code how we can use that Please explain me






to transfer the materials.

U can block the materials so that u dont transfer them


344

Please try this for freezing the material. SPRO->MM->Inventory management and

Physcial Inventory-Allow freezing. I guess this will fulfil ur req.

Pl. let me know the feedback.

I am doing inbound delivery. what field in the material I have to maintain so that I

can create inbound delivery with this material and what else customization I have to

do for that. Please hellp. How can I configured\ my printer so that I can print

necessary transaction results locally.(not print screen)

sir my attitude is to settle all the disturbances of freight in po

itself.i new about the provision in miro for unplanned cost.but my

thinking is why this freight is acting in different way?cant we

alter within po every time as the lot is said to be arrived.

-- In sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com, "BHAVIN TRIVEDI"

<bhavin.1927@ ...> wrote:

>

> you can mannual add the amount of the freigh during MIRO if u have

made

> provision & the value at freight coloum seams tobe ZERO. Please

try &

> confirm

>

> bhavin

>

> On 11/12/07, y2me210 <y2me210@... > wrote:

> >

> > thanks for ur advice.

> > one thing here is the freight is calculated on weight basis in

the

> > company and made as fixed amount.its an header value,and not an

item

> > value.as in purchase order several line items are present we

cant give




Please check is partial delivery already received

As per your suggestion,I checked partial delivery which recd earlier. It couldnt solve

the problem. As I created a PO with qty. 33.380 Mt. and splitted this qty. in one

excise invoice with two line items such as 16.740 Mt & 16.640 Mt. In MIGO,the

system accepts only 16.640 mt and not more than this.(ie if I put the two line items

as 16.640 & 16.640 respectively, the system accepts these quantities.) That means

the system accepts only the smaller qty.(As I checked whatever the qty in PO ie for

eg. 100mt.Split up as 16.740&16.640, it gives the warning message.)






to transfer the materials. U can block the materials so that u dont transfer them.


it seems that you,after creating reservation you did not tick the movement allowed

indicator.if you dont tick this indicator,even if you create reservation system will not

consider this reservation for goods movement.please try this.

Some of my friend said .. that I must create co-product setting .. for example : A à

finish good ; B à raw material ; C à Scarp material ; So when I do back flush ..

material C will increase stock and material B will be consumed Is it correct

Dear Budhi,

Add the conversion at material master between sheet and KG.

Dear All

Can somebody help me … I have issue in my company.

I will explain a lill bit about my company bussines process.

My company use discrete manufac for automotive and will produce assembly sheet

(for body part)

Finish good UOM for sheet was PC and for the scrap my employee maintain

manually and the UOM was Kg.

Can someone help me .. how to maintain this in SAP and give the process in

system … plizzzz ^_^




May be the partial gr already happen against this p.o. plz check and confirm

accordingly.

one thing here is the freight is calculated on weight basis in the company and made

as fixed amount.its an header value,and not an item value.as in purchase order

several line items are present we cant give each and every item dividing the freight

to each item.you can mannual add the amount of the freigh during MIRO if u have made

provision & the value at freight coloum seams tobe ZERO. Please try & confirm

Could you please let me know how can i make field Gross Price of an service enrty.

Now quantity field is modifyable but gross price can not be modify as it is not

modifyable.during service entry it will picked up form the PO only. Or in the conf u might have

done as a display field. ML81N

Can someone please tell me how can I receive the delivery Manualy for a STO? I

did MB1B for transfer posting with mvt. 351and the PO History tab is there now, but

I want the Delivery Completed box checked under Delivery Tab. I have to use mvt

101 for the GR. Correct me if I am wrong in that.....

U have to do MIGO Goods reciept -Purchase order - than the PO number AND

CAN COMPLETE THE GR

is it possible to see the last usage date of a materials with movement type

date is possible but not mvt as per my knowledge

Use MB51 and than put the material and movement type if u want than u can see

that movement was done on which date .

Use MB5B

Material A has a BOM. In the BOM, there is a material B. A is produced by a

subcontractor. For each A, one B is needed. There is a PO for 1000 PC of A.

When GR for the PO, and GR QTY is 30, for example, 1000 PC of B is deducted,

instead of 30 PC of B. That's strange. I don't know why.

pls check UOM

let me try to explain to you in this way, I call A as parent material and I call B as

child material When you do MB1B and ME21N, A & B will be linked automatically

through BOM, it this clear, When you want do MIGO for 30 pcs only, you have to

enter qty 30 with reference to A and also with reference to B, Hope your problem

will get sloved.Check the base quantity for the BOM and in the PO made check the req. being

picked for making 1000 pcs in the components tab.

Ur issue will get resolved.

The quantity available with the subcontractor end will be 30 only,so it is taking 30

only

What is RTA?

Can anybody tell me how & where to configure the system to check the PO

Quantity to not exceed the PR Quantity when creating PO with Reference to PR, i

dont want the field PR to be mandatory when creating PO, & i knwo an error

message when exceeding the PR Quantity but i want it through user exist as it is

applied for specific users.

We are a part of large Denmark based group .We urgently require following sap

consultants having experience of one full life cycle implementation at least for our

sap implementation.

FICO Functional

SD Consultants

MM Consultants

Sap ABAP Consultants

PS Consultants

Please send urgently your Resume at ruppal.mba.aicwa@ gmail.com

WHILE CREATING PO W.R.T.OTHER PO BY COPYING, AFTER SAVING THE

DOCUMENT ,WE ARE UNABLE TO IDENTIFY FROM WHICH PO IT WAS

COPIED? COULD U PLEASE GUIDE ME IN THIS REGARD?

it will copied from the po which you have taken , or if u not choosen any po it will

take from the last po.

is it possible to see the last usage date of a materials with movement type

WHILE CREATING PO W.R.T.OTHER PO BY COPYING, AFTER SAVING THE

DOCUMENT ,WE ARE UNABLE TO IDENTIFY FROM WHICH PO IT WAS

COPIED? COULD U PLEASE GUIDE ME IN THIS REGARD?

Today we use Rounding value to show forecast in correct reelsizes and also to

place orders correct according to reelsize, Rounding value is updated as reelsize

per material but if we have two different reelsizes from a split between two suppliers

we use minimum multiple i.e. one supplier have 2000/reel and one have 3000/reel

we put in 6000 in rounding value. Is this correct way to do in SAP or is there other

solutions that we can use to get Quota split correct? Is there another solution in

SAP that can handle reelsize/material so we will place orders correct to package

size and also show correct package multiple in forecast? Or a solution if we can

just have one of these demands fullfilled(Correct package when placing orders but

forecast show per one or the opposite way)?

Is there a way to enable users to change unit of measure on a material when doing

GR, GI and placing an order? Scenario: Buying goods in a box, and issuing in

packets or each Where can I make these changes?

The only change that will affect your UOM is when you place an order.(GR/GI will

consider what has been captured when an order is placed)

Bear in mind that the UOM is dependent on the type of Order that you are placing.

Internal Order will always check for Base Unit of Measure, whereas, External Order

will do the conversion if you use Preq. If you place External Order directly on

ME21N, the system will automatically pull through your Order Unit. Hope this will

make sense. ( All this changes can be done on MM01/MM02)

Purchasing View.

Plant Data View.

Put the conversion of box to packets in the material master; additional data->units

of measure

In my situation, I have configured vendor evaluation however it compute score only

for a vendor that is evaluated for the first time. After the first evaluation, no matter

how many procurement transaction have been created for the same vendor. The

system always display the same score as the first time. From my understanding the

system will compute the score automatically everytime after the procurement is

closed and will display the average score when the user run vendor evaluation

(ME61).Does anyone know what should be the cause? Thank you for every help

and suggestion,

The client need the report on the unreleased PO/SA and their approval level

(lowest level only). In the Structure RM06B, We have two fileds ANZEF : Final

Release ANZFR : Release to date The difference between the two fields will

give me the unreleased PO/SA. My question is 1) Does data comes from

Structure-Field combination, if not 2) What is the equivalent Table-Field

combination and how do I see it.I hink your problem can be well solved easily by ME2m(Scope of list ALV) by

filtering the release Indicator and u can see the corresponding Release Group and

release code. I hope this can solve your problem

Here is a problem i am facing in the company imports section when ever an PO is

raised to the material we generate freight in the condition tab. but on other hand we

receive material in lots(batches) Every one knows that freight is dependent on the

each lot of delivery. But when we come to invoice verification, freight in the first lot

is shown as cleared and for the next lot the freight that has to be added is

automatically shown to zero. why this is happening? can anyone please help me.If

so please send the solution to my mail id y2me210@yahoo. co.in. any other

clarification needed i will surely provide them to you.

I need your help urgently on the following scenerio We have two plant per say A &

B. A plant will produce a finsihed product X and its base unit measure is Pound and

Material type is FERT. This product will be used as raw material Y in the plant B.

The Raw material Y is having Base unit of measurment "KG" and Material type

"ROH" The plant B will receive the material from plant A using STock transport

Order. Problem Arises here How do we convert the material X to Y ( whose Base

unit is different from Y) Shall be very much grateful, if you could kindly give me

solution under such business scernerio

I want to change kurs when i do MIRO,..could u tell me how..?..or customized.. ?..

I have diffculty in making report for material that having two version. When i m

check my meterial tru md04, i always cannot see aterial e.g (label) version in store.

Is that any transaction make easy way to capture both version & at the same time

make one report Please try to use Trx: MM60 to get the report you want

MM60 Still show not separate qty with diffrent version. It only indicate the

descriptive information on material not the version & qty on storage.

Hi,

The theory how MM activity triggers A/c posting is:

Each movement type has quantity and value string, which decides what to update.

Also each movement type has transaction event key ( account modifier) which in

turn depending upon valuation grouping code and valuation class decides which

G/L account to post.

The flow is as follows.

Material type --> Account Category reference --> Valuation class -->Material.

Movement type -->Transaction event key-->Account modifier.

you have to do the configuration settings using Tr. code OBYC.

Try with Tr.code OMBW to check which G/L accounts are being hit on Plant,

Material and movement type.

Hope you got the solution.

Best wishes.

Ravi.

Rahul Shah <srahul38@yahoo. com> wrote:

Thank you Ravi for the previous answer....

I have one more favour to ask today...Could you please give me an answer for the

following question? it's very urgent.

We have movement type 343-Damage Remove

344-Damage Add

I would like to know how to create a new field reference by copying Field reference

ROH for material type.?

Kindly help me solve the following MRP queries.

1) We had taken MRP run on 4/11/07. But for one of the items we got Delivery

schedule for 1/11/07. What could be the reason for getting such backdated

scheduling line?

2) What is the effect of pending STOs (Stock Transfer Orders) on MRP run? i.e

whether we will get the procurement schedule more than or less than the actual

required?

3) What is the effect of pending SOs (Sales Orders) on MRP run? i.e whether we

will get the procurement schedule more than or less than the actual required?

4) After MRP run, for some items we get schedule lines more than the actual

required & for others we get it less than the actual required. What could be the

posssible reasons for these differences? Kindly extend your expertise for these

does anybody know a program to create transfer orders for pre allocated stock in

background

I want confirge a Subcontracting PO with delivery . and i have setup the Delivery

type "ZBL" for Subcontracting Order . but the new PO could not generated

shippoint when i create a new Subcontract PO.

When doing GR to subcontract PO, the system determines the components for

each order item and creates a goods issue item for each component. But, why the

system can't determines the correct quantity of the components for each order item

when doing partial GR to the subcontract PO? For example, BOM is B under A,

1:1. When GR to a PO for 100 of A, system does GR for 100 x A and GI for 100 x

B. But, when doing GR for only 30 x A, why does the system do GI for 100 x B,

instead of 30 x B? This is a strange and urgent issue. Does anyone throw some

light on it?




resevation stock. i can see the items have been reserved in MMBE.

reservation is just for indicative purpose. It doesn't block the stock. You can transfer

material without reservation also. If you don't want any movement of material pl put

the same in blocked stock

When I receive goods into the system via MIGO. If I order 30 pieces of material but

the vendor only sent 20 pieces. I only received 20 pieces and want to do vendor

evaluation for this vendor so that this vendor will award low score because of

delivery quantity. Assume that I have done all configuration for vendor evaluation.

When I evaluate this vendor, the system can't generate score for quantity reliability

because this purchase order is not closed (10 more pieces still missing). How can I

received only 20 pieces and indicate that this purchase order is completed but the

vendor failed to deliver the order quantity. I heard about "Delivery completed

indicator". Does anybody know how to solve this problem?once u close the po, then only system will calculate the score for qty reliability. .you

can close a po in change po( me22n) by choosing dely completed ind. or you can

choose in MIGO also( the one u did for 20 pcs)

Can I change the rule based on material type

Pl check whatever options available in same screen.

AT THE OUTSET, I WISH U ALL HAPPY DIWALI.COULD ANY HELP ME IN

DIFFERENTIATE THE MEANING OF FOLLOWING SELECTION PARAMETERS

WITH EXAMPLES,SINCE I AM GETTING SAME LIST FOR ALL.

1.OPEN TARGET QTY

2.OPEN INVOICES

3.OPEN ISSUE QTY

4.OPEN GOODS RECIPT

5.GOODS RECIPT EXISTS(WE102, WE110&WE106)

6.ROUGH GR

Go to ME2L or ME2M in selection parameters select RECHNUNG it shows list of

pending imvoices

I think to view the pending invoices in respect of the vendor we can try FBL1N

Transaction

I would like to know how to create a new field reference by copying Field reference

ROH for material type.?

I have two type of items. one which are covered in MRP and PI is raised through

MRP other which are not covered in MRP. PI are raised mannually. My company

want that the there should be no limit on reservation for MRP items . For Non MRP

items reservations should not be such that it exceeds the available quantity.

In customizing transaction OMB1 you can set up dynamic availability check for

reservations & define checking rule as per your requirement. Accordingly you can

setup warning or error msgs.

I could not create info record.It is asking to enter all fields.The field Valid to is made

mandatory but it is not activate to enter data.Please help me to sort this out.

From general data screen directly goto pur org 2( path : goto --> pur org 2) then to

conditions screen.....once u r done with this comeback to pur org 1 sceen for data

entry.....

i m trying to creat a third party order but it is asking me to enter the plant, even

though i m entering the delivery address. i think is must not be needed to enter the

plant as the matarial is to b send to the del add.

You have to enter plant , for which plant u r creating a purchase order.

We have some materials that were set up incorrectly for batch management. I need

some help understanding how to correct. For parts that were set to batch managed

and transactions have occurred, what has to be done to fix? For parts that were not

set to batch managed and transactions have occurred, what had to be done to fix? I

have removed all inventory and tried to set the batch management but it gives an

error still.For each of those batches....go to MB51 and try reversing the documents (if

possible)... this might be a tough job though...... or else is finance agrees then

move those batches with a 711 movement to the variance account.....

can we creat po for 10 different items each having the same price without entering

the price for all items.

Create info record for the alll the item, while creating PO it will take price from the

info record

Could any one let me the Transaction code get the details of Transfer Order line

items confirmed with with Difference

can you pl elaborate the scenario & what is your exact requirement.

Is anyone aware of how to report on unplanned services for both purchase

requisitions and purchase orders? This option does not appear to be available with

any of the standard list displays or reports. Checking this forum before creating

adhoc query.

Does anyone know how to make the PARTNER FUNCTION field in PO creation a

required field?

One advise needed on the following scenario: Index pricing is available in Sales

pricing procedure. Does any body aware if the same functioanality is also available

in MM pricing procedure.Requirement is:

1) Inter Co sto is created

2) Goods issue posted

3) Billing is posted agaisnt delivery

4) GR posted against STO at price STO price

5) while invoicing at the month end, there is a price change (specific to oil & gas

industry scenario) How to adjust this price change as all the other documents like

GR/GI is already posted at the old price.

u can change the amount n adjust at the time of invoice verification n payment.

I think we cannot simply change the price at the time of invoice. It all depends on

PO terms and coditions. PO is a valid legal doc.I think you may have implement

price variation based on PO clauses.

i m trying to creat a third party order but it is asking me to enter the plant, even

though i m entering the delivery address. i think is must not be needed to enter the

plant as the matarial is to b send to the del add.

can we creat po for 10 different items each having the same price without entering

the price for all items.

I have problem in creating info record.The valid to field is deactivated and i cannot

enter in that field.Without that info record could'nt be created.Can any one can help

me ?u can do this in two ways, either u can go to screen layout n change the settings or

u can skip the page by clickin on text button at top aftr enterin text page u can click

nxt content button n u can enter the gross price, the net price will automatically

come so u donn hav to com bk n u can save thr. even if u give any significant no in

the valid to field it wll can b changed at altr stage.

I have maintained a quota arrangement for Procurement of some material from two

vendors with 50% split between the two.I have given that if the amount of req is

more than X than only split.but the planed order for the material is not getting split

50-50. Kindly tell what could be the reason. say X here is 780,000 and the total

quantity is getting split as 115,000000 and 89,000000 why is such a split and not

50-50 splitSplitting among different sources is carried out if a lot-sizing procedure for which

the splitting quota indicator has been set is assigned to the requested material in

the latter's master record. get back to me if i am correct…

Is it possible to BLOCK only a SINGLE MATERIAL FROM PR creation? If so How

U can also make use of the Material Field(MM03) -X plant mat status. It will not

allow any PO to be created.

Try to mark indicator "flag for delition" for that material but before that see no stock

exit for the same material.

We are made PO By Using "K"Acc.Assign.Hence Stock not available at st.loc.(i.e.

direct Consumption to Cost center).and MIGO & MIRO of

that material has also done. If We want to bring that material at stock then what is

the procedure? Pleae suggest the solution ,this is an important isuue.

Take the material back into stock with mvt type 202, but also let me know why u

want the materia lback into stock what about the valuation part of the material.

Can anyone tell me how do the consumable items/non stockable items pick or are

assigned the G/L accnts I think the material type NLAG is not assigned any ACR in

our system.



From general data screen directly goto pur org 2( path : goto --> pur org 2) then to

conditions screen.....once u r done with this comeback to pur org 1 sceen for data

entry.....

Kindly let me know what are the steps & goods movements for scrap disposal

You can use transaction MB1A & Movement type : 551

Can I use MRKO for backlog (Backdate) process?

MRKO is for pipeline & consignment liability settlement, liability may be backdated

or present

We are made PO By Using "K"Acc.Assign. Hence Stock not available at st.loc.(i.e.

direct Consumption to Cost center).and MIGO & MIRO of that material has also

done. If We want to bring that material at stock then what is the procedure? Pleae

suggest the solution ,this is an important isuue.

There is a Transaction of PR to PO (ME59n) but when ever i try to execute it thows

an error No Suitable requisition Found This is very important process to keep

endusers interested and quick

whil creating PR click on source determination, and than goto me59, and over there

click on ref. to pr. plzz check and let me know

for automatic creation of PO thro PR, Standard P Org should be needed Try this

and reply feedback

try to check that , may that PR's not assigned any source of supply, its better to

check open that po->item details->Source of supply

I have created a framework PO and have set a limit value for this particular PO

however it doesn't work. I'm not sure is it because the way I used this framework

PO is not correct or the way I create it is not correct. What I did is I adopt new PR to

this PO then I receipt the goods (MIGO), then create invoice (MIRO) until posting

payment. After finished one procurement then I adopt other PR into the same PO

and repeat the same procurement steps until the value of the goods that are

procured exceed the limit value in framework PO. However I can still add new PR

to this PO even it is over the limit. Does anybody know what I went wrong?Which document type r u using while creating the PO.

I'm not really sure what do you mean by document type, Could you give me some

example? I'm using Framework Order instead of Standard PO when I create this

PO and I set Item Category to "B" limit. Then I set a limit value for this framework

PO but the system still allow me to add purchase requisition to this PO even the

value exceed the limit.

When ever you run transaction "OMWB",you will find three buttons on the top.

"Account Assignment", "Simulation" and "G/L Account". Click on "Simulation",

here enter plant,material and movememnt type for which you want to see the g/l

account.And press "account assignment" button. It will show you the a/c which will

be hitted with the posting keys. This is done with the help of transaction code

"OBYC". This is account determination setting. This is also called as MM-FI

integration. Depending onyou plant, chart of account,transaction event key,

valuation class and movement type system will pick G/L account.

Could anyone pls. let me know which table capture the stock quantity of all types of

materialsmesg

Use table "MARD". (Plant and sloc combination) . Mbew( Material price

I have to comeup with the idea and program for Phy inv. We have Mainframe---

>Biztalk- --->SAP. My company wants to bypass Biztalk and wants the data directly

come from Mainframe into Sap.

Could you please give me detailed steps for 'Inter Company Stock Transfer

Order'including required prerequisites and Configurations settings?

By using Tcode ME21N u can create stock tran.Order. Refer the below screen print

But I need prerequisites and all configuration settings and the material movement

types.

Move the consigment stock to plant own stock. then create STO between the

plants. then convert the plant own stock to consigment stock. even I am not sure

about the third step. first two steps will do.

Krishna

On 11/5/07, ravi rk <svrk1234@yahoo. co.in > wrote:

Hi Alan,

If you know the correct answer plz give.

Not better to lower other consultants.

Sorry for taking interfering. Everybody may not be knowing A to Z.

Thanks,

Best wishes,

RK

Alan <alan_ed@yahoo. com> wrote:

Dear Suniths,

once again you have given an incoreect answer. Why do you think it is

not possible to do a transfer posting of consignment stocks between

plants.

thanks a lot...

--- In sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com, mahavir.pande@ ...

wrote:

>

> I think simple solution is increase stock by mvt 561 & reduce in

other

> material by mvt 562.

> Is there any issue in this??

>

> Thanks,

>

>

>

>

>

> David Pedley <david.pedley@ ...>


> 11/05/2007 06:46 AM

> Please respond to

> sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com

>

>

> To

I need help. Some one by mistake changed the posting date to months 9/10 of

2007 .. it shud have been 7/8 of 2007 financial year is from april to march how to

undo this .... can anyone guide me



Hi Jai

We do not use split quota. Instead, we use allocation quota whereby the system

picks up the vendor on turn by turn basis. Notwithstanding, I had experimented

even with split quota with the following steps

Lot size procedure is modified to enable quota splitting.

Minimum quantity for split is specified in the quota file

But, no luck. The system just created one schedule line for one of the two

component vendor.

By the way, I am also based at Noida. Could we meet at mutual convenience.

A K Jain

----- Original Message -----

From: "Jai Khurana, Noida" <jai.khurana@ hcl.in>

Date: Monday, November 5, 2007 11:37 am

Subject: RE: RE: {Disarmed} RE: [sap mm] Subcontracting MRP

AreawithQuotaArrang ementUsage


> HI Jain,

>

can we have two pricing procedures with single vendor ; if yes then in which

situation and wat steps we have to configure for that. ; 2)can we trnsfer

consignment stock from one plant to another plant to the consignment stock of the

plant wat wiill be the movement type and wat configuration we have to do

hi u can't transfer consignment stock from one plant to another plant. U only can

tranfer from one storage location to another storage location with in a plant. that too

only possible to do single step stock transfer from one storage location to another

storage location. T.code MB1B single step procedure - mvt type 311K

once again you have given an incoreect answer. Why do you think it is not possible

to do a transfer posting of consignment stocks between plants. I can only guess

you're not an MM consultant as this is the second incorrect answer I've seen from

you in one update. Maybe you should attend some MM training

If you know the correct answer plz give. Not better to lower other consultants. Sorry

for taking interfering. Everybody may not be knowing A to Z.

You can create but one will be the suplementory condition which will be use in the

contract & quotation Ex. Contract with suplementary condition. Contract rel Order

with the condition which u have mention in the vendor master data.

I am importing some material in one depot and then transfering it to another now, I

want to transfer and i want the freight should get loaded into the material cost and

also I should get frieght payable entry so that FI can pay the bill

You make the MIGO with freight at one Depo where u do the import & after that u

create STO for the another plant where u want ti transfer with the freight data in

stock transfer PO.

after migo, any leftout delivery cost is not addable in po in ME22N.As we are GOVT

PSU a/c dept is not adjusting the same in MIRO and doing the payment.can any

one guide me for the above problem?

If it is not possible during MIRO then u have to cancel the MIGO amend the PO &

them do the MIGO i dont think any other solution for the same

We have an urgent need to use subcontracting MRP area with Quota Arrangement

usage so that components can be directly delivered to subcontractor from third

party vendor as per quota arrangement. Does SAP support the functionality in 4.6

C or any later version. If not, is there a work around available.

Yes...sap supports ur req...but u hv to approach MM Consultant

Can you explain in detail for this requiremnt. How to fulfill this type of requiements.

Waiting for expert's comment.

Their r lot of things to be maintained for it. Few of them , 1) Activate MRP area , 2)

DEfinesub con MRP Area for the plant , 3) Maint. The quota for vendor , 4) Maint

an inforrecord for sub con vendor , 5) While creating PO , make the delivery at SC

location and specifythe location for it.

All this has already been done but without any success. The issue is that we have

two vendors supplying same component to a given sub con vendors. Secheduling

agreements are in place with both the component vendor duly providing for direct

delivery to sub con vendor. Both the scheduling agreements are included in source

list and are MRP relevant (indicator 2 - this was possible by amending system

message 375 from error to warning). Both the comonent vendor are included in the

quota.

MM setting both for plant and sub con vendor MRP area are in order. Special

procurement key 20 is assigned in sub con vendor MRP area.

When we run MRP for sub con vendor area, system is creating a schudle line but

the agreement picked up is not of the vendor who ought to receive the schedule as

per quota. Further, the schedule line quantity is not updated in the quota. It appears

that quota record are just not considered by the system while running the MRP for

sub con vendor.Have u activated splitting quota for lot size, as such standard SAP does‟nt hv this

activated. Maintain the quota a fresh after doing the same and logging out.

I am facing the problem of, there are 35 items in one p.o but it shows only 20 items

in print preview and moreover the total eff.price are also not displayed in print

preview…Please check has remaining 15 ites are deleted fr the PO . or check with yr BASIS

team for the print paramater ,

Can anyone give me some idea about variant configuration. I wana know what it is

and how we configure it in SAP R/3.

Could you please give me detailed steps for 'Inter Company Stock Transfer

Order'including required prerequisites and Configurations settings?

I have a problem with getting the current stock qyt and value . i am taking table

S033, I am calculating current stock = received qty -issued qty : ( S033_MZUBB ) -

(S033_MAGBB) ; received total stock value –value of issued stock)

(S033_WZUBB) – (S033_WAGBB) but values are incorrect for certain materials.

am I selecting from wrong table?. what is the right table?

Current stock equal to OP stock + Recipt - Issue qty. Please search for the table &

let me know also.

can anyone guide me by giving t code for listinng inbound deliveries

MMBE & try vlo6i

I want to transfer a material to another. But uom's are different. source material is

kg, destination material is mt2.how can I do this? migo dont let me this…

T. Code MB1B will allow you to transfer material to material. However the base has

to be the same. There is no two way about this. Work around solution: Create

destination material with same base unit and same moving average price (MAP),

then write off the balance from the source material and write on the balance to the

destination materialcan u pl explain the write of and write on situation over here.

Material X has base unit "ea" - each, quantity 5, moving average price $11.00 ;

Material Y has base unit "bt" - bottle, quantity 2, moving average price $10.00 ; In

the above scenario, the system will not allow you to transfer the quantity of material

X to material Y because the base units are different.

Option 1. - Use t. code MR21 to change the MAP of material Y to $11.00 if

necessary. Create the physical inventory document MI01 or MI31 with only

material X and Y. Enter the count for X as zero and the count for Y as 5. View the

variance report with MI20 and post the physical inventory document (variance) with

MI07.

Option 2. - If it is ok to create a new code, then do so, material Z, with the base unit

as "ea" and the moving average price or standard price at $11.00.

Create physical inventory document using t. code MI31 or MI01 for material X,

material Y and material Z. Enter the count for material X has zero and the count for

material Y as zero and the count for material Z has 5 + 2. When you run the

variance report (MI20), you will see the amount of 5 being written off from material

X and the amount of 2 being written off from material Y. You will see 7 being written think simple solution is increase stock by mvt 561 & reduce in other material by

mvt 562. Is there any issue in this??

PL GUIDE ME HOW TO CORRECT THE MATERIAL TYPE IN INTIAL SCREEEN

IN MM02Material type can be changed by t code MMAM but there should be no open data

for that material .for eg PR,Po,Reservations, Stocks Etc should nto be there



also that how can we restrict user for makign GR against delivery completed PO

The delivery complete indicator can be set at the time of receival. In t. code

MIGO_GR, change the indicator "set automatic" to "set" when receiving if the

quantity received is less than the PO quantity. With MB01, you can set the delivery

indicator if the quantity received is less than the PO quantity or even if the item is

not delivered. I think your PO configuration is set so that no changes allowed to PO

after release. Therefore, the above is an option I know of and it works.

I have a problem with total invoice reduction as if we assign tolerance group to a

vendor in vendor master data total reduction is follow as per that tolerance group

but if we don't assign any tolerance group to vendor in vendormaster data it follows

tolerance range for the small difference for each company code. My question is

where do we set this tolerance range for each company code in spro?

SPRO->MM->Logistic Invoice Verification->Select co-code-absolute Set the

reduction limits

I am getting the following error everyday for diffrent articles., Defict of SL Blocked 1

EA:3765553 0250 1000 Article: 3765553 , Mvt :343 , S.Loc: 1000 , Plant :250 ,

Can someone please explain the cause of this error and solution ASAP.

Hi, Pl check whether storage location blocked or not with Tr.codeMM06

Use t. code MM06 to check if the storage location for the material is blocked.

Because you are trying to issue from storage location that is either blocked or does

not have enough stock


IN MM02.The precoditions to change a material type are: There are no stock, no open

purchase orders, no scheudleing agreements, no reservations, no open physical

inventory docs for processing.

i am facing some problems while doing pricing procedure

Please intimate ur exact problem

See go to your calculation schema there you make following changes in your

pricing procedure. See the GRN stage you are getting the error that seect

adherence to shipping instruction for this you go to have check this fied as i am not

sure whether comes on the Where tab or the PO tab of the .line item in the MIGO.

for pricing procedure in calculation schema u put tick mark for P(printing) for gross

price and for shipping instructions in where tab one column for shipping instructions

is there u can evalute that shipping instruction. u can contract me at any time



Try with movement type 309



also that how can we restrict user for makign GR against delivery completed PO

You can set the delivery completed indicator in ImConfiguration. SPRO->MM-

>Inventory Managment and Physical Inventory-> Goods Receipt-> Set Delivery

completed indicator.

after migo, any leftout delivery cost is not addable in po in ME22N.As we are GOVT

PSU a/c dept is not adjusting the same in MIRO and doing the payment.can any

one guide me for the above problem?

where do i find currency conversation table in SAP?

It is There in OC41. transaction

Sorry, OB52 is for FI period. OB08 is for currency. I think the table is "TCURR

We are in the process of SAP implementation, likely to GO-LIVE by Apr'08. We

have issue in handling receipt of raw material in DUAL UOM. We account any

material receipt in both NOS and MT and the weight relation varies every

consignment, hence we cannot adopt to fixed weight norm. Any way to address

this DUAL UOM with dynamically varying norm. Can anybody help.

check this link http://help. sap.com/saphelp_ erp2005/helpdata /en/ef/f53f710fa

549ab8ffeb00f5ce fda4a/content. htm

always try to maintain basic UOM as a stock keeping unit UOM and whenever you

want to make PO, that time u make use of ORDER UNIT concept

I think there are 2 methods for Dual UOM maintenance.

1. Same plant with SPLIT valuation.

2. SAme material With different plant. create new plant and extend the material

with different UOM

check this link http://help. sap.com/saphelp_ erp2005/helpdata /en/ef/f53f710fa

549ab8ffeb00f5ce fda4a/content. htm

Can anybody tell me how to create/define standard purchasing organisation, pl.

Standard purchase organisation is nothing but normal purchasing organisation. If

several purchasing organizations procure for a certain plant, you can define one of

them as the standard purchasing organization for the transactions "pipeline

procurement" , "consignment" and "stock transfers". In source determination for

stock transfers and consignment, the system automatically utilizes this standard

purchasing organization. In the case of goods issues of pipeline materials, the

purchasing info records of the standard purchasing organization are read. It can be

assigned for a plant in customization settings.Thanks a lot for the reply. Whatever u said is correct. Whatever you mentioned is

from SAP help document. But, when I am trying to assign the the standard

purhasing Organisation to Plant the available entries were empty. Without defining

a Std. Pur org. we cannot assign, right? So, could you please tell me how to define

a Std. Pur Org. out of create purchasing organisations.

follow the path, spro-->img-- >ent. structure--> defination- ->material management-

> maintain purchase organization

But how to define a Std purchasing organisation out of created purchasing

organisationsAs I told earlier, std purchasing organisation is nothing but normal purchase

organisation.

One thing u need to do is to assign the normal purchase organisation to a plant as

standard purchase organisation.The process is correct. I have created one plant and some pur. org. When I tried

to attach a puchase organisation in 'assign standard purchasing org to plant' no

values were found. Then how to assign?

is there any option to delete the storage location or to block. because i dont want to

use that storage location

You can LS06 T code to block / Unblock the Storage Bins

Try MM06 Transcation

it seems u r talking abt storage bin and azam i s talking abt SLOC

I recently posted a link from a website about the tutorial on doing transfer postings :

MIGO: 301 from plant to plant On the same website i found a good video about how

a proper implementation of SAP can work wonders for your company. I am posting

that link here: http://sapphire06. 50webs.com/ imagetips/ waytouse. html visit it if

you are interested

hi can any one guide me how to do the plant to plant consignment stock tranfer and

wat will be the movt type. and help me to do with single step procedure and two

step procedureYou could look at this website which has the MIGO transaction with screen shots

for the Transfer Posting Plant to Plant. Step by Step. I

have used it as user training material for last project. It is simple and easy to use.

http://sapphire06. 50webs.com/ imagetips/ migo301.html

This is a good website but does it have more transactions other than MIGO 301.

COULD ANY ONE GUIDE ME TO POST THE MIRO OF BILL OF ENTRY OF

IMPORT ORDER OF MORE THAN 3 LINE ITEM THRO"STEP BY STEP

PROCEDUREDo you need to do a LIV for the goods or for the import duty? In case it is import

duty component then you need to have the import duty as an expense condition in

the PO or STO [depending on your treatment of the issue]. Then simply go to the

MIRO screen and input the order number and select delivery/expense, hit enter and

you shall see the various line items where you can select the ones you wish to

process. Just like MIRO of expense conditions of a normal multi line item PO.

Correct solution, But can you please explain how the CHA expences of the

unplaned transportation expences can be booked during the LIV of Import Goods?

In case of standard MM treatment, if your costs are unplanned, meaning that there

is no corresponding expense condition record in the PO or

STO, then, there is no way you can do an IV for that cost in reference to the PO or

STO in question. You might have to do an FB60 transaction

in FI to book that expense.

You can try "Subsequent Debit" in MIRO.

Subsequent debit will not work as in case of unplanned cost item, that cost item will

not show up in MIRO against that PO. You can only take it

through FB60 to a non-inventorised GL

HOW TO CHANGE THE EXCHANGE RATE IN MIRO FOR IMPORT PO/B/E

think you can change exchange rate while doing MIRO itself

in vendor master what are the datas we are maintainig at plant> level...

vendor master is not maintained at plant level. It can be maintained only on Client,

company code and Purchasing org. level.

How can I view the Vendor data in SAP MM Module Kindly guide me.

try MKVZ, for vendor list,

we can also maintain Vendor master for plant level also if only the data retention

level is active we can maintain purchasing and partner functions for plant level and

VSR levelxko3 or mk03

See Vendor master has folowing data ; Data at client level ----may be company or

corporate ( group of company ) ; Data at company code ---- company code specific

data ; Data at purchsing org level--- related to the purchasing


IN MM02.

Try the following transaction codes for solving all your queries regarding the posting

periods.

1. Use T Code SE38 for ABAP Editor and run program ZMMPER1A for all

company codes of ur organisation.

2. Use MMRV to see what is the existing period and allow posting to the previous

period.

3. Use MMPV for closing the the period every month.

4. Use MMPI if u are intialising ther posting for the first time and previosely there

was no transactions carried out.

5. OBBO for creation of posting period vaiants (by FI/CO)

6. OBBP for assigning CoCode to the posting period. (FI/CO)

7. OMSY to see all the posting period updation.

8. OB52 to to make all accounts cklarified A, D, K, M, S and +.



I have a problem with total invoice reduction as if we assign tolerance group to a

vendor in vendor master data total reduction is follow as per that tolerance group

but if we don't assign any tolerance group to vendor in vendormaster data it follows

tolerance range for the small difference for each company code. My question is

where do we set this tolerance range for each company code in spro?

It is the same period initializing issue, can any body throw some light & clarify, how

to initialize MM period every month. I hope that Im not wrong, when I say I should

never use The TXn code MMPI. for this.I think this is stopped from rel 4.5 or so

OB52 I am sure is for FI period opening. Should i close the period with MMPV

every month & do initializingwe r using 6.1 here we use MMPV for month end closing nothing else required For

Fi they use OB52 may be ,that i m not sure

Follow the instruction in Note 487381 and then do MMPI…then u can open

previous periodPeriod initialization is basically activated or ticked in two scenario, 1. When a new

system is installed and a new company code is created. 2. Correction purpose

Initializing directly assigns current period to all stocks,also initializing is not a period

closing activity. You are absolutely right OB52 is used for FI period opening. In

OB52 you can maintain the number of open periods for the settlement of

accounting documents. Hope this has enhanced your thought on initialization and

FI period closing.

We have an urgent need to use subcontracting MRP area with Quota Arrangement

usage so that components can be directly delivered to subcontractor from third

party vendor as per quota arrangement. Does SAP support the functionality in 4.6

C or any later version. If not, is there a work around available

Yes…sap supports ur req…but u hv to approach MM Consultant

i have a doubt

first i want to explain u the scenario

when we want to consume some materials(tools or consumables) we issue it to the

cost center .movt type 201 .this wayt the stocks and the accounts both go fine .an

entry is created in the consumption gl account for that amount of material value.

but here is the problem

suppose in productioon the tools got broken or the consumable got spoilt which

cant be used again comes back to the stores ,so we make an reverse of issue to

cost center by movt type 202 .the stocks are updates in the inventory but the gl

account is also hit and it shows a negative consumption. but actually that material

was already consumed and got broken in the production .the stock is not a problem

but the account are getting effected badly .

is there any solution to take back the broken materials back to the stos without

creating any finance entry.

i will like to give an example

suppose isse material cons1122 ,quantity 1 pcs ,to cost center by movt type 201

the 1 pc will be deducted from the storage location and the gl account will be

having a value of say 100 rupees (means a 100 rupees is being consumed by the

cost center)

till here everything is fine

but suppose the cons1122 got broken in production and cant be used than it is sent

back to the stores .we do movt type 202 and take back in the stores .here a stock 1

is increased in the stores that is ok but also in the gl account one entry of -100 is

created that shows it is a reversed consumption. but actually the material is i understand ur scenario. but pls note if u consume any valuable material then it

will make definately a fi entry. in ur case u can issue these unusable material to

production overhead or scrap cost centre and this way the respective gl will be

updated. But plz note that it can not be possible that material wil scrap and no fi

entry wil passed. whereever u post/issue a valuable material the system wil must

make a gl entry also.

when we consume a material , a fi entry should no doubt be passed ,i have no

issue regarding that ,but the problem is ,when the consumed material get damaged

and is taken back by 202 ,an fi entry is again created nullifying the before

consumed entry but in actual we have consumed the material and the material

during consumption is broken or damaged which cooming back to stored is not of

any use again .(so the actual consumption entry in fi should not be nullified as the

material have been actually already used and consumed by the company,its

coming back dont give any proifit to the company but when i do 202 it shows and fi

entry indicating a profit i.e.negative of the cost of consumption). i hope u as per my understanding you should post scrap, mvt 551

Though I do not have complete idea how u are handling the material out of the

three scenarios I have mentioned in my previous reply, What i feel, scrapping by

means of 551 should solve your issue as amount equaling the material price will be

deducted from the inventory & consumption for the cost center issued will be

added. FI entries should be OK.

Look we generally use 202 for reversal for this purpose if we are maintaining

valuated material master for tooling. If you have UNBW i.e. non valuable material

then the problem does not arise, then we have some other issues other than FI to

handle i.e how to procure exhausted quanity etc. Come back if you have any other The tools are valuated and have a very high values even some toold are more than

100's of dollars .That is why i m more concerned aboutt the valuation rather than

the stocks.If i take the material back by 202 and than scrap it by 551 will the same

consumption account will be effeced or have to see the account maintained for

scrapping and movt type 551 .Please reply with surity as it is a real time scenario

Do scrapping and issuing to cost center hold the same effect on gl account/

There is not much diference between Issuing to cost center for Consumtion/use of

tools & Issue to costcenter (551) for scrapping. Both the activities will hit the same

type of account i.e inventory & Consumption. The only difference could be Cost

center in both the cases. The same scenario is working fine for me and we have

10,000 Tools/Accs. out of which almost 70% are imported formUS/Europe & are

carry Good valution. We are Live only.

I guess you have to have a word with your FI & CO Guys as both the people are

involved & your Business process Owner(Client) so that there is a Rule/Displn. for

carrying out this activity. As more than a SCM guy they should be worried upon how

the accounts should be hit as per the business requirement.

If you are in agreement with me, I will be happy to know how u have solved this i think if i maintain the same gl account for scrapping as in the consumption than

my net consumption will be perfect.as we are not using scrapping till now. I will talk

to the Fi person and the busines s persons

i created info record for an item in my system and while i entring that inforecord

number in my purchaseorder as a line item, it is not taking the complete details of

that inforecord ie. pur org, Vendor, item price, plant..can i get header data and

pricing data of that item using inforecord number in PO..pls reply..

while creating document type we assign item category to the document type. Can

any one explain how should we select item category while creating the doc type.

Do item category have any effect on the document type. Also what is the

significance of link PR .If i wanted to create document type ZCAP for PO what item

categories i should select or what item categories are preferred

Can any one answer whats is Stock Transfer Note?

1.HOW TO CANCEL THE FAULTED RFQ? 2.HOW TO CREATE PR WITH

RESPECT TO INTERNAL ORDER FOR BUDGETTEDMATERIALS?

Change RFQ - ME42 Create PR - ME51N

COULD U PLEASE DETAIL. Ie. IN ME42 WHAT ENTRIES TO BE MADE FOR

CANCELLATION SIMILARLY IN ME51N , WHERE INTERNAL ORDER

REFERENCE CAN BE MADE FOR TRACKING?

Use me51n & Put "F" In acc.ass. Enter the Internal order no & the other details of

PR. Save the PR

I would like to change the standard price in the material master for the finished

goods materials. The standard is set up in the material master one time when the

material is created and is never changed. I would like to change the process to

updating the standards for these materials on a quarterly basis and need to

understand the effects that this change will have in SAP. I know there is a

transacton MR21...wanted to understand the EFFECTS THAT THIS CHANGE

WILL HAVE IN SAP, besides the price changing??

Can you assist in solving this query?

> When printing a Purchase order after making changes, it only prints the

> changes effected, and not the whole document.

> How can I fix this?

Go to t-code ME22N,go to messages,then choose neu,print out put,enter,enter a

printer name after saving go to me9f excecute and go to

sp01. You can call me on 053 830 8861 if you are not clear,i'm also in DWAF

kimberley

When we create a debit / credit entry for vendor with reference to a P.O. due to

some price difference in P.O. & bill of vendor,the amount which pass thru debit /

credit entry will load on material price. if yes then please give me example & also

send me SAP screen shot.Your problem can be analysed in two ways.

1. If the material is valuated with moving average price (v ), the difference of price

what ever will go to stock account i.e., loaded on to the material, provided there is

sufficient stock coverage. EXAMPLE. you have recieved material of 100 kg, but at

the time of invoice verification you have only 80kg stock, so the price difference

amount for 80kg only will be loaded to the materil, and the remaining amount for

20kg price difference will be debited to the PRICE DIFFERENCE ACCOUNT.

2. If the material is valuated with Standard price then the difference amount will be

debited to PRICE DIFFERENCE ACCOUNT.

While releasing the IPR and after saving it, we are getting error like [Express

document "Update was terminated " received from author XYZ]. This makes PR

unreleased.What is the problem? Will you please guide me in resolving this

problem.PR-I know.But what is IPR?

its same act we use it as IPR ( internal purchase requisition) . But over all it is

known as PR.IT MAY DUE TO NUMBER RANGES

Is there any report which shows the list of all purchase orders amended in a given

period (for a week or a month etc.)?

U can use t.code se11 and table ekko

I am Unable To put on sap123 If u have the answer please Reply (g.doc

attachment)

When we create a debit / credit entry for vendor with reference to a P.O. due to

some price difference in P.O. & bill of vendor,the amount which pass thru debit /

credit entry will load on material price. if yes then please give me example & also

send me SAP screen shot.

please explain..what is procedure for cancellation of a PO.. is there any transaction

for cancellation

Use me22n and delete all the line items

1.HOW TO CANCEL THE FAULTED RFQ?

2.HOW TO CREATE PR WITH RESPECT TO INTERNAL ORDER FOR

BUDGETTEDMATERIALS?

Change RFQ - ME42 Create PR - ME51N

COULD U PLEASE DETAIL. Ie. IN ME42 WHAT ENTRIES TO BE MADE FOR

CANCELLATION SIMILARLY IN ME51N , WHERE INTERNAL ORDER

REFERENCE CAN BE MADE FOR TRACKING?

When cancellign the RFQ,you go to ME42,enter the RFQ numbet and then press

enter,select all your iterms and press the dust bin sign,then SAVE

It is better u reject the quotation, which is not required

Vendor block

u can block the vendor T.code xk05.

y cant we try t_code OBR2 to delete the master data, in this case i hope we require

program,,, try this let me know

Is there any function module or program available for finding latest GR number for

a part number, vendor, and plant combination?

Pls try use "ME2M".

You can use MB51 T Code. Mvt Type 101 to find the list of GR for an article

While creating the Vendor master record i IDES i am getting an error . System

prompts for the Reconciliation account. Prior to creation of vendor master record i

already have done following configurations

1.I CREATE COPY OF CHART OF ACCOUNTS from INT1 to create my COA.( As

country is india any suggestion which reference COA i should select to copy from)

2. Assigned new COA to my company code.

3 I also maintained controlling area which is my company code.

When i click the Recon field in XK01 i found no possible entries.

Please guide me as without mentioning the Recon account i am not able to save

the vendor master record.

What else configuration i need to make, so that system can find the recon account

on its own.check whether have u defined any account group 'LIAB' with account numbers from

and to,, in t_code OBD4. Now create a Reconcilation GL Account in t_code FS00,

there u use the account group 'LIAB',, now try to create vendor master ,,,, hope

this may work for u

I' d like to know what is the transaction that I can use to registe dates into the table

Home tax ( em portugues é domicilio fiscal). Do

anyone know?

There are some concepts about the pricing in PO that I never got it clear. I really

appriciate it if someone can help me.

What is the base amount for calculate the tax via tax code?

In the invoice verification there often is a tax code in which a tax rate is decided.

But what is the base amount of the tax? How does the system get the base amount

from all kinds of conditions from purchase order? Does it related to the

configuration in the condition type, or in the calculation schema?

I looked into the tax code configuration to find the base amount condition type as

BASB without any access sequence. and for India there is a basetype 362 in the

pricing schema. I can not understand the code in routine 362, and for example

there even isn't a basetype in China. Then how does the system get the proper

amount for calculate the tax?

Please explain me how to define the tax code appeared in IV.

From where does the system takes base value to calculate the tax amount

i info record i could not able to work on conditions if i click on conditins no

response. y so can any one help on this

info record for STO why it is required

hey not only for sto for any i could not able to work on conditons.

check if the conditions screen is activated in config

Check out if there is default procedure is there & assigned to vendor in the system.

U have to check in Pricing procedure for this.

There are various vendors and tax codes in our system which are not in use.So we

want to delete those vendors and tax codes

Permanantly from the system.Please let me know the process of arciving this from

the system.

I need to know which transaction permit to see which transfers (313) are waiting for

receptions (315) and where I can find out a reception X (315) to which transfer

corresponds (313). Try to set the varrient in mb51 & see its happens or not or u have to double clik on

the material document it will give u the ref docu, in STD SAP it will not avilable what

u want.

How can I change the object text (description) in transaction code CL24N?

This is Maruthi,Can anybody explain me about QM and MM Integaration and

Integaration testing scenarios

can anybody help me how to proceed with tcode CJ20n,ie how use it and for what

purposeits solvedCJ20N SAPLCNPB_M Project Builder

Can anybody guide me how to maintain decimals beyond upto 4 places for

example 1.0012 usd.

Never ever try to attempt to change the deciaml places once set during

implementation. It will screw up all the finalcial data of the company Beware.....! If

you want to consider more decimal places for ordering in PO, you can make it as a

quantit term ex : price of an item is 0.44536 per peice you have decimal place up to

2 in PO enter price as 445.36 for 1000 numbers. this will solve your problem.

Never attepmt to change decimal places even in Dev / Quality server as these

changes are cross client and will change all your data in the production server also.

See SAP works upto 2 decimal points am also facing same problem. if i enter price Rs.100 & qty is 200 then amount it

shows as 200.00 instead of 20000. pl avice

Please get Decimal Notaion changed in user master data

We can set no. of decimals as per our requirement, in user parameters, use SU3

for the sameI am really sorry .we can set currency to different decimal points . Each currency

has a different number of decimal places. If you are adding new currencies, which

do not have two decimal places, you have to enter these currencies in the menu

option 'Decimal places'. In the settings delivered with the system, the most

important currencies which do not have two decimal places are pre-set according to

the ISO standard.See SAP works upto 2 decimal points

You can use a pricing unit of 1,000. In your example, price the item at 1,001.20 per

1,000

i have 2 val type of one material: 1. ind-spare, 2- ind-prj simultanously we use

different val class for diff val type when we want to procure material for project,

then we use ind-prj and when we want to use material for operation then we use

ind-spare. for project procurement we create pr in cj20n then do po and migo and

for operation we create pr in me51n and do po and migo. but problem is this for val

type ind-prj, price and qty in material masster is not updating but for operation it is

updating. so i wanted to know the problem and solution.use OMS2 t code and select the material type for which qty and value updations

are not taking place. check whether the qty and value

updations are checked by valuation area. if not check both the buttons and save.

this will solve the problem

how to get the list of technical names of transactions in customizing like OMS2. In

SAP Easy Access Screen - there is option to show technical names. same way it is

not available in IMG in SPRO

Check the field "Proj stock valuation class" in Material Master Accounting 1

view.Have you put the valuation class there?.

is it posssible to put on hold the contract wnenever we have doubt while creating?

print preview of contract is possible

in info record i could not able to open the conditons can any one help on this

Go to ME13, Input Vendor & other details & open Info Record , Conditions button is

there, press the same or F8 will take u to conditions. In case of any error messege

you are getting, what is the msg?

i am transfering one mateiral to another material (quality to unrestricted use) in 321

movement type. but error is came i.e change the inspection stock of material in QM

only.Please use t code qa32 it is quality module transaction beause quality has been

activated for this material do the result recording and than make the usage decision

We are made PO by using "K" in Acct.Ass.& we did MIGO Of the same due to this

we were not get material in stock ( i.e. Direct consumtion to the Cost center)But

now if we want to see detail stock of each item ,is that possible? If it is then How?

Please gude me.If you direct charge the materials, then no stock account got updated. However, you

can use MB51 with movement type 101 which will show you all the receivals for

those direct charge items. Take this to be the stock.

hey u can see the stock overview T.code MMBE

Enlighten me. How can you see stock for items for which the PO have been made

with "K" so that the items are expensed when received. As far as I know there is no

inventory, so you cannot see stock

Use t code MB51 .U can also use MB1A than goto Environment on top and than

select document mvt .fill mvt type(313,315, 241)whose document u want to sea.fill

material and plant and store location .recive with mbsu(315) .

Hi guys, I need to know which transaction permit to see which transfers (313) are

waiting for receptions (315) and where I can find out a reception X (315) to which

transfer corresponds (313).

Supose that I did the mvt 313 doc. number 4900006255, material 900607 quantity

5000 UN. Then I did de mvt 315 doc number 4900006330, quantity 4000 UN.

Which TCode tells me the doc. number whose received the doc. number

4900006255, material 900607 quantity 4000 UN.

For example:

Mat. Document Material Quantity UM Reference

4900006255 900607 4000 UN 4900006330

Then which TCode tells me that the doc. number 4900006255, material 900607

they still lack 1000 UN to receive.

For example:

Mat. Document Material Transit UM

4900006255 900607 1000 UN

Try >MB51 - shows movement of material >MB5T - shows material still to be

receivedHi David, TCode MB51 don't show me the doc. referenced in mvt 313 and 315, like

this

Mat. Document Material Quantity UM Reference

4900006255 900607 4000 UN 4900006330

and MB5T only show me the purcharse order in transit, not de mvt 313 in transit

and its document number.Ruben, try MB5B

apply t code MB1a and go to environment then to material movment fill the M code

,plant ,store location and movement type.

In ERP, does the system have the ability to determine the impact of safety stock on

carrying costs (or inventory costs)?

Kindlu guide me how to define the Business Organisation Structure in ECC 6.0.

From financial angle what is the maximum utilization of various terminology such as

Company, Company Code, Business area, Functional area, Consolidation

Business area, FM area, Segment and profit center . What is the relation in

between . Please depict a pictorial diagram for better understanding. This is very

urgent I suggest that you attend a complete SAP-MM training or SAP-FI? I am not sure

which module you want to go in for from the information given below

I am facing one problem while creating stock transport order. The system gives me

error: S:ZCA:005. There is no any long text with this error

We are handling under Assets, so the above issue is handled under depreciation.

In your case you have created Master for the Tools. It is true that once u make

reversal for the broken or Consumed tools u will have Accounting entry.

What about Scrapping the Broken/Consumed tools after the reversal. Inventory

gets reduced & Consumption gets added to the amount of the material. We have

one client in us , who handles this types of materials under UNBW category.

We are made PO by using "K" in Acct.Ass.& we did MIGO Of the same due to this

we were not get material in stock ( i.e. Direct consumtion to the Cost center)But

now if we want to see detail stock of each item ,is that possible? If it is then How

no, now u can not see the stock position of said material. only way u have to check

the sotck physically as in the system it has been already consumed.

wat s the diff between pboo & pbxx in detail

what are all the configuration required for centralise purchase organisation in terms

of assignment ...... either assign to company code or plant or some other

For this you have to make use use of the reference purchasing organisation and

you have to assign the purchase organisation to this refernce purchase

organisation. Example : 0001 is refrence Purchase organisation ; 0002 Purchase

organisation 1 ; 0003 Purchase organisation 2 ; 0004 Purchase organisation3 ;

0002 ,0003 , 0004 are to be assigned in the step ; Assign purch. organization to

reference purch. ; organization in this way you can make use of the condition

maintained for the reference P org to other P organisationshow to create the physical inventory doc auromatically after GR immediately

instead of creating manually in mi01?

I heard 'FireFighter' but I don't know the details about it. Does anyone tell me what

the function of it and how to perform it? Thanks.

In my company i have been activated material ledger & parallel currency. I want to

make sure is my setting is correct or not and i want give the example:

Material master data:

MAV material :

Company code currecny : 20000 IDR

Group currency : 2 USD

Purchase Order (foreign currency)

PO currency : 2 USD

Qty order : 10 PC

Result of FI document on GR transaction( Exchange rate : 9000):

Document Currency

Inventory 22,22 USD 200000 IDR

GR/IR 20 USD 180000 IDR

ML 2,22 USD 20000 IDR

Group Currency

Inventory 20 USD 200000 IDR

GR/IR 20 USD 180000 IDR

ML 20000 IDR

My assumption, calculate to get amount inventory in document currency & group

currency is different,

In import PO i want to see the LC no and expiry date, landed cost shipment

status active and then will get report on the LC no , LC expiry date , bank

gurantee etc.. how can I link these document with the PO

Can you give details on automatic account determination becuase in my

implementaiton this was done by fi guys but in interview they ask this questiopn

many times also the terms used in it and there links like valuation class ACR

posting keys and glsHow do the FI guys can do on their own, either they know something of MM or they

have taken the help of a MM guy, the reason is they do not have much to do in Acct

determination as they are required to provide G/L accts alone based upon process

requirements and the Books to be maintained by the client. Contact them as it is a

elaborate proces which covers all the valuaton classes & processes being used in

the organisation.

Our Pm was Fi guy so he said he doesn't want to take the risk and since i was not

so confident i could not oppose so that is why i want to knwo it learn it properly so

next time i want to do on my own

My client requirement is LIFO-FIFO during the Good issue .....they want to issue

material to the user dept whuch was received 1st, automatically how should i do

it

I want to change the valuation class of a material for a particular plant, but when I

tried to change I received a message, valuation class cannot be changed. There is

no stock for the material in the plant and also there is no movements of this

material in the current period or the previous period. There is no stock of this

material in other plants but, there are movements in other plant during the previous

period. Could you please advise why the system is not allowing to change the

valuation class?.Please see the total coverage stock of required material using T code MMBE. Any

open PR/PO or reservations might be there in yor plant.

Procedure to change val class: Change message status to warning. Transaction

OMT4. ; Messages 00 MM 326, 00 MM 327 ; Check if stock in transfer exists ;

Set Delivery completed indicator in PO items

Empty stock- mvt 561/562 ; Change val class ; Then return back all previous

steps.

in our company sap auto miro is configured . we are doing it successfully . but when

we do this in the miro generated reference number get overwritten by miro number

which is earlier the party bill no. so in sap is there any configuration where it can be

stoppedhow did u do auto MIRO settimngs

we are doing auto miro with mrrl

i am facing the problem oin creating a material & stock transfer with mov.type 562

Hi can u clarify why are u using the Movt type 562, this is used for reversal of Initial

Uploading of material master. Are u under some kind of training wher-in it is

standard practise to boost the stock using 561.

i have a doubt regarding realeaseprocedure for P.R creation

What kind of doubt? The entire procedure or a part of 2 kind of rel. procedures

available for PR

find the best shops in every city. use tcode OLMRLIST

can i help for everbody i want sap mm T.code

I do not think anyone understands your request. Are you asking for all the Sap MM

transactionsPlease use simple and understandable English for others to response your

queries.

as per my consltantant advise ,for the purchase of item in E1 transactions inwhich

ed is inclusive,we have been asked to maintained as exclusive in FV11.the

difference in assable value can be coorected in j1-ex.by doing this ed a/c is ok. but

in MIRO the difference in assable value is reflecting.how to resolve this. otherwise

anyother method is there for ed conditions?While posting the doc during GR, I am getting error "Posting period __XX 2007 not

open ". I tried to check using T code MMPV also but still getting the error. Any

suggestion is really appreciated

I think you have to check your FI opening period thru T-Code OB52 and open for

the period closed. I assume your are working in IDES. If you are on Production

server, you have to ask your FI team to work on this issue as its not the

responsibility of MM Functionals resourceThere are two places the posting period is controlled, which are as follows: FI –

transaction OB52 MM – MMPV

I want toknow if there is any process to delete vendors permanently from theclient,

like we do with materials.

use t--codexk06

Thanks for the reply, but my question is like we use mmdeto delete material

pemanently from client is there any transaction todelete vendors from the system

permanently. XK01 is for flaging thevendors for deletion but it will remain in the

system.

When i was creating Old P.O. with Old delivery date i.e.08.12.2003, system

generate message "Period not in Co.Calander" Message No.M087.

Why you wana create the PO with old delivery date, the system is delivering a

correct message. Create PO with correct future date, you will be fine

Is there any standard report in MM which shows me history of moving average

prices for a material. with reference to Purchase order (with or without)

Problem of Payment Terms comes at time of Invoice verification of particular

supplier, Payment term in P.O is A (30 days.) Payment term in Vendor master-

Purchasing and finance view is B ( 45 days.) but at time of MIGO system takes C

(60 days ) Supplier was having C ( 60 days) payment terms but none of active

P.O/Schedule agreement is with C payment Terms. For every other Supplier

System takes Payment Terms as mention in P.O/Schedule agreementu can change the terms of payment in MIRO. also u can change the Terms of

Payment in configuration section n thn assign it. but thr is some system setting

error in migo plz chk it.

what are all the configuration required for centralise purchase organisation in terms

of assignment ...… either assign to company code or plant or some other

Can we change the valuation type of a material already define in split valuation

type. If yes how

The Stock/Requirements list is displaying the delivery schedule lines for the deleted

delivery schedule. There are 3 components m1,m2,m3 for a BOM Material M123. A

sub-contracting Scheduling Agreement is created for the M123 and Delivery

Schedule is maintained.Subseque ntly a couple of schedules are deleted. Now

when i run Stock/req list MD04 for m1/m2/m3,the delivery schedule lines are also

created for the delivery schedules already deleted. Appreciate if you can give any

solution/reason for this any program/report to be run to correct the md04 list.

For SAP MM T-codes Goto this link u will find all SAP transaction code .

http://www.easymark etplace.de/ transactions- m.php

i have some basic questions: 10.what is the expansion of MIGO & MIRO? 20.is it

possible to put hold on contract? 30.contract print preview other than mein me35k

is possible? 40.after supplementing the po we ar getting the changes only in the

print .if we want both the print ,then how? 50.for nlag material, while crating po it

is asking to assign a/c assignment category which is not possible by dirct

posting.how to resolve? i think this is some thing with material master.

I want automatic generation of PR for the shortage materials. example. Customer

Order X material of 100 Qty, we find shortage of materials 40 Qty via availability

check.

what are the settings to be made in mm part. Vendor list is alredy maintained.Pl. check you have configured for MRP. run in your system and go for MRP to have

auto PR generation through system T.code MD01/MD03

Is there any standard report in MM which shows me history of moving average

prices for a material. with reference to Purchase order (with or without)

Run Tcode: ME1P

Thanks for the reply. That does not solve my problem. I tried find out with the with

the reports list avaialble in MM, but I could not suceed. Any other Txn codes

anybody aware. May be I have to go for separate new report generation for this. I

was trying to avoid this ABAP report stuff, but seems it can not be avoidable.

Kindly try Trx code: CKMPCD

Problem of Payment Terms comes at time of Invoice verification of particular

supplier, Payment term in P.O is A (30 days.) Payment term in Vendor master-

Purchasing and finance view is B ( 45 days.) but at time of MIGO system takes C

(60 days ) Supplier was having C ( 60 days) payment terms but none of active

P.O/Schedule agreement is with C payment Terms. For every other Supplier

System takes Payment Terms as mention in P.O/Schedule agreementu can change the terms of payment in MIRO. also u can change the Terms of

Payment in configuration section n thn assign it. but thr is some system setting

error in migo plz chk it.

I have one problem in 4.7 IDES (tranning )as follow, In RFQ message coming as :

company code is not assign to country or calculation procedure . pls reply me

where is the probelm in custmization ? ur reply is valuable ,

See check for the compnay code whether the country key has been given or not

and if it is fine then check for the calculation ( tax procedure ) . But to me it looks

that at the time of RFQ it will not show this error .May be one more possiblity that

you are working with tax jurdiction codeThis is a common problem in IDES. The reason, there is no Calculation procedure

existing & assigned to Country India.

The solution can be (particular to IDES only)

1. Financial Accounting-- ->Financial Accounting basic setings---->tax on

sales/puchases- -->check calculation procedure--->Define Procedures , here copy

one of the sales tax proceudres example TAXGB and name as TAXIN.

2. Assign Country to calculation procedure in the next step save it and ur problem

will be gone..

I would like to repeat this is for training purpose only, as in real case u have to have

actual Procedure Taxinj or Taxinn will assigned to co country India for Taxes

Hi,We have a material with serial number.some materials is used some areas in

the city before we started to use SAP.After SAP,we add these materials to the

system,and appears as mounted anywhere.Then the producer company produce

new materials by the same serial numbers with the last years.And then the new

materials can be added into warehouse ( i have no idea how the system accept this

operation ).now some materials appear mounted and stored at the same time.when

I try to mount the material in the warehouse the system is not allowed this

operation,cuz this material is already mounted in the area.I changed the serial

number of the mounted material to be able to use the stored one, but when i

changed mounted one also stored changed too.basically, i have two material with

same serial in reality but system have one material with two property.My last plan

is, I will move the

material as a scrap from the warehouse and then again enter the warehouse with

any movement.But this is not acceptable for accountancy if there is any other you have had some model code and add to enter

I have a problem in MRP.

I have two plants 1001 and 1002.A material x will be procured from plant 1002 to

1001.

I have put special procurement key ST(Stock transfer) in material X of plant 1001

(recieving Plant).

When I run MRP for 1001, a PR is created because of demand and for same

quantity PRRel should created in 1002.

But in my case, when I run MRP for 1001,a PR is created in 1001 for demand and

in 1002 (issuing plant),A PRRel and also a PR is generated for same quantity.PR in

1002 should create when I run MRP in 1002.But here If I run MRP in 1001, A

PRRel plus a PR is created in 1002.

Can somebody give a step by step instructions of resetting the PO number range,

am trying to change the From number and it is giving me "Only can be change at

initial entry" errorwhile closing the existing no range, no should be set to initial, then close. create

new no range as per your requirements and assign

To do this go to OMH6 t.code and select the number range and make the

changes below : Say ur current number in system is : 45 4500000000

4599999999 4500000004 What you have to do 45 4500000004

4599999999 then you will able to do , but the missing number you have to

check with basis as i they cannot be tracked ...........

We having some material which after use( Ist GI) we rework on them and again

use( II nd GI).My question is how take this material in stock after Rework?

We are assign Moving Price to our material at the time of BAPI. I want to know

whether this price change (i.e. It's Equally divide on remaining Stock item) if We

Change IN PO. OR If this not happen what to do?

1. Can you configure MRP to include shelf life?

2. If you activate 'shelf life' in config. does it affect every material or can you limit it

to specific plants/storage locations?

3. If you have same material (same material number) in 1 warehouse purchased

seperately with different shelf lives, when you issue goods out how does SAP know

which of the materials you issued from ?

4. Do you have to insert shelf life into master record or can you work off something

else e.g. goods reciept date or manufactured date?

5. Can you configure SAP to account for item manufactured date as when shelf life

begings?

you have to activate shelf life for plant & mvt type. You can do MRP for shelf life

material through user exit,

shelf life will be activated for the material for which you hace mentioned in the

Material master Data for shelf life Exp Date When u post the goods issue & if u

have activaed for mvt type 201 the system will check min remaining shelf life during

goods issue & will issue the same also you go to mm03 / me23n & serch help

function for the SLED will get better idea regarding date of Prodn &

Do you have the user exit that does it

I have a scenario which I want to map into SAP. I am explaining the problem with

the help of a T-shirt selling. Let us assume I want to sell T-shirts. I have 100

individual T-shirts & 100 packs of T-shirts. Each pack contains 3 T-shirts. ie, totally

400 T-shirts.I will be selling the individual T-shirts at MRP 100 Rs/pc and a pack at

M.RP Rs 250/pc. At off-season I will be only Selling T-shirt packs at Rs 250/- and

during peak season I will be only selling individual pieces at 100 Rs/pc so as to

make profit. How can I map this scenario in SAP?very simple if you have three types of tshits all the three should have diff material

code while in off season make a package of this three tshirs as new material code.

give pricing of 250 for this new code system will pick automatically from three diff

stock of material and issue as one pakage in sales

i can suggest a way but how far it'll works i don't know!!!

try to make base unit of measure as Sinle T shirt as EA/ PC (whatever)

and make ordering unit as Pack such that 1 pack = 3 PC

now make variable unit active in mm master pur view.

maintain the info record for both the unit with different price for different validity

periods.See what i have understood from this is that you are base unit of meaure is EA .But

the you are selling in Pack also you you have too set conversion factortht 1 pack =

3 shirts . Now if the shirt is of smae material or colour you can treat them as

seperate material code .But if you wanna to use one material code you can take

help of help of variant confiuration where youwill define the different types of shirt

base on the charatcetric and you can maintain the conditions ( prices accordinly ).

Coming to your peaksituation prices you handle this thru the reabte or discount

............ .........

Please correct me if i have not understood correctly... ......

I hav one scenario ... assume we hav three subcontracting vendors and we r

deliverying the end products from the previous vendor to the next vendor witout

comin int our factoy premises. after completing all the process from all the 3

vendors we are receiving the material .my question is how to get the scrap from all

the 3 sc vendors separately

job work end piece return back to 542 movement T.code mb1b after made 551

scrapI presume u are using 3rd party process, now are u using 3 separate orders for the

3 vendors? Do u havescrap item codes? How u are planning to handle, fixed or

variable scrap quantity, u have to finalise/clear all these before u handle Goods

receipt for Subcontractor material including scrap. As far as ur question goes it is

possible to receipt scraps separately from 3 vendors based upon how u have

treated the scenario.

i want to transfer from one plant to another plant in same company code thru sto

and thru sd route can i include frieght payable in the proforma invoice and also can

i load the frieght cost in the receiving location

i want to learn CIN & then configure. so i want CIN implementation document(for

MM),please send to me

Can someone please let me know what is the menu path for creating purchase

group and storage location ? Also where can I assign plant to multiple purchase

organizationhi man are u a mm guy or what look the following path - img - mm - purch - creat

pur group - go with trans -ome4 to creat pur group

To create P. Group go the Material management & to create St loc Enterprise

Structure - Material managemnt. No u can not assign plant to P. Organisation, but

u can assign P. Org to the different plant. Enterprise Structure - Assignment -

Material Managemrnt

Can we make the accounting entry while making the transfer posting thru

movement type 311. If yes how? pls. help

MVT type 311 is trf fr st loc to st loc in single step. No accountin doc will get

gererated in this case. If the material is of split valustion a/c doc will get generated.

I try this but no account doc is generated. Is any customization is required for this?.

No accounting document gets generated if u are transfer posting of stock inside

same valuation area. There is no need of it as material price remains same. Only

the SLoc Virtual changesTP with plant will not generate anu acc doc

Can anybody tell me the path in IMG for defining accruals for Service purchase

order, the pricing procedure I am calling is based on service nos. entered in the

services tab of line item and not on the basis of item mentioned in item detail.

Could anybody tell me how can trasfer stock from unrestricetd use to blocked stock

U can use mvt 344 . Go to MB1B use Movement type 344,enter plant and SLOC

Through MIGO Mvt type 344 / 343 Fr unrestricted to block & from Block to

unrestrivted.

suppose i want to make po only with refrence to pr not my any other means that is

without rfq manually or with contract how will i customize . what is the difference

between mnt type 102,122 and 161

122 is line Rejection(material issue item rejection that line rej) , 102 is a reversal

of 101 goods receipt , 122 is a return delivery( return to vendor)

102 in MIGO will reverse the Goods Receipt for PO and the same Results as that

of the Cancellation of the Goods reiept . 122 is Return delivery to supplier or to

production .The effects of movement type 122 correspond to a cancellation of

movement type 101. 161 :Return for purchase order , Movement type 161 has the

same effects as movement type 122.In purchase order item is marked as a returns

item, the returns to vendor are posted using movement type 161 when the goods

receipt for purchase order is posted.

I am having one scenario in which you have to plan such a way that you should be

aware about Work in progress at supplier premises , about his stock position on

line with out including that dedicated unit in to your enterprises structure ie he

will be suppling component for your finished product, he is your vendor dedicated to

produce those components for you. pl help me out how you will create enterprises

structure for this

i need to send a matl to a vendor without acc impact. wht is the way

See your query is not clear to me.If you are sending material to the vendor as the

case may be the subcontract vendor then then in such case account posting takes

place the time when you are recieving the material .There will be not account

posting when you are issuing the material to sub contractor .there will account

posting at time when you will do the GR for the final product.

Now tell me is this ur case . If not then what is ur case ............ ......... ......... ......

if you dont mind can you please tell what is ur sceneario where you are sending

material to vendor .While creating PO check the check box Free Item. When you will do GR, no

accounting documents will be generated

Can any body tell me the transaction code or menu path for new company code

initial period assignment

you can do this with t.code OMSY

I have deleted GMF release code and release strategy and changed the Head of

SCM limit 0 - 10000000 for PO acc. to user requirement. Previously for PO, Head

of SCM limit was 0 - 500000 and for GMF 500001 - 1000000(with double release

strategy). after deleting GMF release code and strategy, for 900000 PO, release

applies for Head of SCM which is ok. but it does not working in PRD. Please help

me out for this, what are the things i should consider to delete one from the release

strategy. Please be careful while deleting release strategies. The problem is even-if u

remove the details remain inside. What u can do is, create new class & assign the

caharacteristics & values fresh, do not try to insert things in the old config. I had

faced similar problem & i could solve the issue by creating new release class and

multiple strategies for the same class. Try this if ur problem in similar in nature.

1. Can anyone tell me with some example, in which case we go for value contract

and in which case we go for Qty based contract,

2.While posting service entry sheet for services PO's what are all the documents

generated?

3.How to block the invoice posting,Some settings please?

4.Can anyone suggest any SAP MM books that covers the entire things starting

from basic ideas upto customisation

I have posted GR and Excise Invoice on incoming raw materials. After excise audit,

it was pointed out in some cases where CENVAT reversal need to be posted.

Since my GR is ok, i used J1IH Excise JV- other adjustment to reverse. I entered

the requried field like doc no/yr/excise grp/register type etc and then material wise

details in next screen. When i post, it gives err message "Debit/Credit indicator is

inconsistent". Can you please suggest in this regard.

Kindly let me know the step by step procedure to add new fields in first screen of

T.code :- Mb01.

when im posting an invoice in cin i get an error that tax code is invalid in tax

procedure taxinn. i've maintained all config settings like FTXP OBBG OBCL

FV11 BUT STILL ITS NOT UPDATING.ANY HELP IS HIGHLY APPRECIATED

I am trying to reverse the material document for non stock material,in which PO has

created using Acct assignment 'K'.I did GR and Invoice. Then i reversed the IR and

when i try to reverse the GR system throwing an error "Deficit of SL unrestricted in

Storage location. Since this is a non stock item how can we put this into stock.

you can return material from same cost centre through mvt type 202

you can return material from same cost centre through mvt type 202

next issues about the SAPwm functionalities:

- is the any trigger to warn you for a warehouseload (palletplaces occupied) of ig.

93%? if so, where?

- how do i arrange the double in orderpicking: a putaway followed by a orderpick,

followed by a putaway etc

- what is the specific ID (if any) for return items, and where to define?

I want see comparision statement in SaP.please tell me transaction code.

ME49

is there any one work in warehouse incoming materials of pharmaceutical company

I facing probelm in pricing procedure in IDEAS 4.7 i had defined pricing procedure

for my purchasing org and assigned to vendor but when i go to create PO then only

one condition type is coming and other are not appearing .Message is coming as:

enter all condition types. when i checked in dropdown button then no condition

foundCheck whether your calculation schema/pricing procedure is defined for the

schema groups combination of your purchase organisation and the specific vendor

assign ur schema to the schema group pur org.then asign ur pur org to thr schema

group pur org.assign thr schema group to ur vendor in the vendor master.

1)In TCODE FTXP iam unable to maintain tax rate for condition type. 2)Is it

mandatory to maintain tax rates through transaction code fv11 for Plant/Vendor/

Material combination. 3)I have maintained tax code V0 as a default taxcode for

company code through tax procedure and the same tax procedure is maintained for

coumpany country at the time of MIRO the error iam getting is ZTXINN (tax

procedure defined and assigned to country and default tax code for the ccode is

maintained) is not assigned to country IN.

I always often confused about the TAXINN and TAXINJ.. TAXINN is new

conditions based tax calculation procedure. For this procedure we maintain

condition type thru the FV11 transaction code. I wanted to whether is it necessary

to maintain taxcode for TAXINN thru FTXP? When we create the PO with TAXINN,

is it necessary to mention taxcode in INVOICE tab of PO? If not how can i

check/see the various amounts of the taxes that system have calculated?

Also in import PO various condition values are calculated in foreign currency , how

to maintain them in INR ANY CUSTOMIZATION FOR THE SAME?

how to cancel the parked/delete liv? could u pl guide by step by step instruction

use T.CODE MR8M. In Cancellartion put the Document # which was generated

.and post for cancellation

how do we find the table of particular field,i have tried F1 key,,,but some time i get

tables, but most of the time, it displays structure. Is there any other way to find out.

if you see that tables a structure, switch to tab ENTRY/HELP Check and you can

see the related table

Use transaction code SE84 goto ABAP Dictionary<Fields<Table Fields<Enter

Field Name<Execute. This will display the names of Tables having this

While releasing the IPR and after saving it, we are getting error like, Express

document "Update was terminated " received from author XYZ]. This makes PR

unreleased. What is the problem? Will you please guide me in resolving this

problem.PR-I know.But what is IPR

its same act we use it as IPR ( internal purchase requisition) . But over all it is

known as PR.

Kindly solve my problem.Still not clear with your answer. Kindly elaborate your answer with procedure

Can anyone please mail me the config details of the IDEAS 4.7 server.

I had it initially. But when I changed my platform from Windows 2000 to Windows

XP. My SAPLogon pad became blank.

Kindly tell me what is meant by R to R Cycle in SAP. I heard that P to P Cycle

means Purchase to Pay, Same way what is the extension for R to R Cycle

are u usinf R to R concept? are u in product dev

pl help me in creation of import po.the problem is my overseas vendor currency is

euro. after cif indian port for my custom authorities (as a vendor) i have to

maintainJCDB, JCV1,JEDB, JECV,ZCE1, ZCH1,ZAD1 IN INR. PL GUIDE ME

HOW TO DO IT

In ME51N, AFTER FINAL RELEASE EFFECTED, WE WANT TO CHANGE THE

QTY?HOW TO DO IT?AFTER CANCELLING THE RELEASE MEANS HOW TO

CANCEL THE RELEASE? STEP BY STEP PROCEDURE PL

I have a problem in IDES 4.7 , when I am go to Issue a material from Plant then

System shows the message

CO DOC NO : ASSIGNMENT NOT POSSIBLE FOR BUISNESS TRANSACTION

COIN IN COMPANY CODE XXX

Pls Give me a solution which is help me out from this problem and what is the error

I made in my system , then system shows the message

We have a material with serial number.some materials is used some areas in the

city before we started to use SAP.After SAP,we add these materials to the

system,and appears as mounted anywhere.Then the producer company produce

new materials by the same serial numbers with the last years.And then the new

materials can be added into warehouse ( i have no idea how the system accept this

operation ).now some materials appear mounted and stored at the same time.when

I try to mount the material in the warehouse the system is not allowed this

operation,cuz this material is already mounted in the area.I changed the serial

number of the mounted material to be able to use the stored one, but when i

changed mounted one also stored changed too.

basically, i have two material with same serial in reality but system have one

material with two property. My last plan is, I will move the material as a scrap from

the warehouse and then again enter the warehouse with any movement.But this is

not acceptable for accountancy if there is any other way..

i need to send a matl to a vendor without acc impact

will the material will come back to you, are u selling the same as free of cost, If the

material is going to received back send the same with MVT 541 , if you selling the

material at free of cost to yr vendoe which is not going to back then create free

Sales Order & send to vendor as a sample

I have some problems when doing transfer posting plant to plant, my problem is

about the value of the material. Why do the values of the material follow the

material values in receiving plant. Is it possible if the value of the material follow

the material values in a Giver Plant? Because that's the need in our business

process. And how we can do this, through customizing SPRO or T-code? But i'm

sorry if this problem is not MM module only, but FICO also i think.

pl help me how to reverse the service accptenance by step by step procedure.

Display already created service entry sheet using T code ML81N. Click on the

"pencil" button to bring it into change mode. Click on the "revoke acceptance"

button to reverse the acceptance and then save it. Again bring service entry sheet

into change mode and then you will be able to see "delete" button which is a

dustbin symbol.goto ML81N select that Service Entry Sheet, click on change mode button & click

on Cancel Release(Ctrl+ F8) button

If we cancel the MIGO and part 1, then in J1I7 report this cancelled documents are

showing as pending if we select Part 1 posted and part 2 pending radio button. If

we select this button, it should show only pending documents.

But in our case, all cancelled MIGO documents are also showing as pending. This

will result wrong report.

And also in J1I7 report, ECS and SECess is not appearing. We need to appear

ECS and SECess also in J1I7 report.

We can find out the list of pending orders by using WE101 (Open Goods Receipts)

in the selection parameters. But can anyone pls tell me how to find the list of

pending schedule lines. i.e schedules have been put material is not yet recd

Try ME3M, Selection parameter WE101

SAP v 4.7, When I look at a PIR, on the condition screen, I can click on Extras -->

Status information. I see a status of "Condition is active". How is this status

maintained? Can I create and use additional status' here?

I know that T Code COR3 gives actuals and standard consumption for a given

Process Order. Simillar data for a given Subcontract PO, from which T Code I can

get? Check the transaction code ME2O .this is for the subcontarcting

ME2O is only for issuing to the sybcontractor, what is needed is a report which

would tell the actual conversion ratios compared to the planned ratios from the

components in the PO

I am purchasing some raw materials from a vendor X and I want to send these raw

materials directly to Subcontractor S for processing into finished goods. For this I

have clicked option of 'SC vend" at Item level in deliver address tab.But in the print

out of PO,delivery address is of my plant only instead of subcontractor. What do I

do so that delivery address will be of subcontreactor.

Youhave to give the vendor code there and youhave to set the tick at vendor SC

HAVE U GIVEN THE SUBCONTRACTOR VENDOR CODE JUST BESIDE

WHERE U HAVE TICKED SC VEND?

I have mentioned subcontractor code too. In PO display I could see the delivery

address of subcontractor but in print preview its not appearing.System is taking

plant's address as delivery address.

During printing of PO from ME9F the unreleased po is not allowed however if we

print from ME22N and ME23N unreleased po can be printed. We want to restrit the

printing from ME22N and ME23N

You can make use of the GUI setting .Basis person can do this .He will make Print

option not availabe. Other alternative you make use of the authorization object for

this

Could anyone tell me how to close PR manually---- I dont want to delete or block

that PR---the senario is like list----

Purchasing has been done on PR based (cash purchase from my own pocket)----- -

NO PO generated -----------GR has been done with automatic PO------ PO will be

used for reference of LIV-------but i want to close PR-----so that noone can use that

PR again----or if u have some other suggestion

Open the particular PR which u want to close. Then go to quantities / dates at the

lower tab. Tick on the check box "Closed". save and come out

T.Code ME52n select PR document # , Go to item tab field below , select tab

=Quantities/ Dates and , make the check(Tick) in Closed box

SIMILARLY PO PENDING QTY MAY GET CLOSED?BECAUSE AFTER MIGO

CREATION, DEL IND COMPLETED IS GREYED OUT

We are developing ERS for the Invoice Verification but the same is not functioning,

Is there any Customize in the Assign ERS Invoice Number Rnnges To company

code is it necessary if yes what we have to do in the same, In T. CODE MRRL

Postable Key is coming not changeble , how to make the same as changable,

Also your vendors need to be created with the following settings. the fields in red

rectangles in the image are essential, the one in blue are required only if you are

going in for automatic po creation. (refer 'ven' jpeg attachment)

Can anyone tell me if we can create two type of materials.

1. Reservation is possible even if stock is zero

2. Resevation can be made for more than quantity available in stock

Item 1 is needed for MRP items

Item 2 is for rest of the items

For MRP item, reservation is possible with out considering stock For Non MRP

items, reservation is possible with respect to - Stock + qty. on PO + qty. on PR

I have created one PO against which I have done GR and IV.Also I have ticked

option "GR based IV".Still I can delete the material from PO after GR and IV being

done.System is not throwing any error message.I want to change this setting so

that system will not allow me to delete materials.

While making P.O for STO ,it is showing message as source list is maintained for

this material,but even after making source list ,it is showing me same message.

In this case you should remove the tick of the indicator from material master record

of your material in the "purchasing" tab page. Because of this indicator the system

is giving you this message. & you have to maintain source list before creating PO.

SINCE SOURCE LIST IS MAINTAINED CREATE STO WITH REFERENCE TO

CONTRACT USE TRANSACTION ME21

If you mean STO is stock transport order create a source list with plant from which

you are sourcing the material.

how and where do I organise a combined movement in orderpick: this is putting a

pallet away in stock, directly follwed by picking out a pallet needed for a TO, ect.

While doing MIGO of subcontracting PO system gives me an error Account

417001 requires an assignment to a CO object

Ask your FICO person.or otherwise assign CO object in T-code okb9 but before

assign please consultant your FI person

I have already solve the problem in T-code KA02 by assiging the cost centre to cost

element, 417001.

I need to give External Number range HU_VEKP,Its working but Not taking the

leading zeros(prefix zeros). Coz its vendor supplied HUs and the Number they are

using starts with 2digits-00 + 18 digits. Example Carton:00-123456789 123456789

Pallet:01-123456789 123456789 When I am using external Number Range its not

taking the Prefix zeros

Trying to create a metric report by using Header text… Need to see if users are

updating customer daily when parts are not ship out from our vendor..Is there an

easier way of doing PO metrics on such

Is it possible to prevent people drawing on specific contracts? i cant see anything in

security where you can control who has access to draw (CRO) from a contract

have problem for transfer posting material to material with

movement type 309.

- Material receive can't follow the alternative unit of measure

for the case :

i have material number : A with base UoM - PC and alternative UoM - KG

B with base UoM - PC and alternative UoM - KG

when i doing transfer posting form A to B with alternative UoM ( KG ) ,

in material document for material A is not problem but in material B can be only

receive

in PC and can not in KGPlease activate automatic alternative uom field in MM then u can try for STO. let

me inform if problem persist

U CANNOT CARRY OUT an article to article movement IN SAP STANDARD

WITH DIFFERENT UOM

In order to carry out a transfer posting from material to material both materials must

be managed in the same stockkeeping unit. Such a transfer posting is always

carried out in one step and without advance planning. The posting can only be

carried out from the unrestricted- use stock of the issuing material into the

unrestricted- use stock of the receiving material. If i am not wrong the Base unit of

measure is the stock kepping unit........ But where we can activate alternative unit of measure in MM. we can define in Mat

Master. but where to activiate

Can anybody tell me how to reverse the document ,if i posted a physical inventory

document wrongly.i know how to delete the physical inventory document but dont

know how to cancel the Posted documents in MI07

Deleting the physical inventory document doesn't help. You have to do the reversal

of what you did. In other words if you had quantity 10 in stock and wrote off 3 in

error,

then you will have 7 in stock. To bring your stock back to 10 you have to write on

How to limit customer consignment stock? (say we want to control that it should not

go above a specific level

Try to run the MRP for the Consignmet Stock so it will not raise the PR, Or user

should not raise the PR if the stock isavilable i dont think any other solution

You can limit in the Purchase info record Purchasing view Max quantity filed. This

trows a message numbered:06803. Change this warning message to error

Can it posiible to receive contract material without making release orders to it.(i.e-

PO)it is not possibe. Wehaveto create Contract release order

In PURCHASE REQUISITION DOUCMENT TYPE CREATION, I WANT TO

KNOW THE USEABILITY OF SOME FIELD IN EASSY ACCESS.

IN PR 1.LINK PR TO PURCHASE DOCUMNET NO ACCOUNT

ASSIGNMETRADIO BUTTON (N) .WHAT IS THE USE

2.CONTRACT RELEASE ORDER/SA DELIVERY SCHEDULE (R/S).

WE HAVE 3 PURCHASE ORGANISATIONS, THE PO CREATED IN 3 PUR. ORG.

IS OF SAME DOCUMENT TYPE, THE DOCUMENT NUMBER (PO NUMBER

CHANGES AT THE END(LAST 3 DIGITS) .

P.ORG1 ---- PO NO-4500000451 ( BUT PO DOCUMENT TYPE

P.ORG2 ---- PO NO-4500002522 USED IS SAME IN ALL

P.ORG3 ---- PO NO-4500001633 PUR. ORG. )

CAN ANYBODY GIVE THE EXAMPLES FOR DIFFERENT MATERIAL TYPES

EXAMPLES SERVICES- DIEN , , OPERATING SUPPLIES- HIBE , , TRADING

GOODS- HAWA NON STOCK MATERIAL- NLAG NON VALUATED MATERIAL-

UNBW EMPITIES- LEER

PACKAGING-

PIPE LINE MATERIAL EXAMPLE IS -OIL,GAS,ELECTRICIT Y

LIKE THAT KIND OF EXAMPLES FOR OTHER TYPES OF MATERIAL TYPES.

WHERE AND ,WHAT SCENARIO THOSE ARE USED

SERVICES- DIEN

OPERATING SUPPLIES- HIBE

NON STOCK MATERIAL- NLAG

NON VALUATED MATERIAL-UNBW

EMPITIES- LEER

PACKAGING-

Kindly clarify with solution. My client wants immediate PR for the stock shortage

against orders, We are using availability check. Example: customer Orders X

materrial of Qty. 100 units. Availability of stock 60 Units. shortage of

material automatic P.R to be generated in the back ground.(the No. can be

visible va02 change view of sales order)based on the PR we create P.O. Kindly

explain complete process of IMG settings how to map It.You mentioned your "client" so I assume that you are a consultant? If so, I cannot

beleive that you are asking for the "complete process of IMG settings how to map

it". Even if you are not in a consultant role, who would you expect someone to just

hand you all the answers? The only way you will ever learn is if you do some work

on your ownThanks for Your email, There some meening in my question,If U know pls answar

the question what are the settings are needed im MM and to create PR for a

shortage quantity of sale order. I did the settings of availability check and TOR in

SD Part. send Ur mail Id I will get in touch with U for explanation what UR asked.By

oversite It has mentioned the complete IMG process,for that Iam sorry,I should not

take much time of Urs.SAP is wast in that my knowledge is verry little and

uncomparable. If U feel now UR confirt pls repply with the requirement

Purchase order is made for 5 items,but 3 items has been received .When I do

goods receipt for 3 items,system is not allowing to save.Display message "Select

all items ".Kindly solve thisYou need to make sure that the Item Ok check box is ticked before you save your

document.From the configuration side,change the message from an error message to a

warning massagePlease ensure that the DELIVERY indicator of PO Item data in Delivery Tab shud

be ticked. If not ticked, then tick it & after that try making GRn. You'll get it.....

I created a sales quotation and then created sales order for that quotation. then I

run MRP using MD03 for that material. when I checked the created planned order

in MD04, it shows the quotation number in sales order field in Assignment Tab in

planned order.. I want it to show the sales order number.. Is there any configuration

or indicator that I need to look at solve that problem?

It is right because sales order has been generated thru sales quotation. If you will

create direct sales order then sales order will come in this field

But how can Configure MRP to show the sales order number in planned order

I managed to solve the problem by removing the requirement type from quotation

item category. It's under sales -Basic Function - Requirement / ATP area. then

planned order take the sales order number

this is regarding batch managenment & shelf life. i have not tick the batch

management in the material master. i want only to shelf life of the material to be

apper. i have customised the shelf life tab in IMG , it also appers during the migo

also ( date of manufacture ) but after migo , in MB5B report expiry date is not

appearing. does this mean unless batch management tick expiry date will not

appear.or is there any other arrange ment i.e. for shelf life without

batchmanagement

i have a question that How to add reference document for transaction in MIGO in

SPRO? I have tried with spro- MM - INV. MANAGEMENT - ENJOY MIGO

SETTINGS - SETTING FOR TRANSACTION AND REFERENCE DOCUMENTS

here i can only display or change the reference that are already in system. Like as

per my system it is taking a reference of MATERIAL DOCUMENT for transaction

RELEASE A GR BLOCKED STOCK. i want to add one more reference for this

transaction. can any one pl. tell me how can i do this?

while raising GRN i am getting an error as WM movement type 101 not allowed for

warehouse number***

Movement types in WM are assigned to specific warehouses, You need to define

the Movement Type in warehouse configuration

What is the Trans code to find out the amount of purchase done in a particular

month for a particular Tracking no.

t,code is ME2B for the purchase order by requirement tracking order

could anyone explain how to force the invioce even though it's exceeding the over

tolerence limits.

See it doesnt make the sense to post the invoice which has crossed the toerance

limits.Even you want to post you can change the tolerance limits and then post the

invoice a

We have had a request to create a central warehouse for specific stock items for

various divisions The request is that specific quantities of items stocked (although

same material) be assigned to each division and no other division be allowed to

draw on them e.g. - if we stock material A in the warehouse, then 10,000 of matrial

A be allocated to division 1 and 5000 for division 2. Once division 1 has used up

their allocation they cannot take from division 2, ie. SAP will not allow them access.

I was thinking to separate divisions by storage location and/or separate material

masters for each one Any ideas on best way to handle this would be great

Also which is the best way to monitor 'shelf life' in SAP, is there something or some

way SAP can tell us that a material's due date is almost up, e.g. if we stock

medications with a 3 year life span. Can SAP include expired materials into MRP

hai sacchi

i am putting here whatever i know and hope may help you

Services: say u r running a hotel and hope some company places an order with u

for supplying food to their employees on some occasion in the process they incurr

expense for the food i.e. they have to pay ur bill right so the amt whatever u claim

for they will enter in their record as expense incurred due to the service- "providing

the food" this is one example and take another simple like a hardware person

comes and repairs(maintenance work so this becomes a service and u enter in ur

records for enabling u to pay that persons bill in future)

Trading goods:say i am running some business which has lot of activities like

providing services,manufactur ing some things,etc and among them one let us

consider that i purchase some goods frm one person and sell it to other person i.e.

as a mediator so that goods whatever i purchase and just sell them out becomes

an example for trading goods

Packaging:say a garment company in its process of running its business it procures

some thousands of materials some go for stiching,some for office work and some

************ ********* ********* ********* ********* ***

for packing the materials (dresses that are being manufactured or being sold)say

boxes or cartons etc and these will be considered/recorded as packaging material

I have made two release strategies as '01' and '02' with respect to two different

plants and there respective document type 1 doc type is assigned to release strat.

'01' and other doc type to '02' but both document types as picking '01' as default

release strategy. kindly tell me if there is any other setting releavent to releasing

and doc. type

In MC$G the report is based on Month wise details but the client wants date wise.

Since for this report standard Info Structure is S012 and we don‟t want to change

the standard one and created new info structure by coping standard S012 and

below are the steps I followed.

1. Created new Info Structure S554 by copying the standard one S012 after that

structure is saved and Generated. Tcode MC21

2. Updated the Structure since we required data to be displayed as Date wise so

updated the rules by using MC24 (Create Update Rules)

3. Copied the historic values(Month wise) to new structure(Date wise) from S012 by

using Tcode MCSZ and checked the values in data base and perfectly copied.

4. By using MC9C and entering Structure number the report will generate but the

values are displaying irregularly and some times it will not show the data. What will

be the problem? Did I miss any step in configuration step?

We are trying to create Purchase order. We have given output message as Fax.

While print previewing the Purchase order we are getting the following message:-

"Call of SHENBH with 9054793558 FAX Error occurred in R/3 in SAPconnect"

Here SHENBH is the user id and 9054793558 is the fax number maintained in the

vendor master record. Whenever we save and display the purchase order we are

not able to see any output message type in the PO. For Print output and external

send. SAP uses fax number format which starts with country name e.g. India - IN. pl

check your fax number as per required format

In case of import P.O. scenario, while capturing customs duties in MIRO, the

sequence of condition types is not as defined in P.O. ( no

GR bassed IV, MIRO before MIGO).

For example, sequence defined in P.O : 1. Basic duty , 2. CVD , 3. Spl. Addl.

Cess , 4. E.Cess on CVD , 5. S&H E.Cess on CVD ,

6. Customs E.Cess etc...

While capturing the customs duties in MIRO, after entering the P.O. no, the system

should propose the same sequence of condition types

as defined above (i.e., P.O). But it is proposing in the following sequence.

1. S&H E.Cess on CVD , 2. Basic duty , 3. E.Cess on CVD , 4. CVD , 5.

Customs E.Cess , 6. Spl. Addl. Cess

The sequence of condtion types defined in pricing procedure is also same as

shown in P.O.

have error mesage on miro, invoice verification. Here is the message, no taxes on

sales/purchase are allowed for account 159999 2000 is not allowed. (attachment

'miroerror')

Go to fs00 select gl acct no. 159999 in c.code 2000 click on control tab & just tick

on posting without tax allowed it will solve ur problem

In the accout 159999, without tax allowed is ticked. Where else can i check

I am working on functional specification (interface) to upload physical inventory

count from access to SAP. Could any one give me a layout of how to go about this?

Should have to create a custom Tcode. Should i use MI04 or MI09? will this be a

batch run programYou can use of T-Code MI10 and if you need and if more materials are there then

you can do the LSMW of the above T-Code

In spro how to creat GL account and cost element,. I costcente then i get error

creat GL account and cost element . I am not found

We are ordering material from a vendor but they will supply material from different

plants. How can we create a vendor with different supplier points, so that vendor

address in the P O will be depending on the supplying plant

Use partner roles, define supplying plant under supplier partner role

You have to need create different supplying points A/c for same vendor

Plz tell me in T-code ME80FN how to find or add invoice document no's in view of

purchase order history display

AS PER MY EXPERIENCE YPU CAN SEE THE INVOICE NO IN

CONFERMATION TAB.

Can u pls tell me how to Configure the Release Procedure For PO

can anybody tell that how we cancel the credit memo document(MRHG)

use T-Code: MR8M

U r entering some unplanned services in the service entry sheet and hv not

maintained the same in limit tab of Po . Enter the same value in the expected value

also so that the same is reflected in the Po at header level.

I got a problem while posting Service entry sheet, please find the following: After

entering the respective details in the new sheet...Error message is automatically

displaying "No overall limit of Rs..... for unplanned services exists" in Maintain

service details. Please drop-in your valuable solution and the reason for this

message

try to maintain over all limit in u r PO->item details->limits tab.

Is there a way an authorization check stopping a 311 movement at specific storage

location level

What is the table that store the information of the PO release details such as

Release Date and Time, Released By… EKKO and EKPO are the table to store PO

information, what about the PO release details

I guess it is CEKKO table, please correct me if i am wrong

but CEKKO is a structure not table.. and I can't through SE16. How to check

structurego to se11 and chekc the same

PO Release Details is avaiable only in CDHDR and CDPOS tables. From the PO u

hv to take the release strategy and release group (EKKO-FRGGR and EKKO-

FRGSX ) go to Table T16FS ( in this table u can find the release sequence ) From

the PO Environment - Header changes u can find , when the release changes an

number is generatred, that too be made use in the table CDHDR....

The change header table CDHDR will store the purchasing document number in

the field OBJECTID. So I try to create an infoset (SQ02) to link the table EKKO and

CDHDR together by the PO number. EKKO-EBELN link to CDHDR-OBJECTID but

there is an error saying that it's a Illegal join condition. What should I do?

pl help me , by giving t code for finding the po puton hold

Pur Req (PR) Does not print to the P2L2 (short name) printer. Prints incorrect

output to LOCL printer. Do I have to do any customization. If not then what/where

do i need to specify a PR to print to a printer other than LOCL

See in SAP we do not have the message detremination for the PR.You have to go

to PR and there you have the print icon cick there .the Printer name is to defined in

the system if it is not defined .The request wi besent to spoo.Go to SP02 you will

there the spoo request and seect that and cick the print icon.You will able to take

print out,But why do u need to print a PR

is there any day wise stock report in mm

MB5B

I have made 2 release strategy for RFQ. 1.Amount <10000 2.Amount<=20000

But whenever i make RFQ for more than Rs.10000 & go for release it opens only in

Amount<10000.

change the value of the second item & put it in interval format 10,000 - 20,000INR,

it will work fine

I have made the changes as per your suggestion ,but still my RFQ for more than

20000 shows in amount <10000. pl suggest where i have to make change

Hv u entered the value in the characteristics (CT04), unless u enter the interval

over their and then mention in the release strategy using CL24n, it will not work

We need to block the ' consumption from specific storage locations per user' for

the transaction code MFBF, in a repetitive manufacturing scenario. Kindly advise

on the 'Authorisation Object' & the modalities for the same,please

These are the following authorization i think you can try this as in my case we dont

have repetitative manufacturing .So i cannot test this in my system

Functions of.... Authorization object

Repetitive manufacturing C_SAFK Repet.manufacturing

Backflushing C_BFLS Backflushing

Resetting reporting

point quantities C_BFLS_R Resetting

Reposting reporting

point backflush. C_BFLS_N Repost

Restricted

backflush C_BFLS_L Restricted backflush

Hope this can hep you out.Do let me know

Can you help. There is a blocked invoice appearing on MRBR. This invoice was

previously released and paid, but it still appears on MRBR. It is also cleared in the

vendor‟s account. Can please you assist me on resolving this issue?

(1) the List of Pending/Open Purchase Orders each item-wise/Vendor- wise

alongwith Expected Date of Delivery as mentioned in PO (2) the details of Shelf life

for List of selected material line items

Point No. 1

Purchasing List for Open Purchase Order, Goods Receipt, Invoices Open Purchase

Order = Open Goods Receipts ( Selection parameters WE101). This two

parameters determined what information is shown:

selection parameter , scope-of-list parameter , The configuation transaction code

is OMEM

You can define additonal selection parameter for your users as well as untick those

fields which you does not want it to be printed.

Your can have the Purchasing Documents by :-

ME2L - Vendor

ME2M - Material

ML93 - Service

ME2K - Account Assignment

ME2C - Material Group

ME2B - Requirement Tracking Number

ME2N - Purchase Order Number

ME2W - Supplying Plant

Point No. 2

You can use T.Code. ZMST and put your required data in required field.Please use Tcode: ME80FN

I tried OMEM but it is not working."Transactio n OMEM does not exist

COULD ANYONE GUIDE ME TO GET THE COMPLETE LIST AND TOTAL QTY

OF RECIPTS,ISSUES FOR A SPECIFIED PERIOD AGAINST A MATERIAL

CODEYou can use T.Code MB5B or ZVS3. Both are for material ledger.

Use t/code MC.9 but you‟ll have to change the layout to display what u want

you can use use t-code ZVS3

Try to use Transaction Code : MC$G

U can use MB5B - Stock on Posting Date

WE CAN GET ALL REPORT ABOUT MATERIALS RECEIT AND ISSUE WITH

THE HELP OF MOVEMENT MB51

mmbe is the transaction code

in MB5B or mc.9 month wise list coming but i want day wise tell me any solution.

After saving PO, if I have to change condition type (e.g. handlg. charge, service

charge etc.)then here that field remain grey. I tried to delete that, but not possible.

Then how to overcome this problem. Please guide me

Pls. open your PO thru T.code ME22N and put your amount in AMOUNT Column

and SAVEIf migo is not done, u can change the condition type as follows; 1. select the

wrong condition 2.delete the row 3.enter the same conditionwith correct

price/reqd condition

How to view the enterprise structure (flow link) created in SPRO?

go to ec01 then click on structure and then on navigation u will find it

use t code ec 01 then go to structute then enter ur plant and co code then click on

navigation and see the enterprise structure

Can someone explain me STO step by step process with transaction codes in MM

and SD point of view. Also please send any document related to STOs

Step for STN Creation :

ME21N - Create Stock Transfer order (STO)

ME22N - Change STO

ME23N - Display STO

VL10B - Create Delivery

VL02N - Post goods issue & Batch / qty. picking

VF01 - Create Billing Documents ( STN )

VF02 - Display STN

VF03 - Printout for STN

Step for STN Cancellation :

VL09 - Reverse post goods issue

VL02N - Reverse delivery / pick qty.

ME22N – Cancel / delete STO

Reports :

ZVE6 - GR updating

ZVSLDET – Billing Documents details

ME21N - Create STO

ME22N- Change STO

ME23N- Display STO

MIGO - Goods issue for STO [MM route, no delivery created]

MIGO - Goods receipt against STO - in case of MM route simply do MIGO

against purchase order, in case of SD route where you have created a

delivery using VL10B, do GR against Outbound Delivery. If you do GR v/s

PO in SD route, then the SD document flow will not be updated.

i want to configure the PO STO to be created only with a reference to PR, i went

throught the Field selction key in PO Document type & in reference data item i

made the Purchase requisition as required field. but still can make the order without

ay PR.

Although i tried to make another field like infor record as mandatory & it works..... i

dont know if theres a system message that i should configure as an error but i

already tried some of them & still not working ...... any idea would be great

How we can WM and Barcode devices be integrated. Do we need any

developement in SAP

Assume that I've never done a vendor evaluation before and I have already created

(let say 10 procurement transactions) for one vendor. I want to evaluate vendor

based on "on-time delivery" and "quantity reliability" . Is it possible to run the

evaluation for all existing procurement transactions?

It seems to me that the vendor evaluation has to be executed every time after

there is new procurement. Is there another to configure the system to evaluate the

vendor and

update vendor score automatically after new procurement is created

have created new company code and new plants for an offshore manufaturing

plant. At MIGO, I get this message 'Please check table 169p. Entry 1200 does not

exist" 1200 is the new company code we created. I have checked configuration at

Goods receipt and all have been updated. Please advise what I might have missed

out in config or maybe this is an area that the FI/CO guy has to get involved?

Error 1. Company code not existing during goods receipt against a purchase

order.

Reasons. I. One of the reasons might be due to non-availability of Invoice

reduction default parameters for the Company code. This parameter can be set

inside Logistics Invoice Verification Configuration by copying the existing 0001

company code details or defining the company code parameters fresh.

II. Company code not assigned to Company In your case the first case is

applicabe as u might not have maintained the Invoicing config for the company

code. The table 169p is for Invoicing related only, u can check it in SE16. Pls ignore message below. Finally found solution at service.sap.com. In case

anyone come across this problem, the solution is to update company code at

OMRG which is Change View "" Stochastic block:Value"":Overview. I added the

new company and was able to carry out MIGO successfully

How do I export my Material master data from a SAP V4.6c system. I understand

there is way to it via ALE. Is there any direct output like direct input using LSMW.

Let me know what configuration setting need to be done for Automatic Vendor

evaluation

I need help in identifying a field where-in I can fill-in the old PO No. while uploading

OPEN PO into the production client. Is it possible later to refer the old po number

to get a report U can use field UNSEZ (our reference) available at header level of PO in

communication tab for entering old PO no

I would like to ask you a question. Please consider it urgent . We are closing down

and selling one of our production facilities. Once the sale completes, we want that

no postings can happens in that plant and we would like to officially lock that plant

in SAP (Read - Decommission that plant in our system). We do not want to severe

the Company Code - Plant link (due to Auditors) but want to handle it in some other

better way. Please advise with your experience as to how can we do that.

U can delete the assignment of plant to the company code, no posting will happen

there afterremove permissions from users for the company code and plant

We have used the Tracking No in the Purchase Order. You can get the report

based on the tracking No

view profit center in any MM reports (excluse mm01,mm02,mm03)

Can anybody explain What is the difference between General Item Category Group

and Item Category Group in MM01

If invoice is completed for a particular PO, Can we see through the tables whether

invoice is completed or not? if so what is that table, please help

HAVE GOT AUTHORISATION FOR AC02 T CODE WHEREAS I DONT HAVE

CHANGE ICON IN THE SCREEN. PL HELP ME TO GIVE PROPER

AUTHORISATATIONContact your Basis person (Technical person) in your organization to get

authorization for changes

IAM NEW FOR SAP MM. WHEN IAM DOING INVIOCE VERIFICATION, IAM

GETTING PROBLEM WITH TAX CODE FOR LAST THREE DAYS. I HAVE NO

ANY IDEA FOR HOW TO PROCEDURE. PLS TELL AS CLEARLY AND HELP ME

OUT.

Is it possible to compare RFQ's with several line items? If possible please advise

on how to maintain the system for that

It is maintained by manually thru Tcode me47n and to see the comaprision all

RFQs thru Tcode me49n. How it config. first I will check after that mail to u.

wut means what

can u plzz explain wut is work order

We are currently being advised that SAP can only handle PR authorisation through

workflow at PR line item level rather than header level which we require.

Can anyone advise if this is correct or can SAP be configured to handle this?

PR can be released on header level.Only disadvantage is that addition of item can

be made(without knowledge of final authority ) without affecting final authorisation

It is possible to have the release at header level with the PR block for changes at

the first release

In my organization, it is the end user requirement that the PR should be mandetory

while creating PO Pl. help me Thanks & Regards Sandip Patil SAP MM

Consultant there is one t code omet Try this & test it carefully

If you use OMET t-code it will be applicable to all document types.If you want to

make PR mandetory for particular document type,use userexit which works fine.We

have applied one user exit in our organisation for this requirement.

material ABC external i created as non stock and raise P.O against cost center but

after few days i reliaze that this material would be a stock material now i want to

keep same material no. for stock material.is it possible if possible how????

You can do the sme by the following ways:

- Cancel the PO, in case no GR happenned and change the material type. Tr. Code

MMAM (or)

- Check the quantity and value updation for this material type in your valuation area

(Plant) - Tr. Code OMS2

I HAVE A MATERIAL PROCURED FROM TWO VENDOR, ONE VENDOR IS

LOCAL AND THE OTHER ONE IS OUTSTATION VENDOR(IMPORT),

MATERIAL CODE FOR BOTH IS SAME AND IN THE MATERIAL MASTER LEAD

TIME AND PROCESSING TIME IS MAINTAINED AS PER LOCAL SUPPLIER.

BUT SOMETIMES MATERIAL IS PROCURED FROM BOTH

I HAVE PROBLEM IN MAINTAINING PROCESING AND LEAD TIME FOR BOTH

HOW TO MAINTAIN THE SAME THROUGH A MATERIAL CODE SO AS TO

FACILITATE FINANCIAL PART

In this case, one can extend the same material 1.1 to create similar purpose

material 1.2 for import procurement of material as per the requirement.

Path: SPRO --> IMG --> MMR (Initial screen after creation of the material 1).

try to use Split Valuation concept. valuation types are two: one for local

procurement & other for import procurement.

is there any tcode to see all plants puchase organisation and company code wise

list

how to see the profit center for a perticulat material.

Use the field changeability option in OMGQ>Release indicator>Details ,

Changes/Addition will not be possible

While creating a PO I am getting "Not Relevant Grant" error message. Can

anybody suggest some solution

Will anybody help to get following report.

1.Moving average price after each transaction like MIGO ,REturn etc.

2.itemwise unrestricted stock in various plant (different plant in different columns

and material in different rows)

3.Average consumption of items daywise and monthwise and file should be able to

print or convert in excel sheet.

I HAVE ONE PROBLEM. WE ARE BUYING COAL FROM SCCL FOR WHICH WE

ARE HAVING RELEASE ORDERS AGAINST A VALID CONTRACT. BUT

UNLOADING OF COAL CHARGES COMES RS28+12.36% SERVICE TAX.WHEN

I ADD THE COST IN MATERIAL ORDER AS A ITEM CONDITION,THEN

SERVICE TAX IS NOT POSSSIBLE.IF I MAKE A SERVICE ORDER I CANNOT

POST THE CHARGES DIRECTLY ON MATERIAL G/L A/C. PL HELP ME TO

RESOLVE THIS

While doing GR of a P.O ,It is taking Movement type 161 by default in item line. pls

suggest me from where it is piking this M.type & how to resolve it.

Go to Yuor Purchase order and check for the line item you have ticked the Returns

field.Please untick that field and then try to do the GR you will be able to do the

Goods reciept .You willnot face that error.Revert back to me

in PO line item u r checked line item as Returns Item

Its nothing my friend, you used the last GR with movement type 161 its defaulty

come, better u check any other movement type and post it ,next time that

movement type will come..

How to get combination of message output while saving PO in one shot ? What r

the settings involved?

Go to T.code Mn04 Select the message output ....and key combination and choose

the print medium go t to further data there you select key 3 send immediately and in

the communication give the printer name and save. After when you wiill create

PO the system will pick this condition record and will send this PO to spool

plz may i know how we can close the po.

You can close your PO by seeting the Delivery completed indicator in the PO

Please follow as below in Purchase order data tab of MIGO, "Del.completed" ind. 2

Set, Save the arrangement once u shift from auto indicator to set indicator

suppose the gr does not happens till particular date and i want that my should be

closed automatically how we will do this

You have to make a program that will run in background to close the PO

automatically . for this i think there BAPI function available .Ask ABAP person to

make program which will run after the number of the days you want to close the

PO

Can anyone guide me for the settings done for not allowing to issue goods more

than the qty entered in reservation. Means system should throw message while

issuing goods more than that of reservation qty

First of all, the intent of this message is not to offend or attack anyone, but I feel

there are some things that need to be said here. I am completely fed up with the

questions that say "give me step by step instructions" or "send details with screen

shots" etc. I think it is about time that those of you who expect others to just hand

you the answers go do some research on your own. You will never learn anything

by just having answers given to you. There is an almost limited supply of resources

available (SAP Note, Internet groups, etc.) and if you are not motivated to dig

around a little, then you have no business in this profession.

Also, there are numerous questions regarding what to say in a job interview. If you

are not qualified for a position then you shouldn't be interviewing and you certainly

do not deserve the job.

Many of us have devoted a great deal of time and effort to further our careers and

if you are not willing to do that, go find another line of work.

I am sure that I speak for many of us in that I am glad to help people out who have

tried hard but just can't figure something out, but I will not help anyone who is

simply lazy and doesn't want to make an honest effort.

I could not agree more. Over the last year or so, I have seen so many instances of

this, it is ridiculous. I too will help anyone who has made a solid effort and just

hasn't been able to find resolution, but I will not respond when it is apparent that

someone is just looking to take the easy way out.

You are absolutly right .i must say thanks to you as if they dont put their effort they

will never undertstand. this is place where we can share our problems which be are

facingvery true & I am in completely in line with you.

i appreciate ur comments and its true that untill unless everybody not put their own

efforts can not do anything in his life.

What is WBS Element in MM? please drop-in information

WBS is known as work breakdown structure and it is a part of the Project systems

in SAP .This is used when you are working with project and for making this

youhave to cretae PO with account assignment category P and at the line item you

will find tab account assingment there you have tto Give the WBS elemnt creteated

.You have first create project and after creating project you have to release the

project.For this you have to work in consultation withthe PS guy.

I have one clarification in Excise. If we post cenvat credit in J1IEX, ie for example.

If we post it as capital goods 50% Cenvat Hold account and 50% Cenvat BED

account. Then I want to reverse this using the J1IH. In J1IH if you select J1IH, it

has to split up and credit to cenvat hold account and cenvat BED account and debit

to cenvat clearing. But in our case, all the 100% is crediting to Cenvat BED account

and debiting to Cenvat Clearing account.

We are currently being advised that SAP can only handle PR authorisation through

workflow at PR line item level rather than header level which we require. Can

anyone advise if this is correct or can SAP be configured to handle this?

One is blocked.as checked in LS26. The stock Catagory indeicator is "S" As I

understand, the stocks in Quality Control is "Q", Stocks Returns is "R" & Blocked

stocks is "S".

How do I move these block stocks to the unrestricted stocks..To move/transfer the goods from Bolcked stock to Unresticted stock u sue

movement type 104 in MB1C transaction

while doing MIGo transaction, please tell me what should be the corrective action

when the error message "control indicators for the controlling

area bpl4 does not exist or not maintained" appears. and also some times in migo

,the message comes as said below "purchase order 4500015397 has no items",

but i had created the purchase order with some materials clearly.

Did u maintain Quantity & Value updation indications for the materials? Check this

out

I have created my own doucument tpe and number ranges for PR .but when i go to

crete PR then system gives message as : Item category is not allowed to this

documet tpyeWhile defining Document types , in the same definition you have to allow your

desired Item categories for the document type

Go to your document type, select it and then click on allowed item category on left

hand side. here you can define the item category for your new doc type.

We have defined our raw material warehouses(spread all over India) as storage

locations in SAP and assigned them to our manufacturing plant(which is a plant in

SAP) so that we can run MRP at the plant and we can take all stocks lying at

external locations for netting.However, since these stocks are at different physical

locations, we need to build in the lead times for them to travel to the mfg. plant from

storage location.Thus when calculating the need for material, I should subtract the

stock that is present at Chennai warehouse.However, since it takes two days to

move stock to mfg plant, it should also alert the user or cognise for the lead time

and not show the material as available for production.

i have copied from movt type 101, and have seen that i had copied allowed

transactions . but still its showing an error.

if u do not mind can you repeat the erreor

I wanna know how to release the materials in the quotation after the quotation got

expiredThere is no standard practise to release the material from the expired quaotation,

but if you want to procure the material, then go to change mode of the Quaotation

and then procure the required.

I am talking about the sales quotation, not the purchase quotation

while creating a PO for services I am getting error message "Tax code ( VN ) in

procedure TAXUSA is invalid". I check ed the TaxCode but could find anything

causing error.try to check this it will help u. 1). T-Code: FTXP enter u r tax code & check it.

2).spro->financial accounting->financial a/c global settings->tax on sales/purchase-

>basic settings->check calculation procedure->click on define procedures->select

TAXUSA & click on control data & compare with (1).

Thanks for your reply. I did what you mentioned but 1 & 2 dont match. Then in the

Item Detail under Invioce I changed the Taxcode to someother value (VN was not

in the tax code selection). But still its not working. So if you have someother wayout

then let me know.Tax VN will come by defult, You have to create your own tax code country related &

to assign to PO or not assign any tax code in PO

Thanks for the reply. Now its working.

How we config release procedure for RFQ,PR, PO, Contract? Pls help step wise

and screen shots wise. How many stepes involved for config the release

procedure.For the release procedurefor PO documents you have do following:

1first you create characteristics for a release procedure for purchase documents

(POs/RFQ/ Contracts )Create a characteristic for each field from communication

structure CEKKO that is to be a criterion for your release strategy. Enter the table

name and the field name on the tab page Additional data (for example, table

CEKKO for field GNETW for the net value .in similar you can create charaterstic

what you want........ ......... ....

2.create classes for a release procedure for purchase orders

a. Create a class with the class type 032. You have a free choice of names

for the new class (e.g. REL_RFQ for the release of RFQs).

b.Assign a name for the new class on the tab page Basic data.

c.. You can view an error message if different characteristics with identical

values have been assigned to a class. To be able to do so, select the Check with

error message indicator in the Same classification area.

d.Asign your characteristics to the class via the tab page Characteristics.

3.Define release procedure for the PO documents .Here you will definw the

releasse group/Release codes/release indicator/release strategy.

Create a release group for your release procedure and assign it to a class.then

release codes you need for your release strategy and assign the codes to your

release group then you have cre ate a release strategy for your release group and

assign your release codes Release prerequisites

release prerequisites, you specify the order in which the individual release points

while doing mb1c the message is account determination for entry GBB--------- -----

BSA 3000 NOT POSSIBLE

For this you have to make entry for threGBB by going thru OBYC transcation code

and select GBB it will ask you chaart of account give your chartof account and

make entry for valution modifer BSA for valution class 3000-- give the G/L account

there.

Can you be specific on which movement type you are using for T-code

MB1C.Kindly check the same with T-code OMWN in account grouping,if the

account modification BSA is maintained for the TE key GBB in the respective

movement type.If maintained enter T-Code OBYC i.e, Automatic posting check with

TE key GBB whether for Account modification BSA with the combination of

valuation class 3000 the GL account codes are maintained for debit and credit

postinggoto t-code: OBYC->double click on GBB->enter u r chart of accounts->check for

this entry 0001-BSA-3000- G/L account,if does not exist goto new entries.

can any body tell me what is TCode for standard REPORT WHERE I CAN SEE

Type the T-code SAP1 & u can see a list of all std. reports…

In consignment settlement when we do the stock transfer (MB1B) from

consignment stock to company's own stock and settle the vendor's claim

with the transaction MRKO, the accounting documents are created – Can anyone

please tell me which tables and the fields from these tables the

system is using to create these accounting documents.(please mention tables and

fields for the two transaction separately)

Is there any customization other than entering K (manually) in the item category

field in ME21N, so that we don't have to enter every time "K"

in the item category field manually to indicate that it is a consignment PO.

See Achra this is SAP standard process that you have to enter the item category K

for consignment .You can set the default value for item category or can make of the

parameter .But there will be problem when you will be crating the other PO ( normal

po).

I have created a new movement type copying from movt type 101.(using t code

OMJJ). but when i am doing GR through MIGO using that created movt type then

its giving error.

that choose the allowed movt type. please tell where i am wrong.Check the Allowed transactions for the copied movt type, if there are no

transactions , then enter Transactionsin new entries

WHILE DOING A GR WITH RESPECT TO A PURCHASE ORDER THE STOCK

ACCOUNT > GETS DEBITED AND THE GR/IR ACCOUNT GETS CREDITED. >

NOW MY QUESTION IS THE AMOUNT WHICH SHOWS IN THE STOCK

ACCOUNT > ASWELLAS THE GR/IR ACCOUNT IS WHICH AMOUNT TAKEN

FROM THE PRICING > CONDITION FROM THE PURCHASE ORDER?IS IT THE

NET VALUE OR THE MATERIAL > COST? > THE REASON BEHIND MY

QUESTION IS I HAVE DONE A PO WHERE I HAVE GIVEN > THE FOLLOWING

CONDITION:

> GROSS PRICE :1000

> TAX ON PO : 200

> ------------ --------- --------- --------- -------

> NET VALUE :1000

> ------------ --------- --------- --------- ------

> ABSOLUTE DISCOUNT: 10

> NON-DEDUCTABLE TAX:35

> ------------ --------- --------- --------- -----

> MATERIAL COST WITHOUT INVOICE : 1025.

>

> NOW WHEN I AM DOING THE GR OF THIS PO IT IS SHOWING THAT THE

STOCK > ACCOUNT AS WELLAS THE GR/IR DEBIT ACCOUNT IS 1035 i.e. IT

ISNOT > CONSIDERING THE 10 RUPEES DISCOUNT.If the material in question is being maintained with StandardPrice, then the

Discount amount of Rs. 10/- will be posted to Discount Clearing Account Initially

and when the Invoice is posted, the same will be transferred to Gain on Price

Difference Account. If the Material is maintained with Moving Average Price, then it

will be transferred to Stock Account at the time of Invoice Posting.Just let me know the following information which you fill up in PO, so that I can

clear all of your doubt regarding account posting. PO Quantity ? Net Price ? Tax

Amount ? Discount ?the following are the details asked by u:

> gross price rs.1000

> tax on po rs.200

> ------------ ------

> net value rs.1000

> nondeductable tax rs.35

> absolute discount rs.10

> ------------ ------

> material cost before in. rs.1025

> but when i am doing gr,the account posting is taking

> rs.1035 instead & of rs.1025

the discount price is enter in inforecord at condition tab interms of % or rs.

for Account document creation go to t-code--obyc double click on KON enter GL

acc num fill valuation |gen modifier|valuation class|debit| credit 0001 30000

How is a shelf-life item managed in SAP? What is the full cycle?

Please advise if there is a way to restrict the purchase order document type that

may be created in reference to a specific contract document type. We have

multiples of each, and need to establish restrictions. I see how to link document

types to requisitions, but not purchase orders or contracts.

In MM50 (extend material) after entering the material number and pressing

execute, the extend material overview screen is appearing. By default it shows the

columns (Status, Created on, Material, M Type, I, Plant etc.) but the client wants to

have the Status description column to appear against each Status since the status

code alone is confusing them. for example: A-Work Scheduling, B-Accounting, C-

Classification, D-MRP etc...). Please let me know if it possible and confirm the

steps to customize the 'Extend Material Overview' screen so that the description

column comes next to Status 'S' column.

Could you please explain me the steps to Configure, 'Print Output' for Contracts

(ME31K) via ME9K

To use me9k, 1. Click the message Icon in the Contract , 2. Enter -

Output type - NEU

Medium- Print output (enter others if others)

PartnerFn-Vn

language- En

3. Communication method

Logical destinatin- LP01 (Enter the printer name Configured for SAP print out)

GO-back

4. Further Data

Send with own application

Go-back (twice) & save the contract.

IF RELEASE IS THERE THEN RELEASE THE CONTRACT AND PROCEED

FOR ME9K OR PROCEED DIRECTLY FOR ME9K

I think now u should be able to enter the details in ME9K, try it if not then come

back , Unless the above is done, ME9K will not have any doc. to process.

In Sub-contracting PO --- the components are consumed during GR of finished

products from Subcontractor. During this process we have the option that we can

change the no. of components consumed (under/over consumption) for the finished

product. My question is that for under consumption we can change the no shown

during GR from subcontractor without any question, but how we can do it for over

consumption, where did the subcontractor found this excess material, as we didn't

send it to vendor yet. Please explain. Another question how we will manage the

scrap from the Subcontractor? We can mention it as negative quantity during

creation of PO but how? Say I have two components each 10 pieces, then how I

will show the scrap quantity in the PO? Please explainIn relation to the scrap quantity you make allowance for that in the Bill of Material

(BOM)

for prt material , i am getting an error message of " valuation record does not exist

" while making migo. do anybody is having the solution

what is material type you are using

production resourse & tool ,, valuation class - 3070

We want to use Asset Purchasing through P.O in our Organization. Can any one

tell me what is the procedure and what are the configuration settings?

IN PO CREATION SELECT ACCOUNT ASSIGNMENT CATEGORY AS "

A"..THEN ACCOUNT ASSIGNMENT ASSET TAB WILL APPEAR.U MAINATAIN

THE ASSET MASTER OF THE ORDERED ITEM(WHICH IS MAIINTAINED BY

FINANCE GUY THRO' TCODE AS01) AND SAVE IT

Can any one please tell me that do we need to maintain material master of all the

capital goods/Assets

without material master, how you can maintain

material/asset to be picked up for procurement? ??????

for all materials/assets we have to maintain master

and we have to consider the "AAC-Account Assignment

Category" for the procurement process.

this is my stand reg. this

Assets are to be created & maintained in Asset Master & can be procured without

material codeasset master?????? ? let me know somemore about this pls

is there any other tcode for getting the materials list with all details like legacy

code,plant, sloc....You may have get all Materials list in MARA Table in T.Code SE11 instead of

MM60

thanks for ur reply and tmrw i will check in my office and today i found one more

option through MM03 and I got legacy code, mat description, sap material(sap

code). There i was unable to get sloc and all.......anyhow, i will check ur answer.

IN MM03, ENTER THE MATERIAL NUMBER, SELECT THE ORGANISATIONAL

LEVEL,THERE U CAN FIND PLANT, STORAGE LOCATION AND VALUATION

ETC.thanks for ur reply and there i m not having option to enter plant....... .. i want list out

all the materials which is coming under one plant......

when i do migo mov101 error:postinly only possible 2006/04 and 2005/04 so i

change on mmpv change the pstng prd. even samy come how to salve this

use T-Code OB52 and change the periods to current periods and ur problem will be

solved.You have to close the period in the material master.Logistics --->MM -----> Material

Master ----> Other ----> Close Period. You have to enter the next period and fiscal

year

I have maintained a new taax procedure with new tax codes and maintained

condition records.When iam creating a material at the time of PO and checking

INVOICE TAB everything is OK.I have maintained FRB1 (FREIGHT FIXED

VALUE).Default tax code is V0 (ZERO INPUT TAX) and tax code for material is 12

(Taxes are calculating correctly in PO) But when i post invoice for this PO after GR.

Even iam selecting V0 as tax at header level even freight charges are also getting

taxed by the same tax code i.e tax code:12 to which i maintained for material. Even

if i tried to post planned delivery costs separetly also the same thing is happening.

Kindly help me take Zero Tax Code for Planned Delivery Costs ( ie., Frieght ) at item level and for

material take the tax code which is relevant

could you please provide me with the information necessary to find out the value of

the planned material requirements by month. I am not referring to a detailed list by

part number but a summary with the global value of the raw materials to be

withdrawn month by month according to MRP schedules

Pl. provide me the related information about "What is the difference between the

material type Non-valuated material and Free material which is maintained in

P.O.(that means some vendors give offer that if we purchase the 100 nos of

material they will give 5nos free in kind).

I am creating a Purchase Requisition for procurement of Asset by assigning "A" in

the account category. I have a issue, In the Valuation tab of the PR The indicator

for "GR Non-Val" is activating automatically. My end users does not want that to

happen. Where do I do the customising for that so that it should not come again

Pls go to transaction OME9 where you will be find the account assignment

categories, there you can change the GR non valuated

I want to add unit of measures how can i customise... .. please mention path

use t code: CUNI it is and img activity

can u all telll me how to get the list of invoice. plzz tell me the t.code for the same

T CODE MIR 5

Can any one tell me what r types of valuation. Is it allowed to have value in

negative ,in MAterial master accounting view total value

PL GUIDE ME TO GET THE LIST OF PR FOR THE FOLLOWING : 1.PR WHICH

ARE CONVERTED AS RFQ ,TO BE CONVERTED AS PO. 2.PR WHICH ARE

CONVERTED AS PO.

3. PR WHICH ARE HAVE NO ACTION TAKEN. PL SUGGEST THE T CODE AND

SELECTION PARAMETERS IN DETAIL

You can see the PR list thru T.Code - ME5A

Y_AC3_67000372 Try this T.Code for PR status

is it a customised Txn code? Can you guide with node names for this report

IN PO , OUR STAFFS ARE MAINTAINING TAX CONDITIONS AND PUT ON

HOLD AND THE DOCUMENTS ARE COMING TO ME FOR VERIDFICATION. I

AM ALSO VERIFIED THE SAME AND SAVED THE DOCUMENT. BUT AFTER

MIGO MY FINANCE GUY WANTS TO PAY THE TAX WHICH IS NOT

REFLECTED IN MIRO AND ALSO IN PO ALSO. HE COMPLAINTED. I VERIFIED

AND CONDITIONS ARE STILL EXISTS IN FV11. BUT NOT REFLECTING IN PO

MIRO. WHY? HOWEVER IN FV12 I HAVE RE ENTER THE SAME CODE , THEN

PO BECOMES ALRIGHT . BUT NIT IN MIRO OBVIOUSLY,AS MIGO ALREADY

DONECheck your Vendor master data for TAX information. If the supplier is not registered

for the tax condition it won‟t pull through on MIRO.

Can you help me out to find out the Total Amount for Purchase requisition having

multiple line items? (Total value of a Purchase requisition)

i also having the same question as i am having the values for line by line item only

and while taking print only i am getting full PR values for multiple line items.

any idea wher we can find the total amount for PR. Currently I have used myABAP

guy to write a logic for this and using a report kind of thing to know the total amount.

Expect valuable comments & help in this regard

Use SUM keyword to calculate the total of any column in a report. Ex: where u r

writing the data in the report just let thecolumn which u r doing the calculation it

shud be placed in the end of the internal table that will be gud and handy..... SUM.

itab-netwr, itab-mwbsk.

I would like to seek advice on this issue. I need to do a stock transfer using 303 and

305. However, during reservation, the mvt type 303 is not allowed (is this true?). So

have to choose 301. Then when I do MIGO with reference to the reservation, the

movement type is defaulted to 301. How to go about this issue?

MVT type 303 and 305 are exclusively for Stock Transfer Posting in two steps.

You can make use of movment type 309 also in T-Cdoe MB1B, in 301 you can

transfrer the material from one plant two another, but in 309 you can tranfer from

plant to plant, also Sloc to Sloc

What is Backorder processing of sales orders? What are the steps and t-code

involved?

Please let me know max how many release code we can assign to release

strategy.maximum 8

I have a doubt in MRP. I have checked in MD04 for two materials. I found out that

for one material the requirements were pushed from the order and for the other

material the requirements were displayed with respect to the delivery. What is the

control that triggers whether it should be triggered from order or delivery

Please assist me, I need a transaction to draw a report showing the top ten

suppliers in Rand value (ZAR) for professional service providers

Try transaction "ME81N

try using t-code MC$4 if this is fit with you rqmt. i'm not familiar with ZAR your

referring to.

I want daily summary of receipts,issues and closing stock details daily report

use MB5B for stocks on posting date to cross-check, use MB51 and change your

lay-out to gridlines

While creating vendor using T code XK01,I am gettign an error message as

"Screen layout for purchase organization XYZ is not defined'

Financial Accounting >Accounts Receivable and Accounts Payable >Vendor

Accounts>Master Records<Preparations for Creating Vendor Master

Records>Define Screen Layout per Company Code (Vendors) chek here you will

get Please check the vendor a/c group which u assigned. Because the only one

perameter that controls screens of a vendor master is ven A/C group.

i created material in mm01. and also created PR & Po but. i cant do MIGO the

error display is Material X1, plant- x , storage location -X does not exist

can u give solution for that

you have not maintained the plant and storage data . Maintain that view view you

have use MM01 t.code you will able to do

i have a doubt regarding split valuation for a material .How it works & in what

scenarios? kindly let me answer as quickly as possible

The SAP R/3 System allows you to valuate stocks of a material either together or

separately, that is, according to different valuation criteria. Split valuation is

necessary if, for example:

1. Stock from in-house production has a different valuation price than externally

procured stock.

2. Stock obtained from one manufacturer is valuated at a different price than stock

obtained from another manufacturer.

3. Different batch stocks of a material have different valuation prices.

while creating po i got a problem that no commitment item 0001/1000 for this

company the system shows the diagnosis that for this company fund / cash or

project management is active so pl maintain the commitment item pl telll me where

i have to check this or how to deactivate it / reply soon

this is mainly work of fi/co guys.the commitment item is related to profit centre of

company, which is also linked to cash management. chk ur fico settings. it happens

that when u create a company/cost centre it is automatically linked. so chk ur

settings or try to give all 9 in commitment item if u r using 1000 ctry code.

If u input the cost centre, this error should not come

the utility of the purchase group is from the reporting point.Purchase group is a

buyer .group of buyer responsible for buying activites .Purcahse group is not

assigned to any of the organisation level

purchase group is a floating entity, it is not assigned at any org. levels(mat. type is

also floating entity).

i have a problem in creating my own P.R after realease the P.R in three lavels It

shows some error message & also flag is not comming on the top.can you help me

out the detail procedure from realease of P.R to my own P.O.

are u assign pur.group to pur. organization, if yes where

This is done within our security roles

NO, p.group is an independent org element.it is not assigned anywhere but only

defined.

daily wise receipts,issues, closing stock report.

MB51, MC.1, MC.9

Mc.1 and Mc.9 will give you stock status for the particular period not on particular

date and MB51 you will get the material document list .

I feel that is not fullfulling the requirement as asked byrajesh

use t.code MB5B that will give stock on posting date .that is the stock on particular

date opening stock /reciepts /closing date

Material Returns To Vendor. Assuming that I have some materials which have

been in the store for some periods of time. A few months later, some were found to

be faulty. So I need to return back the materials to your vendor but it does not

relate to any particular PO and vender is reddy for return. I am taking modvet & bill

passed by acct. dept. Create return PO, tick the check box under return items column for the materials to

be returned.Then do goods receipt with reference to this PO using movement type

161Create Return Purchase Order and fallow the all trasanction Code as it is .and you

will get the Create the Credit note. in case of Excise u need to generate the same

way using J1IEX. Since there is no any PO Reference, you need to fallow like this.

other wise directly using reference of material document can possible to return and

excise can be reversed using Transaction Code : J1IS

Can anyone help me to get all SAP (MM) ALL T-CODE with function.

try SM01

try MM00 for all tables

pls try tcode TSTC

T.Code is SE93 and put the MM* in transaction code and press f4 key.

I tried with T.Code is SE93 with MM* in transaction code and pressed f4 key But

some error message is appearing which is attached so pls do the favour

Use Transaction code : SE16

When my users create a reservation (MB21) for movement type 201, they want to

be able to enter the GL account optionally.

If they leave it blank the account assignment must be determined by the material's

valuation class.

Is there a way to do this in SAP?

I know that in OMJJ you can switch on/off the display of the GL Account, which

works fine.

My question is this: If I have the value in OMJJ set to ' ', which means account entry

is optional, how can I make it in MB01 to also be optional? In this scenario, if the

user does not enter the GL account, he receives the error message "Please enter According to customized settings in OBYC->GBB->VBR-valuation class-G/L

account assigned, system by default that G/L account will pick, if we want it can

change. if no settings&blank definitely system will rise account determination error.

if u want your customized error, i think contact with ABAPer

The default G/L account is set up correctly in OBYC->GBB->VBR with valid GL

accounts. I have found out in the mean time that there is an additional check in the

field exit of the GL account, specific to our company, which explains why I get the

error

I need to programmatically create a vendor on the master data. Looking for a BAPI,

I could only find BAPI_VENDOR_ CREATE, which is online. Do you know a

function module that I can use to automatically create a vendor?

ME2W T-CODE

pl guide me to find out the status of pr pending for conversion, which are converted

to req, to po. if ME5A means selection parameters pl

Why there is need to flag option of " GR BASED IV" in Purchase Order. How does

it affect while performing MIGO or MIRO.

GR based IV means that your invoice will be based on the goods receipt.

What will happen during MIRO if I dont click on "GR based IV" in PO. Will FI people

able to do invoice verification ?

Of course FI people able to do invoice verification ýn GR based IV. In GR Based IV

a seperate invoice item is created for each delivered partial delivery. You can

assign each invoice item to a uniquely good receipt item.

GR based IV is for Domestic Purchasing procedure. If you want to pay for vendor

after goods receipt then you have to check GR based IV.IV is not possible to

process before GR. But in Import procedure you have to make invoice for customs

duties before goods receipt,in that case you should not check this GR based IV in

PO.

u can select gr based IV in PO in the item-invoice tab,u can click on the box (check

in the attachment), by taking P.O.reference only we r doing GR & MIRO (refer 'r1'

attachment

1)I want report where i can see combination of G/L account Vs valuation class.

2)how to assign G/L to valuation class 3)is it possible to assign number of G/L

code to single valuation class

U can assign G/L accounts to Valuation Class in OBYC in concerned Transaction

key. U can't assign one valuation class to no. of G/L accounts, but u can assign

one G/l account to no.of Valuation Classes

Can a Service PR can be created with reference to Service Contract.

U can create Service PO w.r.t Service contract

Yes you can create a service PR with reference to a contract,it is very much

possible. In T-code Me51n you put "D" under Iterm catagory for services and you

put the contract nymber under outline agreement.when you press enter in the next

screen you will see the services mantained in the contract then choose from them.

Tell me if you don't come okOn the bottom of the page you will a clikable button which is "SERVICE

SELETION" click it,on the next screen you will see the contract number that you've

put,make sure that the contract check button is checked then enter.on the next

screen you will be able to see you items from the contract. I did the same thing but

i is not comingI did the same thing but i is not coming

Can I check the info record is available for same vendor and same material with my

different plant. If yes how ? please help me in this case .

for info record mandatory fields are Material number(with/ with out material master)

& vendor number is Mandatory, but plant is optional. what is exact requirement?

explain detailMy case is this We have 2 different plant say PLANT-1 and PLANT-2, in PLANT-1

we have RATE-1for VEND-1 & MATERIAL-1 now i want a check at the time of

createion of info record for PLANT-2 with the same vendoer and material.

We can customise the me11 transaction so that plant is made mandatory try

ME11_PLANT

In our company has several plant. Each plant using same material for production.

Each plant raised P.R for same material and differ qty and same delivery date.

Purchase department convert P.R to P.O for single line item for total qty. My

question is how can we identify P.R convert to P.O or not. In purchase order one

line item we can refer only one P.RFor single line item in PO for same material, we can use more line items for the

same material from DIFFERENT PR and this is possible.

Can any body please tell me if 2 Uoms of a single item can be displayed in the PO

?

at a time in one po, we can use one UOM only. Meanwhile we can maintain

ALTERNATE UOM in material master

Is there any way to delete all the PR which is Not Released

Pls. use T.Code ME5A and open your pending PR list and then use T.code ME52N

and put your PR and delele all PR one by one

Check for a BAPI....for PR deletion.... That might help.....

When making gr to po , during posting 101mov, the following message come 1-

price changing amounting to % in month 2- price changing amounting to 19000 %

in month 12/2007 3- posting can only be made to G/L a/c 300000 in curr.GBP

THESE MESSAGE ARE YELLOW MARKED MESSAGES. SO U CAN IGNORE IT.

ONLY POINT NO 3 ONLY U HAVE TO CHECK BEFORE POST IT.

ur problem is quite natural, u may have given the price standard or moving average

price in info record, which is low and in the tolerance limits u have given the

variance in some percentage. That is y it is showing % of price changing amount,

for the change the old to new price go MR21 transaction and give the new price.

Pl. provide me the related information about "What is the difference between the

material type Non-valuated material and Free material which is maintained in P.O

non valuated materia is non valuated at your plant end ow ever u need to pay to

vendor. in case of free material vendor is sending you as fre. u need not to pay to

vendor. hi otheres : if any deference more than this please let me know

Is there any way to delete all the PR which is Not Released

which pr you want to release either not yet released fully nor not yet started to

releaseWhen ever at my work, such problem occur. We were deleting line item of the PR

which is not released or released but material not requires

Pls. use T.Code ME5A and open your pending PR list and then use T.code ME52N

and put your PR and delele all PR one by one

While posting GR for an asset, system not able to pick up offset account(GR/IR

account). Anyone got the idea where my configuration settings

are missing ?

Can any body please tell me if 2 Uoms of a single item can be displayed in the PO

?

A po has 50 items, all the 50 items have the same price, instead of entering the

price for each item 50 times is there any option in Sap where the common price can

be entered in one go. I have tried but i couldn't solve it, Give the solution for his

type of scenario.since in sap, release strategy is item oriented( plant, pgrp and value) , we have to

do in this scenario. in the meantime, we can do it in the EBAN table settings and it

will affect in normal scenario

my client is facing problem related to pr release.he is unable to do second level

release of one particular pr.other pr he is able to release. actually,the pr is having 3

level release,the first level release has been ok,but user in the second level release-

is not able to release the pr. in pr, it is showing small yellow traingle(symbol) 1)i

have checked the release strtegy, 2)basis consultant checked user profile and

access issues related to t-code me54n.we are using standard sap configuration

and custimazation only. 3)workflow consultant is telling that -no problem with

workflow. the pe is having account assignment category-"K" . is anything special

to be checked. please provide valuable olution for this issue.

your suggestion are taken valuable.whether pr release strategy is maintained properly??? pls check once again.

yes i have checked the release strategy and also the agent addition in

workflow.everything found to be ok.the user can(first level) already released the

pr.this is for this pr only.It seems ur PR is allready released. Pls check the value on which ur release

strategy is fixed.Please inform once ur problem is fixed.

on the screen where u see the ellow triangle,put /osu53 ad give that screen to ur

basis guy

i had this problem before but i dont remember the authorisation obect.u try this may

be solve ur problemI am having this problem with PRs and POs on more than one occasion. All

settings and configurations are ok. My simple solution is to cancel the release so

that it goes back to the first person, then hopefully to the second. This work most of

the time for me. When it does not work we cancel PR or PO and do new one.

The hierarchy mentioned in the PR strategy needs to be monitored.

in migo gr to po mov 101 unable to post ON DISPLAY LOGS FOLLOWING

DISPLAYED - PRICE CHANGING AMOUNTING TO % IN MONTH/ - PRICE

CHANGING AMOUNTING TO 1,9000% IN MONTH 12/2007 - POSTING ONLY

CAN ONLY BE MADE TO G/L A/C 300000 IN CURR. GBP

in gr where does the price will come and what is the price growth %

whether pr release strategy is maintained properly???

yes i have checked the release strategy and also the agent addition in

workflow.everything found to be ok.the user can(first level) already released the

pr.this is for this pr only.

I am having this problem with PRs and POs on more than one occasion. All

settings and configurations are ok. My simple solution is to cancel the release so

that it goes back to the first person, then hopefully to the second. This work most of

the time for me. When it does not work we cancel PR or PO and do new one.

Pls let me know how to create condition type so as to input on the po for a asset

so that invoice for it gets blocked /will not be posted

Use Invoice Tolarance limit procedure

I would also requset you to give me the detailed process of configuring that .

Because this is just to have control on unapproved vendor invoice payments or to

configure for mile stone based invoices, And this is specially for equipment

purchases

I would like to add few things regarding Asset procurement.

1. There is no need to maintain material master, instead Asset master is to created

where-in asset no & the corresponding G/L no is attached to the asset no. for

Posting during fututre procure ment. This is basically FI/CO acitvity.

2. There will be internal order which is basically budgetary provision for

procurement of assets. SCM gut needs to maintain Asset number & Order number

against which asset is procured in the Account assignment category tab of PR/PO.

3. of-course it goes without saying that one has to maintain "A" in the account

assignment category column

4. There will be no accounting document generated during GRN if the indicator for

GR-Non valuated check box is not removed.

One has to coordinate with the CO guys for Budgetary alocation/provision

/availability details before going ahead with asset procurement.

1) Assets are to be maintained by finance asset master. The data is shared among

a) PP - for Production Planning in Mfg. schduling if the assets are machines

b) PM - for maintenance of machines etc.,

c) Finance - maintenace of both machinery and non-machinery aseets like

buldings, lands etc. in asset master,

Tax - Excise Duty / customs duty are returned if u r producing goods using

assets / machines ( in some % of assets)

d) Controlling - budget allocation via projects, forecast requiremnt, new ventures

etc., Creation & Maintenance of GL accounts for Asset Procuring, asset

mainteance, assets servicing etc.,

e) MM - for procuring the assets, for negotiating service contracts for maintenance I think we can create a separate Account Asignment Categories for Asset

Procurement. However, we need to mention all posting entries, GL accounts etc

can anybody send me a sample of domestic and importe Po Pricing with TAXINN

condition

Why can not we change the vendor for a created PO "Not released yet"

by MIGO during receive mov101 error : posting only possible GBP 30000 only

then i put mov 103 blkd stock so now how to bring to unres.st. where have to

change a/c

can any one tell on how to return goods purchased, and to create a DR memo for

the returns.. ie(cancelation of MIRO/MIGO/ returns movement type etc......)

regarding material return pls go ahead with return po with mvt type 161.

When u do Returns , there is two methods.

1. With Material document . called as with reference to PO

2. Wthout material document which called as Return Purchase Order.

the first situation will come in industry that if u have any reference document, like

GR number or PO number, u can able to do the purchases using that ref.

document. other wise the second one will be prefered . for suppose some material

procured long back and do not have any ref. documents and the same material

going to send back to vendor. in this situation, the second method will be prefered.

in first method 122 movement will be get hit

in second method 161 will get hit

You can create credit memo with respect to delivery note

Could you please explain process flow for VMI in SAP ? What is the logic behind

VMI and how to map it in SAP ?

Vendor Managed Inventory

i want to use 313 E for storage location two step transfer of salesorder stock but i m

not able to do > it gives erro that 313 E does not exist> do i hvae to make some

setting in omjj?> can anyone guide>

use T-code 301

301 is plant to plant one step transfer ,i want to transfer sloc to sloc and that also

two stepsI think u want to transfer plant(A) to plant(B) and also storage location of Plant A(1)

to storage location of Plant B(1). Am I right?

use 303 & 305

303 and 305 for plant to plant i want sloc which is 313 and 315 but i cant use for

sales order stock that is 313 e and 315 e.

no i want to use two steps transfer from plant (a) sloc (a )to plant( a) sloc (b)

>first i will use 313 to transfer from plant (a) sloc (a),and than again recieve the

material at plant (a) sloc(b) by movt type 315

>this i am able to do for normal stock but i want to do the same for sales order

stock ( special stock E)

>that is i want to use 313 E and 315 E.

>hope somebody can help

first u need to check in OMJJ whether for 313 and 315 t.code special stock

indicator E is available or not

have to do any settings ?

what is quota arrangement ?

Quota is done when u have more than one vendor.T-CODE= MEQ1

quota arrangement means u can alot a quota while venodr selection

We are start our system from April'07. we are procuring some material from last

budget(Manual) and the same materail we used till end of Jully.We have not Stock

updated of this material in system at april'07. Now we have to show consumption of

this material, for that we have to Updating that Stock. But now problem is that if we

do that our this year budget will consume.So please guide me in this case.

whether stock is updated in initial stage(before go-live) by 561 MVT into sap from

your legacy or not???

You have to update the materials thro MB1C movement type 561 (receipt per initial

entry of stock balances in to un resticted use). Enter if you have any batch nos for

the above materials. Automatically the stocks were updated in your system and

ready for issue.

Kindly help me by answering my queries mentioned below:

(1) What Report can we get wrt to Purchase orders by using Purchasing Value

Keys & How?

(2) How to get the details of Shelf life for List of selected material line items. plz tell me how to see all PR and HOW Much PO is raised againest that PR

You can use T.code - ME5A

T.code for purchasing value - ME84/ZRF2/ MC$4 and T.Code for selflife - ZMST

Does anyone know of a report in SAP that can show the Posting Date and the

Delivery Date for Stock Transport Orders? It would allow reporting of transit times

for hauliers.You can use T.code ZVSLDET if you are updating this data AND for intransit

T.code is MB5T

Can somebody explain me how to get EXCISE TAB during MIGO when I am

working on CIN?

If Material maintained in J1id (Excise Master) and Vendor maintained in Excise

Master (J1id) then only Excise Tab appear in MIGO.

Go to Exise master data using t-code J1ID. Maintain record for material in

transaction Cenvat determination & Vendor Details in the relevant transactions. U

will get excise tab in MIGOI have done these settings but still tab not available.

When u diclare a material as Exciable in Excise Master , system automatically Pop

up the Excise Tab. First you Declare material as Excisable in Transaction Code :

J1ID.

i wanted to know the basic difference between Requirement, Condition formula for

alternative calculation type and alternative formula for condition base value.

Kindly throw some light on how to use alternate BoM's at PO level

If you are creating Subcontracting Purchase Order / Scheduling Agreemnt the

following process 1) Create Alternate BOM (Version 2) (T Code CS01)

2) Crete Production Version in MRP4 go to Production version and maitain the the

same 3) Then Create Info record. In info record Version tab must maintain 0002

(BOM Alternate Version) (T.Code MM02) 4) After maintaing Info Record u can

create Subcontracting Scheduling Agreemnt ALternate BOM automatically pick

from info record in PO (T Code ME21N / ME31L)

plz tell me regardind movement type to see how much PR is raised and againt that

how much PO is made

U have to create Version for the BOM & then

We buy boxes from a vendor. When we receive stock, chances are the quantity

from the vendor will be different. That is, if we order 500 boxes, we might receive

485 boxes or 512 boxes. Hence we have set tolerance levels of quantities to -10%

and 10% in MM02 Purchasing tab. So we can MIGO quantities

that fall within the tolerance and the PO will be closed. Problem is the system

doesn‟t do this? Can any advice

The system doens not know about the tolerence % of particular material. I am

pharmaceutical field. We use Raw materials and Packing materials. In RM we are

not facing any problem because the order qty and the received qty is mostly same.

In packing materials we are not expected the currect order qty will be supplied by

the vendor. Because he have some minimum order level for the particular material.

In our case we have order 1000 nos of packing slips the vendor supply only 5000

nos. Hence in the PO itself we mentioned/put the allowed tolerence % the system

automaticlly allow to post the GRN.

Anyhow it is depending upon the nature of material/minimum order qty fiexed by us.here you have to use "order tolerance limit" both overtolerance and undertolerance

in order qty and can solve this issue.

I had configared new plant with all configarion, but during posting showing define

internal number . Please send solution by mail on rbalegar@gmail. Com

I am facing the problem in the pricing Procedure as while I am creating PO , all the

values are picking up as per pricing procedure , but at the time of Goods Receipt

the values are not picking up , i.e. when i am giving discount after net value it is not

picking up

My Client requirement

Basic Material Cost 100 100

BED(Non Deductable) 16% 16

CESS(Non Deductable) 2% 0.32

Hi Cess(Non deductable) 1% 0.16

SubTotal 1 116.48

Less Discount on Sub Total 6 6

SubTotal 2 110.48

Add Vat/Cat on Sub total2 4% 4.4192

Add Entry Tax 10

Add Octroi/or 20

Add Entry Tax 10

150.48

I created the Pricising Procedure (Attached in attachment), in MIGO the discount

Please give an idea to solve the problemFirst of all it is illegal to give discount after charging EXCISE so please check

wether the discount after excise or before excise

U can make use of Manual excise JEXC for excise purpose. ie: enter excise BED

amount in JEXC. Create another condition type for discount with negative value

entry. Assign the same in the pricing after manual excise and give subtotal as 4.

Create tax code with BED-0%,BED Setoff-100%, ECS-2%, setoff-100%, SECS-1%,

Setoff-100% & Vat-4% Now ur problem will be solved for both vat & excise.

First of all you have to set tolerance limits in Purchase Order in IMG-Materials

Management-Purchasi ng-Purchase Order-Set Tolerance Limits for Price Variance:

In this screen select ur Com.Code, give the Tolerance Key and put the tolerance

limits as lower limit, upper limit. When you creating P.O give the tolerance limits in

Delivery tab. If you set these configuration setting then only you can solve your

problem.

We need to be able to change the GL account on the detail tab in MIRO, but it is

shown disabled. Someone knows how to enable it in customizing ?

Go to matertial Mgt in SPRO - Logistic invocie Verification - Incoming Invoice -

Activate Direct Posting to G/l A/c, then the popup will come for the G/l A/c.

We are facing here problem of Advance payment.My case is that we did 100%

adavnce payment to vendor for a material (by Tr.Co F-47), Hencefore our budget

head deduct Material cost.But when we done MIGO for this material again the

same cost has deduct from our Budget head. So Two time our budget head

consumed for a single puchasing of Materil. I know this problem relate with FI-Co

Module , but anybody knows solution of this please forward.I think, after doing invoice verification & vendor settlement, this problem will be

solved. Pls try and reply

I have changed tax code at miro , (GRN ,excise posting already done with previous

tax code ). With same tax rates of previous tax code but only desciption of CST

chaged Tax amounts are calculating wrong . We are working on 4.7 .All master

data is correct . In the same invoice this is happening with only one material. For

remaining materials with same tax code calculations are correct Pls any one has

faced this previously pls forward solution as this is critical

Hi all, I want to list materials that have VB mrp type. are there any t codes for this?

may be it is possible through tables go to material master and see the field name

for material type try through se11 transaction code

USE table MARC to get the list

Go se16, table marc enter VB and exceute, Use MARC table, field DISMM

What is VB Mrp type ?

VB MRP Type is Material Planning on Manual re Order Point . U will maintain an re

order point along with this mrp type .if your stock goes below the re order point than

during the MRp run a automatic planning of this material will be done and a

planned order or purchase requisition will be created in the system.

eg stock = 100 grams, reoder point = 50 grams, MRP Run

No PR or planned Order

stock = 25 grams, reorder point = 50 grams, MRP Run

PR or planned Order will be created for 50-25 = 25 grams I hope is clear

u r correct except the planner order qty calculation. system will consider already

existing PO, GRN to be made, material under inspection ....

Thanks for the addition i forgot to add

We need to be able to change the GL account on the detail tab in MIRO, but it is

shown disabled. Someone knows how to enable it in customizing ?

System proposes the Recon.Account number in that G/L field which is maintained

in the vendor master record

In our company has several plant. Each plant using same material for production.

Each plant raised P.R for same material and differ qty and same delivery date.

Purchase department convert P.R to P.O for single line item for total qty. My

question is how can we identify P.R convert to P.O or not. In purchase order one

line item we can refer only one P.R.For single line item in PO for same material, we can use more line items for the

same material from DIFFERENT PR and this is possible.

If you see the P.O print same material no. and differ qty display in more than one

line. May be vendor feel something wrong in this P.O.

in a single line item in one PO, you can use more number of PRs for the same

material. keep it in mind FOR SAME MATERIAL ONLY IN SAME PLANT this is

possibleWHEN PR CREATED FOR DIFFERENT PLANT DEFINETLY PR NO ALSO GET

DIFFERED.SO WHILE CREATING PO CREATE PO W.R.T. PR WITH

RESPECTIVE PLANT. Eg:

ITEM QTY PLANT PR

XXX 10 001 101

XXX 20 002 102

XXX 30 003 103

AND SO ON. WHILE PEINTING ALSO NO CONFUSION, AS AFTER EVERY

LINE ITEM PLANT DELIVERY ADDRESS WILL BE PRINTED HOPE THIS WILL

SOLVE UR PROBLEMWhy not u suggest to the user department to create PR based on Plant

Specification. .?? ask them when they create PR the Plant is mondatory. So when

ur Converting the PR in to PO system automatically determine the Plant and create

the PO ....Hope this would be better . and all other answers also pretty much

correct

Please tell me T-code for month wise purchases qty and purchases value

T Code : MC$4 & MC$0

Can anyone pls provide the T-Code to get report relating with PR , PO , GRN , and

Service Entry in one Report only.

Try MB51 with varrient selection or ME2n with ALV grid,

Please try ME80FN

pls try ZMRET (Z REPORT) I DONT KNOW AVAILBALE FOR YOUR PLANT

I need to get the Issue Report of all Project materials except three materials how i

can get this Pls do the needful at the earliest as i have to submit the report .

use mb51/ksb1

Sometimes we can find in MD04 there is PR number followed by a *. This means

this PR's date is firmed. Who can tell me this indicator is in which table and which

field? This is urgent. Pls help

I want to know how we should customize the setting for PO so that if the PO is

released no field like PO qty, Net price etc. can be changed.Same i want to know

for PR also. After release no field should be changed. Can you guide through step

by step procedure.

is it possible to translate the entries of the purchasing groups in order to have a

different visualisation by two divisions located in two different countries?

If possible, how?

We are creating Excise Invoice through J1IS for return delivery. Excise invoice is

generating but the status field in the Table J_1IEXCHDR is showing as P ( ie.,

Pending to adjust excise amount). But by default it is adjusting automatically. If

you open J2IUN, balance amount is showing the deducted amount, but in the

pending invoice display for adjustment. I need to make the status field and

Censtart field as C ( ie., Completed) while posting excise invoice with Tcode J1IS.

If you tick "GR Based IV" in Purchase Order we can do MIRO only if GR is

happened. The functionality is working fine such as we process invoice only after

GR and we can not do a GR reversal once it is paid etc.

However, our client has the requirement to do MIRO before GR, therefore we

unticked "GR Based IV". It is working fine, we can process the invoice without the

GR but the big problem is that we can do a GR Reversal once it is paid.

The question is, Is this the standard SAP behaviour?. If yes, what is the alternate

configuration so that the AP clerk can process the invoice without GR?. We are

aware that the Invoice will be blocked in this case until the GR happens.

SPRO->MM->Inventory mgmt&phy. invtry->Goods receipt->GR based IV,reversal

of GR despite Invoice->102 mvt-check it.

I am getting the following error everday for several diffrent PO. Can someone

please explain the detailed reasn for this errors.

Message: MARC-VMTRA exceeded by 1 EA , Material :4839866 , Plant: 0245

, S.Loc: 1000 , Mvt. Type: 101 , Mvt. Disc.:PO/STO Receipt , P.O no.:

4700056811

How to change material type or in which situation we can change material type.

Use the t.code MMAM to change the material type, but you have to consider the

follow issues:

-No valuated stock should exist for the material

-No open PO's should exist.

The razons to change it could be:

-Wrong material type at creating.

-When for example, you have a material as NON-STOCKABLE type (NLAG) coz is

for ocassionaly use and purchasing, but now you have buy it frequently and

Is there any report which will show the balance GR/IR quantity & Amount for a

particular Period against PO/Contract?

Try running FBL3N for open items and enter the G/L accounts (GRIR Accounts).

When selecting the columns, make sure you have Year/Month, Assignment and

Amounts columns. You can then do subtotals by either Assignment or

Year/Month.You can also try transaction MR11.

I was doing GR against a Purchase Order wherein I got error message as, "could

not determine receipients for message type ACPJMM" Could anyone explain me

what this error is and what is the remedy for this error. I am in deep need to take

GR so please let me know on urgent basis.

we are working with account assigned Purchase order ( P) projects where the

system is picking the G/L account thru valution class from the OBYC and we are

giving the WBS element.In my PO we have different conditions for base price ,

frieght and others. my goods reciept is nonvaluated and when i doing the invoice

my conditons are appearing as seperate line items but the account is same as what

is in PO. My requirement is that i wanna to post Material cost and fright to sepearte

G/L acount . To me it seems that it should to that G/L account. I wanna to post

material cost and freight cost to sepearte .......... Please suggest me how i should

move so that my requirement can be meet.you can set account key & acruals in pricing procedure. spro->MM->purchasing-

>conditions->price determination process->define calculation schema->select u r

prcing schema&click on control data->enter in account key & accrauls for u r

required conditions like freight, etc.. That is ok .These setting are there i made the condition frieght as delivery with

accural and assigned the account key and accural in my pricing procedure .........

but that is not picking the account at the time of invoice posting.

Could you pls give me details about Fabric Constructions: e.g. 130x72 / 30+30 x

16+16 I need to explanation about this.

Can anyone know how can i use first in first out (FIFO)during good issue (i.e) i

wanna good issue to consumption ----1st those goods are received ist need to go

1st to consumption.Maintaine the Accounting2 view in material master for FIFO

Can you explain in details where this is updated in accounting view 2 of material

master. Waiting for your reply.

First go to the material master and select the FIFO indicator in Accounting 2. Then

go to, MRF4 and maintaine your material

can use a FIFO if the batch mgmt is active, set the batch search strategy and the

sort seq. for issue mvt type, it will work.

Thanks a lot for clearing my doubts. Can you explain in details MRF4 transaction.

What happen if you maintain material in this transaction. Waiting for your reply.

Let us suppose there is a material M1 .... and we recieve 100pc of M1 from vendor

V1, 200pc from vendor V2, 300pc from vendor V3 and we do the GR for all I want

to know if there is any Tcode which shows me M1 recvd from each

vendor...seperately I dnt want to see the combined qty (600)

MB51

Use T C - ME2C And put PLANT----- Purch org------- Material

code(Item code)------- Execute (F8).

Best way is to use T C - ME2M. Put - material, plant, Purc Org.

Use Tcode MB51,you can shows to enter of goods of M1 with the 3 purchase

orders of V1, V2, and V3.

Please tell How to Implement KANBAN bin system in SAP without going for

warehouse management module

it is a SAP standard function. First, you need to make decision that which field

where you want to implememnt Kanban, production or procurement? 2nd, which

kind of kanban do you want, ... Pls tell me in details.

Thanks for reply, We have to implement in Production and Procurement Both. We

dont have storage capacity of more than 3 days inventory. so we have to

build up pull type of management. we tried using zreports but could not linkup the

standard purchase order to them. Please help.

Is it possible to set up a storage location for specific plant for quarantine materials?

We would then be able to place stock that is not in use or is damaged in a location

(where we can still see it on the system and it is still in our inventory), but so it will

not confuse or interfere with the MRP system for the production and purchasing

personnel. I'll appreciate any comment or idea that you can give me.

In SAP system, at PO Creation, the exchange rate type M will be picked up You

can set your exchange rate by overwriting the default. On the top you can set the

"fix Exchange rate" flag to ensure that the same rate is picked up at GR & IR

Now friends is there any config step where i can change my Exchange rate type M

and set any other e.g. BSR to be used for creation of PO

Dear Execute Tcode OB08 or else put directly search in img and in finacial

accounting you will find what you needed.

i am not getting the right effect of quota arrangement i have defined quota

arragnement usses 4 and source list indicator in material master purchasing view.

then i have maintained info record after that i have also maintained source list

finally i have maintained quota arrangement through meq1 t-code now when i am

creating purchase requisition it suggest source one by one to each source list not

according to quota rating calculation. i am not getting that where i did mistake if

anybody can help me thn plz do it its urgent.thanx in advance.i m new to sap, can u tell me the process of qouta arrangement and what is use of

that.

To set up a quota arrangement for the procurement of a material, proceed as

follows: Master data -> Quota arrangement -> Maintain, enter the material and

plant number, press ENTER to display the overview screen for the quota

arrangement periods, Enter a validity period for quota arrangement, Enter date until

which the quota arrangement is valid. The start date is calculated by the system.

Press ENTER . Select the quota arrangement and choose Goto -> Item overview to

display the item overview screen of the quota arrangement. Enter a quota

arrangement item for each source of supply you want to include in the quota

arrangement. You must enter the following data. - Procurement type - Special

procurement type, Enter k in the S column, for example, if a consignment

arrangement for the material exists with the vendor.

> > > - Vendor number

> > > - Procurement plant (supplying plant):

> > > - Quota column, enter the quota assigned to each item. Press ENTER .

> > > The percentage distribution of the quotas is calculated and displayed

automatically by the system.

> > > Save the quota arrangement. The system assigns a number to the quota

arrangement item automatically , if u want to setup quota arrangement for a

particular material,that material should not have fixed vendor (from source list) as

well as regular vendor(info record) keep in mind

> > > mahavir.pande@ wrote:

> > > Suppose for 1 item 2 supplier are there, then u can

> > define % ge of supply

To set up a quota arrangement for the procurement of a material, proceed as

follows:

Master data -> Quota arrangement -> Maintain, enter the material and plant

number, press ENTER to display the overview screen for the quota arrangement

periods, Enter a validity period for quota arrangement, Enter date until which the

quota arrangement is valid. The start date is calculated by the system. Press

ENTER .

Select the quota arrangement and choose Goto -> Item overview to display the

item overview screen of the quota arrangement. Enter a quota arrangement item

for each source of supply you want to include in the quota arrangement.

You must enter the following data.

- Procurement type

- Special procurement type, Enter k in the S column, for example, if a consignment

arrangement for the material exists with the vendor.

- Vendor number

- Procurement plant (supplying plant):

- Quota column, enter the quota assigned to each item.

Press ENTER .

The percentage distribution of the quotas is calculated and displayed automatically

by the system.

Save the quota arrangement. The system assigns a number to the quota

arrangement item automatically ,

if u want to setup quota arrangement for a particular material,that material should thanx a lot now i am getting the right effect of quota arrangement but i wanna know

about few things in quota arrangement 1.how we use quota base quantity coloum

in case of new vendor inclusion. 2. how we can use spliting coloum whts are the

effect which we can get through itCheck for validity period u have defined . u have done the steps right. it should pick

vendor according to min quota rating

have maintained quota arrangement & source list but at the time of MRP run qty is

not getting divided as per quota arrangement. I am trying to generate scheduling

lines but only one scheduling line is getting generated. Also when I try to manually

generate scheduling line for other scheduling agreement then system give s

warning - Quota arrangement specifies vendor 900198.

Check the lot size configuration…….

i m new to sap, can u tell me the process of qouta arrangement and what is use of

that.Suppose for 1 item 2 supplier are there, then u can define % ge of supply among

them. e.g. 60 & 40

can any body tell me the complete procedure from the material master record to

creation of purchase requisition to get the right effect of quota arrangement its

urgent plz reply me mm guru's.

Use Tcode MEQ1

I have on doubt - (Eg) If i transfer 100 stocks of m/t from one plant to another plant

but in my receiving plant they got only 80 stocks and remaining 20 is scrap, done

by two step procedure.what my question is - for 100 stocks transfer posting value

be raised by issuing plant, but who will raise for scrap stocks....

First u hv to do receipts of 100 pcs at the receiving plant, then do the scrap booking

of the sameHow to book scrap?

Use mvt type 551, Xn MB1A, u hv to enter the CC, responsible for absorbing the

cost.Obviusly the receiving plant will decide what is good material and what is bad.

Secondly as told above scrapping can be done from any stock after receiving the

full quantity into stock by means of movements type 551 to 556. There has to be a

cost center reference as material is going to be consumed against scrapping.

Please check the movement types from 551 to556

can any one tell me the t.code to check the reports for GRN

ME80FN

u can check the GR numbers by MB51 T.Code,in that u can see GRN by

material,vendor ,doc.dates etc

what is that Tx code ZMMIV ? Is it a custom developed Report?

MB5S & ZMMIV

How the end-user will know a specific material is created for which Sales Area?

MVKE gives the sales org and not sales area, it is maintained at customer level

using XD01 and not at material level. U can hv different sales area based on

different sales org. for a particular material. If u want to check the sales org., while

viewing Mat master using MM02, click on sales view and then take a drop down of

sales org, system will show the list of sals org for which the material is extended.

U can check the Purchase Requisition created by whom ,this may be useful for u

(refer attachment 'PR'

hi try se16 -table MVKE ...if it does not solve ..please revert back..

What purpose have material group on basic data 1 trough supply chain (especialy

in production process)

I wish to know what might be the reason ,after creating a mtl 100 in material master

with all the accounting view maintained the system is giving error

asking to provide the account assignment category while creating the p.o please

reply at the earliest.

Kindly let me know can we create Service PR from Service Contract & then Create

Service PO with reference to Service PR

Use ME51N, use document overview, my contracts, select your contract. U can

create Service PR. In same way, service PO can be created

I did the same things what you have mentioned,Contract No is appearing but while

adopting it is not copying in the PR, also it is not showing any error

I have an materil produced from Production in the stage state , whic is yet again

used as raw material in second material with other ROH materials. MY doubt is I

need to move this goods made in 1st stage in CONTAINERS to Storage Location.

Where will I specify that its go to be containers in to which it should be packed??? It

needs to be also Identified saying its pertaining to this order number , how can I do

it??Pl state your doubt clearly. Not able to understand the scenario

I am able to generate automatic schedule lines at the time of MRP run(MD03) but it

is not getting splitted as per quota arrangement( 60:40) i.e. I am getting only one

schedule line instead of two. I have maintained quota arrangement & source list for

this process.

Lets say tht there is material M1 ... Using MMSC we enter SL for it ....

0001,0002,0003. I want M1 to be stored only at 0001 and want to delete 0002 &

0003 permanently for M1 .... How to do that?? .. Any Tcode ??

SLoc once extended cannot be moved away from MMSC, however u can delete the

sloc for a material using MM06. Then the system will not allow u to do

receipts/issues from that sloc. U may hv to convert the messg no. M7127 for issues

to a error oneIf 1 Material code have many storage Location then you want use only 1 storage

loc. You can delete flag that storage use t-code MM06. Pls consider if you have

stock.

Can any one explain the procedure to create automatic PO from GRN?

You have to first ativate yr plant & MVT 101 to create automatic creation of PO.

You must have Tick in the Material Master in Automatic Creation PO Buttom Same

in the Vendor Master also You must have Valid Info record for the same

tried this, but when i am creating the grn than an error is coming, i.e business area

not defined, but could not find where to solve this problem from. can u help me.

Check in Spro, setting ES àAssignment à LG à Assign BA to plant. Enter the

business area for the plant for which u r auto. Creating PO , it will work

To use Tcode ME59N

pls let me know when i try to create a material say some 'XXX' 'in MM01,under

Industry sector-Mechanical Engineering Material Type-Raw Material

after entering the above details and press ENTER key,the screen changes and in

Material type field Finished product is displayed and a warning message also pops

up telling that: material type Finished Product copied from Master Record and the

Message no is M3310. why is it so (Instead of Raw material it shows as Finished

product)how to overcome this problem what are the things i need to change or any

customization prblm pls let me know solutionThis means that the material number you entered, already exists

Check the initial screan on mm01(creation of mmr), in that in reference material

field, there may be some material name or number is reflecting. IIt is causing the

problem. you do one thing remove the name or number of the reference material

and try

Migo ... Mvt 602 ... generally reversal is done by next even mvt type

kindly tell me what is meant by VALUATION CLASS and how it differs from g/l a/c

and cost centre. what is the application of the same in sap?

Valuation Class means a key to Assignment of a material to a group of G/L

accounts,by this u can attach material to G/L accounts ,there are many valuation

classes like as follows 1.Raw Material - 3000,3001,3002 , 2.Semi-Finished

7900,7910 , 3.Finish : 7920 , 4.spares : 3040 , This valuation class are used

for automatic account determination

Pls explain how to create the import pricing procedure in detailed steps.

See the attachment and maintain the orange coloured conditions in PO conditions

(refer attachment PO taxes and Z reports)

pls explain how to link this procedure to po.

I am setting up release strategy on Purchase Orders. Wanted to know the steps so

that I can can set up the PO so that the release strategy tab appears/displays on

the Purchase Order.

Can any one tell me what is MM closing and what is FI closing? How can I know if

period is closed

In order to see the currently open MM period go to the TCODE : MMRV . There

select the company code you wish to check for.

The others have answered about the difference between MM and FI period closing.

Remember if FI period is closed but MM period is open you still cannot post

material movements which have an accounting implication.

MM closing means that you can not post materials document. In MM area you have

two open periods current and previous.

if you do not set other in MMRV - here you can check which are the open MM

periods for company code. If you check Allow posting to previous period - it will

forbid MM posting in pr period.

FI open period allow to post FI documents. As I know you can allow postings for

some accounts - for example forbid material accounts for previous period in order

to prevent MM posting until you finish all FI documents.

to close MM period pls use the MMPV transaction

what is the pocess of creating the stock transfer order? what is the essential inputs

of stock trans. order.

this is only within the comp.code(W/ o SD) 351+101 MvT. with SD 641+101 (refer

attachment 'sto')

Does anybody know a different way of how to look at the changes for a >specific

field within the material master? Currently while in the >material master, I go to

display changes. But this gives me all the >changes made to every field in the

material master and I would like to >know of a way to only display the changes to a

specific field. (ie. MRP >controller number field or safety stock field)

Please try using Tables : CDHDR and CDPOS thur SE16 Transaction .Most of the

field changes get recorded there.If you wish to see only changes to a particular field

say "MRP" , then you need to give MRP field name in the selection screen and then

you see only the changes done to that field.

can any one explain me what is STO AND TRANSFER POSTING pl explian in

details with tr code and mvt type

Let us say that you are moving goods from one end of the city to another or from

one ware house to another and in so doing you are incurring a

cost, let us say freight. Then you are going to have to do a stock transfer of the said

goods from one plant to another or from one storage location to another. for this

you need to create a stock transfer order using the TCODE : ME21N and then

depending on whether you need a challan or not you can either issue using MIGO

or create a delivery VL10B.

In case you are moving goods from one shelf in a warehouse to another, without

incurring a specific cost which can be uniquely attributed to the movement, let us

say your employees moved the goods for you [employee wages are for a period of

time not for specific jobs], then you have done a trasfer posting using MIGO. The

actual goods movement to be used depends on your configuration and the move first you have to create STO via t-code ME21N, then go to VL10B, and create

delivery

can anyone explain about different types o reports in SAPMM& how they execute?

Check doc of ecc 6 attachment

can somebody explain what is the best way to configure Debit Note and Credit

Note for Cross Company STO (which involves Delivery & Invoice)?

Also, what is the best way to setup Returns for STO? Has anybody setup Returns

for STO which has a single step stock transfer from Supplying Plant? From SAP

Notes, I see that it is not possible to update Returns process in the document flow

for single step stock transfers.

What is the basic difference between User exits,Enhancement & Modification? Pls

explain with suitable example

can any body help me ? from which t-code i can get inventry wip (work in process)

T Code KKAO gives Wip Report

Is the moving average price the same as price from ppc2 calculation???

how to find the list of ppc2 calculation for all materials fron stock?

I have passed a sale transacation with mvt 601 Can any one explain how to reverel

of the same602

You can reverse the same with the following movement type 451 and 453 from the

respective customer.

How can I make the PO to release again after I change the PO say from 2000

meters to 1000 meters or $2 to $1? Currently, the our PO is subject to releasing

only when there is an increase in PO qty or the unit price or both. However, during

decrease for both no releasing. Please provide inputs and advise.

FPLA and FPLT are the tables to store the purchase order invoicing plan data.

There is a field in FPLA which store the Purchase Order Number. But I cannot find

the field that store the Purchase Order Line Item Number. How to link the invoicing

plan with the line item in Purchase Order?

try EKPO

Unable to cancel GRN error message – "You cannot cancel GR, since inspection

lot is already partly posted" After GRN material received in quality Further

transferred to Unrestricted Now again transferred to quality. Still it is not allowing

GRN cancellation. Kindly suggestFirst u have to cancel the Mat document which is generated by UD then only u can

reverse the GRN

you can't reverse movements done by UD

complete the cycle, post all stock from Quality to Unrestricted & reject from

warehouse using mvt type 161 or 122. Post excise entries & again post new GR if

required.

pl tell me what is the benifit of sap implementation ? what chaneges and progress

of company after sap implementation

Benefits of SAP implementation :

Benefits to the suppliers :

1) SAP increases their market share and , increased business by virtue of AMCs

2) Implementer gets business and people working at client side will build their

resume

3) Hardware manufacturer gets their share of business without any effort

Clients :

1) Efficient , user specific, customized legacy system dies. Along with all the trained

people to manage it will also loose their importance and gets demotivated.

2) Increased cost of IT by virtue of Initial expenditure on SAP licenses/ Hardware/

Net working & implementation. recurring costs /year goes up by virtue of AMC for

SAP licenses and support

3) Entire Company performance goes down. Each person puts the blame on SAP

for not working properly,

4) Trained manpower in SAP leaves the company in search of better ( ? )

opportunities leaving the systems department in disarray . This puts more

dependence on support from AMC ( which is a mirage and clients pay heavy price )

5) One year post go live, with great difficulty , companies finalise accounts and

have nightmarish times explaining the auditors.

6) Educated end users will find out lots of open ends in various clearing accounts.

Due to pressure from Sr.Management, they try to pass manual entries and end up

in differential account balances. ( simple inventory statement form MC.1 does not

tally with sum of corresponding GL accounts ) Any body have the orginal performance data before implementation and after

implementation You can't compare performance before and after implementation SAP. As

explained by NO NAME ....it entirely depends on business nature ..and in

numerous cases SAP implementations proved to be a disaster for company. It is

not that SAP is the only best solution available in market ....but it is one of the best

solution ....and in market depending on business requirement many other

application like people soft , Baan , I2 , Red prairie , JD Edward etc is available.

And it's the job of Solution Strategist to propose best fit solution for a particular

Can anybody tell what is Reconciliation account how do we define in practical

Can you tell me how the system is calculating Cummulative schedule Quantity

which comes in delivery schedule for particular delivery date in scheduling

agreement.I need to develop a report which calculates this.Please reply asap.

Difference between S & V ?

I want to take a print out for Gr difference Quantity recieved. Let me detail first

Suppose vendor has mentioned in Delivery challan 100 Nos: but the reciever has

recieved 95 Nos: Only. so my client to want to intimate the vendor reflecting the

following fields PO Quantity: Delivery Challan Quantity: Recieved Quantity:

In customizing i able to find out the condition type MLMD which suits for my

requirement but iam unable to aset conditions for this condition type.So kindly pass

ur valuable suggestions in this regard. this is must required bz my client recieves

vendor invoice along with material so he want to intimate his vendors about

SHORT/EXCESS goods reciept.My suggestion is ask ABAPer to create a report with the fields what you want on

print out and when ever the client wants to send to vendor,he can execute and and

take print and he can send that.if you need more details let me knw.

While Posting GRN u put Delivery note qty as mention in Challan & in the ?Rec qty

u put whatever u rec it will come as a shortage

doing grn, while posting into usage decision itself we should post this difference in

grn by using the field shortage

Can i use document type used for credit memo for invoice reduction or i heave to

create new document type for invoice reduction and assign number range.

u can use Doc Type KG which is Vendor Creit Memo and no need to create new

doc type and new no range.

I have two qurries , 1)How many total views and fields are presnt in material

master 2)What is the use of costing 1 and costing 2 views in Material Master

3)What is use of MRP3 /MRP4 views for MM module

1. 27 Views , 2.mrp 3Â - Release strategy , availablity check, forecast ,

requirements ; mrp 4 - rem profile, bom explosion

How can we use MRP- 3 & 4 views for below descriped function

can u explain me this MRP3/4 views are related production planinng and who is

going to fill up data in it in actual MM master cretaion

I try to sharing with you about material master, The material master is the sum total

of all information about all materials which a company purchases, produces, stores

and sells. For the company, the material master is the central source for material-

specific data. The material master is used by all components of the SAP logistics

system.

We can see all of information and There are 24 views in material master. In MRP

1,2,3 and 4 are related with MRP or Purchase Requisition and

Production Order. In MRP 2 there're :

1.Backflush, used for indicator whether materials BOM consumed automatically at

Production Order or not. If not so you don't mark it.

2. Prod. Sloc : Warehouse or storage your material in production process (staging

area)

3. Scheduling >>> How long you can produce the product if In House production,

and plan delivery time in day, etc

4. Net requirement calculation >>> Safety stock, Minimal stock level in FG

I think in MRP 2 a lot of used for Production order.

And then In MRP 3 there're:

1. Forecast requirement or periode indicator for using forecast

(monthly, weekly or daily)

2. Strategy Group >> Show you how to make product whether make to

stock, planning with assembly, planning w/o assembly, make to order,

or how you clasify your strategy for produce your product.

>>> Consumption mode : indicator mode to consumption material at BOM

whether Backward, Forward or combined about your prod. order.

Can anyone suggest me to upload in purchase order / scheduling agreemnt in item

detail tab convert X (Quality inspection) to Unrestricted use for more than 100

items at a time (Mass Changes)

When SD-Post Goods Issue, system will generate a Material Document no. Could

we configure system to populate "Customer PO" field (in Sales

Order), to display at Material Document Header Text. Is there any configuration or

user exits to update the Material Document Header Text?

Can anyone suggest me stape by stapes transaction code of the purchasing of

oxygen cylinder (including return of empty cylinder).

Is it possible to create Source List and Info Record automatically ? where is the

custmization setting .

check the IMG. SPRO

Info record will be created automatically once you create a first PO for a material

with vendor. For Source list creation, If i am correct it cannot be created

automattically. Some one can clarify on this

I HATE SAP. TO KNOW IAM CERTIFIED SAP COSULTANT, WHO HAS FUCKED

OFF THIS THING, BECAUSE FUCKING COMPANIES LIKE M/s DEXLER

INFORMATION > SOLUTIONS R IN THIS BUSINESS, AND THEY MAKE >

PROFESSIONALS LIKE US WHO DESERVE ABOUT + 5000 EUROS(I.E WHAT I

GOT AFTER QUTTING SAP) IN OUR DOMAIN GET OUT OF TRACK. SO

PLEASE JOIN I HATE INDEED I HATE VERY, VERY ....... MUCH DEXLER

INFORMATION SOLUTION, DOMLUR , BANGALOREMr. Chandrashekar Patil who asked you join to SAP? Please do not make this type

of bad comments ina public group.

Mr. Subbarao, iam extremely sorry to hurt your feelings. I am 100% sure that you

are not a certified consultant. Because only than you can understand my feelings. I

know and it is almost evident, please donot understand me wrong, that most of the

candidates, and mostly people belonging to AP are the one big culprits who has

spoiled the noble SAP. Because they don;t even know ABC of SAP and get some

fake SAP experience and pretend asif they know every thing. It is because of such

kind of people, noble persons who really excel in this field are diminished. And

really u find no body putting every thing forward for SAP.Atta teri chup basa. your comments are very,very... ......bad about Andhra peole. I

studied in Maharastra, worked in Maharastra I know very well about people

who is tht stupid fellow scolding bad comments on andhra people. abbe salle chup

ke bytere.. i know about u all guys from maharastara u r more than cheap of us.

can u explain me scenario, Consignment Subcontracting Third Party Quota

Arrangement The below are special stock types in material management.

consignment: in this vendors material is stored/kept at your place. so its valuated at

storage location level. with item category K. the owner is still the vendor. vendor

liability arises only if the stock sell it off. eg big bazaar.

subcontracting: here you provide the material to vendor to create the finished good

for yourself.

the material provided is stored in po as material to be provided. BOM components

can be part of that.

item category is L.

here the materail is valuated at plant level as the material is lyingwith vendor and

you are the owner of the same. Here vendor use the bom component or semi

finished good or raw marerial provided by you and prepare the finished good and

Third Party order is that you order a material to a vendor and the material is

delivered to a third party and not to you.That is you are not the reciever of the

material instead you ask the vendor to deliver to some third pary.The item category

used is S.

Regarding the Quota arangement: For example if you procure a material from two

vendors A and B.You can allocate percentage of material to be deliverd by each

one of them.i.e if you require 100nos of the material you can allocate 60nos to A

In which schenario we can use both std and moving avg price for material

you can use both if the material is in transit and change the valuation type. which is

called split valuated. in mm01 there is field for split valuated material too

You can use in stock transfer. In one plant you can use Std. Price and in the other

plant you can use Moving Avg. Price. But we have to consider the movement types

and related documentsIf material is procured externally than use moving avg. price. If material is internal

process material (like steam, semifinish material etc.) than use standard price.

You can use in stock transfer. In one plant you can use Std. Price and in the other

plant you can use Moving Avg. Price. But we have to consider the movement types

and related documentsu can use only one at a time

The same material u r producing Inhouse & purchasing from Outside & then selling.

when i post against po error: posting can only be made to G/L acct. 300000 in curr.

gbp please explain

Can please guide me ,whether it is possible to assign a single user to more than

one people for releasing.i. e.one- many relation.Example is a single person

reporting to two bosses.Once he prepare the PO and release the same PO needs

to be released by any of the bosses as per requirement.

you can manage by creating 2 different purch gps

Can anybody explain me the difference between condition types and when to use :

Freight % ; Freight Value ; Freight /quantity

how many std types are present for RFQ?

Following is the requirement what can i do to solve this.

The PO has been approved all the way through all 5 levels. The original cost of the

PO is $100,000. Now , The PO price in the Net Price field was then lowered to

$60,000.After the price was lowered, it canceled all of the approvals and

retriggered the approval process. If the Net Price is raised, then the approval

process should be retriggered, and it is; however, it should not be retriggered if the

Net Price is lowered.

The same thing happens when the quantity is changed to lower the price. The

original PO has been approved all the way through for 100,000 pcs at $1 for a total

of $100,000. When the quantity is changed to a lower number to bring the price

down to another approval level, the approval process is started all over again

My client has a special requirement. The base unit of measurement for all the

materials are in 'lbs', we have our ordering units in 'TONS'. As the inventory unit of

measure is 'lbs', all our inventory report (except MMBE and MRP report) shows the

values in 'lbs' We require our inventory report to show up in 'TONS'. Is there a

config setting that can be done to get the report in different unit of measure?

Change Base Unit of Measure One raw material we assigned base unit of

measure as OZ, later add alternate unit of measure as ML.

Now I wanted to change the base unit to ML and alternaet to OZ. For that I deleted

component from the BOM. Related PO's, Prd ord and demand are closed.

Deleted the alternate unit from purchasing and plant/stock (Area were we assign

the alternate unit), then try to change it giving message as Unit of measure ML

used as alternate unit. (In additinal data screen still the alternate unit and

conversion available)

You can do the following procedure (after deleting the material in all concerened

documents ie inventory, open demands, prs):

1. Delete the uom from Unit of issue field (General Plant Data / Storage 1) in MM if

you have mentioned it there.

2. Go to additional data , use delete line tab and delete the conversion factor by

keeping the cursor on that line.

3. Come to main data, now change the base unit of measure to the required one.

4. Then give the alternative unit of measure, system will ask for conversion factor.

5. Then save

could someone tell me the transaction code where i can extend a material to the

particular warehouse?.. like in MMSC we can do for storage location

You can extend the material in MM50

Wouldn't MM01 work as well?

I'm trying to create a PO for returns to a vendor which in fact is a plant in the same

company code. I'm getting this error message " No

delivery type for returns processing assigned to item 00010". I assigned the

delivery type LR for both plant in IMG. please give me a solution ASAP

can anyone tell me what is bill of lading?how can an invoice be posted referring an

bill of lading?delivery note??.

bill of lading is nothing but shipping document in the case of import purchases.if the

migos generated w.r.t B/L then MIRO can be posted w.r.t. B/L

I have a scenario were I am importing a material and forwarding it to the

manufacturing unit, There the material is inwarded but there are some expenses

like shipping company bills,freight bills and warehouse bills are reaching after

MIGO so I am unable to book those expenses in PO itself and those remain

unbooked So friends please help me to attach un plan expenses with reference to

PO directlyu can create separate service order and maitain the gla/c and cost center for the

specific imported material, then expenses will automatically booked in the

respective material a/c

i have forgotten to flag the gr based iv in po ,resulting i could not get migo wise miro

for payment.and in cumulative as on date. since migo has already generated i

could not flag the same thro, ME22N. pls help me to resplve this. as per the co

policy miro adj. is not acceptableThe best way is to cancel the Invoice documents (mir8 i suppose) and cancel the

GR documents (MBST) and redo the same using GR based invoice verification

option. This method can be adopted if the number of POs to be corrected are few in

number. Also after cancelling the Invoice documents do not forget to clear the

Accounting entries on the FI side in the respectice GL Accounts. This should solve

your problem.thx for ur immediate response. my problem is against particualr release po (against

contract), around 40-50 migo already generated.can u suggest alternate ease

method.

While opening the period in MMPI TCode , I got the error message as "Follow the

instruction in note 487381 before initialization

U hv to set todays date in the parameter id of ur user profile then then u can re-

open previous period.

What is parameter ID? is it in 'SU01' T.Code? In Parameters tab of 'SU01' i ve not

find any date? for whihc parameter id i can set todays date? please give steps.

Before you start period closing with initialization, you must be aware of the

consequences of period closing with initialization. This note describes the possible

data inconsistencies that might occur if you carry out the initialization in a

productive system.The resulting inconsistencies are not to be traced back to a

system error but they are a result of the period closing program with initialization.

Hence, these inconsistencies can only be corrected within the remote consulting

purchased separately since normally you no longer need to start the period closing

program with initialization in a release > Rel. 4. 5.

If you use release <4.5 refer to the note to find the solution.

I got problem during goods receipt Posting. as error message is "Period 010/2007

is not open for account type S and G/L 399999"

In transaction OB52 you should enter for company code and acc type S /G/L acc/

period 10. As I know S is need for GR/IR account. Ask the FI people for more

details.

Here is my scenario

• User creates a Vendor Return PO for goods that are going to be analyzed at the

supplier for errors. They were received back from a customer with errors.

• Goods are issued to the Vendor.

• Vendor decides the goods are broken at the customer‟s fault so we will not Debit

the supplier for the cost.

• The quantity is so small that we will not receive the goods back from the Supplier.

Question is how to close out the PO since we don‟t receive the goods and don‟t

debit the supplier? One option is a virtual receipt, but this is cumbersome and adds

no value. Are there any settings we can make so we can close it out without invoice

or receipt

what is the procedure to release a contract

Plz use T- Code .... ME35K FOR RELEASE OF CONTRACT

using ME35K also i am not able to release the contract

I think u must receive any massage when u try ot release contrac. plz explain or

send same screen to us

Check ur release code first, is it the right one and proper authorization is being

given, else let us know the error being displayed at the status line

Please check in the configuration if you are authorised to release the contract. If

your name or user ID is not in release codes, you are not allowed to do it.

ME35K for contract, & ME35L for Scheduling agreement.

Here is the scenario, we re trying to implement release procedures on Contracts,

we already have release procedures set up on POs. We use the same PO doc type

for contracts. What we want to do is if the Purchase Order is created against a

contract which has been released/approved via release procedure on the contract.

An automated routine will release the PO in teh background. If this could be done

without a user exit, also please let me know.Since u already hv rel. strategy set for Contract, why is their a need for auto release

of PO, u can remove the config at PO level and go ahead with one level release at

Contract level. Auto release of PO does‟nt hv any meaning.

can any body help me from which table i can get openning stock. example-

suppose today is 05/10/2007, but i want to get oppening stock on dated

01/04/2007, please let me know the table name.

U can check the stock in MB5B Xn, it shows stock by calculating from MSEG table

only. There is no specific table for it.

hello jai thanks for your feedback. in mb5t i have seen the table name as

mard_labst. but i am unable to find it in data browser,

try in MB5B

can any one explain the config. for automatic creation of PO with GRN. Suppose

we raise a GRN with movt type 501 than is it possible to genertae PO for the same

GRN.Pre requisites:

1).in Material master record->purchasing view->select auto PO indicator

2).in Vendor master record->purchasind data->select automatic PO

3).SPRO->MM- >Inv. mgmt&phy.inv- >Goods receipt->Create PO automatically-

>Mvt.> type 501 select it.

you have just shown how little you know about MM.

What the original poster seems to be asking about is the automativc generation of

a purchase order at goods receipt time. If this is the case, what you have answered

about the automatic creation of purchase orders from assigned purchase

requisitions does not apply in the slightest.

As to whether or not a purchase order can be created automatically when doing a

goods receipt with movement type 501, again firstly this is not possible. Secondly, it

doesn't make sens. 501 is used to record a goods receipt for a purchase order not

created in the SAP system. Therefore, why try and create one. If you want to create

a purchase order for a movement type 101, then this must bbe allowed in

customising for movement type 101, a standard purchasing organisation must be

assigned to the plant in which the goods receipt takes place, the material must

have value updating and an info record must have been created for the its working, but how do i see the created PO for the same

When u post the GR, don't come out of MIGO transaction, display material

document just created. Go to purchase order tab, u can see the PO no. generated.

Double click on same will take u to po

goto any T-Codes like ME2M, ME2L.... enter material or vendor or

posting/document date like that u can search it.

i got ur point,

i tried wut u said,

but how to see for the PO that has been created automatically while

using 101 mvt type and raising grn

1.Can u pl. tell me wht is conventional IV? and wht is the diff between convention

invoice varification and Logistic invoice varification?

2. what is controlling area and how can we assign in organization structure? and

wht is its use ?

3. wht is business area and how can we assign in organization structure? and wht

is its use ?

4. when we save Market price from maintaining quotation where it is saved? and

how we can use that?

5.Where material type display in Tcode - Display Material master?

6. in customizing, SPRO-mm-purchasing- conditions- define condition control at

plant level. and as per book it has some connection with

info update indicator in PO. can u tell me wht is the use of this and effet of this?

7. where can we find in customizing to define how the system handles conditions

from the last PO like conditions from the last po are always copied

Conventional Versus Logistic Invoice Verification

Can any one let me know the basic difference between Logistics invoice verification

and normal / conventional invoice verification?

MRHR for other goods receipts.

Logistics Invoice Verification [MIRO] was developed to take into account

requirements that were technically not possible in the conventional Invoice

Verification component, such as distributing MM and FI to separate systems.

All the functions in conventional Invoice Verification are available in Logistics

Invoice Verification. If required, you can use conventional Invoice Verification and

Logistics Invoice Verification alongside each other.

The following functions in conventional Invoice Verification are not possible in

Logistics Invoice Verification:

1. Verification of invoices with no reference in the system to a purchase order or a

goods receipt.

2. Posting directly to a G/L account, asset or material

3. Changing the account assignment in the purchase order

4. Simulation of documents

Some new functions are only possible in Logistics Invoice Verification :

1. Unlimited multiple selection

2. Manual invoice reduction

3. Automatic invoice reduction

4. Invoice verification in the background

5. Verification of invoices with installment conditions.

6. Posting across company codes.

I would like to block the PO creation with reference to Contract,if the quantity

mentioned in the contract is completed

If PO created with respect to Contract and the quantity exceeded it gives a warning

message saying that the target quantity exceeded by that much quantity If this

message is changed into error message going into message determination topic in

configurations this can be done.If qty is completed then no any release order create by any user. Qty is over then

contract is over.

any t code is available for finding list of material with opening balance,recipt

,issue.closing balance for a specified period

MB5T

MB5L

want to take the list of materials which are all not having any purchase related

documents (i.e., not yet used for procurement and stock qty is zero rightnow) in

plant XXXXwat is the purpose or scnerio?

we want to delete all duplicates in the particular plant and we want to enrich

material master with details. This is the scenario.

u can do this thro mb51 and take the report only those material which have

procured from outside (raw mat., packing mat., consumable, spares etc.) and

download this report to excel and u can see and takeout such material those have

no material docs and afterthen can findout the duplicate one and can

remove/delete or alter accordingly.I don't think it is going to work. As you will get the record in MB51 only after the

goods receipt has been posted. From MB51 you will not able to make out if any PR

or PO has been posted for the particular material code for which no goods receipt

has been posted. We have developed our own Z code for this purposes which will

search in all purchase related tables EBAN, EKPO etc and give the report

Can anyone suggest which field should I use in Material Master to maintain PACK

SIZE OF FG? Is it Base unit of measurement?

e.g. Material - SUGAR , Pack size - 1KG , Qty - 1

maintain it as alternative unit of measure in Additonal view

you have to maintain basic UOM in the issuing unit. e.g., if you are purchasing

sugar in KG maintaining basic uom KG and issuing in GRAM then you can post it

during GI? always try to keep basic UOM in material master and prefer alternate

UOM for ordering unit as "ORDER UNIT".

Are there any way for issuing 701 and 702 movements from migo without Physical

Inventory document?

No.. It is not possible... Ofcourse this is the business requirement. and also system

automatically pick the 701 & 702 Movments based on Physical Inventory only

(1) I am a officer in stores & puchase Department in a textile industry namely

Rajasthan Textile Mills, Bhawanimandi. (Rajasthan)

In our unit SAP ERP system has implematted so I request you to please give me all

the transaction code for Stores & Purchase department which is used or linked by

stores & purchase.

(2) We have done migo for any excise material but the time of migo, excise do not

mention in purchase order and also excise bill not received at the time of migo.so I

did not take only part I in excise tabe at the time of migo, after migo we received

excise invoice and after receiveing of excise invoice we have to capture this excise

invoice against material document.IN the item detail we will see quantity tab the qty

of material not entered in credit available, in this condition if we captured this excise

invoice then excise invoice do not post.

3. we have done migo for excise material. and found material doc. number, excise

invoice has been posted. after some time few qty recd in material doc number.and

done subsequent delivery by me. In case what is the process for excise duty.

4. Finally please send a complete circle fo SAP for Stores Department.

i got one problem while doing migo the system show s the error message that

account determination entry INT--------- BSX------ ---3000 not possible

how to solve this problem i used omwb but cant get the solution any one can help

me regarding this ?

This message indicates that the valuation class set up on your material master

does not agree with the movement type you are trying to post. In most cases, the

valuation class on the master needs to be changed.

Config BSx in transaction code OBYC

assign the plant to valuation grouping code and then check OBYC

this error clearaly says for chart of a/c INT & valuation class was not maintained for

BSX Tr event key. go to OBYC thr u select BSX double click on that one & then for

G/L a/c 30000 u create new valuation class or change the VC in Material master

which is existing in the system...

can any one explain how can track the goods in transit using in bound delivery? or

any alternative method is there?

try for MB5T

I CREATED A PURCHASE ORDER WITH 5 LINE ITEMS,BUT WHEN I DO

GOODS RECEIPT ONLY 4 ITEMS ARE APPEARING.HOW TO SOLVE THIS,AND

WHAT MIGHT BE THE REASON.

Pls check the Delivery in th P.O , tick in the delivery completed.

Are these line items inventory items. Are they direct charge items. If so, then maybe

one of the account assignment indicators does not require GR. Therefore, you

would be missing a line item when you do the GR.

try to check in PO->item details->delivery->Goods Receipt indicator selected/not for

all 5 line items.

have forgotten to mainatain vendors for supplu as "GR BASED INV". IS THERE

ANY CODE IS AVL FOR MASS MAINTENANCE TO ALL VENDORS

U can do mass maint. Using Xn MASS, use table LFM1 and field WEBRE. Also

make it as a default entry in screen layout, so that whenever u create a vendor, u

make this entry as mandatory

*Account 510010 requires an assignment to a CO object*- 510010 is a cost

element. The above is the error i am getting during MIGO for a subcontracted

material receipt. I would like to clarify few things here. The G/L ccount mentioned

here is the GBB account and I am doing a normal

subcontract procurement , i.eI am paying for the process charges only for the

material. I have completed the Goods issue of components and trying to get back

the ordered material from the subcontractor. 1. My query is why do system asks for

a Cost center assignment here as I am not doing any procurement against cost

center. (Evenif I ma going via MRP run and then procurement it is forcing me to

enter Costcenter and G/L account during routing maintenence) whether it is

mandatory sap requirement if so how do I over come it? is it that i have to assign a

cost center and proceed. I m not convinced about the end result.True, an FI/CO guy has to do this. But what I wanted to know is why is so and the

consequences if I assign a Cost center to the G/L account it is asking.

For production of any material for sale, there is a concept of Product Costing in CO.

This requires that all costs incurred in production are to be captured.

In this case the cost incurred is captured as a costing element i.e.the GL a/c

maintained needs to be assigned to a CO Object (which captures the cost)

I hope this answers your query

Thanks, if we see it from production perspective i am able to get the answer.

Needed an cost center as the consumption accounts are P/L accounts. tested it

aftre assigning a Cost center to the cost element and working fine.

Could anyone please tell me how can i change a PR's doc type. User has create a

PR of type ZE(emergency) now he wants to convert it as NB(standard). Please help

me out if it possible to convert a created PR document type

goto SPRO->MM->Purchasing->PR->Define Document types->select that doc type

ZE & click copy as NB.

Actually document type of created PR needs to change

I don't know if it will help you - but I have done some day exactely the same

mistake.

To repair it I have entered into the same document in ME52n and just changed the

document type in the header (if you have different types of PR, the user can choose

it). Then save - and the document number should stay the same and the items ,

too.

I don't know if ythis user is to create different types of PR - because if he is to do Problem is that, here we are maintaining different number range of document

number for different document type and for that system does not allow to change

document type.

Please tell me, what is MAPPING

I want to check whether "delivery note" has been eneterd before making a goods

receipt. how can I do this setting in customizing?

goto T-code: SPRO->MM->Inventory mgmt&phy.inv->settings for enjoy

transactions->filed selection for MIGO->select Delivery note status is required

thanks but I mean that I want to check whether the same delivery note has been

entered before the last 101 movement. for example: at 03.10.2007 I made 101 with

delivery note 54444 when I want to make 101 at 04.10.2007 with the same delivery

note, I want to system warn me. how can I do?

according to my knowledge with Standard SAP delivery note number in MIGO is

not any control field,

can u explained asset Purchase Schenario in MM ? Material master is required for

asset PO material?what about stock of asset Purchases. In project scenario all PO

are asset pos only?

Please help how to guide for archived document , like material document or

accounting document

what is Bill of Register?

If any body having FM notes or any data,please forward me

I m getting error at the time of hitting service sheet entry by t. code ML81n & my

error is '' 147 Account determination for entry ZZ WRX 0001 not possible'' & ZZ is

my Chart of account so pls help me its very urgent

what is 0001? generally WRX contains only GR/IR clearing G/L account only, goto

OBYC->WRX->ZZ verify it, it may help.

I already assing GR/IR account in wrx by using t.code obyc & 0001 is my valuation

grouping code after doing all these then also i m getting same error

How to send PO by email in bulk. e.g. All POs raised today to different vendors to

be mailed in single shot to all respective vendors, without going into individual PO.

Can you please give me the solution to solve this problem. I am not working on

IDES environment. So what can be done to resolve this issue. Please guide me.

quickly... in cross company stock transport order, do we have to have a particular

material type , or all the types are valid for this transport? bcos, we do not see

shipping tab in PO even after maintaining the shipping data in the IMG

Pl. tell me workflow in release strategy of po/pr. regards

ME29N for release PO

Release Procedure follows following steps

1. Relase Group

2. Release Codes

3. Release Indicator

4. Release Strategy

5. Work flow

I have to work in a industry where SAP has been upgraded from 4.6c to ECC 6.0. I

have to do the MM documentation part. Can anyone please tell in details how I can

do that.

please tell me about detailed Pricing procedure & Release Procedure.

Pricing Procedure in SAP works on the concept of Condition technique. Each Pur

Org is attached to a Pur Org Schema. Each Pur Schema has a pricing procedure

attached to it. For this, condition types are defined for each pricing procedure in

SPRO. These condition types are then attached to Access Sequence. The access

sequence in turn has a list of condition tables. These tables contain condition

records. Each condition record fetches the applicable price. You can go to SPRO

and check for yourself how it works to understand it better.in pricing procedure, this are the steps to follow navpath for define price

determination process

spro->sapcous& imple guide-->materidals management-- > purchasing->

conditions- ->define price determination process-->define acess sequence

select for gross price-0002

2nd step--define condition type

3rd step--define calucaltion schema

4th step-define schema group

I am getting one error message during PO creation I can not able to save PO.Error

is '' PO approver is mandatory" . I cheched me29n for PO release but i m not able

to see any release strategy set for this PO but a warning message is coming that

this PO can not be released. Please help me to solve this problem.

If your are working on IDES environment with Multiples users accessing the same

database/ release strategy configuration, you will get this error generated.

Could you please help me to list out some of the frequently asked questions related

to Implementation module? I have been in our company project in end to end

implementation as part time member. In particular, interviewer' s focus their

attention (ie., Business Blueprint (or) project realisation, etc.,) to which areas. If it is

Business Blue Print area,what the likely question's to posted by the interviewer ?

I want to block 413 movement type for some users. How can I do this?

use T.code SU01>> enter required user >> choose appropriate role >> under

Object (MM_B) Materials Management: Inventory Management/Phys. Inventory>>

uncheck the mvt type 413

I am getting one error during the creation of PO error - Customization for company

g105j_iindcus missing in table. error documentation says- check global setting

please help me for solving this problem

how we can maintain the same material ( two materials) under same material types

but in two different plants in value basis and quantity basis??

Same material can be maintained in different plants with different value and

quantity pertaining the valuation area is defined at plant level

thanks a lot and where we have to set these??????

It would be in Material master

Using T- code OMS2 you can maintain Differentiation for quantity/value updation.

Also you need to maintain the material master at both the plant levels.

In OMS2 - material type creation, we are able to maintain either qty or value

updation only.if i am maintaining any one of these qty/value updation, then how i

can get in different plant in different way???

Split valuation is entirely a different concept.To be precise split valuation is used for

valuating a material within a plant in two different types.

You can maintain in Tcode: OMS2, go to your material type, click on quantity/value

update. Here you can maintain your material type for different plant as per your

requirement.

Can anyone tell me detailly what is the Blueprint, how to createit and what is the

purpose of doing it? Are there any links where I can find some examples of it? It is

rather urgent, thank you kindly in advance for help,

goto www.sdn.sap. com, & search it

I have created my own characteristics & classes for the realease procedure.can

you help me out to solve the problem relatring with/without classification. Hope to

get your response soonuse with classification only

Can any one suggest me how to rounding of the Tax amount (During PO / MIRO). It

include Excise / VAT / CST.

I hope Rounding isn ot possible in Indian Excise

In taxinn or taxinj procedure for the particular condition type in altconditionytpe

colimn put 17 as requirement key.

Also in general settings in spro there setting i can remember the exact path where

you have to mention 100 as rounding units for country IN.the table is t100r i

suppose.do this and your tax will round off.

While doing Goods Receipt, If i check in T.C.MMBE found that at a time material

updated in both Un Restricted Stock, Quality insection stock, What could be the

reason. very urgentI think it is not possible to show in both. Please check your GRN in MIGO Display

and also check material ledger with t.code ZVS3 or MB5B it will show the actual

status to you. see that migo no in the migo desplay and check in the "where"tab in the detail level

and check that in which sloc it has been received.

By accident I changed standard prices in the system - stock value is wrong and

stock movements are wrongly booked. IT says the only way are the new

calculations of standard price (which takes time). Is there any other way??? Can we

make manual postings on stock accounts?

Of course it can be done . use invoice verification MIRO and use the G/L posting

tab for naming the material/s and G/L account/s for this purpose.

Sorry but this is rubbish. Firstly, there's no mention that the material is even

purchased and that therefore there will be an invoice. Secondly, posting to a

material via MIRO does nbot change the material's standard price. Why not use the

revaluation transaction to get bthe correct value for the material?

This is madhu . i am in usa (Houston). I have try for job in SAP MM & WM .

please any body help him for me.

You have to assign pricing schma to Account group & the group to Vendor as as

sson as you create a Purchase Order thg Vendor & Account group assign to

particular vendor it picks while creating Purchase order. means while creating po ---

u have to enter vendor and thr that vendor it will pickup pricing schema

i have a question for you pls help me out with the suitable answer with full details

containing as to how it can be solved and its like this .....while creating a material

master record in client 800 for some material belonging to ROH - raw material type

the default raw material type itself was got deleted unknowingly and so now how

can i retrieve it back or how can i have it back into my material type list pls

explain/tell me how to do it in detail.you go to oms2 your material type available or not. somebody have delete your

material type. you create new one then proceed.

I need ur valuable attention at this point and it seems like this while creating

purchasing inforecord i come across a field like predicted delivery days .....,in the

second screen i suppose,which even made optional (its status)also it doesnt allow

me to go ahead without filling anything or even when i fill some arbitrary value also

why does it happen like this in such situations what shld i do

this is simple man, create info record that time you go to click the texts you enter

name info, then you go to conditions next you go to second screen you are not

getting problem. you observe validity period. after also you are getting pb mail me.

Could someone help me...I want to put UPC code in the Basic Data Tab in the

material master but my 10 digit code is not being accepted. Do I have to make a

change in configuration?

You will have to check two things...... .First Create a 10 digit number range using

transaction W4EN (Navigation: SPRO>Logistics General>Material Master>Settings

for key fields>International Article Numbers>Define Number ranges for

EAN/UPCs).

Second, assign the number range to the UPC category in Define Attributes of

EAN/UPCs. Since you are manually assigning the UPC code put the number range

in Ext. number range field. Also the EAN length field should have 10.

If there is already a 10 digit number range assign that to UPC category (you can

Please tell me about different types of movement types( with description) used in

MM module.

My issue is such that when my users enter a return PO (through return indicator in

the PO), PB01 base price shows a negative value and the ZTAX condition suggest

a positive value summing up an incorrect total. How can I rectify this?

Pls check the assignment in the pricing procedure

STILL IT'S NOT WORKING,EVEN AFTER I CHANGE CONDITION DETAILS TO

PLUS/MINUS STILL THE SAME PROBLEM. IS THERE ANY OTHER PLACE I

CAN

MAINTAIN THESE DETAILS? ALSO WHERE IN ASSGHNMENT I CAN CHECK pl check the pricing procedure and correct it u will get +ve reply

Please tell me about Gap Analysis, CIN & workflow in mm module

Please advise where the following two settings may be changed for defaults on

account assignment tab of requisitions & purchase orders when multiple

account assignment is selected: Distribution Indicator & Partial Invoice Indicator.

Currently distribution indicator defaults to Distribute Proportionately, need default to

be Distribute to Following Row

Can any one guide me, why there are no accounting document generated During

GR for an ASSET which is procured using PO with Acct assignment as "A". I am

able to see all the vendor posting in simulation with Txn MIRO but not during GRN.

The scenario is if an Invoice is sent late by a vendor, how do the liability to vendor

is tracked in the system for the Asset aftre GRN has been processed.

Information is I am using as internal order with G/L accout assigned at Order level

to create a PR and then PO.

How we can deselect storage location if selected wrongly by mm01 transaction or

automaticallydon't know the way how to remove it however it's possible to restrict use of the SL

for the plant. Use SPRO->MM->Inventory Management and Physical Inventory-

>Authorization Management->Authorization Check for Storage Locations. Check

the indicator to prevent use of the SL. You can use the help how it's working

Pls explain about the sap landscape

its like a server system SAP is divided into three differant landscape i.e.

develoment, quality assurance and production

DEV-- would have multiple client

QAS--may again have multiple clients

PROD-- may have something 200-production

a request will flow like development --quality--- production not backward

SAP Landscape is nothing but the servers used viz.

development

testing

production

sandbox

What is meant by Client Dependent data and Client Independent data in SAP

MM???????for example.. Client inpependent: if u change any configurations in one client, it will

also effects on other clients also client dependent: if u change any configurations in

one client, it does not effects on other clients.

pls explain about CIN.

Country India Version, it is basically used in indian Excise & Tax procedure

Can anyone kindly explain me how the Purchase Order picks up the pricing

schema?You assign pricing schma to Account group & the group to Vendor as as sson as

you create a Purchase Order thg Vendor & Account group assign to particular

vendor it picks while creating Purchase order.

1. in Mendor Maser is assigned a Schema group for Vendor

2. in Purchase organisation is assigned a Schema group for Purchase

oraganization

these (1+2)=pricing schema is assigned.the pricing schema wil triggred through the vendor master of vendor which you are

maintaining in the P.O. for that you have to assine the vendor to the any one

schema group, which is assined to schema group purchasing organisation. schema

group purchasing organisation is assigned to prucahsing organisation of plant. i

think you got idea with this

How can GI for Multi cost center

For the PO with document type Legacy PO, the changes/creation of line item text is

not reflecting in print preview. For all other document types its coming fine, i mean

iam able to create new text as well as the text from material master is reflecting in

print preview. kindly advice. Is it a SMARTFORM issue?

could you please let me know your feedback on the fllowing questions?

1. How the transaction STAD is populated?

2. Suppose that we have one SAP system and two clients (one used for

development and another one for production),

what is the customizing to do in order to define a trasport route from

development to production via transaction STMS?

3. Do you know if there is some transaction to change massively user's password?

4. Is there any standard procedure to provide access to external business partners

for a limited time?

5. Could you please let me know where I can find standard SAP profile per each

departments (i.e. Purchasing, sales, etc..)?

How can I access to a specific partition in a shelf in MM.......eg. ..my client has a 5

shelves or rack(A,B,C,D, E) in a storage location and each rack or shelve has more

than 50 small partition(1. .......50) .......and they wanna get acess on each small

partition directly through the MM module .....is it possible if how????????? ???

MM does not go any lower than the storage location

U hv to go for WM Module impl. Then only requirement will be fulfilled.

With out WM module you can do the following: While issuing you should go to

defaulted value and choose FIFO, LIFO, Shelf life Exp.asc or Shelf life Exp.desc .

No if you're using just MM this is not possible. MM does not go any lower than the

storage location

One of my friends is facing the following problem.Kindly help.

I have set reorder point planning in Mrp type in MM and NO forcast Indicator in

Automatic reorder point in customization( OMDQ). Also I have put reorder point and

safety stock only then Requirement is given to PIR, then MRP is run, then in stock

requirement list system minus safety stock quantity form available quantity, but

their no automatic purchase requisition is generated. Also I have set purchase

requisition generate in MRP type in customzation. In Mrp run(MD02) I have set

purchase requisition generated in openning period, but system has not generated

purchase requisition ? What setting is required to generate purachase requisition in

stock requirment list?

Can anyone tell me,How we can handle the rejection of that material which we

have already taken in our account as an asset with the movement type 101.We

want to send this material to supplier as a rejection.Pls. send a reply soon

change movt type 122 in the migo for the combn of GR N PO, u can reject the total

quantity or u can change it in item detail of migo.

After creating the material in the material master with some desription say mobile

and also the info record for the,while entering the same in the me21n,

with plant it is asking for account assignement category.pls help it urgent.

First, please check if the material master has been created properly with all existing

views and obligatory fields. Then please check what material type this is and if the

Accounting view exist for this type. Also check valuation classes for it in SPRO. If

this material is to be non-valuated one and no Accounting view nor valuation class

exist, account assignment category during creating PO is mandatory.

Anna is correct. if u have created a master record for a material with out accounting

view then While creating ME21n it will ask you a accoult assignment category i. e

procurement against cost center it is as simple as that.

please chk if u hav chkd in your material type in oms2 the subgroups i.e, quantity n

value against ur plant

if account assignment has been asked while creating the PO then during the

defining of material type check in the control data whether quantity and value are

updated in your plant

WHILE POSTING INVOICE THROUGH T/CODE MIRO WITH RESPECT TO A

PURCHASE ORDER I AM GETTING A ERROR WHICH AS FOLLOWS:

MOVING AVERAGE PRICE OF MATERIAL XXXXXXXX IS NEGATIVE. I HAVE

CHECKED THE MATERIAL STOCK VALUE WHICH IS PERFECT.

THE REFERENCE PURCHASE ORDER DO CONTAINS 10 LINE ITEMS AND

THE MATERIAL FOR WHICH THIS ERROR IS COMING HAS COME FROM A

PRODUCTION ORDER.

I hope u are not changing the price manually in PO level. Generally The PR--->PO

conversion takes the price from info-record of the material.

How is that u are referring a material used in production as bought out, doe it have

both procurement type? what is ur cycle or business flow?

Moving average price is negative, why you are checking stocks. It has nothing to do

with the stock. If it is production order, check the setting in G/L of raw materials

correctly incorporated. if the raw material is not taken in to account, the cost of raw

material is not considered, but production it shows. Hence the moving average

price shows negative.

I'm running Global MRP. The output for certain materials must be a Transfer

Purchase requisition. . The problem here is that the purchase requisition is being

generated with Purchase oganization XXXX but it must be assigned with purchase

organization YYYY. So my question here is what can I do for having the correct

purchse organization in the purchase requisition? . As an addittional Info I already

create a Source list but I still have the incorrect purchas organization

There are few things, What is the that Global MRP u are running? Is MD01 is the

TXn u r running? Second, what is the Pur orgn u are using in Source List? Third,

Did you assign any agreement/s to vendor/s in source list? Please clarify in detail.

Please check whether the purchase organisation YYYY in the source list and try

u can use quota arrangement / fix vendor indicator in source list for optimal remedy.

We have maintained the Subtransaction type IP in the Excise Transaction type.

For Example In CAPE & GRPO we have maintained.Now Both plain CAPE &

GRPO and CAPE IP & GRPO IP is there. I need clarification, in which scenario

plain GRPO will take and in which scenario GRPO IP will take. In some case palin

GRPO is taking and in some cases GRPO IP is taking. I am not able to trace out.

In which base this IP is taking.

Sub transaction type IP will appear in case u r doing GR for imported item, system

will determine the G/L a/c automatically for it and for domestic receipts, it will be

blank.

Thanks for your reply. In case of import purchases, the system will take

Subtransaction type IP, that is correct. my question is how the system will

determine weather IP should take or blank should take. Where exactly the system

will take IP, is it depends on Pricing procedure. If so where in pricing procedure.

I heared that there is a CVD indicator. If it is ticked, then the sytem will pick the

GRPO IP. If it is not ticked the system will pick plain GRPO. But I am not finding

the CVD indicator tick. Can anyone help me in this regard.

I was wondering if there is a way to see the changes only for a certain field in the

material master. When trying to find a certain change right now, I'm clicking and

drilling into each and every change to find a specific field change while in the

material master. But is there a different way to find the changes to a specific field

within the material master?

Could you please tell me what else I have to do for updation of info record

automatically. The check box of info update in Purc. Order is OK. I have done the

GR as well. But new price is not showing in info record.

The info update indicator in the P.O. ONLY updates the last purchase order in the

info record. It NEVER updates the conditions.

Please enter into me22n go to the conditions in items details and select the

condition line which is to be updated ,press update button and edit the price as

requiredI have done all.. info record is still not updated with new price. Please let me know

about info update

it will not update the price in PO , just it will update the last PO number.

Then wot the use of info update indicator in po....

if i am not wrong u can update info record from PO but before that u have to define

conditions from last PO in customizing: it has a option like

Are always copied

are not copied when the price is entered manually

are never copied

i think in ur sys it has selected 3rd option. but i don't know where can we find this in

SPRo case1:If you create Info Record and enter the price manualyy in that and after that

u cretaed PO and selected Info Update then Info Record will update with

new prices.Otherwise it will not.

Case2:Without info record if u create Po and selected Info Update then it will create

Info Record but will not update the price

could you please let me know your feedback about the following issue in VL31N:

Enter a material or an item category Message no. VL383

If i am rght u r creating an Inbound delivery wrt a Purchase Order, frst check if that

Purchase Order still contain Items, i mean if it is not Ordered in Full.

otherwise try to make a manual entry of the line item / Material

of course the PO is open

Kindly define me the steps of pricing procedure. What is the use of Access

Sequence, Condition types, Calculation Schema, Schema Group and Condition

Table. I want to use the pricing procedure with Standard po. How can I do.

My company wants to use SAP consignment programs, but understand that the AP

payment must go to the same vendor number as the order from/issue vendor. In

the past, we order from vendor number 123, but we pay vendor number 456 (as per

the vendor's request). Is there a way to use partner functionality or home office

functionality with the two vendor numbers to accommodate both?

if i have 5 plants at different locations. and i have a server located at different place.

then how is the connectivity between the plants is done and will the tcodes used will

be the same. please tell be different types of connecting techniques.

Is there a way of tracking the time from requisition creation up until payment of

vendors? We want to be able to see the time a process was undertaken.

I have created my realease stratergy with and with out classification. also i am

using t.c omgs.what happens is i have created two realease groups. the 1st one is

showing some errors showing an message showing the realease group is not

properly defined or sometimes it pops it is not in my classification system.can you

solve the problemtry to check it out ,only one release group it allowed for with classification

created a realse procedure for a contract. The releasee strategy is working for PO

but not for the contracts. Can anybody has a solution?

could you please tell me the steps with detail for creating release procedure coz i

hve created release procedure for PR ,but still it is not showing in my system.

Follow the navigation Spro---Mat Mangmt---Purchasing ----PO--- -Rel Prod of PO----

Def Rel Proc for PO--- ; Then Release grp, Release code, Release Indicator,

Release strategyAttached screen shots of "CT04", "CL02" and "CL24N" in an excel file or word

document. Send to david.pedley@ superclubs. com I will offer what help I can.

(refer attachments 'class1, karaktrestic1, strategy1)

I advise that cleare all of your procedure and make it again.

1. create charactheristic via ceban table for purchase req.(add. data tab page) for

example, table CEBAN, field ERNAM...

2. create class with class type 032

3.create release group for purchase req.

4.create release codes for your strategy

5.create indicators for your purchase req.

6.and define your strategy

try to check Charactaristic values like Document Category in Class(t-code: CL02) .

Document Catogory: F-for PO,K-for contract

Could you tell me what is mean be landscape in SAP

I have done by SAP MM certification, in one of interview, the interviewer asked me

about landscape.

nothing but the servers ur using that is devlopment,quality, production etc. Kindly

refer the below link u get a clear pitcure of SAP Landspace.

http://sap-img. com/general/ what-is-sap- -landscape. htm

Landscape is like a server system or like a layout of the servers or some may even

call it the architecture of the servers viz. SAP is divided into three different lanscape

DEV, QAS and PROD.

- DEV would have multiple clients for ex: 190- Sandbox, 100- Golden, 180- Unit

Test.

- QAS may again have mutiple clients for ex: 300- Integration Test, 700 to 710

Training.

- PROD may have something like a 200 Production.

DEV-Development

QAS-Quality Analysis

Can any one tell me what is the diff between Customisation & Configuration

configuration: what is the standard settings available in R/3 ; customization :

changes done as per client requirment

configuration means selecting the oprions what we have already in SAP i.e.

standard options. Customisation means making our own options, i.e. creating our

own options.

configuration: -configure the system to meet the needs of client requirements by the

using existing data.

where as customisationis: -- customise or adopt the system to meet the needs of

client requirements by the process of maping sap to client

bussiness process

We are using batch management for products that have multiple countries of origin.

Every origin has it's own batch (E.G. China, Netherlands,

Romania....made in MSC1N). Only problem is that it is very hard to make a product

batch management when it is already a excisting material. Therefor we want to

make every products batch managed. Only thing we don't want is to bother people

in the warehouse to enter the batch when creating the T.O. Therefor we want to fill

this field automatically (in P.O., Inb. del. or T.O.) when there is only 1 batch

available. We only use the batches that are already made with transaction MSC1N.

Can somebody tell me if this is possible?

I create a new plant and activate split valuation for this. But when I am creating a

material Valuation Category in 'Accouning View' is not enabled but list is displayed

for Split Valuation.Pls give the solution.

First Go to SPRO and Configuring Split Valuation and if you want to create your

own valuation category create it otherwise if you want to use the sap

standard use that. Then say if you have selected split valuation by quality then you

create your valuation types(ex first quality,second quality etc) and then activate it.

Now when you extend the material you will find the list. I hope I have answered to

your question and if you have further doubts please mail me.

Can anyone know how can i use first in first out (FIFO)during good issue (i.e) i

wanna good issue to consumption ----1st those goods are received ist need to

go 1st to consumption.Maintaine the Accounting2 view in material master for FIFO

U need to have batch mgmt active, for the system to understand FIFO concept.

You then have to activate the batch search strategy for issue to happen on FIFO

basis.

How can I access to a specific partition in a shelf in MM.......eg. ..my client has a 5

shelves or rack(A,B,C,D, E) in a storage location and each rack or shelve has

more than 50 small partition(1. .......50) .......and they wanna get acess on

each small partition directly through the MM module .....is it possible if how???

can anyone tell me the way to handle the rejection against the material provided by

customer with the movement type 501

Use Mvt type 651- To get the material Back from Customer which is sold. (Here the

material is not posted directly to Unrestricted, it is posted to Blocked stock returns

to check the quality (only physically not in system), from here transfer posting is to

be carried out to transfer it to Unrestricted Mvt type 453.)

453- Transfer posting from Blocked stock returns to unrestricted.

Can u use MVT type 451 Please try (Sales Return)

If you are receving the Customer material through MIGO- 501 movement, you can

reverse the same through MIGO -502. use the reversal materaial document, make

DC and send it back to customer ( You can enter the reason for return )

MVT 501 mean Goods Receipt without ref of PO to Un restricted stock i dont think

that MVT will hepl you out please look the same through SD point of View as the

same is yr finished goods which you have rec back from yr customer.

Can any one explain me SAP hierarchy?

Sap hierarchy is the systematic order in which various organisational units are

placed in sap. In Fico for example hierarchy is operating concern , Chart of

accounts , controlling area , Company code, Business Area.

compnay code--plant- --sotrage location--purchasin g organisation this is the sap

heirarchy think storage location is at the lowest level. It should be client - company code -

plant - storage location. Purchasing organization can be defined at plant level or

company code level based on org structure the company having i.e. centralized

purchasing or plant wise purchasing. Mainly it is ralavent to ur module. Might be it is also possible to ask about your

Project @ the time of Interview.

Sap hierarchy is nothing but the organisation structrure in SAP,ie Client,Co. Code

,Plant,Pur.Orgn,Storage Location,so on and soforth

answer to your question is module hirearchy in sap

1.t code for list of prs which are not converted as either rfq or po

2.t code for list of rfqs which are not maintained

3.step by step procedure for giving authoristion for VL31N

4.t code for list of pos not delivered/invoiced

1. ME5A, processing status:N

2.ME4M,L,... choose selection parameter as u required

3.

4. ME2M,L,...choose selection parameter as u required

1. PLease can u help me in getting the T code to list the material which are

assigned to respective Purchase Group

2. T code to list the Vendors corresponding to the material (ie material assigned to

vendor list)Try IH09 or MM60

i have posted GRN without PO . I want automatic PO should be created with the

reference to the same GRN, is it possible if yes how can we do this, pllzzz explain

me stepwiseYes it's possible, while posting GR select Non ordered item in item details. In

material master, Automatic PO indicator should be selected. In vendor master

Automatic PO indicator should be selected. In customization, settings to be made

for automatic PO . Presently I am dealing in Raw materials, in this type of bulky material party is

finalized after confirmation (i.e after quality inspection report) of sample qty

supplied by them and only after that total Purchase order qty finalized including this

qty, This takes four or five days. In this case without SAP purchase order I am not

able to update my stock, Which is required at the time of making 103 movement.

So kindly advice me can I update my stock with these goods entry before making

SAP purchase order and after making the same in SAP on the basis of manual

PO, I relate this PO with these GRNS.

Please help me to answer the following Certification Questions. (some answers

should be yes/no and if yes or no what is that?)

1.A service master record has information at the plant level?

2.The order in which the condition technique in PO pricing occurs is Access

Sequence „³ Condition Type„³ Calculation Schema„³Condition Table„³

Condition Record

3.Invoices for blankets PO¡¦s can be entered through Conventional IV or LIV?

4.Invoice reduction can be done through Conventional IV or LIV?

5.Invoice verification in the background can be done through Conventional IV or

LIV?1. No, service mater doesn't have an information at plant level. but if u can maintain

pricing condition at plant lvel.

2. i didn't understand this question.

3. can u tell me what do u mean by convention IV.

Could anyone guide me what is the procedure to be a MM certifier?

What is the pre-requisite for it?

What is the fees for it?

Where to be applied to get it?

To appear for certification without attending any SAP course you need to fulfil the

following criterias:

- Minimum 2 years of SAP Implementation Experience in the particular module with

minimum of 6 months experience in the version in which you wishe to take up

certification.

- Out of the 2 years 1 year should be with your present employer

- Your present employer should be a CUSTOMER or PARTNER of SAP in INDIA

If you fulfil the above criterias please send us your updated project profile as per

the attached format for direct certification evaluation. On establishing your eligibility

we will giude you through the process of registration.

I created a vendor and didn't give schema group. then created p.o and system

picked pricing z1. now i gave schema group in vendor ,i want pricing as

z2 now. now how to change the pricing in p.o.even i made update and selected

carry out new pricing,pricing is not changed to z2.

In implementation in which server we configure the releaseprocedures (PO/PR).

If we have 3 servers 1. Development 2.Quality 3. Production. Many of our

configurations will be done inDevelopment server. But whether Release procedure

also configured inthis or not?at the time of development, u need to do release Procedure in Development server.

If u have Request concept Containts to be trasfered.and remaining to me

maintained inQuality server manually and test it. for Authorisation for Release the

Document , u need to maintain manually. This Procedure is as pur our last project.

If is there any Procedure please let me knowThe issue of release strategy is very simple. Config. activities are to be carried out

in Dev server only, i.e as already mentioned by a member in this communication,

Rel groups,release codes, release strategies etc are to configured in DEv and

transported to Quality & from Quality to Production.

What is required here is , in each server, under each client one has redo the

class/characteristi cs again. Apart from that The values assigned to characteristics

in DEv client never gets transported, so the assignment of values are to be done

again in each client in different servers. The production client is also to be opened

for this activity under careful observation. The steps you outlined are correct except for the part about opening the production

client. Why would you have to do that?

Rel Groups, Codes, Indicators and Strategy arecreated and released from DEV

server. However Table Cl24n have to bemaintained in each server.

System giving message "Table CL24n does not exist in T-code SE11.where i can

find this table.

CL24n is a transaction NOT a table

Rel Groups, Codes, Indicators and Strategy are created and released from DEV

server. However Table Cl24n have to be maintained in each server.

Stock Trafer and Transfer Posting Importances are same up to Plant to Plat . How

ever Customer ( Client ) Prefer Stock Transfer than Transfer Posting . See the

Below Adevantages of Stock Transfer more than Transfer Postings :

The transfer of stock using a stock transport order has the following advantages

over the transfer of stock without a stock transport order:

A goods receipt can be planned in the receiving plant.

You can enter a vendor (transport vendor) in the stock transport order.

Delivery costs can be entered in the stock transport order.

The stock transfer order is part of MRP: Purchase requisitions that were created in

MRP can be converted into stock transport orders.

The goods issue can be entered using a delivery via Shipping (LE-SHP

The goods receipt can be posted directly to consumption.

The entire process can be monitored via the purchase order history.

How ever We need to do some times Plant to Plant Trasfer Postings only in some

industires . this is based on Customer Requirement.

how can I print migo screen? I want to print a special documant from migo secreen.

But print button is passive. How can I activate this button?

When I am capturing an entry service in trans. ML81N, I am getting the error

SE323: You cannot enter the unplanned service. And yet, in the PO my limit has

not been exceeded yet. How to resolve this issue?

try to maintain PO->itemdetails->Limits......then it will allows un-planned services.

tell me how to genrate or see sale in transit stock report ?

mb5t, MB52

I am looking for report which can give following details: List of purchase contracts ,

Created by , Creation date , Released by , Released date , Changes made after

creation, Note: Above info can be obtained in individual contract. But is there any

report which can details for range of contracts.

ME3N. Change Scope of List to ALLES.

ME2L-THIS MAY SOLVE UR REQUEST

u can try T-CODE ME3L and in that use scope of list as ALV and generate report .

U can filter it as per requirement ,

I had raised a job order in J1IF01 for a particular material. Before receiving the

processed material against that job order completely within 60 days, I should not

raise another job order for the same material. Is there any setting for this?

I have sale order in which 5 line items are there and i am entering frieght and

insurance as header item but in g.l account it is coming as 5 line items can i get this

as consolidated

I need to move the intermediate product of production in 1st stage, in to container

and store them in stotrage before the 2nd stage of same production starts. How do

I go abt it? Can i do it without HU or its required? the major reason is , the plant

moves the semi-finished goods in container to storage.how can i do it?

while creating vendor master record i am getting an error message. i have created

vendor account group. initialy i have created vendor taking the new created

account numbe but now i am getting an error. the error is "ENTER PARTNER

NUMBER" plzzz help me as asap.

During the creation of PO if u give account assignment category just like for

example K ,in the item details we get a new tab to enter cost centre.In extreme left

there is a icon click on it we get 2 methods of multiple account assignment for the

same material 1)Progressive fill up method 2)propotionate distribution method.we

can select anyone method to distribute our material to different accounts. Multiple

account assignment is posting a material to seperate accounts as per our

requirement for quick valuation etcCurrently i am working on me21n, me22n, me23n. I have added customer data tab

in ITEM DETAILS of PR. Under this tab i am having three fields. I am having the

same tab in PO also.Now when i create PO i want the values of these three fields

of (respective) PR tobe there on PO. THese values are not coming what should i

look for. The following is the sentence on which i have to work on. The three fields

need to copy from the requisition to the PO when a requisition is copied to the PO

is there any tcode which can tell that to which G/Laccount the posting is done.

Use T-code OBYC ,with respect to the posting keys and chart of accounts you can

check the Debit and Credit posting to the defined GL accounts.

generally t-code is OBYC,w.r.t. posting keys and chart of accounts.if u have already

created a material with out posting the G/L acc'ts,we can use MMPV month by

month for the fisical year.

can u anybody tell me . while i am creating purchase order i got one error .That

error is ( No commitment item 00010 43300).

commitment item u have to maintain while creating po and then save it

In the same screen, at the bottom u can find one tab "Account Assignment"-

>Commitment Item (Enter the commitment Number and save it)

i have one qurie creation of vendor master (XK01) in that payment transation

screen what i ahve to enter in the fields

1.ctry , 2.bank key , 3.bank accoount can any one please explain this

It is given for the purpose if you want to directly deposit the amount in vendors

bank account. Generally, In india vendor's are paid by cheque hence it is not used.

However if u want u may use

thanks for your input .the requirements is we are going to make a bank transfer to

the vendor account so in that case what i have to maintain in the below

three fields

you need to contact Basis & FICO consultant in this case

Details asf Country Bank key is a number ( alpha numeric) which is provided by the

bank itself normally for forex transactions. Say Deutsche bank provides - DEUT IN

Bank account number details

This creation of vendor is done in the module of FI but the demand for Purchase to

Pay functionality makes MM Guy to be versed with this.

Country-- The country in which the bank or the bank account exist.

Bank Key-- it should be provided by the bank or the vendor it is unique for country

and bank.

Bank A/C no.-- should be provided for vendor.may i know for which module ur taking training ? if u r in mm then u dont have to

fillup this field u just left it blank and go ahead understand this work if of fico

Can anybody tell me what is mean by multiple account assignment ?How multiple

G/L account assign to same material number ,

while posting GR there is option in item details - Assign multiple accounts

During the creation of PO if u give account assignment category just like for

example K ,in the item details we get a ne tab to enter cost center.in extreme left

there is a icon click on it we get 2 methods of multiple account assignment for the

same material 1)Progressive fill up method 2)propotionate distribution method.we

can select anyone method to distribute our material to different accounts.

Multiple account assignment is posting a material to seperate accounts as per our

requirement for quick valuation etc

Can any body help in building a custom info structure similar to MC.9 /MC$G report

but should be able to run the report by specific dates or fiscal year periods

We know that delivery without charge for materials subject to MAP no accounting

document is created. What about for standard price? Please help.

no a/c document will take place in both the case.

For STD price the a/c document will get generated & for the Diff the Prices Diff a/c

will get effected.

I want to know how we create a PO for a Non Valuated Material. Pl describe. How

can i Tick on Item > Delivery > GR Non valuated at the time of PO Creation.

If you are making PO for non valuate material thenfor line time go to delivery tab

there you select the good reciept and GR nonvaluted .for such PO if you are doing

Good reciept then it should be non valuated one.as the non valuated stock are not

managed on value basis .the answers below are not totally correct as also for the valuated stock in case of

flag for "GR-Non val" the GR will be NOT valuated! I strongly suggest to check the

standard SAP help for this field (available in the PO line item):

Goods Receipt, Non-Valuated

Specifies that the goods receipt for this item is not to be valuated.

Use

Set the indicator if goods receipts involving this material are not to be valuated.

The valuation of the purchase order item will then take place at the time of invoice

verification. This indicator must be set in the case of multiple account assignment

for example.

Note

If the indicator has been set for an item with the material type non- valuated, the

quantity recorded in Inventory Management can differ from the value in Financial

Accounting during the period between goods receipt and invoice receipt, since the

value is not updated until the invoice is posted in Financial Accounting.what some body is writng first have look on that solution then make comment .In

my sloution i have written that if you are doing the GR for nonvaluted material then

this tick must be there . further tell me in which situation for valute dmaterial goods

recipet is no valuated (n that is tick non valuated is done). please explain me.

I have checked the question and answer and again, according to me, even if dhaka

was referring only to the "NON-Valuated stock",

it was good to provide also the option of valuated goods as this flag is mainly used

to minimize the PPV in case of uncertain price (at the time of the PO creation) and

having all the booking done at the time of LIV.

while creating po there is tab of delivery go to that there remove the tick invoice

verification required.

can any one tell me how to maintain market price . which is used to calculate price

variance in vendor evaluation.

Market prices is mean value of the quotation you received

is there any tcode which can tell that to which G/L account the posting is done.

Use T-code OBYC ,with respect to the posting keys and chart of accounts you can

check the Debit and Credit posting to the defined GL accounts

pl.clarify me " What is the use of solution manager during Implementation? How we

can track which data we maintained/implemen ted in reference IMG?

solution manager is used for preparing readymade teplate .there are buisness

scenario mapped which you can utilise .

http://www.sap. com/services/ pdf/BWP_SB_ SAP_Solution_ Manager.pdf you can

refer to this link.

Previously we used asap methodlogy but now the the same way we have to use

the solution manager. In solution manger we have to define the from to date fro

each configuration . based on that we can track how much we completed

I need report from SAP in the following format.

i can give selection e.g 01.08.2007 to 31.08.2007

plant-xxxx

Company code-yyy

BILL NO. QTY PARTY MATERIAL PURCHASE DATE

Use MB51 report with mvt type 101 & 102 for Good Receipt & Returns & change

the layout as per your requirement.

In calculation schema I defined procedure as G then went to control data and I

entered my two condition type as Gross price and discount rate so what will be the

exact formula for getting net price.

in the calculation you have included two condition types one is gross price and

other is discount in the calculation you have to give on what you have define on

what value you to calculate the discount .Net value = Gross value- Discount

That will pick up accordingly. ......... ...you have to give value if itis valued bassed

condition and % if it is % based condition.

u entered in that the sub total u will get net price

Is it possible to have the msg output in PO as print, fax & email at a time. If yes

how? as well as how to create msg output request in different POs at a time in

bulk?

Create conditon record for the message type for PO using T.code MN05........ .........

......... ......... ......... .for print email ............ ......... ......... ........then the system will

automatically allocate the message type as soon as the PO is saved. if you have

defined for the message type as Master data -> Messages -> <Purchasing

document> -> Create or Change from the Purchasing menu.

1. Enter the message type and choose the key combination. The latter determines

the condition table in which the condition record is stored.

2. Make the necessary entries. ( key combination print email,...... ....)

3. On the next screen, create the individual condition records.

4. Via the menu options Goto -> Means of communication, enter the desired means

of communication ( e.g. EDI, or an output device such as a printer) for each

message record.

5. Save your data

can anyone please explain the difference between non valuated material type and

the non stock material type

Non valuated stock are managed stock quantity basis not on value basis.Material

type UNBW are nonvaluated stock Nonstock material NLAG is non stock material

.is managed on value base not on aty basis .an example to this operating supplies

which are consumed

I am facing a weird problem. For the material "Base Unit Of measure " > is " G" and

Order Unit is maintained as "KG" in the material master. User wants to key in the

"order Unit " in Info record . System is not allowing with the message that"base unit

of measure is diferent in material master and info record. I dont understand how the

info record got creaeted with the "Base Unit Of Measure" field as blank (Although

this is required entry) and should have come as default value from material master.

The base unit in Info-record gets picked from material master automatically, What

is required, In info-record you have to enter the conversion factor if it is not there, i.

e relation between Gram---> Kilogram. Check this out if this is the issue if not coem

with exact error/situation to the forum. skmmap is right. you should set your conversion factor in Material Master

Additional data b/w Gram and Kilogram, set KG as your order unit in ME12

.Consider the timing difference when you change the Info record and create the

PO...you should update first the Info record prior to PO creation.

Setting for material mmaster is done ..Both "Base unit of measure" and " Order

Unit" is correctly populated... When I go into info record and try to update the same

in Inforecord I get the message " Base Unit Of Measure in Material master

Inforecord is not the same. I find the "Base Unit Of Measure" field set as blank in

the Info record.and its a greyed field as it auotmatically gets populated fro material

master.I could not understand how an info record can be

created with this field as blank and greyed as its a required entry not optional.Any

one of you are aware any OSS note ..To me it seems a program error.

I am new to MM, plz tell where to link inspection lot , PO & Vendor. I have PO &

vendor code , now i want to check inspection lot.

U activate QM view & related insp type u will get insp lot

there are tow ways to create inpection lot in the system .for that you have activate

the QM i.e that you have maintain quality view for the material in material master or

in the purchasing view set the indicator Q inspection tick . please the t.code QA01

Create Inspection Lot , QA01A Create Inspection Lot for creating the inspection

lot. QA03 for displaying the Inspection lot.the answer below is not totally correct! The Inspection Lot will be created

(automaticfally or manually) ONLY if the QM module has been activated using the

standard settings at material master and customizing level. While the QM box

available in the purchasing view is only available if teh QM is NOT active and in

that case (if not removed during the PO/GR creation) the gods will be received in

quality inspection status but NO Inpsection Lot will be generated. Let me clear one thing.You are right that why in reply i have writtten that you have

cretae Inspection lot using T.code Qa01 with tick in the purchasing Choose

Logistics ® Quality management ® Quality inspection ® Inspection lot processing ®

Inspection lot ® Create(QA01) .These are possible only when you hvae done the

required setting are done in system(customising) . and other possiblity is by making

QM active ( and maintaing QM view in material master)

use t-cd mmbe and check quality inspection qty

plzz tell me how to check for the relaese of service entry, how will i come to know if

service is released or not.

try to check in T-Code: ML85, if it display after that execution of T-Code, means it is

not released/accepted, if its displayed means SES(service entry sheet) is not

accepted/released.

OR

display that SES in ML81N in top side indicator will display accepte/not (like traffic

signal lights).Use Tcode ML81N

The service entry sheet you have created has the status No acceptance , if it is not

accepted or released

To release it

Choose Entry sheet ® Set status ® Acceptance.

The entry sheet status Will be accepted .

First open the service Entry Sheet using Tcode ML81n

Then click on Goto ---> Entry Sheet ---> Release Stategy and check the release

status.

can anyone tell me how to create a new special stock type.

SAP has provided you special stock .What is your requirement which is not

fullfileed by what is provided by SAP.

SAP has provided each type of stock then again which type of stock u want to

create ? pl give me details i will provide u the customization

While doing the PGI of stock transfre order. it is showing acoount determination for

entry UMB is not possible. how to resolve it????

See manish when ever there change in price then there is revaluation of material

for this UMB key is defiend and account is given where this value due the change

in price will go, use t.cod e: obyc there select UMB and maintain the missing G/l

account for your valution area(plant)What is the Fulle error description?

we are facing some problem at the time of PO, GR, GI related to material

Description For example Material Code 500001 Description in System : belt SPZ-

1400 but some deptt use the same code in PR but he change the Description (Belt

SPZ-1545) at the time of PR & system Save the PR and print is same, but we are

facing the problem at the time of PO , system automatically use the actual

description so pls freeze/lock the material Description it should not happen as per DBMS in SAP. for the same code, how he can edit and

that mat description will be picked automatically while doing

PR. whether he is doing service PR or material PR while creating this PR????????

it should not happen.

See the description is picked from the material master which is master data .You

can change that in PO/PR .But if there is differenet description why dont you use

the different material code .

Check the Po print form(smartform/ sapscript) , their the field which u r picking is

from MAKT table, change it to EKPO-TXZ01. It will work.

Please check you printing program. It may be your own custom development.

Change the program to print the text from purchasing document rather that Material

master You can restrict the user while creating PR, For material description change.You

can make this field as display only. Then it will appear as per the material code.

The issue is, how the same same material no. can have 2 descriptions at different

levels. During PO the system definitely will pick material master description only.

The issue, if One wants to print with different description of a particular material,

this has to be done by picking the field into PO print fromat instead of actuals. For

this a Function design document is required to carry out all the tasks given to

ABAPer.

i am unable to move forward after entering material, MRP, Plant As per my

knowlage i have to select plant order but I am unable to locate the same.

What is the error staement?

I am not able to move forward to complete the TC MD04. Roadblock in between is

not finding the Key/text Plant Order

In order to run Open Invoice (especially PO with GR-based IV is unchecked), Can I

use ME2N and select the paramter 'OPEN INVCE')?

u can go ahead with this

what is the t-code of report of open stock transfer order.

you can use transaction ME2W (WA351)

is there any possibilty of comaparing terms and conditions along with price? in ME

49check all the options in the t-code me49 and reply

pl tell me how to separate the pr's which has converted as rfq(separate report) and

pending pos not yet delivered.

Could someone tell me how to incoporate Workflow into Release Procedure. I

know we need to assign the Agent ID to the release code, my question is how do

we create the Agent ID and also please let me know if I have to do any other

settings to make this thing work.

i required urgently freight reconcialliation abap sample program please help me.

Plz tell if there is any report that show only PR whose PO has yet to be made, other

information should not come in the same.Blocked, deleted, closed Pr should also

not come. ONLY PR whose PO is yet to be GENERATED.

Use t-code me5a with processing status =N

Use Transaction code - ME5A List display purchase requisitions. on the screen in

processing status field - Select criteria - N not edited. You will get the list of

Purchase requisitions whose PO is not created yet. Again you have many selection

criterias in the same field, check for it.

what is the step by step procedure to realease an P.R in sapmm.Hope to get your

response soon

release procedure is like approval by senior authorities who has given authorisation

to release the document

Currently i am working on Purchase Requisition. I have copied 3 fields under the

customer data tab. these three fields needs to copy from requisition to PO when

requisition is copied to PO. can any one explain me how i can do this. OR how can

i trace When PR is copied TO PO. Currently i am working with Purchase requisition. i have three fields under

tab Customer data but i am not able to do the following requirement.

fields are zzref_matnr, zz_tool_ind Tooling indicator , and one more

field.

The requirement is *The three fields need to copy from the

requisition to the PO when a requisition is copied to the PO.Also

The fields should be required on the requisition if the PO type is ZTG.

For this requirement where do i have to make the changes. Please help me

out in this. i am new to this.

We have a consignment which will be supplied to us as free goods but we will bear

all the cost such as freight, customs etc. When we create the Purchase order as

free goods we cannot enter any condition records for freight/customs duty. Could

anyone help us on this?.Try creating a calculation procedure with new condition types for Freight , customs

duty etc as ZXXX .Maintain correct access sequence to the respective new

condition types,ensure condition class as price and calculation type as quantity

dependent.You can create a new tax code if feasibile.Assign Account keys similar

to the regular freight ,customs duty condition types in the calcution (Pricing)

procedure for new condition types.ensure enabling of new condition types in new

tax code.Same ACCOUNT keys as former is assigned inorder to ensure postings to

the actual GL accounts.Also Maintain condition records for the afore specified new

condition types. These sequence can be performed by following T-codes New

condition type--OBQ1 , Enhance Pricing procedure--OBQ3 New TAX code--FTXPpls check mvt type 511 and make the IR field should be in " unticked" condition in

PO and make price column"0" in PO.

I am in the Retail Industry and our company is having a problem as below:

* Sap Implementation is Failed so the company is using mainframe and at the

same time SAP as well.

* There is 4 months Gap for Inventory and data.

* There is no documentation for implementation.

My question is what shall be my first step to correct all these?

Inspite of creating my own realease code,stratergy, indicator, it is not assigned

properly by t.c omgs. pls tell me about the step by step procedure to realease a p.r

in sap mm.Hope to get your answer soon.

Plz tell meT-Code for a list of Unreleased Pos?

If we are using ERS, vendor will not send his invoice. But from the vendor

perspective, will he generate an invoice at all? (outside of SAP perspective - this is

a domain question) If so, how does he link his invoice number with the payment

cheque number what we make? I mean, how does he tally his PIS

we have two types of subcontract activities. 1. Printing 2.Loan licensing We want

entries to hit different GL code for each type (Ours is a Pharma Industry). In FI

config Auto Posting only 1 GL is getting hit.

have one query regardin MIRO. in our configuration, system allows the user to

change the vendor in the MIRO screen. Even

if the GRN is for goods from one vendor, in the MIRO screen, the system allows me

to change the vendor code to any other vendor. I wanted to know if there is any way

to disable the vendor text box so that whatever the system suggests remains as it

is .

pl explain me what are the gross price , net price , surcharge , frieght charges ?

calculation schema , schema group schema determination means what ?access

sequence , accruals , automatic account determination means what ?if u have any

document then pl supply me asap pl reply as soon as possible

Go to www.sap-img. com or www.sap123.com it will solve your most of issues.

These are different condition types in PO..we call it pricing procedure in short (as

termed in SD side) for the calculation Schema, this is sequence in which the price

is determined.( say Gross less Discount =Net +taxesas an example) Freight

Charges , this is a delivery Cost..part of the total landed cost when we purchased a

Material. Schema Group, you group together the same Calc sequence valid to the

the vendors or Orgn Automatic Account Determination, a certain condition type is

automatically posting the amount to Revenue Account or the GL Account . Say

when we have a Freight Charges , this is automatically posted to Revenue Acct

Freight Charge in FI side. I don't have a complete documentation, i would suggest

can anyone please tell me the difference between transfer postings and stock

taransfers. what are the material documents are generated.and what are the

accounts hits.Transfer posting : plant to plant/ Storage location to Storage Location.

In which if the valuation area is same. i.e. Sloc to Sloc within one plant then there

will be no accounting entry occurs. however if the its Sloc to Sloc but with two

different plant. and valuation area+valuation price is diff then there will accounting

doc and material doc created for the same.

Stock Transfer:

there are unrestriected stock, quality inspection stock, blocked stock.

Also you can have GR Blocked stock, special stock too.

it will update the quantity.In transfer posting, only material doc will generate. While, in stock transfrer:

material and accounting document will generate but not neccessary that accounting

doc will generate. try to under stand that, for any transaction material doc. is generated in Inventory

management. but the accounting document is generated only it leads to change

any inventory value. if goods movements are with in a plant, no a/c doc. generated,

it the goods movements between plants means a/c doc. generated.

Stock Transfer = physically stock transfer of goods,

Trasfer posting= may physical (or) logical(not physical) stock transfer of goods.

I want to make Businness Area filed in Details tab of MIRO Screen as Mandatory.

Can you please tel me the path and how to make mandatory

Use T-code OMBW select the mov types and field selections in the field group

Account assignment u can make Business area as mandatory field.

That's right, but this is in Goods Movement that is MIGO transaction not the MIRO.

Please reply back.

You are right OMBW is field selection for MIGO transaction with respect to goods

movement.You can select T-code OB41 and select respective posting key for

invoices defined for the posting to respective GL accounts. Enter into field status

tab of the specified posting key and select account assignments. Here in account

assignments you can mark Business area as required entry. Kindly revert back with

the results.

Can u please explain the procedure to release the CONTRACT.

Through ME35/ME35K/ME35L transaction. Please try but before this you have to

set all the customizing setting for release procedure.

Which reports are available in SAP MM to view list of amendments made to

Purchase Orders in a specific time period?

use Trans ME2M ....Scope of list ALLES

How do you create movement types? What are the steps involved? When will you

recommend a new movement type?

OMJJ

but can you tell about the steps involved in it .

Plz guide me how to block list of vendors at the same time as xk05 allows only

one?Use XK99 (vendor block)

You can use MASS transaction, object LFA1

You can you use txn code "XK99", Select "LFA1" table, and field " SPERQ" -

Blocking Function. Execute and follow the screen requirements.

Can any body teach me about import p.o and duty? Please explain what the

procedure is for the same.

Indian Import cycle is bit more complicated and SAP is not geared to handle in a

straight manner through single MIGO as the cycle consists of multiple vendors.

This requires special Schema to be developed and needs Both FICO and MM

consultants to work together.

Imports will have two categories .

Category 1: Bonding and De-bonding cycle ( Freight and Insurance during Bonding

and other duties during De-bonding )

Category 2 : Home consumption ( all charges to be accounted at one stage )

Further Import cycle also has two types : Type 1 for Manufacturing plant ( CENvat

credit for certain duties to be availed )

Type 2 for trading plant ( no credit of duties )

In altogether there are 4 procedures to be adopted for the above.

The schema should be such that, at PO stage, We should be able to assign

multiple vendors : Import supplier for Items ( foreign currency ) , India customs for

Duties ( Indian currency ) , Freight and Insurance separately ( Indian or foreign

currency as the case may be ). During schema, duties have to be defiend as

VATable and non VATable. Accordingly, accounting posting keys to be defined.

Most important aspect is the FI transactions and mapping it to import cycle. In case

of Import cycle, MIRO is done first and then MIGO is carried out later steps.

Payment of Advance to Supplier : Vendor advance and corresponding enctry in GL

account, credit Bank a/c , debit Vendor A/c

MIRO is done in Three or four instances ( may be five also if cenvat credit for

duties to be taken ).

Step 1You have to maintain the pricing procedure for the same. My suggestion is you

have two plants, let us say your impoted cargo is arriving at PORT 1, then have two

plants PORT 1 INBOND and PORT 1 EXBOND. the cargo for which you have not

paid import duty yet, [ie. it is lying in bond] will be in plant inbond. hence each

import PO to have GR in the INBOND plant. Then when you do file the bill of entry

to pay the import duty then you create a STO [with diff pricing procedure - PO type]

in which the import duty, the AED, BED, CVD etc are maintained.

In my organization we have implemented DMS(Document Management System)

but now my client wants that all the document witch is has store in DMS Server can

be view from our company Internet site , so that our external Customer like ,

Vendor and View those document, so kindly give some input how to configure this

pls explain the difference between one step and two steps material transfer

between plants, company and sloc??? what will be the effect in accounting and

what is triggering to two step procedure instead of one step procedure of material

transfer.

in one step material transfer , material is directly transfered from the plant to plant

, or storage location. but in two step material is withdrawn from the issuing plant or

s loc and in next step it is received by the receiving plant. till that till material is

shown as in transit. Two step is normally done when a person is not having an

authorisation of two plants. or when it takes some time to transfer material. for

accounting point of view , there is no diff in one step or two step. In one Step material transfer, material is could be transfered from plant to plant

with particular storage location using the movement type 311. This process usually

done for those materials located with same location of warehouse and

management. There are no implication in accounting side, just only the movement

of stock from one another negartive (-) from the supllying plant and (+) to receiving

plant.

In two step material, needs an request/order to transfer or issue the material to

another plant. The systems will generate requiements to issue a material or what

we called Stock Transfer Requisition (STR) that could be subject for approval

before it will convert to Stock Transfer Order (STO).Adding up to 2 step procedure, you have invoke movement type 315 to inward the

goods in receiving plant. Then only,the stock will get updated.

Please clarify my doubts regarding the placement assistance provided by microsat

corporation. I came to know that the company is providing placement service with

good mnc's but thing is that i have been asked to pay 25000.Could some one tell

me is it really worth paying 25000?

will they really help me in getting job? how far i could believe them? the money i

paid wouldn't be refunded if i dont get job Since it is located in noida(i reside at

kanyakumari) i feel very difficult to find if they are doing it really. i have got 11

months of experience in sap mm but i dont have any implementation experience.

Kindly help me . I am waiting for the reply only then i could take some final Do not get carried away by any placement assurance agencies which ask for

upfront money. All good placement agencies do it for free. Post your resume in

internet job sites and keep reading the news papers

how to see stock with vendor on a particular date.kindly help me with the t.code

MB5B, MBLB

TO my knowledge, there is no single report to get this statement. Though ME2O

gives the statement on the day of running the report, it can not give the vendor's

stock for a previous date.

We use the following method which is fairly accepted by out auditors TR code :

MB51 enter plant code and select all storage locations in that plant leave the

vendor column open ( so that you will get for all vendors ) enter posting date ( The

date for which you need the report )

Enter movement types : 541( out ward ), 542 ( reversal of 541 ), 543 ( consumption

through MIGO ) , 544 ( reversal of 543 ) so that you will get the Net quantity as on

the psoting date

Export this report to a XL file so that you can arrive at the desired statement by

algebraic summation of quanitities. This report will not give the value of the stock .

It will only give the net quantity.

Normaly auditors ask for the value of stock, for which you need to multiply the

quantity by respectve MM price( MAP or STD as the case may be ). once you are An excellent work around solution, Good job

In SAP standard only MBLB is the tcode for stocks at subcon vendor. You can also

try MBLB and MB51 with mov type 541. But there is no report to check sub con

stock for a particular datetry to use the MB51 Movt type 541 or MC.9 if you could see the particular stock with

the given date

ME2O

ME2O is not working according to requirement. ex:i issued qty 100 on 12.09.07,qty

100 on 15.09.2007,qty 100 on 17.09.2007 now when i execute me2o and entered

date as 12.09.2007 the result is 300.but the issue is only 100. what ever might be

the dates the result is showing as total 300.

cany one tell me in detail about the document types . how a new document types

arecreated. and what are the configuration setting done .

pls advise me that what are all the documents required/ to be prepared for doign

sap mm implementation.

pls explain about return delivery PO and its requirement and configuration with mvt

typesthe movt type for return delivery po is 161. for this you have two check the indicator

in t code me21n .

Thanks a lot for ur info and what will be the effects in accounting and inventory

List of pending invoices

Go to ME2L or ME2M in selection parameters select RECHNUNG it shows list of

pending imvoices

I think to view the pending invoices in respect of the vendor we can try FBL1N

Transaction

I have a reqirement as below and request advise. SO and Invoice created with 2

materials(2 line items) Item 1 - Excisable material and Item 2 non-excisable

material. Is there a way other than user exits to ensure that item 2(non excisable

material) from the invoice is NOT to be copied to Excise invoice.

whats the procedure to release a contract.as i pursue through the release

procedure of the contract and create for the contract the already existing procedure

of purchase order gets deleted.please clarify me how to release a contract.Without

releasing a contract i cant adopt it to create a purchase order.Thank u to all my

friends in advance for ur help.

While configuring RFQ, I observed that, whenever I add vendors,system is

generating new RFQ numbers. Business scenario - i want to create an RFQ which

has to be sent to 8 vendors. While adding 8 vendors one by one, system generates

new documents (6000000051 to 59) Why is this so?

Conceptually, RFQ number is ONLY ONE eventhough it is sent to 1 or 100

vendors.Can somebody suggest how do i create an RFQ with a SINGLE NUMBER

to be sent to 8 vendors?System will always generate new no., however, u can enter collective RFQ no.

manually at header level while generating RFQ for 8 vendors, through which u can

do comparsion also later on

RFQ Numbers will different wrt to vendor. because this is required to maintain

quotations & price comparisions. As per your requirement, If only one RFQ Number

will come. Then how can you go further ? Please check in the system.

You are absolutely right .. this is how system is designed. But the Mr. Saama is

taking about the genuine business requirement. Business want tarck the various

quotations released aginst a single requirement. To the my opinion you can make

use either "Collective Number" form RFQ header or requirement tracking number

from PR item level. Best is collective number.You are absolutely right.As per the RFQ business process there should be only

ONE NUMBER FOR A particular set of RFQ'S for a item or a number of items. I

have been trying to find a solution for this for a long time as I had done a similar

development on the Main frame . The real problem will come when the Buyer

handles large number of Purchase Requistions such as MRO items,etc.

you can not create single RFQ for many vendors. the reason is while maintaining a

rfq it ll be a problem, different vendors gives a different price for a single material.

then how will u maintain in single RFQ. You will create a PO wrt to RFQ, if u

maintain single RFQ how will u create a PO for that RFQ. Plse verify, if u found

solution give me the sameOnly way of tracking RFQs against a single requirement is the use of the Collective

number. That way you can track all RFQs and get comparisons etc.

based on a single requirement. The system WILL create multiple RFQs for diff

vendors. The term RFQ is not to be confused with Tender based bid invitations. A

RFQ is a request for quotation from a SINGLE vendor. That is the way the system

has been designed. And that is the way it WILL work.

I agree what my friend said, to be precise: RFQ - Request for Quotation is used

for inviting quotations from suppliers / contractors for a defined set of services or

items, by the purchaser. After providing the set of services / items in RFQ, for every

vendor the system generates individual nos. (which needs to be different for

different vendors for the sake of identification) . However, you need to compulsarily

feed the collective no. (identical 10 digit no) for a particular RFQ (for all vendors).

On saving, the RFQ will provide different nos. for different vendors for the sake of

carrying that particular quote for PO. Hence, Collective no. will be identical and

RFQ no. will be continuous numbers. For display purpose, if one RFQ no. is

provided by system, you cannot differenciate the various quotes provided by the Adding further to Jai comments, please make sure that the Collective number is a

unique number.

Secondly, SAP has records which are based on its numbering system. Each

vendor has a material number. If you sent just one RFQ to various vendors ( 1 or

100) how are you going to maintain history in SAP for each vendor. In order to keep

track of each vendor and to enable you to compare the princes and conditions,

SAP uniquely assigns a new RFQ nu for each vendor. Collective number is the only

number which corelates similar RFQ and help you to analyse comparative

statement.

In ECC 5.0 certification curriculum there is a topic "Orders", not "PO". and also we

can see in the document overview of MIGO both PO and Orders. My question is

what is the difference between Orders and PO. Are they same? If same why there

are two options in document overview of MIGO as "Orders" and "PO"? Please help.

Mahesh is it possible to give me your phone no. so that I can call you and clarify my

issue with regard to STO. I think there is a misinterpretation of the issue which I can

clarify by phone.

pl explain me what are the gross price , net price , surcharge , frieght charges ?*

calculation schema , schema group schema determination means what ?access

sequence , accruals , automatic account determination means what ?if u have any

document then pl supply me asap

can any one explain me what are the types of accounts chart of account ,inventory--

raw account , gr/ir account, vendor account means what pl explain me in details

with example or if any one have some soft copy s regarding this then pl forward it to

me

HOW TO SEE STOCK ON POSTING DATES ACCORDING TO MATERIAL

GROUP WISE?You can use MB5B

try to use the MC.1 to Mc.9

I have 2 POs created: a. 1 for a specific service material (using DIEN material) & b.

another one specifying no material master, just material grp (services). I just

entered service items in the SERVICES tab. For the first PO, I did a GR via MIGO.

For the second one, I did a GR via ML81N. May I know what is the difference

between those two receipts? and what is the impact in the business? I have a client

that procures service to a vendor, and I am not exactly sure whether I will setup a

service material or just create PO using option b.MIGO is use for receiving the goods in your warehouse. We need to use a material

master to be able to recieve the goods delivered by the vendor with a supporting

documents of D/R. If the material master is a stock item the recieved goods will

store on a particular storage location with bin code. So, the item that being recieved

can be monitored by the warehosue man.

ML81N is use for service entry. it requires a document that statting the particular

services being done by the contractor or service prvider. The documents should be

signed by the focal point before going to make an service entry. Service master

defined the specific description and meaningful. Service group and valuation class

Could anyone please let me know the t-code of changing moving average price of

material in the master data. After creation of material the moving average price field

is deactivated. ..Try MK12

MK12 is for change in Vendor not for change in Price in material master

hi try mr21

Try to use the MR21 or MR22

i have a requirement to create one condition type in the ex. system what are all the

steps i have to follow can any help me in this i am very new to procing proceudre

How to restrict the items for further consumption/ movement whose shelf life has

been expired. We found so many items whose expiry passed & still they are

usable. Should we restrict from Material Master from Plant Data/Stor.1 view. Pls.

give us the suitable solution ASAPactivate FEFO method

Pl update SLED field while posting GR also update SLED check in customization

Thanks for the valuable suggestion. Is it necessary to activate BATCH

MANAGEMENT for workout of the same. B'coz SLED/BBD field is coming while

making GR for only those material where Batch Management is active. In

customization, whether I need to assign SLED check for each movement type.

For the present client we are planning to upgrade the sap system from 4.7 to ECC

6.0.....Can any body help how to proceed from MM point of view ...

1.What are the differnce between 4.7 and ECC6.0

2.What are the advantages and disadvantages of ECC6.0

Any documents from your end ......

I'm not sure whether this will help you are not but i suggest you to check it out .

step 1 : open this link http://solutionbrow ser.erp.sap. fmpmedia. com/

Step 2: Select Source relation version : R/3 Enterprise

Step 3: Select target release version: SAP ERP 6.0

Step 4 : Select Solution Area : Procurement & Logistics

Step 5: Select Module : MM

Step 6 : Click on Search

Now check out the screen on right hand side.

Now put tick on select all option on right hand side then scroll down and click : view

selected details.

You can also download this information.

As per my opnion there are no major changes form functionality point of view.

Changes are huge for archieving tech.

you can refere above document and learn by yourself.

Three fields under the customer tab are not getting copied into the PO. What

should i check.for this.

COULD U PL EXPLAIN ME HOW TO VIEW THE CONVERSION FACTOR

BETWEEN UOM AND ORDER UNIT AND METHOD OF CHANGING THE

SAME IF REQUIRED?You can view these on material master transaction "MM03", select Additional data"

tab, then Units of Measure. Chnaging this can be done on MM02

In matl master, u have specify order unit beside that u have issue unit. If uhave

given other unit than order unit it will ask convertion factor. This is the only way i

think so.

iam comparing the two quotations for a material wrt two vendors, thing is it is only

taking the Basic Price and comparing, if i include Effective Price option it is taking

only extra charges without Basic Price, but what i need is it should compare the

prices inclusive of all the condition types and the Tax value how it can be obtained

I am doing STO between two plants without SD and billing. I have explained to you

in details in my last posting what I am doing. I have to use tcode:ME21N with

document type UB and Item category U. Please guide me in this line. I don't want to

use tcode ME27 and moreover tcode OMGN doesn't work in ECC 5.0

In ME21N you don't have an option of maintaining details of Supplying plant like in

ME27.You can can create a standard purchase order (NB) in case you are using

ME21N T-code.Then you need to create a Sale order , then a relevant delivery and

then create a Billing doc.This will be a laborious process instead creating a STO

with T-code ME27 and then creating a direct delivery relevant to the ST order and

the GR for the delivery should be a easier path. Kindly clarify your usage of T-Code

ME21N for STO than ME27. also try the path if you are accessible for SPRO

screen, SPRO----->MATERIALS MANAGEMENT-- -->PURCHASING- -----

>PURCHASE ORDER PROCESSING-- ----SET UP STOCK TRANSPORT

ORDER. Using this you should activate the details provided in my previous mail.

*Stock Transport Order with Delivery and Billing Document/Invoice

<http://help. sap.com/saphelp_ erp2004/helpdata /EN/4d/2b911d43a

d11d189410000e82 9fbbd/frameset. htm>

*

*Purpose*

With this type of stock transfer, the transfer posting is not valuated at

the valuation price of the material in the issuing plant, but is defined in

both the issuing and receiving plants using conditions.

Stock transfers that include deliveries and billing documents/invoices are

only possible between plants belonging to different company codes.

If you want to carry out a cross-company- code stock transport order with

delivery but without a billing document, you must set the *Relevant for

Billing* (data element *FKREL*) indicator in Customizing of the item type to

"blank" (*Not relevant for billing*).

The following applications are involved in this type of stock transfer:

- Purchasing (*MM-PUR*) in entering the order

- Shipping (*LE-SHP*) in making the delivery from the issuing plant

- Billing (*SD-BIL*) in creating the billing document for the delivery

Our organisation wants release strategy to be applied to delivery schedule

generated mannuly.(not for MRP generated)

kindly give me the procedure for the same.

Try Customization, Materials management - Purchasing- Outline agreements -

Define release strategy.

go to the customising activity of info record in the define screen layout for

inforecord activity select ME11 and check the the settings for the field

Presently we issue the material for project against 261/281, against which we want

separate GL code to be hit for Utilities in project plant.

In our SAP system, it was observed that items ordered though overseas purchase

orders were wrongly valued by the system when they were received in two or more

consignments. While CIF values were correclty apportioned, only part of total

amount of local charges incurred was added to value of the stock items.

Example: There are 2 consignment. 6/7 of the local charges incurred on the first

consignment is allocated to stock received through the second shipment. Local

charges incurred for the second consignment are not fully allocated to stocks

received. Hence, 1/7 remains unallocated - i.e only 6/7 of the costs incurred have

been included in stock value.

can anyone explain me the steps to create release procedure? my client wants all

po's to be blocked ,but po's should be printable

In the Rel Strategy for PO, there is an option to create a Release Indicator. In the

release code you define "B" for Blocked and "R" for released. Here you define that

POs should be printable even if its not released. SPRO-Mat Mgmt-Pruchasing- PO-

Release Strategy for PO-Define Release Indicator

what is is your requirement to define the release indicator... ......... ......... .........

.........could you explain this to me.

**When I perform the S.loc to S.loc transfer, in WM level it's creating a

posting change notice. **

**Usually Positng change notice will be created for the following cases,**

**1) Releasing stock from inspection**

**2) Designating available material as inspection stock**

**3) Changing a material number**

**4) Splitting materials into two or more batches**

**5) Converting special stock, such as consignment stock or returned stock,

into company stock**

**6) Changing ownership of stock from one plant to another**

**My Question is: For S.loc to S.loc transfer, In WM level it has to create

a posting change notice (or) Transfer Requirement…..??**

Can someone explain to me i detail how i can use transaction and screen variants

to restrict display of cetrain fields to users

If any one knows the proceedure for setting screen variants and transaction

variants, please mail me. Now i need to change 'invoice party field' in MIRO to

display mode.I have a question related to purchase order and asset accounting. The issue is of

putting the goods receipt to the settle an asset.The problem is that when you enter

the purchase order for say $1000, and then when you enter the goods receipt, the

goods receipt is posted to zero rather than $1000.

Please check if there is a GR Non-Valuated indicator ticked under DELIVERY tab

of ITEM DETAIL. If it is ticked, then remove that.Then it'l work





3. • Hiding various screen elements and menu functions, or even entire screens


When you create a transaction variant, you run through the transaction in a special

mode. In this mode, you decide which elements you no longer need in your

transaction and which values should be inserted where. If you choose to hide an

entire screen, the system will no longer display that screen in the transaction and

will proceed on to the next screen in the series. You can also adjust table control

settings and determine the width of columns and the order in which you want them

displayed. In tab strips, you can suppress tabs that you no longer need by setting

them to invisible.

You may also create as many variants for a transaction as you desire. One of these

variants can be defined as a standard variant. This variant is then valid across all

clients. You may also assign different variants to specific users. This is done using

*Variant Transactions *Variant transactions are then places in those users' user

i hve probelem while creating info record in purch org dat 1 tab page there is in

condition ..valid date field is deactivate and its required entry how can i activate it ?

Go to Customizing - SPRO, Materials Management. change screen layout for Info

Record. make that particular field mandatory instead of hidden.

check the field status group for thr Info record .confirm the setting there. there you

can make that as mandtory /........... .......

I want to see all delivery line generated after MRP run, which will give me details

like name of vendor ,material,qty and date

Go to MD04 Choose details or ME3L Selection Parameter - WE101& change

layout as per requirement.

Can anyone help me in butch number assignement? I want to define in

Customising a externe number for butch of a material types in a plant?

go to SNRO and check the object BATCH_CLT for the number range...from there

you can tick EXT for external assgnment you only mention that you want to activate

external assignment for material types, does this mean that your Batch Internal

assignment was activated already? this is a running number..you have the option to

do both external or internal..edit your message ID in OCHS and make it a warning

message only so the system will allow you to assign external or internal during

Goods Mvt. this is what we've done coz we cannot limit by material type. Maybe

somebody from the group have a better solution.

Message "Materials for PReq XXXXXXXX, item XXXXX, already partially ordered".

Schedule line exist for the material. PR created from sale order schedule line.

Order quantity 3, PR Qty 3, PO Qty 1. If i go for pending qty PO, system suggest

above message

We have maintained Se CEss condition type JA1s in Taxinj. We are getting the

SeCess value in PO in Invoice tab (Taxes)in development server but not in

production server. I have checked almost all the excise relevant configuration and

comared with development & production. but I could not figure out the reason.

Check the data in PRD server with the help of abaper in debugging mode.

i have a requirement to create one condition type in the ex. system what are all the

steps i have to follow can any help me in this i am very new to procing proceudre

i am a phd student from Malaysia. I am trying to optimize the indirect material of a

production line. CAn anyone share with me some literature regarding how to

calculate the idm at different companies?

Recently in one interview, they have asked me what business processes used in

the project. some one tell me what it is

Can any one please tell me what is COGI? & how to clear it?

I have a problem when I try to create Good receipt in MIGO. The system give me

an error message saying that "Maintain tolerance limits for tolerance key VP

(CoCode...)" I go to transaction OMC0 to add new entry for tolerance key VP in my

company code however I am not sure what should be the tolerance limit so I use

"do not check" for both lower limit and upper limit. When I try MIGO again, I am still

get the same error Does anyone know what should be the cause of this problem?

Not only for VP, u have to complete all the settings for the following keys. (TC-

OMC6)

AN Amount for item without order reference

AP Amount for item with order reference

BD Form small differences automatically

BR Percentage OPUn variance (IR before GR)

BW Percentage OPUn variance (GR before IR)

DQ Exceed amount: quantity variance

KW Var. from condition value

LA Amount of blanket purchase order

LD Blanket PO time limit exceeded

PP Price variance

PS Price variance: estimated price

ST Date variance (value x days)

VP Moving average price variancetry t code omr6 and set tolerance limit for VP

I have a problem to create the production order confirmation, the error message

displayed is "no price could be determined for material .... plant ....... because none

of the valuation strategies in valuation variant 007 was successful". What caused

this error message ? I have checked the Moving average price in the material

master (MM03), the value is zero. And i also check the PIR , it has a value (not

zero) and the period is correct. Is the problem caused by the Moving average price.

I also tried to change the moving average price through mr21, but the error

message display "No valuation types maintain for this material". Actually the

valuation type of this material has already been defined (Moving Average Price) in I dont know exactlly how to help you in determination of cost. but if itsnt necessary

to calculate cost you can create production order confirmation, but before do that

you must desactivate cost in control keys operations in custo transaction OPJ8

My question is whether there is a way to link MSEG and BSEG items … Let me

give an example:

MSEG contains 2 records, for a 551 movement for 2 items on a material document

BSEG contains 4 records, for the 2 G/L postings per material on the mat doc (DR &

CR)

How do I link item 1 on MSEG to items 1 & 2 on BSEG, and item 2 on MSEG to

items 3 & 4 on BSEG? Does such a link even exist?

This is for a customised report which shows the GL postings for each material

adjustment (typically 551's, 701's etc).

while creating the plant , u forgot to copy from existing plant that's why u dont find in

T/C OMJ8 * what you have to do ?

extend the material by T/C MM01 , give the material name , put cursor on second

field , enter , select all views , again enter , give ur plant name , storage location no.

say enter , like wise finish copying/ extending all views then save it..

I am facing the problem while posting the grn the system gives the error "Material

control record missing in company code en12" can you please any one

Kindly check the entries in SPRO-Logistics general,Material master-Basic Settings-

Maintain Company code for Material Management. Here for the copany code in

which you are getting the Error try to enter 1.Current year,current month 2.Current

year,Previous month 3Previous year,Last month of the previous year.

Thanks for you excellent support . i tried the same again the system gives the error

your entering the wrong peroid to this company code like that .i hope while creating

the company code the fi person may be not use the copy function .or what is your

idea in this Try OB52, check the FY years are open for the company codes your are working

on.i will check and come back to you.thanks lot and one ,more thing i am facing the

problem in vendor partner function i created new vendor gruop number assign

ment and partner function also . i saw the same in xk03 partner function all the four

waht i did gs,vn,pa,ip ok but i created on po using the same

vendor in not showing any partener function in po header what can i do pl. help me

The configuration you have done in Partner

> determination is Generic.

> When you create a PO, you can also define the

> partner functions in the header and it would accept

> if the configuration is done right.

i have a requirement to create one condition type in

the ex. system what are all the steps i have to

follow can any help me in this i am very new to

procing proceudre

Messages In This Digest (25 Messages)

1a.

Re: Error while posting the GRN From: Mahesh Baddireddi

1b.

Re: Error while posting the GRN From: murugan jayaraman

2.

Quality Management From: pavankulkarni03

3a.

output determination From: sure

3b.

Re: output determination From: monika.hubanova@ cchbc.com

4a.

In external services in purchase requisitions, RFQ or PO, I would like to have the

following

1.0 For standard services taken from service master, the gross price field picks

value from pricing data maintained thro ML51, I require that this field should be

display only

2.0 For non standard services, where gross price field value is manual entered, I

require that the field should be input field & changeable

Can any one suggest, how to achieve both together. If I change setting in SPRO

thro External service>Screen layout, then it becomes display for both

I am facing one problem i maintained the partner function it shows in xk03 all the

four fun. again i raised the po in that po header partner function only two partner

function is coming i want all the four what i created in partner function (gs,ve,ip,pa)

what can i do pl. help me

Im landed on a very strange Issue that when i do the Scrap material using 551

movement type, system is not updating stock Quantities.. how it is possible..?? ? is

there Availibility Check will be effect..?? or any other Configs required..Please LEt

me know have a scenario where a po is raised on a vendor .vendor has 3 different branches

from there he supplies goods and sends invoice from that diff branches. how to

record this gr and ir. how to solve this

see if there are different address then you have create three different address and if

you reiceve invoice from diffrenet party then make that as partner function that is

invoicing party.try to maintain in partner functions in Vendor Master Record

I am a student currently taking a course in SAP MM and most of it self learning. I

have come across a problem where when i create a PO for a particular item i get

the error message "material not maintained by> purchasing" I have gone into the

material master for the item but i cannot figure out which field is causing this error

message. Someone please advise.Kindly ensure purchasing view is created in material master using T-Code MM03.If

not, Maintain the purchasing view with relevant fields using T-code MM01.

Kindly ensure purchasing view is created in material master using T-Code MM03.If

not, Maintain the purchasing view with relevant fields using T-code MM01.

try to check your parameters in material master (MM01/MM02) and the said

materials also extended on what particular plant. Organizational Level, Purchasing,

Plant level. Hope this should fine

you have to maintain purchasing view for the material.

For that particular material, in that particular plant, Purchasing view to be

maintained in material master. Do this and try again.

Thanks Mahesh, it worked. Can you please give me an example of an NLAG

material. I would like to create one in Material Master as a practice exercise.

I am trying to create a Stock Transport Order (STO) with document type UB and

item category U. My objective is to transfer material from Plant (supplying plant)

100 to Plant (receiving plant) 1100 within one company code (1000) with STO. For

this purpose I created a raw material 1434 in plant 1000 with sales org 1 view and

in that view entered in delivering plant field 1000 as delivery plant. After that I

extended material 1434 to plant 1100 without changing anything what I did while

creating the material first in Plant 1000 except in organizational level I entered 1100

in the plant field. I entered Sales org 1000 and distribution channel 10 in

organization level for both plant while creating and extending the material. In

me21n I chose Stock Transport Order with document type UB and item category as

U also receiving Plant as 1100. With this when I tried to save the sto the message I

am getting as “Can not determine shipping data for the material 1434” What else I

need to do to create STO please explain step by step. I am doing solely mm

function why I need to create Customer master? In this case plant 1100 is the Kindly try out the following things, Using T-code OMGN ensure following things,

1. You have to maintain details of customer master record code/Sales organisation

code/Distribution channel code/Division for inter company billing in the receiving

plant.

2.Maintain Checking Rule

3.Define Checking rule and group with availability check

4.Assign delivery type/checking to the supplying plant Maintain delivery type as 'NL'

Replenishment delivery/and checking rule.

5.Maintain purchasing document type UB to the combination of Supplying plant and

Receiving plant.

Hoping you have created customer master record for the receiving plant and

maintained the material master record at both the organisation levels. Using T-code

ME27 create a STO. enter the relevant data. Using the T-code VL01 create a

delivery for the respective STO. complete the activity of picking and post goods

issue. GR can be accomplished using T-code VL07 i.e, GR with regard to Delivery.

1. Mat.(1434)should be maintained in both the plants.(@1000& 1100). 2.Should

have enough stock in supplying plant(1000). 3.Make its supplying plant as a

vendor in vendor master record in receiving plant(1100). 4.Make it receiving plant

as a customer in customization. Create customer (xd01) & and define the shipping

data for plants in both the plants. Path: spro – img – m.mgmt – purchasing – po –

set up STO – define

shipping data (1 by1 ) In Receiving plant (1100) in Supplying plant (1000)

Customer num. 123345 (for ex.) Customer num. ---------(don't fill)

Sales org.yyy Dist. Channel Sales div. y

5. Assign doc. Type is "NL" for intra company STO. If STO is inter company, Assign

doc. Type is "NLCC". Position doc type is "UB" Enter supplying plant(1000) &

doc type (NL)&checking rule (ex:01)

6.Assign doc. Type is "UB" to u'r plants.(PO) Go for new entries Enter supplying

plant(1000) & Receiving plant (1100)&doc type (UB).

7. Create a PO, choose the doc type is `UB' & item cat.'U', Enter supplying plant as

a vendor in PO of the receiving plant(1100).

8. Provide this num (PO) to SD people, they will do the delivery by using

transactional code is VL10B.

9.sales people they will provide "out bound delivery num".

10 Do the GR. In GR the second tab 05 out bound delivery instead of PO mov.type

101.

Still I am getting the same message "Can not determine shipping data for the

material 1434". I am sending material 1434 from plant 1000 to plant 1100.Both the

plants are under same company code 1000.According to your suggestion I created

a raw material 1434 and maintained sales org 1 view and in that view I entered in

delivering plant field Plant 1000. I also exteded the material for plant 1100. I

maintained the Sales org as 1000, distribution Channel.10.You told to create

customer code and vendor code. what do you mean by that? Do you mean

Customer master record and vendor master record? Please explain me in details. I

know you r very knowledgeable. Please help.Kindly provide me the detailed steps you are performing for STO. Lets solve the

problem more specifically

Ask your FI person on the team to create an Internal Customer for the Delivering

Plant. The delivering plant has to be assigned a customer # . Also make sure that

you configured the following objects for STO in MM --> Purchasing --> PO --> Set

up Stock Transport Order : -Define Shipping Data for Plants -Assign Delivery Type

and Checking Rule -Assign Document Type, One-Step Procedure, Underdelivery

Tolerance

can any body tell me how to make the short text in PO non editable. Bcoz when

making a PO if we enter a material code it will take the

short text from the Material Master description field, but the thing is any body can

chane it for ex if it is 50ml then v can change it to 500ml but the material code

remains the same.You can maintain short text in info record as well. i.e. in texts. Don't forget to tick No

mat master text indicator. This text will appear in PO & won't be editable

I did'nt find such type of text in Inforecord,Can u elaborate little bit.

Is stock items quantity and average price is independent of fiscal year? Meaning

Suppose I have 2 fiscal years (2007, 2008) and both are opened

Suppose I have Item "Tel" (Average Cost) Now If I purchase 60 "Tel" in 2007, What

will be the "Tel" Quantity in 2008? (Notice that I don't run End-

Of-Year Procedure for 2007) Am I allowed to buy and sell in 2008 without End-Of-

Year Closing for 2007?

Can we have a report of Pending MIROs for a particular month?

use t.code MB5S or just use as a display with T.code MR11

there is one scenario. our client takes mat from trader not from main vendor .trader

takes mat from main vendor and sends us. suppose main vendor sells trader in

100Rs and 16% BED so he pays vendor 116Rs. trader sells client in suppose in

150 rs and 4 % sales tax so client pays him 156 rs. all these r fine. when we go for

migo, base value for BED should be 100 rs not 156 i.e only 16 rs should go in

cenvat account. if i do it manually then who 156 will go in GR/IR account. i want

140 should come from GR/IR account and rest 16 should come from cenvat

account to pay 156 to vendor. i did setting vendor master date cin tab page and

define trader but not working.YOUR WORKING IS SOMEHERE WRONG. I WIL EXPLAIN YOU. PL SEE IS IT

RIGHT AND SUITABLE TO YOU. PRINCIPAL PRICE IS RS100+RS16.48ED+

CST TRADERS PRICE SHALL RS150+CST WHEN TRDERS DIRCTING

MATERIAL FROM THEIR PRINCIPAL ,THEN IT IS CALLED E1 TRANSACTION

AND FOR STEPS ARE LIKE THIS:

IN PO PUT BASIC PRICE AS RS 150 AND IN FV11 MAINTAIN

JMOP,JMX1,JEC1, JEX1,JSEP, JHX1 & JIPC FOR MATL/VENDOR/ PLANT

COMBINATION

.NOW IN MIGO WHILE CATURING EXCISE INVOICE BASE VALUE WILL BE

RS150 TO BE CORRECTED AS 100 TI GET ED AMOUNT RS16.48 OFFERED

BY PRINCIPAL.

I am creating Good Issue data for a Pipe Line material.but I am getting an error

(doc attached). Can anybody suggest something to relosve this error?

I am new in ERP world and need some help in Inventory and End-Of-Year Closing

relation. As SAP is the Number One ERP Solution in the

world, i assume it is the most perfect in the Concepts too. If you have some time,

please read on

Suppose we

Open physical year 2007 (1-1-2007 / 12-31-2007)

Define Item "Tel" with AverageCost as valuation method

At 11/05/2007 Purchase 50 Tel with 40$/Unit so AVCost = 40$

At the end of 2007 we open another year 2008, and leave 2007 open until Stock

Count is finished

The Questions

Can I make purchasing / Sales in 2008 before I make End-Of-Year Closing

procedure for 2007?

What is the current Qty for item "Tel" in 2008? Is it zero (till I close 2007) or it is 50

units?

Anybody can tell me where i can find informations (maybe period by period)> about

Moving Average Price changes for an article? I know that i could re-calculate the

Moving Average Price after each stock movement but it's a bit tricky! The fact is

that the Mov. Average Price for an article is incredibly high, but as the article

documents are regularly archived, i've got no view of what can have happened to

explain that. We have not Material Ledger implementedYou could use the Tcode: MR21 for chnaging the MAP. However, you have to set

an formal documentation for a justification

i got a problem in material document and po print out and my abaper is asking for

the program to change. where can i find out this?

SPRO->Material management-> Inventory Management and Phisical Inventory-

>Output Determination- >Maintain Output Types Choose Output Type and from

Processing routines you can find the program, form /smartform

When Im doing UD, system is giving error that No Char. Results are available for

Inspection lot..?? what might be the Problem.. and also when i activate the Ins. Set

up in Material Master Data, Im unable to dot he GR.. pls let me know the reasona n

d do the needful

How can I view the object classification structure. Is there any Tcode?

The client wants to give access/change to select no. of users for Conditions in

Consignment Info Re. only. The other three info rec. can be used by all the users. If

I make display (button) on ME12 Tcode., all the info. rec. will be on display mode.

How can I configure a new movement type such that I can have an automatic

population of a G/L account. In another thread tcode OBYC was discussed, I went

there but there is no direct link to a movement type. How can I do this or even if it is

possible.You can configure new movement type by using OMJJ.

Thank you for your help. I did the step 1 & 2 as you advised. Step 3 is not clear to

me; please make it more specific with my supplying plant 1000 and receiving plant

1100.In step 4 in which plant should I enter Customer number (created by tcode:

xd01). Please mention separately all entries to define shipping data for my both

plants 1000 and 1100. I mean what fields I have to fill up and with what data for

supplying plant and receiving plant. Please donâ€™t be annoyed these are the

very new people who really want to learn SAP from knowledgeable people.

From step 5 to 10 are inter company Stock transport order with SD and billing. Here

document type is not UB it is NB. I am doing intracompany STO within one

company code. When I would be comfortable with intra company STO I will get

back to you with steps 5 to 10 for intercompany STO.Now please help me to clear

i will have a resolution of the problem of Reference (MARA-XBLNR) .(report de

reference). for example i have the materiel number 108 this reference is a123, i

modify the reference of 108 on b123. , result: the new reference of 108 is : b123.

; the old reference of 108 is : a123. ; if i research the materiel 108 by

reference the result is: ; - reference b123 : result 108. ; - reference a123 : no

result.

Can I GR/IR clearing list for a particular month, as the current Txn code MB5S

does not have the duration

Currently we have release strategy set up on POs, we are wanting to now set up

release strategy on Contracts. What we want to do is that if the Contract has been

released, all the POs for that contract should not have to be released. Is it possibe

Does anyone know if it is possible to print out the schedule of materials that

pending to be counting for the next month or next quarter?

any body explanin (or) send doc. for *Free Goods Handling in MM point of view

(configuration & process).*

Even though i dont have any stock....pending purchase order or any production

order i cant change valuation class for materials. would someone give me some

idea how can i change the class…

only if u are having no stock in the warehouse, nor any open p.o's or production

orders then u can change the valuation class of a material. if u r having any stock

then u have to post the stocks out to an intermidiate account ,then change the

val.class and again post the stocks back into the warehouse.

if u r having any open p.o's then u have to delete them (mark them for deletion)

then u can change the val.class.

as u mentioned, how to move the material to the intermediate account and what

effect does it have.

You can use 561/562 to ckear stock, posting usual is make to non-balance account

In config change system messages MM326 & MM327 to warning only, to allow

changing valuation class on materials with pending purchase orders.

what is the* Message Class for Invoice verification? *

Message class for Invoice Verification is M8

pls advice reg my querry in consignment. I created a material,vendor and created

consignment inforecord. I made PO for that consignment material. when i intended

to transfer post that consignment material,an error message is

coming....PURCHASIN G INFORECORD NOT FOUND IN PURCHASING

ORGANISATION. ...pls advice. and also pls send me the correct CONSIGNMENT

procedure if i am wrongtry to check in Purchase info record in ME11 purchase organisation u maintained or

not.

During part 2 excise credit, we are not able to take credit, because the cenvat

amount is showing in Inventorised duty column. By mistake we have selected Non

deductable tax code in PO. Now we need to take the cenvat credit which is in

Inventorised duty. Can anyone please suggest how take credit

Just change the tax code while doing the Invoice verification.

We need to take cenvat credit for this. In J1IEX, we are not able take cenvat credit,

because of Inventorised duty amount.

How to assign two or three plants in one company code. It is possible I think but

can u tell me steps.

Go into SPRO. & go in enterprises - > then - >assign -> plant to company code. just

double click on ur company code it will show u the list of the plant.u just select your

plant & save it

can anyone explain me the whole procurment cycyle of mm ? what stock /

consumable / automated material ?

can any one explain me what is good issue in migo and how to do it ?

I want to assign a cost center in subcontracting 453 movement. That¢s when the

GRN is done for the PO, automatically the expenses should be charged to pre

configured cost centers. Where can I maintain these cost centers other than in PO

level

Tcode : ME2L, Problem: There is a bug in the the report, the result of the still to be

invoiced is not the same if you choose the scope list „BEST‟ or „ALV‟

I correct that by the OSS note 670708 but the problem still remain for the deleted

item: „The still to be delivered‟ and „the still to be invoiced‟ are not the same in

BEST or ALV.

Can any one help me in migration of PP Master Data I need a model of excel file to

load BOM and Routing With LSMW

I am getting following 2 Errors while transfer material from consigment stock to

unrestricted stock. 1. Pipeline/consignmen t movement posted without value 2.

Deficit of VC Qual. inspection 5 TO : MS PLATES SC01 CP01 K

I am looking at the stock value in mb52 and mc.1, i find always there is a

difference. Stock quantity is always matching between these two reports , only

values are not matching .Can you pls. help out why there is difference

The stock value in MB52 is always current. That is, as of the date when running the

report. Notice, there is no date range in MB52. MC.1 stock value will always be as

at the end of the accounting period, whether 30 or 31 days depending on the

number of days in month. too have an issue. I took the 31st Aug 07 Stock data on 1st Sep 07 from MB52 to

know my stock material no wise. MB5b T code gives stock value as on the date of

posing. Today If I execute MB5B Report with 31st Aug 07, this is not matching with

my MB52 Report Why and what is the reason

I am a student practising configuration for procurement process. I have a problem

when I executed MIGO. The system generated an error said "For material XXX, no

material master data exists in plant Y and storage location Z" I have already

created the storage location Z in the plant Y and I am sure all the assignment for

Organisational units are correct. The problem seems to be When I copied Material

master data from the existing one. I only copied data from 5 views which are Basic

Data1, Sales: Sales Org. Data1, Sales: General/Plant Data, Purchasing and

Accounting1 The problem is solved after I created new material and also copied

Plant data/storage 1-2 as well. However in the system that my university use to

provide SAP course, student executing procurement process only required to

copied 5 views of Material Master Data from the existing one as mentioned above.

They are able to generate good receipt without having the error that I encounter

when I create good receipt in my environment. My environment means I have

created my own data for the entire company using the system being used in my

university as a reference. All data used in my environment are brandnew, not

copied from the existing data in the system.Could anybody explain me why this

problem occurred in my environment but not in the system being used in my

university? Is there another way to specify which material is stored in a particular

plant and storage location? (without specify in material master data) If you are u cannot do a GR unless the store location is extended, either u can extend it using

mm01 with view general plant data storage 1 or

using mmsc tcode after creating the material..u saw ur students creating the view

but u did'nt see it properly, u r trying to create the

same using sales:general plant data stoarge view which is a different thing.

Go to OMJ8 (in SPRO) and activate Create storage location automatically for your

plant and if necessary for movement type. It would allow you to post a Goods

receipt automatically even if the material is not extended to Storage Location

When I go to OMJ8, there is no entry for my plant and the system doesn't have an

option to create new entry. (from menu bar-> Edit -> New Entries become gray)

How can I create new entry for my plant?

1. How to configure the system for automatic conversion of Purchase Requisition to

Purchase Order.

2.Configuration for automatic creation and selection of storage locations in

Inventory Management.

3. How to maintain automatic determination of G/L accounts during GR/GI/Transfer

postingKindly find the following solutions,

1. Ensure automatic purchase order field in Material Master (purchasing view) and

Vendor Master is ticked,Maintain the source list for respective materials and vendor

Also maintain correct data at the MRP views. On the MRP run system will generate

purchase requisitions for the following materials . Using T-code ME59 conversion

of purchase requisition to Purchase orders is possible.

2. Auto creation of storage location in inventory management can be created with

respect to the movement type and plant.Using t-code OBM2/OBM3.

For automatic storage location selection Storage location data can be specified in

procurement storage location field of MRP view in Material master and Issue

storage location fielD in Bill Of Material.

3.Automatic account determination of GL account can be maintained using T-code

OBYC by specifying GL code for specific valuation class within the posting key(TE-

KEY) maintained for respective movement types.

Do anyone know when release are sent out to suppliers where does the mode of

transportation date pulls from? 1. (MMO2) material master 2. The Sch Agreement

3. ZSHIP. Please respond soon

Can somebody please let me know how a purchase order type is linked to item and

header pricing schema/procedure

doc type is noway connected to pricing procedure/cal schema. unless and

otherwise if u customize (create) condn table and linked to access seq.

Thanks Prasanna, but my question would be then how does a the conditions

autopopulate into a purchasing req or order (or may be it doesnt). of you could

shed some light on itDepending on vendor Schema gp in vendor Master , the pricing conditions

populated in Order In Pricing Schema is under the following combinations. .

for Standard PO, Schema group vor vendor-Schema group for Purchase

org=Schema

for STO, Schema group for Purchase org-*Dcoument type*-Supply plant=Schema

CAN ANYONE HELP ME OUT BY LETTING ME KNOW THE DIFFERENCE

BETWEEN MATERIAL REQUIREMENT PLANNING(MRP) AND STOCK

REQUIREMENT PLANNING(SRP) ?

i have problem with sto i make daily sto for branch to branch and store to store

through outbound delivery we complete this prosses i creat daily one sto for

location to location now in vl10b i have previous too much sto i want sloution how i

can delete previous sto or cancel

Can we send the same Dependent components/material s to 2 different vendors to

produce the same finished product.(i think it is possible in real scenario). if vendors

have sent only half the quantity of PO. how can we see our stock(i.e rawmaterials)

available at vendors place, for both the vendors. I require more clarity on my

question plz let me know.

I want to round off amount after being calculated from various duties and taxes.

Where is the option in SPRO wherein I can maintain settings for decimal places

I have created a Scheduling agreement (LPA), but it is not asking for release? what

could be the reasons??

for round off currencies refer this path spro->SAP netweaver->general settings-

>set decimal places for currencies.

The business scenario is that all PO must be released before sending to vendor

except a purchase group's PO. Meaning, the POs created by this Purchase Group

do not need release. Does anyone tell me the steps of this configuration? It's

urgent!Just u did not add that purchase group to that characeristic value in (T-Code:CT04)

.

Please help me very urgent . what are different between importpurchase order and

domestic purchase order.

instead of BED it will be CVD pricing pro. will be different for the customs amount

we havw to assign third vendour

I have a list of 600 part nos. i want to close all pos in one stroke (in 600 part nos.)

can any one help me.

Step 1 - USe t code me2m to find all PO having these particular code.

Step 2- Use t ocde -mass and Further Purchase order to delete/ change Status

I thought one option That is Mass Maintenance but in this case

require Basis Module helf but I am not sure You tri It.

pl help me,after doing miro of customs miro, i tried migo of import consignment, but

i am not getting excise tab, shall i go ahead?if i post the migo shall i get the

CVD,Additional duty inJ1IEX.

After Customs Payments u need to capture Exicse Invoice

hello i am new this protal can anybody tell me the Diff. between Standard price and

moving price in material master in accouting views

standard price of a material is one which donot change with the Qty of the stock in

warehouse..ie it is defined by the warehouse with a stanadrd value regardless of

PO price.. In case of MOving avg price, it will vary with qty of Storage location. eg: if

a vendor supplies soaps for 100 pcs @ 10/- each = 1000 if the other vendor

supplies for 100pcs @9/- each = 900 then MVG avg price : (1000+900)/200 = 9.5/-

upto that stock finishes.. I think u understood ..if any problem let me know...

Thanks for your reply. But what i asked was slightly different from

what u have answered. I asked why and what is the criterion by which

a company decides that a particular material is demmed as S or V??

Generally the materials purchased from outside (external procurement) the

company will be made as "V" type the material made inside the company will be "S"

Here 'S' stands for standard valuation and 'V' for variable. These are for the

valuation of inventory and booking consunmption whether standard or variable.

Does MAP also consider the inventory carrying cost?

With most common things in SAP that what type of price are you maintaining in

your company if you are maintaining standard price than your price will be fixed but

in moving price (total quantity / total price) = moving price, in this procedure system

automatically calculate moving average price. If you need to know more pl. do not

wait.standard/moving average price come under price cotrol,in accounting viewof

material master(mm01)

standard price means a material is always valuated at fixed price. if an invoice

receipt(IR) or a good reciept(GR) has a different price for the material,the variance

is not taken into account, and differences are posted to a price difference account.

moving average price is the ratio of the current total value to the current total

quuantity in stock. if any price difference between IR and GR posted to the

inventory/stock account. MAP is itself updated

standard price is considered as constant value for stock material irrespective of

purchase cost from differant vendors. where as variable cost is change as and

when you purchase the stock from differant vendors at diff value this can be called

as book value of the stock or MAP value this will change at each and every

transactions. standard price is considered in manufacturing units for stock

valuation. they may change this price in diff periods as per the production

requirement changes or production cost estimates takes place. variable cost is

considered in trading organisations. since there is no further process of the

material. Standard Price:

Irrespective of purchase/manufactur ing cost,the specified materials book value

remain same.The difference between purchase cost and book value will be

accouted in PRD account as profit/loss. On review of PRD account over a

period,book value will be revised.Standard price is activated for a material whose

value is insignificant in fixing the end product selling price.Here a standard price

with a high margin is fixed.However on reviewing the PRD a/c the price can be

revised.The advantage is all consumtion are debited uniformly.

MAP

For every GR or IR,if there is a difference with book value and sufficient stock

coverage is available,the differnece will be accounted in book value itself.If there is

no stock coverage,then only accounted in PRD.MAP will be activated for the

material whose value is having high importance in fixing the end product value.The

advantange here is all consumption are debited precisely.

When creating STO, error is coming as "shipping data is not maintained for the

material. am doing Stock Transport Order with Delivery via Shipping. Kindly pls

give me the solution and pls tell me if any further SPRO settings and the inventory

part for the same.plz check your material's master 1 plant data, 2 Sales data. i'm confirm, this is

your problem solution.

There are two propable reasons for this Error. 1.Material is not extended for the

Sales Org. 2. Customer is not assigned to the plant in OMGN

Have you maintained the shipping points- data in Plant Profile for the two Company

codes?

Can anyone explain in detail the various tax types like excise, freight charges, etc

with example. What is its impact & use in MM & SD? How is it linked?

Tax Types are like below :

Excise : Excise is relevant to Indian Excisable materials . for this u have to

configure Excise Components.

VAT : Value Added Tax.Earlier know as LST

CST : Central Sales Tax

Import Tax's : which occurs in material Imports

About Freight , is one of the Condition. u can use this condition in your pricing

procedure only . other than there are few conditions in pricing and Excise, u can

find this in Financial Accounting >FI Global Settings >Tax on Sales / Pru chases

>Check Cal . Procedure. > Define Condition Types. and as well as in Pricing

related condition types. I'm not clear on your Query:: Impact& use in SD&MM How

it is linkedCan you explain the steps to configure various taxes in system.

alot of GR/IR stuck in GR/IR Account due to wrong entry of posting date in the

system. PO had tick on GR based IV Entered LIV posting date is previous then GR

Posting date System shows both entry as incomplete in MR11. The net effect

become zero Please help me how to remove from MR11 or GR/IR account

plzz help me out .wut r the steps for carrying out physical inventory

step 1 MI01' , Step 2 MI04, Step 3 MI20 , Step 4 MI07 i hope this is the answer to

ur Question these are simple transaction that u can use i need further elaboration

pls let me know

T-CODE

MI01 CREATE PHYSICAL INVENTORY DOCUMENT

MI02 CHANGE PHYSICAL INVENTORY DOCUMENT

MI03 DISPLAY PHYSICAL INVENTORY DOCUMENT

MI04 ENTER INVENTORY COUNT

MI05 CHANGE INVENTORY COUNT

MI06 DISPLAY INVENTORY COUNT

MI07 POST INVENTORY DIFFERENCE

MI08 POST COUNT & DIFFERENCE

MI20 LIST OF INVENTORY DIFFERENCE

MI21 PRINT OF PHYSICAL INVENTORY DOCUMENT

MOVEMENT TYPE

701 ACESS IN PHYSICAL INVENTORY

702 DEFICIT IN PHYSICAL INVENTORY

I HOPE YOUR PROBLEM IS SOLVED.

I have done mvt type 101 move the qty to blocked stock. Now i want revese this qty

unrestricted use stock. How can I do it.

Please do Migo Transfer posting and use the mobvement types 343 it will definitely

solve the problem

Use MB1B transaction with Movement type 343 with your Plant and Strorage

Location and post the document so the stock from Blocked to Unrestricted will

takes place.You have to use MIGO transaction for releasing GR blocked stock with reference to

Purchase Order. Only thing is that you have to use Movt Type

105 instead of 101. 105 stands for "Release GR Blocked stock for Warehouse".

Maintain the data on the initial screen and specify stock type as

Unres.useand also specify Storage location if required.

This is not GR blocked stock. This is only blocked stock for this I have used 101

mov type. Now I want reverse the same.

If you want to reverse blocked stock, cancel that material document and the

process will be reversed or simply move the material from blocked to unrestricted

thru transfer posting (343)To reverse any goods movement done with Movt Type 101, you have to simple use

*Movt Type 102*.

The following error observed during info record creation "company code not

assigned to country or country to calculation procedure"

Conform while creating a plant given country or not

I am facing problem regarding Purchase return. I had purchased material from a

vendor and was accepted by quality. But during production it was rejected. I want to

send the material back to the vendor with invoice through purchase cycle.

Transfer post the material to blocked stock and if you have post the invoice, do

credit memo for the purchase order for that particular material and then do the

return delivery. Try this out and pls reply whether it is ok or not.

Can a source list be coppied from one Pur Org to another pur Org ?

YES

We Maitain a Source list with Material Plant Validity Period Purchasing

Organization/ Outline agreement. if you want to extend that material source from

one Purchasing organization other frst maintain that vendor for that Purch. Org.

then simply add this as a line item under Source List Maintainence ME01.

I was advised that the conditons and contracts with plant specific pur.org can be

used by Standar pur Org if mapping/Assigning of Plant specfic Pur Org toStandard

Pur Org is done. Does this Mapping/Assigning cannot use the same source list ?

My client was go live in april 2005 they are not using MR11 for a/c maintainance.

now they want to post MR11 with new G/L code (banance sheet) developed for this

purpose until 2006 and remaining GR/IR with normal posting. I have checked

MR11 for customer specified G/L but unsucceed. I posted FI entry F-02 but it is not

reflected in PO history or MR11 or mb5s or f.19Client want to post new G/L instated of inventory a/c ; GR Inventory a/c ( 106) Dr ;

GR/IR a/c (217) Cr ; Now MR11 New a/c (275) Cr, GR/IR (217) Dr

We r using SAP 4.7 transition key WRX GR/IR clearing a/c

One of our customer, wants a third party to come down to do a study of their

existing IT Infrastructure in terms of Hareware, Softwre, Network, their RFP made

for Data center and ERP, their received quotations from multiple vendors etc and

submit them a independent report on processes and suggest the right steps to go

forward and place their recommendations there on. May be only one person or one

technical and one functional person will need to fly down to do that study. Nature of

their group business : Project, construciton, education, etc. Look forward for your

immediate reply. With good communication skills, and final report preparation. Its

2 weeks assignemnt, with excellent pay and if anybody will meet the above, let me

know immediately. Location : Middle east.

With reference to your mail of 5 May 07 concerning the Third Party Audit, We are

pleased to introduce ourselves as Global Consulting Services, A SAP consulting

services firm with its offices in Hyderabad & Singapore. We arevery much

interested in doing this third party audit, hence, provide us any further details in

order to arrange a visit at the earliest.

My client have one requirement. They want to restrict few materials in particular

storage location. They have to create PO and do MIGO with that particular

storage location only. Can anyone tell how to do this one?

See for GR u can maintain the field Storage location for EXt procurement for Goods

issue u can maintain the field producton storage location Both are in MRP 2 view If

u maintain some sloc in this field it will be defaulted while GR and Goods Issue

Thanks for your mail. But I am not getting which view I have to maintaing default SL

for PO/GR/GI.

if u want to do GRn to a prticular storage Location you can Enter Storage Location

at the time of PO Creation in the Line Item, it will pick this Storage Location at the

time of GRN automatically.U can try this. in po default settings for items choose the st loc which u want to be

default. and proceed MIGO. u can be alter the field unless the fied is made

display/supress.in material master in plant/ st.loc view u have field called Default st.loc for EP..

there enter st.loc for each material so that during GR ir wil be copied

No such field is found in Material master.

In the materail master MRP2 VIEW,Storage location for EP field is there,you can

give the Default storage location for external procurement.

Subcon PO services for same material (for example Repair service case ) here we

are not using PP Module nd we are using Batch Management My business senario

is that I want to issue and receive the same material. what will be the best solution

for this scenario and how the accounting will take care at time of GR posting.

For Subcontracting PO services what you need to do is create a Material Master for

this Service materials with Standard Price Control "S" and value maintained in the

Material master should be Zero, As these are not stock materials you don't find any

stock in your plant or Company(Repair service materials) But you need a Stock to

issue the material to Subcontractor. So Create a stock using 202 mvt type in MB1A

transaction in the Plant as the Value is zero u don't worry about accounting

documents. Create the Subcontracting PO with same materials in both side means

in main screen and also components Provided also, with Subcontracting charges

and do the goods movement with 541 mvt type to Vendor So stock will be updated

at the Vendor side check in Transaction MBLB

Once the Subcontractor process your service material (means after repairing) he

raises his invoice and sends the material to your Plant. Based on Subcontracting

PO material will be inwarded with same material code and stock will be updated in

the Plant or Company.

After this you need to reverse this stock in the MB1A transaction with movement

type 201 with zero value only. So 201 & 202 will match and your

subcontracting charges will be updated as per GR and IR and Payment process to

I am trying to create PO automatically for 161 movement type. for this i configured

material purchasing view and vendor purchase view and created info record. while

doing 161 movement type in MB01 T.Code and PO Unknown option it is giving

error "Please enter net price". But i was mainted price in info record. I am not

understanding why this error is comming. can anyone help me out on this.

If I am not wrong, for Auto PO you need to maintain Std.POrg and info record

should be maintained against that Std.POrg. Also check for 161 Auto PO is

selected.yes sidd is right

Thanks for your mail. You are right. We should maintain Std POrg in inforecord

In SPRO, under split valuation I created 1 global valuation catergory (Q) and 3

global valuation types( high, medium, low). I activated them for plant 1000 in the

local definition for account cat ref 0001 (raw material). I created a raw material with

item catergory (Q) and valuation class 3000. After that when change the

material(MM02) i can see the valuation type field but high, medium and low is not

displayed. (msg: No values found) I have checked the split valutation for the

material and it is active.check Valuation Cat. Maintained in Accounting Data 1 Screen or not

Please extend the materail in transaction code MM01 at valuation type level. Then

your valuation type will be available.

First create a material with valuation category in accounting view. Again goto the

same material in creation mode MM01 (but you have choosen change mode).Here

it will ask the valuation type.

I am facing the proble inPr release. I have configure the release strategy with four

release code C1->E2->A3-> T4. I have set the prerequsite and check the

simultaion.All working fine there.But when i cheked it in the PR it is not.Problem is

that when A3 rlease the Pr Release indicator for teh T4 automaitically set and vice

versa.I dont know where is the problem.While all other release working fine.I have

configure more than 2800PR and PO release in our system and find this is the only

case whihc is not working accordingly. Where shoud i check.Check your Release Prerequisites in the Release Procedure for PR in IMG settings

whether combination for the release codes is correct or not. All the check boxes are

selected or you left any. check this

I have done all settings for PR release, like characteristics, class, release group,

release code but in me54, i cudnot enter the screen..where is the problem

check authorisation details

Check the history.

I hope you can help me. I am looking for a way to restrict a user that created a

Purchase Order from using MIGO on their PO's. Can this be done? I have gone

through the IMG and can't find anything related to it. We have situations here where

someone place the order and receive it. Management wants to know if it can be

restricted.For that user, dont give authorization to create MIGO. You can restrict him by

defining unique authorizations of task he/she can do. Take help of Basis.

Pls correct if I am wrong

This can be done through Authorization procedure. Get your co. SAP Authorization

team and request them to remove the receipt role from that user's profile. Or

Ask them to create a new role, Copy all the existing role and remove the "MIGO"

Transaction. Thank you. But what if this user still needs to use MIGO for other PO's created by

someone else (other than themselves)?

But I think that is not correct. You can not allow user to perform Creation of PO's

and do goods receipt PO at the same time unless you want to run into problems. (

Segregation of duties) Remember, when performing goods receipt, the system

does not check the PO creator, it only checks if Goods Receipt has been done or

not. The other check that you can implement is in the authorization goods receipt

role is, On the goods receipt for each user, restrict it by receiving plant AND on the

PO Creation role, you should also restrict it on the requesting plant not the same as

the receiving plant. Please consider that deeply as that can impact your yearly

audit.Ask your ABAB guys to create a user exit for you it must include your conditions.i

mean it's possible,put it's an ABAB programm not config.

Step1> check plant vendors are mantianed for both plant

step2> check plant costmers are mantined for both sales org. and sales view you

have to mainatian shipping data confirm that becoz of ur getting that error.

step3> check OMGN setting and let me know if you have clarification

The client created the PO with service material item (erect staging) one unit .

Posted GR for the PO and cancelled it next day. They posted IR after that for the

full amount plus tax. (No GR PO). Then they posted GR for one unit, but the value

picked is 50% of the invoice amount. I have replicated the same in test server, it is

picking up the value as invoice amount. What will be the error?

SAP provides a warning message when creating a purchase order with item price

different from material master price. Please investigate and advise current

tolerance. Create a report of when this occurs including date, plant, purchasing

group, PO creator, PO number, vendor number and name and percentage

difference. Provide transaction to pull report.Selection criteria should allow by

vendor, purchasing org, purchasing group, plant or document date.

have someCIN scenarios if someone knows how to configure pls help out Partial

Credt -how to configure ; Plant non-excisable , but material and vendor excisable-

how to configure ; Vendor non excisable , but plant and material excisable- how

to configure

Can anybody provide the Business flow of Mining processes

Is is possible to flag a PO/STO so that the shipping location is informed that all line

items must be shipped together? (i.e. the whole order must wait for delivery until all

materials are available). This is desirable in the cases like customer do not want to

receive their order in multiple deliveries.

I am stilling strugling with error in po. I check accounting & MM assinment in SPRO.

All assinment is ok in my openion. finally my

problem is same. I am enable to continue my work so i request please help me to

solve the problem so. I am facing error when i genrate Po sthrough ME21N it give

me error Customization For VILj_1iindcus missing in Table. Message No. 81303

Maintain the Company Setting. Above error come exect when i enter Tax Code is

V0. it wants Jurisdict code when i press F4 the list is empety. So. Please help me to

configure Jurisdict code

Customize your Jur. Code in SPRO. If you ar using VAT, Please Switch off Jur.

Code Option in SPRO Settings

I check your suggestion. (Switch off TAXTransation between local and document )

When I use this option there is no transaction i assign entry there do accourding

your advise. The problem is remain same.

Please Check your Plant define in Enterprise Structure whether have you assigned

any Tax jurisidicion code and any county code check properly. This Tax jurisdiction

is applicable in US only. If you want to Config this Jurisdiction Code the IMG path is

as follows

SPRO - Financial Accounting ---Fin A/c Global settings -Tax on Sales/ purchases --

Basic Settings -- Define Tax jurisdictions But first check your Plant defineI check all the setting in Financial Account or MM->Logistics Invoice Verification-

>Define Tax Jurisdiction etc..

As per your suggesstion it's not applicabel in India. How we close the option.

Can you check your Factory Calender in the Plant define. I think you have assigned

the US Factory calender.

I check and assign Factory calender is Z1. there. I check and assign Z1 inf

Factory calender in the plant define. But one thing is there region is empty.

Keep that region as empty only , don't enter any county code or region code there.

Now you can process your tax codes.If any error comes let me know

Can any one help me with the transaction code or report name that I can use to run

a Stock Value report for a specific date.

try T-Code MC.1, MC.9, mc.5

you can use transaction MB5B , stock type valuated stock

try MB53... it will give you by month wise

sorry.. not Mb533 . Please try with MC.B

Use MC.9 for particluar period. Then go to Extras->Detailed Info->Stock Movement-

>Stock quantity (will provide stock on particular date for that period) similarly, if you

select Stock Value (will provide stock value for all particular date).

Try transaction MB5B

I have been asked following questions which I was unable to answer to the client

Please help me out :

1. Is it possible to prevent service entry when the contract end date has already

expired?

2. Is automatic price determination possible for services? If so,how?

3. How will you automate G/L account determination in service procurement?

4. Explain functions of Service Outlines? Can you assign services items to outline

levels?

5. Explain the use of Model Service Specifications? Can you have text based

services and service outlines in this master?

6. What are the tools available for data migration in SAP?

i have stock of 200 items in Sloc X. when i try to issue 25 items from the 200 items,

iam getting a message telling me that i have a deficit and cannot issue. what could

be the problem?Please check the available Quantity (Txn.MMBE) before you do the issue

On mmbe, check if you do not hav any deliveries assigned to your available stock

and also check if your stock is not assigned to any other storage location except

"Unrestrictedyou check in which stock the material is for issuing it should be in unristricted use

stockcheck the stock in mmbe and also in md04.it is possible that you have already

taken delivery note for that material and not cancelled the same.

Pls Check Issue Sloc

You can check what is the "stock type" of the material stored in the Storage location

X. I mean, you can issue material from Unrestricted use stock type. Just check that

it is not blocked stock.u might have taken delivery note for the balance qty or if not u moight not have

cancelled any old del note for the same qty or stock might be in quality check

I want to see the Inventory of a Material which is Batch & Serial Managed. Is there

a Standard SAP report available? Kindly let me know the reports available to see

the inventory of a Material based on Serial Numbers.

try ME16N

I think there is no T.code as ME16N. May be The T.Code IQ03 may be useful for

you.check iq09 specify plant/slock wher you want to know

while creating stock in [MB1C]and overview in [MMBE], created stock is not seen

with an error message reading: MOVEMENT TYPE XXX NOT ALLOWED

FOR WAREHOUSE No.YYY. Please guide where to assign movement type to WH

NO.with T.code n menupath.

Each Inventory Management movement type that is relevant to the WM system is

allocated to a reference movement type, with which the system determines the

corresponding movement type in the WM system. Inventory Management

movement types that do not initiate any activity in the Warehouse Management

System have the reference movement type 999.

You define the Mvt 561/501 in IMG > Logistic exc > warehouse Mgt >Interface >

Define Mvt type . In that you do two activity

1. Assign WM Movement Type References to IM Movement

2. LE-WM Interface to Inventory Management

Also check whether the movment type is updated here also

Follow this path in Img settings.

SPRO- Logistics Execution-Warehouse Mgmt-Activities- Transfers -Define

Dlv. type (dlv. catgry OD for mat. 442959 and BWART 411) cannot be determined

Message no. VL295 while doing transfer posting.(mb1b, mvt type 411 E) Also

applicable to Handling unit movement (Tcode HUMO).How to get delivery type,

delivety category, material and mvt type combination. I tried various methods and I

couldn't get. Anyone can help me?

an auditor saw that we did not have safety stock on many of our low usage items

example 5 items a year

90 days to mfg ; 10 days to process the order ; 10 days to ship ; 2 days to QC ;

cost 300 each

how do you calculate the safety stock on this item? then figure 20 items 100

items same parameters

I don't know how SAP dynamically calculates the numbers

How to include discount for some vendor exceeding some price. Scenario: When

ever for vendor x P.O values is greater than 1 Lack rupees it triggers discount of

15%. PO can be both PO for materials or service.

TCode: MEKE Create a condition for the vendor with respect to Pruchasing Org. In

this case use scales option when creating this discount

How can i maintain drawing details in material master? In material master, in basic

data 2, the field called (RMMOU - MMZUO) documents linking icon,

how can i activate this tick, presently this is in display mode? or if there is different

solution then pls let me know?

You can try In material master goto additonal data,then select document data there

u can enter the details.

we have one requirement. .. for few materials, they dont want to procure material

externally(i. e they dont want to raise PO and GR), but they will issue material for

production order. can anyone teell how to do configuration for this requirement.

In OMS2 select 'No PO's allowed' for external purchase orders and also look for

type of the message it should. If it should restrict completely, customise it to 'error'

messageDo you mean you want to manufacture the material in In-house production?

u can do it in matl type settings ( oms2) choose the proc type as internal. and

choose the no external po allowed indicator. u can also do in matl master in

purchasing view in plant staus field as block matl for purchasing.

Thanks for your mail. what your saying is right. we can do that setting for material

type level. but my requeriment is material level only. for materieal i tried for basic

data, purchasing data, MRP2 views. but these are not satisfying our requirement.

Actually our requirement is we have to use material for in-house production, but

cant procure meterial externally(no PO).There is field in basic data 1 in material master "X-plant matl status" try to configure

for Purchasing.

For making a mtrl only for inhouse production check MRP2 view and maitain "E" in

the Procurement type.

I doubt whether u can do like that! Unless otherwise u have stock (inventory) how

can u issue to Produciton Order. Any dummy strategic will help- just think it out!

Try creating the material to act assigned and input the material in BOM as a non

stock material and this will resolve your issue. Similarly this happens to low value

items like glue, stapler pins etc in some seat manufacturing industry.

I beleive that ur trying to manufacture the material inhouse instead of going for

external procurement. In this case in the material master Basic data 1 tab you can

specify in the field material status that the material is restricted for external

procurement. This will serve ur purpose,bcoz nobody will able to procre the

material from external vender.

How to configure a new plant in SAP system, what are the components / steps I

need to do?Go to http://www.sap- img.com/sapmm.htm. It contains almost all the basic config

information that you require.

i realised what the problem was. in the PO the material was assigned to a particular

cost center, and the user was trying to issue the same to another cost center. so

the system detected a deficit because the mateial had already been charged off

(consumed) . what i did was to cancell the grn , go to the p.o and remove the

account assignment, so that the material goes to stock first then it can be issued to

the cost center.

I am facing problem in Cenvat Clearing. Scenario si as follows: While doing J1IEX

Cenvat A/C Credited and while doing MIRO Cenvat Clearing A/C for BED & Cess

has been debited on separate lines. I ran F.13 for knocking. Then checked in

FBL3N for open items. I could able see both documents of J1IEX & MIRO

accounting documents , but those were not knocked. It is a Std. SAP transaction.

My client have accumulated nearly 2lac such entries which were open from 2005 &

2006 yr. How to proceed further. But in some cases it is knocking.

could you please help with the attached error. I am trying to reverse the received

Assets on MIGO. I am getting following error message Balance for transaction type

group 10 negative for the area 01

you have capitalized the asset. now u open the asset for posting am i right. check

GR/IR amount and post accordingly

U pls used MB1B transaction code to take asset in. Then go for the MIGO reverse

Actually i am facing a problem, when i go for create schedule agreement(ME31L) ,

afer puting all the data when i enter or save , the system gives a erroe like Account

Assignment create, wht should i do now? plz help me out.

We all know that movement 551 used to take out the obsolete and scrap materials

from the stock. What about surplus is there any different movement type or we

should use the same?WHAT IS THE T/CODE FOR THIS MOVEMENT TYPE?

Txn codes : MB1A or MIGO_GI

about surplus: maybe MI01 create, MI04 count, MI07 post - this will post your diff to

the gain and lost account

What is the best practice for keeping catalyst and chemicals as stock item? These

items will be stored for long period and definitely will be affecting the Turnover

Ratio. Most of all our items under ERSA – MRO spare parts. Any idea how we can

we handle this issue.

Please kindly reply to me the steps to make movement 561 creates TR and can be

putaway normally as a GR. Also if you can help me with the basic configuration to

process a two step confirmation to a determined storage type

I have created P.O For service entry sheet. I got problrm while doing service entry

sheet. Its asking cost center and G/L a/c.Which nos. i have to enter.

U had to ask your department regarding the G/L account and cost center.

I hope u will be creating PO with some PR reference adopt the cost centre from

that otherwise ask the dept that asked you to raise PO to give their work centre

code. at worst case download or check work centre list data and name the work

centre.Another SES is also given the same problem in which I have not done through PR

First Check u select K in item Account assignment category & also check that u

enter cost center & G/L no. properly in Account assignment category tab in item

level .How you create the Service Po without entering the G/L account and cost centre. if

it is default be taken from background setting. So check the PO again. If you have

maintain the PO it will not ask you again to enter in the Service entry sheet it will

defaultly come from PO and copied to SES.

Please let me know the step of configuration of POSTO with delivery and how to

make delivery.

Use tcode OMS4 and make new status for purchasing block.

While posting a parked invoice its giving an error: "Account 613220 is set as not

relevant for Tax" check invoice document.

We have a requirement to set up a stock transport order using PO type UB. Here

only the freight charges are to be paid to the vendor. Hence we have a freight

condition type in the PO with the SPRO setting of entering vendor seperatley at the

time of GR. But during GR, we do not get the freight tab to enter the vendor. Any

idea what the problem could be?Stock tansfer is possible only between Plants/Str Loc, I have not heard of vendor

doing stock transfer. Please clarify

i know sto happens only b/w plants & not with vendors. But i have seen one querry

where client i snot getting his freight conditions in INVOICE but it is there in PO. Pls

help me with the sameYou get those conditions when you select *'Goods/service items + planned

delivery'* option in the invoice entry screen in the PO reference section.

it is just a begining for me in SAP. help me out in defining calculation schema from

MM prospective. What are all steps for this. Any Config doc available, pl share it

with me.

This question may be a redundent. I need to know is there anyway of getting the

material changes in a report (like a standard report). I know using MM04 i can get a

changes on the material, also using CHDHR i can write some abap program to

generate the changes. Is there any other way i can get this info.

Use t-code IH09

There is 1 User Exit available(QEVA0008) which an be applied to transaction QA

13 for reversing the Usage decision. Can any one explain me how to write the code

for the same.

am facing a problem, when i going to create Auto PO and i put the required data.

when i execute than the system shows error like PO not generate due to some

erroe. when i click this line the system shows PUT THE NET PRICE.

Please let me know if you know the steps to configure the movement 501 to make

after perform MB1C SAP creates an Inbound Delivery?

While doing MIGO for subcontractor I have received the erorr as follows. 543 mvt

type in not valid.

Movement Type 543 is applicable to the items those are to be provided to the

subcontracting party/vendor and not to the final item( final item which

should have Mvt type 101). Pls check.

Yea final product mvt type is 101 only the materail provided to SC is in 543

Could any one explain, where i do the customize for Restrict GR before Delivery

Date...I expecting ur replies ya.....

in purchase order you select latest gr date and in exeption massage set error

message.

i have a problem plzz help me out,I want automatic creation of PO while doing

GRN. i am doing GRN using mvt. type 161 than an error message is coming,

like "Business area not entered in line item 0000000002" wut is this message n

how to rectify this plzz help.

Can anyone tell me how many Chapter IDs are there ?

While doing MIGO for Imported material, Higher & Secondary Education Cess

(SECess) value is not getting displayed. Where BED, Education Cess is displayed

well. Kindly provide the solution at the earliest.

Automatic updation of inforecord can be done by setting the valid info update

indicator in "Maintain Quotation".- (T.code ME47).But i cannot able to find the

Indiactor.can u please guide me.

In ME47, Double click the material in the line item you will find the Infoupdate.

can anybody tell me whether we can create an inforecord for a material and

vendor? and the material or does not have a master record?

Yes you can do that,provided u mention the material group and short text in the info

record. Also other than material no. u enter the other details like plant, pur org. in

the initialscreenyes u can create info record for material group

Please say the use of creating a info record with out a material . Later if you create

purchase order it will ask for the material

While using the Release in RequestForQuotation (T.Code me41),error message

:Thpurchase document**** *** not suitable to release strategy is comming,what are

all the steps to be followed before doing release in RFQ.Please Guide me.

Can anyone tell me how many Chapter IDs are there ?

there are large no of chapterids it is given by government for materials for ex-

electrical goods, mechanical goods - etc

It all depends on the product you manufacture and the raw materials used for the

manufacruing process

did anyy body know what's table name for conditions amount on PO header as you

see on the attachement. did any one know what's table name for PO estimated

condition on PO header.CMIIW Open EKKO table and find knumv Open KONV table, input knumv

number .. you will see the amount in KBETR field

komv

Please tell me how to find Fright and discount amounts in ME80FN Tcode.

Otherwise tell me Tcode for find Fright and discount amounts and also

Invoice amount in a Purchase Order.

You can find the Freight,Discount amounts in the Conditions Tab-Item Details of

the PO. Invoice amount can be seen in the invoice Tab- Item details of the PO-

ME23N -T.Code.

We have seperate Material Types for Import Parts & Local Parts. Is it Possible in

SAP to keep the one material code for above types?. i.e. We do not want to change

the material code even material type is changed.

You can use this transaction MMAM If You don‟t want to change the material code

,only change material type.

As material code is maintain at cetain organizational levels it is not maintained on

material types so u can not create two same material code at the same

organizational levels. Instead u can try split valuation.

you are right.

I am having doubt on how Manual Excise ( condition JEXC ) Amount in Pricing

Procedure is transferred to BED amount of Tax Procedure ( of FTXP).

It will transafer based on Requirement type given in Pricing Procedure .

But i am not clear with specifing requirment type in pricing procedure.

How to add "Contract" selection criteria to ME05? I have "Plant" and "Material"

criterias, and I need to have a possibility to create source lists by Contract. May be

someone knows how to do this?

These are MM certification Exam. Please help me with 100% accuracy. For real

SAP MM Gurus it is nothing difficult. Thank you in advance.

1. GI/IR clearing account is value based or quantity based? 2. In automatic

reorderpoint planning SAFETY STOCK is created automatically. If SATETY

STOCK falls below the minium level can we fix it manually? 3. What is the

relation between Purchasig Organization and Purchasing

Group. Is it mandatory that we have to assign Purchasing Group to Purchasing

Organization?1.The GR/IR Clearing account is a value based .

1.The GR/IR Clearing account is a value based .

2. if u select automatic reorder point planning , manual selection is not possible ,

but u can change it .

3. pur org isa the org which takes the care of procurement, pur group is the

responcible for procuring the material.

4. there is no assignment of pur group to pur org.

1. Quantity differences between goods receipt and invoice receipt for a purchase

order result in a balance on the GR/IR clearing account

It is value diff. or qty dif.?

PURCHASE GROUP IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROCUREMENT OF SPECIFIC

GROUP OF MATERIAL,THERE IS NO RELATION BETWEEN PURCHASE

ORG.AND PURCHASE GROUP.

With automatic reorder point planning and forecast-based planning, the system

determines and adjusts the value automatically for forecasting

purposes.With manual reorder point planning, you can enter a value in the material

master record. However, it is merely for information.

it is value difference and it is not mandatory to assign a purchasing group to a

purchasing org

I have just joined this group. I have a problem in stock transfer from GR Blocked to

Unrestricted use. For this first I did Migo to release the GR Blocked Stock to Block

Stock by using movement type 105+3, It came out good . But when i check

MMBE(Stock) it doesn't show any quantity in Blocked stock. And also tried MB1B(

Trnasfer Posting) by movement type 343(From Blocked stock to Unrestricted use)

and system show message that Dificit SL Bloclked 10 PC.

Please find details for the GR/IR Clearance account in SAP system

GR/IR Clearing Account Maintenance

Quantity differences between goods receipt and invoice receipt for a

purchase order result in a

balance on the GR/IR clearing account.

_ If the quantity invoiced is larger than the quantity received, the

system then expects further

goods receipts for this purchase order to clear the balance.

_ If the quantity received is larger than the quantity invoiced, the


invoices for this purchase order to clear the balance.

You can also clear differences for delivery costs.

If no more goods or invoices are to be received, you must clear the

balance manually.

my client requirement: while releasing the p.o authority must know the delivered &

landed cost of the p.o(item wise)which is not available in the system.

The po release is at header level as c is configured with ekko that is header level

release if they whant to now item wise then enanhcement needs to be done that is

c must be configured with ekpo table.i hope it may help you.

If anybody can explain, on what are the issues will be in Retail master data. List of

master data in retail module???

Pls clarify my problemHow can we create conditions for vendor discount.Senario: If

the purchase order value is for example more than one lakh rupees (irrespective of

materials), the vendor will give us 10% discount. If we select that particular vendor

the system should automatically take the discount when the PO value exceeds one

lakh. I tried with Tcode MEKE, but for one line item only, the discount applies (if the

PO contains only one line item it is OK). If I entered more than one line item, it

doesn\'t take the discount. Pls do the need fulselect discount condition as group condition in condition type and check the result

I would like to know if you have any website that I could view and read a full cycle

implemenation of Material Management.

can any one tell me, what all steps / configuration settings are required for vendor

master record, so that i can create vendor master data.

pls tell me how to block a vendor and customer

You can block vendor by t-code xk05,for purchasing organization for purchase

order or total block

if u want to block vendor for all procurement u can block it by usinf command mk05

and if u want to block one particulr materrial u can block it into source list for

material and vedor If you want to block the Vendors use transaction XK05 here you block this vendor

with respect to all the company codes or only to Purchasing

Organisation If you want to block the Customers use transaction VD05 here you

can block this Customer with respect to Sales areas( Sales Dist--Dist ch-- Division

combination)

My scenerio is as follows : We are goint to implement Split Valuation. I know for

this following condition should meet :

1. There should not be any stock.

2. There should be no open purchasing documents exists.

transfer material or physical inventory can be done. After creating valuation

category & valuation type, I can put them in rerspective type.

While I am changing material for Valuation category it is telling that combination of

material, plant & s.loc. has stock. System is not allowing to

change for this reason. But when I check there is no stock but it has certain qty.

resevred for this combination. These reservations are made thru automation thru

production order (mov. type 261H).

If there is one material type (eg:raw material) & four material groups (eg:-remote,

spk,ic ,chasis) is it possible for us to assign this four material groups to one

material type while customising in define number ranges for material group.

According to my knowledge, that won't be a problem. Subject to correction.

we can assign more than one material type to one material group,but i want to

assign more than one material group to one material type which is not happening.

please show how to do it.

Pls tell me how can change the valuation Class of material .

Issue out the stock, then change the valuation class on the accounting view of the

material master. You can then cancel the GI.

You can change valuation class of material in t-code mm02,but there should not

goods movement for material.

I am a beginner in SAP MM, i want to ask you about tax in pricing condition. Can I

have a journal like this, when do MIGO :

Expense 100 ; Tax (accrual) 10 ; GR/IR 100 ; Tax 10 ;

Or when do MIRO : ; GR/IR 100 ; Tax (accrual) 10 ; A/P Vendor 100 ;

Tax 10 How can I configure it?

STO has been created for 16 items, during outbound delivery (VL01) it is just

picking 13 items. What could be the reason for this? I am aware it is

not related to MM, still this issue is given to me. Also, a brief explanation of working

of STO using SD route/WM would be appreciated.

Can you check the STO whether all the line item Materials have shipping data in

the item level of the STO and also the delivery type.

One more thing VL01 is doing Outbound delivery w.r.t Sales order. what you do

with STO there You can Use VL10B

I need some good material which shows how exactly workflow can be linked to a

PO release strategy. I tried to search for it in SAP library but could not get the

same. The scenario is very simple. There are 2 release codes M1 and M2. M1 will

first approve the PO followed by M2. Initially M1 shud get a mail in his SAP inbox

that PO is for approval followed by the same to M2. But I did not understand how

the positions, agent id's etc are to be created and linked to the release codes.

can we relate p.Group to Accounting assignment cat.if yes then send me the

procedure.(Ex. - if i select P.G. which is responsible for service while making

P.O.,then in account assigment cat. value will default take 'K' & Item cat value will

take 'D'.& disable so that user cann't change.)This cannot be done in Standard SAP. You need to use User Exit and through

ABAP coding you can control this.

Can anyone provide me with the difference betwene single and multiple account

assingment in points or business scenario adopting between these 2. I have some

understanding but as it is more affecting on FI i am not able to make up the exact

definition of these two.The difference between the Single and Multiple account assignment is How you

can divide this quantity and Value of this PO among the account

assignment category means take an example of Cost centre as Account

Assignment catagory. If it is Single account assignment the quantity & value will

be to single cost centre say A only If it is Multiple account assignment it will divide

among all the cost centres say A,B and CIf you want to post item material to different cost elements then you can distribute

item for this cost elements. This is multiple account ssignments.

While creating po on account assignment tab you can distribute by quantity or %

basis.If i have to split the qty to different account assignment category then in item level

itself i can put as line item 10 with 5 qty and item 20 with remaingin 5 qty. where do

u maintain this cost centre? are u mentioning about the acocunt assignment

category = cost centre "K" ?

How can the following requirement be met in MM. Creation of a one single PO

based on Contract on Time basis, wherein the Quantity and Price will vary every

quarter. Also we dont want to do any changes in the PO.

what is the procedure/method/ t-code for re-open the the previous period. for

example:the current period is 02 2007 but some one closed this

period and made it to 05 2007,and already so many postings are done. the

question is i need the period back from 05 2007 to 02 2007

Try the Tcodes MMRV or MMPV For allowing to post the Previous Year Data .

These Tcodes are for display and close period only. To my knowledge, it is next to

impossible to open / post already closed periods. Can you check and confirm?

To reopen previous period t-code is mmrv, with this you can open previous period

only. Use MMPI

I think MMRV is for allow posting to previous period.my question is to change the

posting period from 05 2007 to 02 2007

You cannot change the Period now to 02 2007 once you open the next period say

05 2007 system will not allow you to again open the closed period using any

transaction like MMPV, MMRV. MMRV will allows you to post to only one month

for previous period not for 2-3 months So you need to post the documents which

are pending from 02 2007 to either 04 2007 or 05 2007 month only not to any other

previous month. So be careful while opening any periods in MM or FI side.

You can use MMPI ( But SAP never recommends this , it will mess up all stock

valuations ) however, using this T-code please go through OSS note 487381, the

main contents as follow: Before you start period closing with initialization, you must

be aware of the consequences of period closing with initialization. This note

describes the possible data inconsistencies that might occur if you carry out the

initialization in a productive system. The resulting inconsistencies are not to be

traced back to a system error but they are a result of the period closing program

with initialization The initialization of the posting period to a previous or to any

posting period may lead to the loss of the information of the inventory balances of

the previous periods. The book value of the current posting period is taken as the

basis also for values of the previous period in this case. If you want to continue

working with this new posting period, in addition you should execute report

Z_DEL_HIST_ENTRIES attached so thatPlease send me the report Z_DEL_HIST_ENTRIES to my e-mail address as this

forum does not deliver or accept attachments.

You misunderstand my reply. I didn't attach any document in my reply.

Z_DEL_HIST_ENTRIES is a program. If you need to know deeply, contact

your Basis or ABAP person. Or please read SAP Note...

I never done this process directly or indirectly in my system, coz of SAP not

recommended this process.

This is a post I found on SAP Blog which explain some basic steps to reopen the

MM period.

1. Lock all users out of PRD

2. Take snapshot of MB5L for all materials at company code for current and

previous periods

3. Add User parameter MMPI_READ_NOTE with value = current date in this format

YYYYMMDD

4. Stop all processing that updates inventory values

5. Run t-code MMPI with correct period

6. Run Z_DEl_HIST_ENTRIES program

7. Take MB5L snapshot for all materials at company code fs01 for current and

previous periods

8. Validate that values match on MB5L pre-post snapshots or are appropriate.

9. Unlock all users in PRD

10. Remove User parameter MMPI_READ_NOTE from user IDAll the Z* programs are the user program

I just said it's a program (XorY) More clarification, should connect ABAPers

I have created SA and line while doing GR. I have entered the SA no it showing

difference in the price determination. Net price should not zero. But I have enterd

the price in SA.Kindly check your Acess sequence

We we use top level BOM for all "A" part forecasted in ZPLA. We cannot view

forecasts for our "B" or "C" (ABC Indicator Parts) as we

leave MRP 3 "Planning" blank for these two Indicators. Is there anyway we can

use the forecast based planning of MRP Type (VV), would we need to enter

anything in the MRP 3 "Planning" section in order to view the forecasts?

The B and C parts have a long leadtime and when the demand is placed on us by a

Pld Ord or Dep Req - it is usually too late to respond and get parts from vendors.

hi, does anybody knows how to customize Replenishment for Fixed Storage Bins

with automatic TO creation during confirmation.

can anybody provide a me some material on configuration for stock transport order,

stock transfer. can somebody correct me on the following idea i have, I think stock

transport order is between plants of different company codes(intercompany) and

stock transfer is between the plants of same company code(intra company). correct

me if i'm wrong.It is Intra-Company transfer.

can body send some real time production support queries with answers to me your

help is highly appreciated

Good Afternoon. So long time we are talking. I Have a issue regarding UOM which

is NO. But in transaction MMBE ith stock shows 0.3.

I check in cuni transaction for NO. Please give me the solution, whenevr you have

a time.NO unit is nothing but No unit for that material as per CUNI. I am not getting you

why u are relating UOM with MMBE. I think you have inward the material with UOM

- NO ( i.e No Unit ) for quantity 0.3. now it is showing the Stock in MMBE as 0.3.

Then what is the Problem you are facing so please explain in detail. Material should

have some Unit may be you defined the UOM as NO.

There is one message in the message group ME with message number 678

.Please check that message and i n the customisation make this message in the

messsage attributes as an error .thena the system will not be allowing such qty.

How does the system calculate taxes

You need to maintain Tx code in PO. System will calculate the taxes as per rates

maintained w.r.t. condition types in tax code. T. Code FTXP In India , TAXINJ and

TAXINN is tax calculation procedure used for Tax calculation. T. code OBQ3

While in pricing procedure the taxes are calculated statistically for JEXS conditioan

type. T. Code M/08 I hope it would have given fair idea about it.

How does the system calculate all the taxes at condition type NAVS in MM

For condition type NAVS- Non-Deductible Tax,You need to select statistically

indicator [This indicator causes a surcharge or discount to be set in the document

statistically (that is, without altering the value). ] . You need to assign relevant

routines. then system calculate the taxes accordingly The system calculates

NAVS- Non-Deductible Tax which are usually Sales Tax

The net price is calculated by summing up the gross price condition type and

subtracting /adding all discount/surcharge type condition types respectively. Any

condition type which is not marked as statistical will be considered for net price

calculation. Create Pricing Schema with all condition not marked in Statistical

column if you need all condition Record to be calculated. For Example : Level

CondTy Description From To

100 PB00 Gross Price

200 RA01 Discount % on Gross

300 ZMUP Mark Up (value)

400 Base Value for Tax 100 300

500 ZDIS Disc. Excluded Tax

600 Net Amount

700 MST Tax 400 400

800 Net Amount

With this Schema:

- Net Amount will be calculated from PB00, RA01, ZMUP, ZDIS.

- Tax will be calculated from PB00, RA01, ZMUP.

Total amount will be calculated from net amount and Tax. So, ZDIS will included in

Net Amount and excluded for Tax.As mentioned by you , If we have selected JEXS in M/08 ,we need not do it in

OBQ3 FOR TAX Calculation. (In India , TAXINJ and TAXINN is tax calculation

procedure used for Tax calculation. T. code OBQ3 While in pricing procedure the

taxes are calculated statistically for JEXS condition type. T. Code M/08)

How are you all. Iam a new team memeber. My querry is - 1) How can I extend all

materials of a material type to a new plant.Similarly how can I extend all info of

master data like vendor master data, info record & source list to a new plant. 2)

When a material is deleted from a material master how do you remove the records

from info records, POs, Pr, reservation etc.regarding the first part of your problem use t-code MC.9. Generate output in Excel.

Ask ABAP team to upload in new plant using LSMW.

1. Use transaction SE16, Tabel name MARA. Click on MATNR and Run the report.

It will give all materials listing. Now download this and upload using LSMW for new

plant. Also, you can define new parameters for some fields, like delivery time which

may change depending on plant location.

2. Ideally, material is not deleted till stock last in the plant. You cannot delete PO for

which material is to be supplied.

my company has its own pricing procedure assigned.now management wants that

they want to feed each nd every condition type manually and not to take it from

pricing procedure assigned while creating purchase order.it shouldnot affect the

inforecord also. kindly let me know the process in detail to carryout this process.

How do we block material n for wut reasons we block materials.

There are different reason why the material can be blocked, eg. Payment

Investigation/ Not Manufactured any longer/ No movement after a certain period /

Receiving faulty items from vendor/There is a replacement material / too much

stock etc and the blocking of the materials will depend on the reason customized

within your org. e.g. Block for Purchasing / Block for Inventory /Item Discontinued /

Block for all transactions etc. Try to use the T.code: MM06 Flag for Deletion, you could select per Client Level or

Plant Level. If the particular material identified as an obsolete or totally will not able

to use you may flag for deletion. But you have to consider the affected areas such

as PRs, PO, STR, STO, stock and BOM. You have to clear the active transactions.

Also, you have to consult your end-user for the changes.

Can you please give clear idea between this two stocks. Specially in what situation

we receive goods in blocked stock ( not GR blocked stock)

What transaction can I use to find out how many requisitions were issued last fiscal

year?1. Which fields are mandatory when creating a Purchase Requisition? 2. Can you

make certain fields mandatory?

Use ME80A.

i got a doubt i want that the system has to show the error message when i post the

GR before the delivery date that is where we do configuration so that i can restrict

the GR posting for a particulat PO before the delivery date.plzz its an urgetnt.

Set Message number " *M7 254* Earliest possible delivery date is & " as error.

*Path :* IMG -> Materials Management-> Inventory Management and Physical

Inventory->Define Attributes of System Messages

I need your urgent help. I need to increase the no of rows in item overview ( of P.O

screen). Could you tell me how to increase

One of my customer requirement is make setting in MIRO (invoice verification) in

such a way that system should not allow MIRO to get posted

for GR which are yet to be cleared from Quality inspection stock . That is , if a

material is subjected to quality stock and unless the material is moved to

unrestricted stock system to be configured in such a way that MIRO can not be

done. If we do MIRO , system should tell that MIRO can not be done because the

item is still in QI stock . Is there any standard setting/configurati on available . If

there is no standard setting can it be done through exit ? if yes pls let me know the

user exit.No standard setting is available for the same but a user exit definitely exists

You can do this by maintaining the Quality View in Material Master. In this

Procurement Data, QM Proc. active tick is made, QM Control Key should be 0007

which is nothing but Del. Release. Invoice Block, Certificate type enter,Maintain the

Inspection Setup 01,15,89 which is applicable to your system. Please do this

changes to Material Master. Check the scenarios. Correct me if i am wrong.

i have maintained the QM Proc.Active with QM control key 0007. now, i made a

GR with the goods lying in quality and then cleared partial

qty to unrestricted store and partial qty to blocked store. even when the goods lying

in blocked store the system allows to do IR and once it is done, it is blocked for

payment. fine but what i need is the system should not allow to make IR for the

goods lying in blocked store. is there any settings available for this. pls let me

know.This is not possible because Blocked Stock is as well the Valuated Stock, So IR is

possible, but when the stock is in quality stock, IR is allowed, but payment can be

blocked. Please try this. Or you can do this in other way by creating 103 MVT which

is nothing but the GR Blocked stock which is Non-Valuated. Then transfer this 103

to 105 after check the Quality manually.Pl. make quality inspection setup active for material, it will not allow invoice

verification it material in Quality inspection stock.

Just take the material first in block stock,it will not allow you to do invoice

verification, when you need to material then first take the material in un-restricted &

do the verifation of the same qty.there is no standard setting to stop invoice

verifation after material recipt in QI.

Could u pl. tell me t.code for finding the list of items which are in GR Blocked Stock

.U Can Use the Tcode MB52 to view the Blocked Stock. If any Seperate Tcode

Exists kindly Let me Know.

for a single material u can check in MMBE for list of materials goto MB52

There are some reason to move stock into blocked area e.g Internal plant transfers

using movt type 911. I will adviise you to use table "Mard" and capture in your

blocked storage location "1003" depending on your Org config. or Use txn cd

" mb51", also key in your blocked storage location.

There is no field for finding the GR Blocked Stock in mb52. Blocked Stock is

different from GR blocked Stock . GR Blocked stock is pending 103 Document for

105 Conversion .Thanks For U'r Clarification Mr.Ramakrishnan I Think No Standard Report is

Availabe .We r using the Zreports to view the GR Blocked Stock. If Anyone is

aware of it,kindly let me know.

i had a querry relating to creation of vendors, while creating vendors even for

regular vendors like external number for one time vendor it is asking. My question

is how to make vendor number in VMR creation screen mandatory or not. Pls

explain me with steps.can you tell me about the difference & types of deductable & nondeductable taxes .

Wut is pricing procedure,n how does it works.if i have made a pricing procedure

than how does it acts for a material

How do I get a list of open / pending POs by inputting a date-range?

Use command MMBE. If you need information at plant level keep your cursor there

and press shift +F2. You will get complete list of open POs only. If you need

information at SLoc level keep your cursor there and press shift +F2. You will get

complete list of open POs only.something is wrong. It dosen't work. Pls. check.

Go to Environment - Open Pos , check on ME2L or ME2M for getting open PO

qtys Try to use the ME80FN, with the functionality of Dynamic Selections, select the

delivery completed and key in the not equal to "X".

IN MB1B trabsfer poting, there is a provision for 4 line items to enter. My clients

wants to have 30 line items in Item entry screen. Is there any way to increase the

line items. Shall be grateful, if you anyone can help me out

Try the following T.CODE: ME2B REQT TRACKING NO: AS REQD

PURCH ORGN: AS REQD SCOPE OF LIST: BEST SELECTION

PARAMETERS: WE101 PLANT: AS REQD DOC DATE : AS REQD THEN

EXECUTE (F8)

By mistake one user has done GRN more than PO qty. Due to which the extra qty

is uploaded in stock with 501 M mov type in RT package. we cann't reverse by

using 502 M movment type. Is there any transaction code to reverse from RT

package to vendor. PL REVERSE COMPLETE DOCUMENT THEN MAKES GRN WITH ACTUAL

QUANTITY.

One of my my client is having is having following scenario:

1. While in process, material gets failed and the goods received are sent back to

vendor as return to P.O. once we do system will generate the debit note to vendor.

But the issue is while we return to vendor the debit should also include both the

P.O price and the process cost incurred by him. Is it done by any of the standard

SAP transaction.

2. While we return to Vendor i include the items which are not processed having the

same material status as we receive against the P.O. But once it has changed it

form from one process to another, how to include this item also for return to vendor.

Even though some how i include the transformed items also for returns to P.O,

what i will do for the excise part. How can i capture the excise price for the For the first problem there is no standard solution in SAP. We also had faced a

similar problem in one of our clients.

for the first one, vendor will not take responsibility as these material is damaged

while processing and for these the responsible person is your material GRN signed

people only. for the second one, ( the same material and it is not yet used) you can

reverse the GRN after checking with

excise dept whetehr part 1 and part2 is submitted or not????? this is my view and

am i correct?????

For first problem you can raise either return PO and mentioned the amount or raise

subsequent debit / credit option

In one one of my client, Scenario is: They are using tools after some process is

tranformed to other status of Material:

SAY X IS THE TOOL AND DURING OPERATION THIS TOOL IS DAMAGED AND

TRANSFORMS TO SAY Y.

BOTH OF THESE TOOLS X AND Y ARE USED IN PROCESS. AND FOR TAKING

Y INTO INVENTORY I USE MATERIAL TO MATERIAL TRANSFER. BUT HERE

THE ISSUE IS SAY MATERIAL X IS HAVING SOME VALUE 10 AND MATERIAL

Y IS HAVING VALUE 8. THEN WHEN WE DO MATERIAL TO MATERIAL

TRANSFER THE IT ALSO HIT THE PRICE DIFFERENCE ACCOUNT AND IN

TIME WHEN THIS CONTINUES, THIS PRICE DIFFERENCE ACCOUNT WILL

PILE UP VERY MUCH TO THE EXTENT, WHICH MY CLENT DOES NOT WANT.

HOW CAN ADDRESS THIS.Use split valuation for material x and y.

SAP recommends a different material code for any material changing its

charecteristics, so you can go for a diff mat code.material to material transfer can

still be done provided both are in same UOM. Second option is go for split

valuation.

how you will get the stock for the item "y" which is coming from the damaged item

"x" in order to transfer from material to material transfer??

material "y" is occuring due to the damage of material "x" in the processing. So,

where you will get the stock of material "y" in stock????

You would need to make a transfer posting from Material X to Material Y. So

automatically, the material X stock will be reduced by that quantity and the stock of

material Y will increase by the same quantity.

I would suggest that after you made the transfering of material to material with

same UoM. You may use the MR21 to adjust the Moving average price of course

with the approval of Finance people. So in that case the MAP will maintain of that

level. I hope this suggestion could give you an options of what to do.

In t-code MB1B you can transfer one material to the other provided they have the

same unit of measure

What is the movement type for issuing goods against STO? and also the Tcode

please.Once STO is created then create and out bound delivery by t.code vl10b and then

change that delivery by using transaction vl02n there you pick the qty and do PGI

from thereOk what movement type should be used for posting goods issue.

You will not give any mvt type sytem will pick the mvt type if i am not wrong i think

641 mvt type and do recieve the material wrt to outboun delivery in th plant from

where you have issued the STOP

While doing MIGO for subcontractor I have received the erorr as follows. 543 mvt

type in not valid.

Mvt type 543 is automatic mvt type.Say for example subcontatcting vendor is doing

some operations and after that he is giving back you materials .He has consumed

some of the raw materials provided then when you will do the GR for that

subcontarcting vendor wrt to PO then theraw materials which were issued ( transfer

posting to SC vendor ) will be shown in the GR line with the mvt type 541.

In normal subcontracting scenario we will issue components to vendor and we will

get final assembly but i want know about reversal scenario we will provide final

assembly and we have to get all components from vendor. How this scenario can

be configured in MM . Plz give me the solution. I am faced this in a interview

See this is situtaion where customer is placing and order to your organisation for

the final product and you are providing the final product to the party .You will place

order to the vendor for the materailk required for materials you need for

manufacturing that fianl product.Use materail type UNBW only qty is updated but no value

The scenario is like this .we are giving a car to a vendor and we have to get back

all the componets.how we will configure in MM Please explain me in steps

While creating PO I am gettitn the error message " Enter rate / EUR rate type M for

17.05.2007 in the system setting" . Can anyone please help ASAP.

By default the Vendor currency will be the PO currency. Confirm your venodor

currency and the PO currency first.May the problem with this otherwise just come

back for further assistance. We have to analse the FI settings.

I think u can solve this problem by exchange rate setting in FI.

go to OB08, set currency / exchange rate,for M... it wil be corrected

I had a problem with material valuation when i am posting a document with MVT

type 561 (i.e intial entry)It is giving me tha error,"Material valuation is incosistent in

_____ valuation area",for this material(val. area) material ledger is active.

Pl maintain transaction key BSA g/l account.

i have an issue " When materials (Stock) transferred with in a plant b/w two Storage

location Subsequent Document (FI) is not generating".

the solution i found from the books is Accounting Document is generate only if the

materials is Split valuated and valuation type changes in the course of the transfer"

Can you please tell me where this materials is split valuated and where this

valuation type changes in the course of stock transfer.... .

I am trying to implement PM PCS interface through which I want to download

vibration reading data from a CSI software and also some other measurement point

data from other Plant other level-II automation system to SAP. Can anybody throw

some light.

I want to restrict maintenance notification and order creation based on

measurement value crosses the prescribed limit and also with my intervention. I

have deceded to use PM-PCS interface and available function modules

I am facing one problem. when ever i open Transaction ME21n and MIGO system

proposes document date and posting date as 02.02.2007. and each time i have to

change this date. I have set my posting period as 05.05.2007by OMSY and MMPV

transaction . Also in subcontracting when

i tried to provide vendor components with ME2O system giving error that posting is

only possible in current period 5.5.2007 and i cannot provide materials. I have

created PO and BOM date in current period only. also tried with OB 52 but i could

not sove this problem. Please help me in solving this problem.

How to create info record for split valuated material(Ex. Having price rs. 10 for

domestic and rs. 15 for international) . Please explain procedure to do the same in

SAP.

Hi, mGinger.com pays you to read ads on your cellphone! These ads are only

about your interests. Not only that, you get to decide when you want these ads.

Based on my calculations I can easily make enough money to free up my cell

phone bill. Check it out... http://www.mginger. com/index. jsp?inviteId= 152768

See how much you can make. Have fun calculating. ..and sign up.

Is it possible to run MRP for newly created material which is having all

views?????? i maintained all requirements like safety stock, ROL

and minimum stock and MRP type also.

is it possible to upload all material view while migrating the material from legacy

system into SAP by LSMW or some other means????

Ofcourse it is posible it depends upon the lsmw program u make ,u can open all the

views in lsmw

what is the impact in accounting documents by valuation class while transfering

some material from one plane to another if these two plants are having different

valuation class??With two step procedure : § At issuing plant: A material document is generated

along with an accounting document is generated @ valuation price form issuing

plant.

§ At receiving plant: A material document is generated .No accounting document is This is Intra-Company transfer within the company. What about the Cross-

company transfer. Please specify which document and accounting entry is

generated, Also please give the customization setting both for Intra as well as

Inter Company Stock Transfer. Waiting for your positive reply from you.

For different co. code , system will generate addiitonal accounting document at

receiving plant too. I will get back you on customization for different co. code.

Need to carry out following customization as per my logic goes. didn't finished full

customization due to other urgent requirements

1.0 Create co. code.

2.0 Create Plant

3.0 Assign plant to co. code.

5.0 Prepare Stock driver " UB " Document type .

6.0 MIGO : Goods Issue : MVT 351

7.0 MIGO : Goods Receipt : MVT 101

This should finish your requirement.

if your valution is at plant level and your doing stock transfer between plants

recieving plant will generate 1 accounting and 1 matrial docment

and issuing plant will also generate the same in one step procedure check for mov

type 301

could any one let me know the difference between the BOM (bill of material) and

configural material with examples.

Plz explain me the sequence steps of scrap handling in subcontracting what is the

procedure ,how to handle it,explain in brief7give steps for practice.

Scrap in subcontracting can be handled in two ways 1. Give scrap percentage in

the BOM itself, So that when your transferring material to vendor , system will also

consider the scrap percentage Eg: Let us say for making 1 Part You are giving 10

kg in BOM. If you put 10% scrap, system will transfer 11kg.

2. Another method is Create new material code for scrap and In BOM put it as

negative quantity.So when you transfer the material to vendor this scrap is

generated automatically by 545 movement type to stock at vendor. Then you can

transfer it into unrestricted stock by using movement type 542.

I want to address two questions to you. First one How to handled BYE-PRODUCT

in the Subcontracting Process. Second one is how to reverse all the transactions in

the Subcontracting Process with details explanation along with the accounting

entries. Please give the details steps of reversals of this process. Waiting for your

valuable reply form you.

Please help me in getting clarification

1. Can price control be changed from moving avg price to std price or vice versa?

What if transactions have been done, stock is available, material movement done.

2. What are the benefits of defining sales depot as plant? What if sales depot is

defined as depot only.

3. What is the need of defining separate rejection store? Can we avoid it even if in

our plant rejection is generated during production

Following is the extraction of SAP help on change in proce control : Under certain

conditions, you can change the type of price control: From standard price to moving

average price You can make this change at any time. The moving average price

(which until now has been updated for informational purposes only) replaces the

standard price and is used for valuation from now on. From moving average price

to standard price You cannot make this change in the following two cases: If the

material master record is set up as a valuation header record for a material subject

to split valuation For more information, see Split Valuation. If the standard price

comes from costing and is not equal to the moving average price If the change is

possible, the moving average price becomes the standard price, which is then used

for valuation. You change the type of price control by overwriting the price control

indicator in the material master record with the new indicator.Appart from this if you deselect the indicator : Price Control Mandatory , while

customizing the material type, then only it will allow you to select/change price

control typeIt means we can change price control at any time. But not getting clear about the

implication on material valuation. In my case split valuation is not there. What are

the benefits of taking std price control for semi-finished & finished goods and if as

per client demand we make price control for semi-finished & finished goods as std

price control and latter we change it to moving avg price, what will be the impact?

Need clarification on sales depot defined as plant (cash sale is there from sales

depot) and requirement of separate rejection store (rejection is generted during

production process).

Please help me on following issues:-

1. We require a report whereby on processing ME2M for open pos,current stock as

on date, plant wise, storage location wise(globally) appears

2. Requirement for Debit Note printout as per user format.how to map?

When repair/rework sale order is created and MRP is run, system is netting the

repair order quantity also. Since repair / rework does not require raw material, I

want MRP to plan for the entire forecast quantity and netting off not required. For

example: Forecast quantity for finished goods - 1000 Nos. (Demand reqt) Repair /

rewor sale order quantiy - 200 Nos. (Supply, treated by SAP) After MRP, system

creates planned / prod order for 800 numbers.

rework QUANTITY is treated as supply in SAP and netted off against the demand

quantity of 1000, net planing made for 800 numbers. pls provide solution for this

how we give quotas to different vendors, plzz help me out with step

Currently, we are facing of valuation of imported raw material in the SAP, this is

mainly because of improper loading of local expenses on the

inventory at the time of grn preparation. To overcome this following procedure is

proposed:- This will require creation of a virtual plant location called "EXIM" .All

import will be stored first in the virtual location. after collecting all the local

expenses,material will be transfer to the main

plant location. In short only material cost will charged on EXIM plant & all other cost

is charged upon MAIN plant. Pls. comment whether it is feasible /implications on

Can anybody give me infomation on how to change the date which is coming as

default when opening me21n and Migo transaction. Because of

this i cant issue materials to vendor by me2o.I am getting error posting only

possible in 05.2007 which i have set by mmpv.

the error is not due to the default date in po and migo it is due to the month openng

u have already closed the month of april ,so u can do postings in may only ,only two

months can be opened at a time in logistics. if u want to open april u can use mmrv

the default date is no problem of ur error

Check MMPV again. System should allow for current and previous month posting.

otherwise you can post document back dated also.

Thank you for your reply for solving my problem. Actually problem was not because

of open periods.It was because of my system date only. Now i can post goods

issue to vendor by me2o.I had set my posting periods right my mmpv. But even

with out using MMPV you can set it by removing plant Co code assignment

temporarly and after setting period in omsy you can reassign it .I want to know this

procedure is right or not .Thank you for your reply for solving my problem. Actually problem was not because

of open periods.It was because of my system date only. Now i can post goods

issue to vendor by me2o.I had set my posting periods right my mmpv. But even

with out using MMPV you can set it by removing plant Co code assignment

temporarly and after setting period in omsy you can reassign it .I want to know this

procedure is right or not .If u remove the assignment than it can hav e some financila implications over the

valuation of the postings better consider some other idea

I want to enquire that how we can fix the cost centerwise quota arrangements for

goods issue.Pls. give me the right way to implement this issue in my industry.

Please help me on following issues:- 1. We require a report whereby on

processing ME2M for open pos,current stock as on date, plant wise, storage

location wise(globally) appears 2. Requirement for Debit Note printout as per user

format.how to map?

How do you handle this scenario in SAP.

1. Material A is imported from USA and cleared thru a port In India.

2. The payment is made in advance to bank.

3. The material is shipped from port to factory thru different trucks and the freight

charges for individual trucks will be paid.

4. Now the entire consignment is consists of product cost + clearing cost + freight

charges.

5. How do you calculate the total cost of the product.

6. and how are the different documents linked with each otheryou have to create necessary condition types as per the requirement. Mainly in

Import pricing all the costs are known at the time of GRN i.e. in the condition types

delivery charges tab will marked if u c the condition types. U can create frieght

eg.FR1,FR2,FR3 like that and give description as u wish Other condition types are

Insurance,CIF, CVD,Customs duty,Custom education chess like that.

Can anyone send me all customization steps for Vedor Evalution,with Screen shot

will be better

I want to have PO release by vendor. I did the configuration, but when I am

checking the classification in release strategy in SPRO (OMGS), I am getting "error

in classification"

want to know which is cost account when doing the goods receipt. when doing GR

sysytem post as follows.

Dr stock (is this the cost of sales?) Cr GR/IR (what exactly is GR/IR) and

when do IV it post Dr GR/IR Cr Vendor

DR Stock (101) -> Inventory Cost.

Goods Receipts/Invoice Receipts for Purchase Order

Transaction OMW1 allows you to set whether the Price Control is a mandatory "S"

or "V".

V indicate that you want the system to value the stocks with the latest price.

S indicate that you want the system to value the stocks with a fixed price method.

Price Control V - Moving Average Price

Assume Material Master current price is 10

Goods Receipts for Purchase Order - Movement Type 101

Material Document Posting created - inventory increases

Accounting Document Posting created

Debit 12345 Inventory 12

Credit 67890 GR/IR 12

New Moving Average Price = ( GR value + Total value ) / ( GR quantity + Total

stock )

Invoice Recipts for Purchase Order - MR01

Accounting Document Posting created

Debit 67890 GR/IR 12

Debit 12345 Inventory 3

Credit 45678 Vendor 15

New Moving Average Price = ( Inventory difference of 2 + Total value ) / ( Total

Stock)

Price Control S - Standard Price

Material and Accounting Document is the same.

The one with the lower value will be posted with a price variance entry.

Event of RawMaterials triggers FI entries based on valuation class, right ? Same

way, it could be WIP, FG and so... I would like to know the list of Account codes

(FI) built in the system where it is being mapped against different type of material

valuation classes!T code : OBYC : To make assignment of Respective G/L account to respective V.

class. & T. code : OMSK : to make assignment of V. Class to Accoutn category

and Material Type.

Whether any report available for DELIVERY CONDITION GRN & LINE ITEM

WISE. I want the report for particular PO or GRN prepared in specific period. Is

there any standard functionality or I need to develop Y-Report.

In ME2L : Seelct scope of list : everything possible This will give the item wise GR

and opened qty

itry cooispi for various reports

You can use FB1LN REPORT TO SEE DELIVERY CONDITION GRN & LINE

ITEM WISE.

I am new to SAP and in learning phase. Can any body help me getting details

about CIN, it's use and customisation in MM prospective.

Could you please let me know what are the Special Stock Indicators. Please help

me.Special stock indicators are the ones that identifies special stock material like

vendor consigment material(K), pipeline stock(P), project stock(Q), orders on

hand(E), etc., Usually it is combined with the movement types.( you could see a

single character field close to the movement typesfield like in MIGO).

Special stocks are stocks that are managed separately as a result of their not

belonging to your company or being stored at a particular location. There are

several types of special stocks. e.g. Stock of material provided to vendor

(Subcontracting) , consignment stock, returnable transport packaging etc. You can

find a single character "item type" indicator while creating Purchase Order for each

line item, which indicates special stocksIf i assume that your query is about the special stocks available at your plant, the

stocks are differentiated in MB52 warehouse stock report where the the stocks of

each material available is specifically differenciated for example "E" is for Sales

order stock and "O" for Vendor stock check the report for other types.

Request you to please explain me what is Account Reference Key.

Can anyone give me some examples of user exit that is applied in MM area in a

real time scenario?

1.User exits can be found out using a development class or a package.

2.For which transaction you would like know whether user exit is available or not.

example 1. When ever i will crate a purchase order my vendor is same for a

particular purchasing group and a particular purchasing organization . Procedure

to find out the user exit .

3.Foer which transaction u would like to see the user exits forst got to trandsaction

got system status and find out the technical name i.e is package.

4. By going to the SMOD transaction give package name and find out the real user

exits available or not .once it is available go ing to edit attributes write program by

givng the filed name = '9999' (some vendor) and save ,ceck ,save ,activte.

5. go top CMOD transaction gove that user exit in the filed area and activate .

6.Go and observe in me21 and see that 9999 vendor by default will come when

ever you will crteate po.

Find this Develop Enhancements for Purchasing In this step, you develop

enhancements for Purchasing. The following SAP enhancements are available for

the Purchasing area:

AMPL0001 User subscreen for additional AMPL data (manufacturer part number)

LMELA002 Adoption of batch number from shipping notification at time of posting

of a goods receipt

LMELA010 Incoming shipping notification: adoption of item data from IDoc

LMEQR001 User exit for source determination

M06B0001 Role determination for release of requisitions

M06B0001 Changes to communication structure for release of requisitions

M06B0003 Number range and document number

M06B0004 Number range and document number

M06B0005 Changes to communication structure for overall release of purchase

requisitions

M06E0004 Changes to communication structure for release of purchasing

document

M06E0005 Role determination for release of purchasing documents

ME590001 Grouping of requisitions for PO split in transaction ME59

MEETA001 Determination of schedule line type (backlog, immediate requirement,

forecast)

MEFLD004 Determination of earliest delivery date for checking at time of goods

receipt (PO only)

MELAB001 Generation of forecast delivery schedule: realization via creation profile

MEQUERY1 Enhancement for document overview ME21N / ME51N

I wanna create a PO, which when printed should include different delivery ( ship-to)

addresses, with a common invoice (bill-to)address.

Apart from manually entering the delivery info in the header text of the PO ( which

is laborious), is there a way out? any BAPIs u can think of???

Use trans. code "MEAN" to create the ship to address. When making POs goto

item detail and enter the code in the tab "Delivery address" field "address".

You may type plant code for the delivery address billing address could be different.

In case of standard PO,Schema group is attached to vendor in Vendor Master and

this scema group decides the Pricing Procedure to be picked up in Purchase order.

In case of Stock transport Order (STO) how does system picks the pricing

Procedure. Also in STO the condition tab does not come up as SAP standard.So

what is required to be done for condition tab to come up during STO creation

For stock transfer order , pricing schema is attached to document type.

Suppose i have to transfer material from Bhivandi to Mumbai plant because of

which the valuation of material changes.To get the effect of change in valuation of

hte material what r the settings.

Use Stock Transport Order for this txn.

There is an option caleed Split Valuation. It can be used to solve this issue. Same

Item code at two different plants can be maintained at two different valuation levels.

is it Inter company or intra company…

Plz.guide me for both the cases.

How to get the Pending Purchase Order details considering the Inbound delivery

document(Intransit Entry Details).

what is vendor evaluation.. what is its transaction code..pls tell the procedure..pls

ME61

Good Morning.I Have 2 Problems in Subcontract System in SAp. We send the

Material to vendor (thru 541 mvt type) .we Create a Challan For this and material is

send out. 1. My Problem is when we send the Material in 2 Batches we are

notable to reconcile the Challan . 2.Also it is a long Process For the User.

Creating the challan,Reconceilin g it. Is there any Possibility to minimize the steps

of Subcontract Process.You have to create separate separate challens for two batches. After grn you can

reconcile challen by t-code J1IFQ.YOU MINIMIZE the steps incorporating

reconciliation of challens at grn itself

Ask to your Technical Consultants to write a program which will chage the tables

MARV, - BUKRS & MARV - LFGJA ..

If I want to mainatin source list for RFQ & at the same time for general Vendors too

for same matearial. IS it Possible?If Yes then How to do it.

YES POSSIBLE,FOR THAT WHILE CREATING RFQ YOU CAN MAINTAIN

SOURCE LIST THROUGH ENVIRONMENT TAB. FOR GENERAL VENDORS

USE T-CODE ME01I thnk you have to maintain the source list, putiing all the vendors which you have

identified. Also you could also maintain the Quota Arrangement to put the ratio /

percenatge of all the vendors indicated to your source list

can you tell me about the difference & types of deductable & nondeductable taxes .

Difference between PB00 &PBxx how they take axes sequence. Like this way plz

explain for some imp condition types

PB00- automatic pricing

PBXX- manual pricing

To explain it in details.....

1. If you create an info record manually or automatically, the gross price entered or

adopted is assigned to the condition type PB00. When a PO is created without

reference to a contract or quotation, a vendors gross price for the material is

adopted from the info record conditions (or wherever appropriate from the order

price history) as the default value for condition type PB00.

If no valid info record conditions exist and no order price history is found, R/3

system is not able to suggest a price and requires the manual entry of the net price.

The manually entered price is assigned to condition type PBXX.There are two types of condition type that one condition type which have access

sequence associated with them.In such types of the condition record are

maintained and the records are read based on t he search startegy defined in the

Acess sequence.

PB00 is condition type for price havig acess sequence associated .

Where as the condition type PBXX is manual condition ( access sequence attached Both the Condition Types PB00 & PBXX are Condition Types related to Gross

Price.Both the Condition types will ahve the same Step number with a different

counter.

PBXX is a manual Condition Type and will not have any Access Sequence

assigned to it. It can be entered only manually in the Purchasing document.

PB00 is an Automatic Condition type and an Access Sequence will be assigned to

it. whenever a Condition record founds, then it will be updated in the Purchasing

document with the price from the Condition Record.If there is no Valid Condition

record founds, then PB00 will not be included instead PBXX can be entered PB00 is with access Seq ie the valuse for this condition are pickec up from

condition records

PBXX is with out Access Seq ie u will have to manually put the values in POPB00 is mainly used for the automatic price in purchase order, if u have any

condition record like info record, contract or any other condition record, in the PO

system will fetch PB00, otherwise the system will fetch the PBXX, because for the

conditon type of PBXX in the control data it has been given as manual entry has

priority. Only PB00 will be there in the condition record. u cant find the PBXX.

Difference between CType PB00, PR00 & PBXX

Can someone pl. explain the difference betwenn Condition type PB00, PR00 &

PBXX. Also which are the condition types do not have Access sequence and why.

PB00 is the price entered manually in the info record.

When no PB00 is found, the standard pricing procedures look if there has already

been created a purchase order. If so, it tries to copy the price of the last purchase

order. This is noted in the purchase order as PBxx.

PR00 is the standard sales price.

Some condition types like PB00 and PBxx do not have an access sequence.

This means that those pricing conditions have to be filled in via the info record.

Nice reply only it's wrong. PB00 is the price found using any condition access, not

just info record. ANd PB00 does have an access sequence assigned to it.

My honest mistake. PB00 does indeed have an access sequence.

Conditions like FRx1 don't have an access sequence.

This means that you enter those conditions on the inforecord or directly on the

purchase order.PBXX is the PRICE considered for the PRICING PROCEDURE,where in PB00 is

the BASE PRICE considered for TAX calculation,example if you have maintained

PBXX=100 and FRIEGHT=10 you have configured you pricing procedure such way

that ,the freight gets added up to the BASE PRICE(PBXX) and on that TAX is

applicable ,in such scenario's PBXX=100 ,where in PB00=110 ,on which TAX is

calculated

can you tell me about the difference & types of deductable & nondeductable taxes

Deductible:

If the tax is deductible means that the taxes will be taken seperatley from the base

amount based VAT,Service tax,Excise etc and will be assigned to separate GL

accounts which will be used further for Utilisation

Non-Deductible:

If the tax is Non-Deductible,the taxes will not be taken separately to GL accounts

and will be added to material accounts.

In case of some materials, the tax paid on purchase of items can be availed back

from the goverment, This is called deductible tax. Here tax portion is not loaded to

material inventory, It is posted to a separete GL account as per the config and later

stage it will be cleared-off by finance

In case of non-deductible tax, the tax amount will be loaded to material inventory.

Here company can not claim this amount back from govt.

regarding configuration, u have to define a new account key in case of deductible

tax and assign gl accounts

in case of non-deductible tax u can use SAP standard key NVV

How to get price automatically in the purchase order?

Price in PR doesnot get picked up from a contract or, an Inforecord.It always get

picked up from the Valuation price in the Material Master.But,when you convert that

PR to PO,it automatically picks up the Contract price if reference of contract is

given.How to make the PR price come to PO automatically

1. Go to SPRO > MM > Purchasing > Authorization Management > Define Function

Authorizations for Buyers > Function Authorizations: Purchase Order > Here "New

Entries" and define Function Authorization Key as "01" and give description.

OR use T. Code - OMET

Here under "General parameters" subscreen, cctivate "Adopt PO Price" indicator

and select "Enter conditions"

In "Possible ref. objects", select "W/o reference" otherwise reference documents

(for e.g. PR, RFQ, etc...) for PO creation will become mandatory.

2. Now go to SU01 > Enter User ID > Parameters Tab > Here for Parameter ID

EFB i.e. Function Authorization: Purchase Order, maintain value "01" and check in

PO, PR will become mandatory for that user.

3. Now during creation of PR in ME51N, under "Valuation" Tab, you will get option

for PO Price Adoption as Net or Gross. Select as per your requirement and it will

copy Price to PO.

In order to create purchasing document is mandatory with PR reference . I have

done in config "Define Function Authorizations for Buyers" for all Purchasing

Document such as PO, Contract and RFQ then assign them in SU01 for parameter

EFB, however, only PO works others do not affect. Is there any parameters besides

EFB shold be set in parameter? Thanks.

.The function authorization is defined only for Purchase order documents not for all

purchasing documents.

2.The user parameter ID EFB only controls the Purchase order Function

Consignment process in SAP

SAP MM Consignment

SAP Consignment is process wherein you buy the goods from vendor, but don‟t

valuate that stock. Only when goods are withdrawn from your stores, are you liable

to your vendor for your payments. Best example would be big TV shop which buys

the goods from its vendors for advertising and display purposes and only when they

sold, vendor charges him.

Consignment process in SAP MM is handled through item category in purchasing

documentand it has certain prerequisites/steps for consignment process to work.

1) There must be price maintained in inforecord for consignment (info type 2 in

EINE table) for certain material, vendor, purchasing organization and plant.

Prices need to be maintained in inforecord which will be used when settling

liabilities with vendor.(ME11)

2) Create the Purchase Order with item category K in ME21N to order the goods

from vendor for consignment.

3) On requested delivery date in Purchase Order, do MB01 -101 that is Goods

Receipt for above goods on consignment. Again one important point is, you are still

not liable to pay your vendor. These goods will not be valuated, accounting

document will not be posted unless stock is withdrawn from consignment for your

own use.

4) You withdraw the goods for your own purpose. Like in our example of TV shop,

customer buys the TV. So that means shop keeper withdraws the goods from his

consignment stock and now vendor will be his liability.I am having a problem with consignment settlement. While trying to settle the

consignment in MRKO, I am getting the following error message:

Consignmnt settlement: No message was found for partner 123/company code

1000. Is there any message indicator which needs to be turned on?

You can goto tcode MRM1, specify the condition type = "KONS" for consignment

and Company code = 1000

Remember not to specify the partner in the condition record. Then proceed to

MRKO to do your consignment settlement.

I did what you suggested and now I am able to settle the consignment. I am able to

see the invoice document that is created. Thanks once again for the help!

will system create different record nos during different info record creation for the

same material and vendor?

System will consider only one info record no. for three different categories of info

records (standard, subcon, consignment) for the same material & vendor

am facing a problem we want to reverse some goods movement Done in jan 2007

& i know that in MM period i just cant do that am allowed only to post in the current

& the previous period. is there any other solution so that user can post this

movement in jan & we now in may 2007Actually It seems difficult to reverse some movements to go backward. Since we

already on the month of May'07. If its one month ahead we could open the previous

period (MMPV / MMRV). The only you thing you could address that issue if you

conduct a quartely inventory count. So , that is the time you could correct your

inventory with valid justifciations.

could anyone tell me the procedure for bidding process where in the vendors give

security deposit(EMD) ?how do we map this in sap

I want to know one thing.Is this possible to post an invoice and credit memmo

simultaneously. How to confiure that, putting invoice reduction as allocation and

reason as "vendor error" if vendor charges more.Will system generate two

accounting documents.One invoce document and one credit memmo.I cant able to

post invoice and cant generate two accounting documents.Can anybody tell me

how to configure it.

When creating parts order via custom transaction got the following short dump

message 'DYNPRO_FIELD_ CONVERSION' Custom tranaction is equivalent to

VA01

I was created witholding tax for TDS and E.cess. While doing MIRO E.cess is

calculating on base amount, it is not caluculating on TDS. Can anyone help onthis.

Would anyone know what the REPLY TO dataname is of an SAP/Internet SMTP

email? We have been able to pass an email address to the TO attribute, but

currently the email is getting set up with the SAP logon userID and user email

address. We need to override that value from a lookup table of Customer Service

Rep email addresses. Then when the customer REPLIES to the email, we can

dictate to whom it will be returned.

Another question has arisen concerning the SAP/Internet email object. Does

anyone know about the FORWARDER field? This shows up in the code, but seems

to always be null. We are running SAP v4.7, and desire to re-populate the FROM or

REPLY TO field such that when the SMTP SAP/Internet email becomes delivered

to a customer, if they choose to REPLY to the note, the email REPLY TO value will

be populated or formatted by programatic choices, rather than using the SAP logon

userID email address of the person who created the iniital outgoing email object.

We want the email to become replied to another email address than the person

who sent it out.

I would like to know the concept of Split Valuation in material. Anybody could

explain and make a scenario as well.

How to execute this scenario? Set up intercompany movement of finished goods

based on triggering a "background" Stock Transport Order/Materials Movement to

shift ownership of Finished Goods from Parent Company to Sales Company upon

receipt of inventory from either manufacturing order or purchase order (incase of

Third Party manufactured items) to allow appropriate intercompanyaccount ing to

occur.This is a case where both MM and SD are involved. We have to use Standard

Purchase order for the same. The movement types to be used for transfer of Goods

is 643 and the GR at the receiving plant should have the movement type 101.

Steps involved are:

1. Creation of PO 2. Delivery of Goods (Dely Type NLCC) 3. Billing 4. Receipt

of Goods 5. Invoice Verification Can anybody throm some light on "background" Stock Transport Order is created for Intra-company transfer. Is it the case of sub-

contracting?

Can anyone tell me how the t.code MC46(SLOW MOVING ITEMS) works . I mean

how system calculate the slow moving item by considering & excluding which

movement types. What are the selection criteria I need to enter

How to extract report form the system regarding Dead Stock,Non Moving,Slow

Moving,Fast Moving Items from the system. Please give me the Standard SAP

Transaction , and how to run that. Please explain, it is urgent.

Please try MB5B

Please try MC46 for report on slow moving. Non moving

Try the Tcodes Mc46 and Mc50 For Dead Stock,Non Moving,Slow Moving,Fast

Moving Items

How can i configure, so that during GR for raw material sap will: Debit Stock

Account ; Credit GR/IR ; and at the sametime, Debit Purchase account ; Credit

Purchase Offset account ; I have already activated the purchase account

management, and also i have done a tick in Receipt Value and Delivery Cost at

SPRO : Calculation of Value Purchase Account. Also I have assigne a GL account

to FRE and FR1 in OBYC. But it still doesn't work.What is the error that you receive?

There is no errror , but the purchase account still doesn't work. When I do GR, the

jurnal generated is :

Db Stock Account 1100 Cr GR/IR 1000 Cr Freight 100

I want the jurnal generated is : Db Stock Account 1000 Db Freight Offset 100

Cr GR/IR 1000 Cr Freight 100 Thanks for your help.

can u help me to ealuate two vendor on cost quality and delivery basis , the case is

vendor 1 vendor 2 Quality 30% 85% 90% Cost 30% 100.00 110.00

Delivery 40% 8 days 10 days How do i evaluate plz guide me, I am new

in MM.

Plz tell me whats the difference between Valuated stock & Non Valuated stock.

Valuated stocks are those stock which carry inventory values and non valuated

stocks are those which are having no values (ur inventory value is nil)

Can anyone please tell me the steps involved in configuring Workflow for Invoice

Parking?

want to set a new field reference with name ( Industry Sector )

Use OMS3 to create new field reference

I have a question about release strategies. Can I create more than one release

strategy for the same transaction? For instance, our approval process for Assets is

different than it is for Expenses. My relase procedure for assets has already been

created and is working properly, it uses fields fields CEBAN-GSWRT (value),

CEBAN-KNTTP( Acct. Assignment). I want to create a new one for Expenses. (both

for PReq Release). The new release procedure would use fields CEBAN-GSWRT

(value), CEBAN-KNTTP(Acct. Assignment) and CEBAN-MATKL( Material Group),

since I need to exclude some material groups we don't want affected by the release

strategy.

Can I create a new one? or does the system only allows one RS?Yes you could create one, but the existing one MUST be changed as well to

include the new characteristic - material group since only one class can be

assigned to release group.

We are planning the beneficts of migrating from 4.6C to 4.7, 5 or version 6 of SAP.

We were wondering if anyone knows about the cost of the migration between

version, the cost of consulting and waht kind of techinal issues you have to

considerer before making this step.

According to SAP, the recipient of an email will reply to the FROM value, unless the

REPLY TO HEADER of the email object is populated. We are having trouble trying

to locate where you can populate this REPLY TO HEADER. Does anyone know of

some field or datanames they we could track down? Our goal is to send the email

and have the recipient REPLY TO a different person than the SAP logonID of the

sender.

I have been following this forum for a while and this is my first post. Hope you can

help me on the following issue:

Scenario is that a Corrective type Work Order is created for a component of an

equipment. The activity type is Replacement. This is a stock item with no available

stock and thus generated a Purchase Requisition against the Work Order. This PR

goes through the procurement process for the new component from the vendor.

When received, it is received against the work order and the work order is closed.

Now, it is decided that the defective component from that equipment needs to be

repaired/refurbishe d. So how can I (through a Work Order):

a) Put it back into inventory and under what cost (salvage value)?

b) What will indicate in the Purchase Requisition that this component is owned by

us and just needs a refurbishment service at vendor site w/o entering

subcontracting (it is out of scope for this project..don' t ask me why)

c) How will I receive it back into inventory when the service is performed by the

vendor

d) What value do I put it back with in inventory?

e) When I put it back in stock, how will this close the work order?

To give you some further background as per our current design we currently have

split valuation for new and refurbished only.If your not going to utilize SAP subcontracting there is no way to reflect the

inventory in vendor except as TEXT. Also, there would be difficulty on the

accounting posting since it will be posted to subcontracting account instead of part

of inventory costs.

Unless, your willing to do manual monitoring, account re-classification then its

possible, but let me warned you its a long process. Kindly try to persuade your boss

to give subcontracting a second look.

Through MM route it is not possible

Use PM module for this :

Create Refurbishment Order : IW81 Transaction

Do goods issue to vendor against this .

Then do GRN for this .

Refurbishment cost will be loaded on material Value .

I need the Complete Release Procedure For Purchase Requisition .Can Any Body

Expalin me in Detail.

Could u pl. tell me how to do the mass deletion of old Schedules and POs.

Use TXN: MEMASSPO, Select 'Deletion Indicator' from Fields tab and mark 'X' for

selected PO's. Execute!

Try txn cd "MEMASSPO"

i hv a problem & have to solve it by today. my cllient wants that while creating

purchase order,d vendor-material data 4m inforecord shouldnot follow in PO.but at

same time d inforecord souldbe uptodated as usual. how to solve this problem.pls

helpu can change the p.o. manualy . If anybody knows other than this , kindly give the

feedback .

How to get SLED (Shelf Life Expiration Date) report?

Try MB51 and sort (ascending/descendi ng) SLED/BBD wise

U can get thro lx27

Is there any tcode or report for reporting lead time of all materials (diff between po

date and gr date)

can anybody tell me about printer output settings or EDI settings for any purchasing

documents. in the sense if i want to take output of a finalised purchasinfg doc

,howto make that settings

Is it possible in sap for mass deletion of old reservations. pl. tell me the t.code and

how to set the parameter for deletion of old reservations.

Mass deletion of reservations is not possible as per my understanding

I Want to Know the User Exit Enhancement Object For Tcode ME28 ( Purchase

Order Release).

Actually there are some User exits are there for Purchasing documents release

some of them are

M06E0004---Changes to communication structure for release purch. doc.

M06E0005 --Role determination for release of purchasing documents

i have Written the Paasword Checking Details in M06E0004 For Me29N. It is

Working Fine .But I Need the Same Checking Procedure For Me28 Also. I am Not

able to Find Out the Specific One.

If it not available in the standard lists of User exits, you need to adopt the same

user exit here also. You cannot get a specific User exit like one for one transaction,

Try to utilize the same one for this transaction ME28

i have question,is it possible to do GRN with out PO n due to that GRN PO is

created automatically. if yes than plzz tell me the steps. Like we create PR and PO

can be automatically created the same way.

Automatic creation of POI think it is not possible

I think it is not possible .

IN VENDOR MASTER SELECT INDICATOR OF AUTO PO ACTIVATE SAME IN

CUSTOMIZING

You can receive material without PO into stock. Use movement type 501

501 mvt. type is ok. but suppose i am using 501 movemt and doing GRN.but i want

automatic creation of PO againt the same GRN.how can we do this

In Customizing -- Material Management-- Purchasing- -Goods Receipt--Automatic

creation of purchase Order and make it active for Plant and Movement Type 101.

then on transaction do the following, Use MIGO and select - Goods Receipt,

Refrence - Purchase Order, and click settings and choose Default values, and

select 101 movement type against Material. Click Ok. On Item Overview line

Choose+ for additional receipts without Purchase Order, and this will allow you to

enter material and quantity storage location and Vendor. PO will be generated with

the goods receipt.In Customizing -- Material Management-- inventory management-- Goods Receipt--

Automatic creation of purchase Order and make it active for Plant and Movement

Type 101 and for other movement types as required. then on transaction do the

following, Use MIGO and select - Goods Receipt, Refrence - Purchase Order, and

click settings and choose Default values, and select 101 movement type against

Material. Click OkOn Item Overview line Choose+ for additional receipts without

Purchase Order, and this will allow you to enter material and quantity storage

location and VendorPO will be generated with the goods receipt.It is possible to do GRN without PO and at time of posting GRN po created

automatically. Auto PO tick in Vendor Master and Movement type 101

Create Info redord with Standard Purchase Org., Enter Goods Receipt / Other /

101.

1.In Customizing -- Material Management-- inventory management-- Goods

Receipt--Automatic creation of purchase Order and make it active for Plantand

Movement Type 101

2. then use t code migo and select reference to PO

3. Below the item overview screen select Non ordered items and enter the material

& qty

4. In item detail enter the vendor.

5. prerequiste: A info record for material and vendor combination should exist.

6. post and display the respective material doc and click on the PO tab.i need to configure auto po generation for the mtype 161, an am able to work on the

same for mtype 101, what facing problem with mtype 161. can anybody tell the

configuration steps ?

try ---------MIGO_ ----setting- --------- default values------ --------- ----change mtype

101 to 161 in non order item.

not only that we need to go to OMJJ transaction, and select 101 movment type and

select the feild selection enjoy and place lifnr also. Then only you can do Auto PO

creation

What is the significance of Industry sector in Materials Master creation?

Kindly guide me on the selection of Materials Block as mentioned in the system

there are Exclusive & Late Material Block, plz tell me which type is prefered & what

are the merits & demerits of the same.

Specifications, Functional and Technical. who creates them and why it is required

and if possible briefly what does they contain inside? Do a specification is to be

written during a user-exit creation giving tables reference etc.

Is there a way that I can change the layout of a std sap report , example "execute

txn cd "ml84". I want to streamline the output into 1 single line. Please advise on

how to do that apart from re-coding it.

I'm facing a problem. Until release 4.6C we got send mail to more than 1 people

after we release PO. 'But now on ECC 6.0 only one is possible. Could I do it by

abap program ? Does anyone has already faced this problem ?

In line with below query, I am also having one query. How to send PO to supplier

by email. I have tried sending but it goes in text format as an attatchment which

contains only PO no. not other details.

In line with below query, I am also having one query. How to send PO to supplier by

email. I have tried sending but it goes in text format as an attatchment which

contains only PO no. not other details.

Plz guide me regarding the settings for the Drop Down Icon. I have created plants

in my co code however after droping down the options the list i get is of my plants

alongwith all the plants which are created by others. Plz guide its very

urgent.Instant response will b apreciated.You cannot remove the drop down list completely. But you set your plants to your

personalised list. so only those will appear when you press F4. What you need to

do run the transaction and press F4 there Near to find button you will find the insert

in personal list, so select your plants and put in the personal list, then come out of

the transaction and then again check in the F4 you will find only your selected

plants will be seen in the list. This is a temporary if any body removes that

personalised list then again other plants will shown in the drop down list.

How to send Purchase order by email.

I have setup the PO output for STO to be DP, but after creating STO the message

output is not finding the delivering plant. How to assign a partner to the plant?

The purchase request is subjected to line item approval by cost center... there are

totally 300 cost centers and one release code is applicable to 10 to 50 cost centers.

How to assign the characteristic value in Mass (like 50 cost centers).

Looking for some knowledgable person to address this fundamental question:

HOW DO I POPULATE THE "REPLY TO" PROPERTY OF AN OUTGOING SAP

EMAIL? We are running SAP v.4.7. We have located the function module called

SO_OBJECT_SEND but cannot populate the Reply To field. Recipients respond to

an email and it returns back to the FROM field, which contains the SAP logonID.

Can we fill the REPLY TO field such that we control where the recipient email will

return the email?

I have an issue with sub contracting PO. In our company we create a subcontract

PO for items based on customer PO. i.e., Sales order creation drives the PR and

so PO ( 3rd Party order processing). This PO item category is S-3rd party as per

standard SAP. For subcontracting items, we want it to be L-subcontracting in the

PO. So our requirement is: If you get a 3rd party order for sub contracting items,

system should create a subcontracting PR/PO. Any ideas/suggestions please.

Can u tell pricing procedure steps.

After Evaluation of Vendor by ME 65 We found the ratings as below:- SCORE 02

Unequal Weighing PRICE 43 20% Quality 100 40% Delivery 44 40%

Overall score 66

We don't no how system calculate the price and Delivery In the above vendor is of

single source. Its price has to 100% but it showing less.

Please clarify how system calculate the price and Delivery.For price,quality, delivery criteria l there is varience of % by whichvendor is

deviated as per that system gives score of mark

Can any one help me out and explain me how to handle loss in transit when

transfering material from warehouse to stores or from plant to plant ......

In sap show material as scrap in receiving or sending plant in any one of them.

Alternate way is to receive full qty at receiving plant then post scrap movement to

the cost center who is responsible for loss.

When We raise the P.O for value of Rs.1000/- but when we receive the invoice for

the value of Rs.1100/- Please give explanation how to process document entry is

any configuration I have to change.

You can sue invoice reduction in this Customization required : OBYC : Select

RKA : maintain g/l account number ; OMRA : Select document type in invoice

verification --> Select MIRO --> Select Document type ; OBF4: Define document

type if required or use standard SAP settings.

Transactional : MIRO 1.0 Header Amount should be same as Vendor amount.

2.0 Line item amount : Actual amount 3.0 Invoice amount to vendor ( Same

amount as item no 1)

System will generate two documents 1.0 Invoice document Vendor A/c : Credit

1100 G/R A/C : Debit 1000 Invoice reduction a/c : Debit 100

2.0 Credit Memo Invoice reduction a/c : Credit : 100 Vendor a/c : Debit : 100 AMEND the po value

Basically the value of PO is 1000 and printed Po as well. The vendor will

acknowledge the amount indicated on PO. The Invoice to be recieved sholud have

the same value of PO. So, during the goods receipt and invoice verification it will

have the same amount.

i am having a problem & i have to get the solution by today. my client wants that

while creating purchase order the vendor-material data maintained in the inforecord

shouldnot flow in the PO but at the same point the inforecord should be uptodated

as usual. pls show me the way how to solve this problem as quickly as possible.

Plz tell me how to create Graduated Pricing scale.

I couldn't able to capture Freight cost in MIRO against each delivery note. Scenerio

is like this : We have freight condition defined and are attached to PO. GR based IV

is selected in PO. Freight vendor is same. For single line item of PO, 4 GR were

booked. In this accounting entries are correct , i.e. Inventory Dr , GR /IR Cr , Freight

Cr. I want to make IR for one GR with freight cost. I selected Purchase order

/schedule agreement along with line item, then select all information + planned

deliver cost lay out , then select delivey note. I selected required delivery note no. in

lines. when I am going to select another line for Freight cost , I observed system

took TOTAL AMOUNT OF 4 GRs (it accumulated all pending GRs ) . In this I need

to change freight cost manually for this one GR. Is there any way to do IR for

perticular line item , one GR along with freight cost.Check layout you are using in MIRO You have three otions to choose. 1.0

Goods/Serivce Items 2.0 Planned delviery cost 3.0 Goods/Serivce Items +

Planned delviery cost Let me know which layout you have choosed, that will

decides further probing.

You cannot allocate delivery note for Freight cost, you have to call in the bill of

lading for freight. pl see table below.

Allocation to:

More Allocation Criteria

Type of invoice items

Purchase order/Scheduling agreement

Multiple allocation

Goods and services only

Planned delivery costs only

Goods, services, and planned delivery costs

Delivery note

You can enter a delivery note number for every goods receipt. The number can

then be referenced later in the invoice for a goods item.

You can use the delivery note to uniquely match up the invoice by selecting goods-

receipt- based invoice verification in the order item.

Multiple allocation

Selection vendor

Goods and services only

Bill of ladingI am using Goods/Serivce Items + Planned delviery cost lay out.

I want to add planned delivery cost (freight ) to GR / IR account. For getting above

result I did as per following customisation :

1. I checked freight conditions. checked pricing procedure. Made one new account

key and assigned to this freight condition. Removed accrual key against this freight

condition.

2. Assign the same G/ L account no. which assigned to GR / IR accout (WRX).

Made PO. Did GR. In GR accounting are : inventory Dr, GR / IR cr , GR / IR Cr (this

cost is freigt). there are two lines for GR / IR.

While doing IR (MIRO) I found that system is considering only one line amount of

GR / IR , not two. It is taking freight cost amount which was converted to GR/ IR

another line. For doing correct amount of GR / IR in MIRO can change account for

that freight condition as WRX in pricing procedure. Is there any other implication.

I AM FACING A PROBLEM WHICH I HAVE TO SOLVE BY TODAY,SO PLS IF

ANYONE CAN HELP ME. I HAVE CREATED A TAX CODE(16%ED+3% CESS)

AND HAVE MAINTAINED IT IN J1ID CODE. NOW I HAVE CREATED A NEW

SCRAP MATERIAL AND MAINTAINED IT IN J1ID CODE. WHILE MAKING A

PURCHASE ORDER WITH THAT NEWLY CREATED MATERIAL AND

APPLYING THE TAX CODE IN THE INVOICE TAB AT ITEM LEVEL,I AM

FINDING THAT THE TAX CLASSIFICATION ISNOT TAKEN.

AT THE SAME TIME IF I AM USING ANY PREVIOUSLY MAINTAINED MATERIAL

WITH THE NEWLY CREATED TAX CODE,THEN THE TAX CLASSIFICATION IS

TAKING PLACE.

IS THERE ANYTHING WRONG WHILE CREATING THE MATERIAL? WHAT Have you maintained the input and output for that material and also the tax type

(full or partial) in J1id plz try the same.

we have a scenario that we have subcontracting PO and components are drawn

from the different plants in same COMPANY and when we are doing GR for that

PO we got the error as special stock O (vendor no) (material ) doesnot exist

message no M7076Before Goods Receipts against PO , First you have to issue material to

Subcontractor for processing. Then this error does not come. please try this.

how to get back the PIR for a material that is flagged for deletion.

Goto MD62 delete the pir for that material and save and than can do the mrp run

go to t.code:me5m

You need to remove deletion flag of material by using Tr. code MM06

Pls. check, There is no such transaction

when we have PO for 3 materials and when we invoice it we want diffrent TAX

assigned to each material.how do we do that

As soon as you Oder material with diff line items , you need to maintain tax code

respective to line item. This default information get flows to MIRO when you will

select line item to process for IR. You can check on TAX tab on header of

document. Hope this would have cleared your doubt

where to maintain condition groups for a material in IMG

can anyone send me mm-cin configuration and business process overview

You need to caary out configuration in Logisitics General--> TAxes of Goods

Movment --> India. Refer SAP help for Contry India version

Can anyone tell me how to find the change record on an Info Record? I trid to use

the ME13--> Extras--> Changes. But, it needs to key in a date.This is not what I like

because I don't know when the change happens. And, I don't want to check the

change on price. I want to check the change on other fields, like Minimum qty, etc.

Per me you are on right path. This will also display the qty changes too.

If I don't know the date when someone changed the mini qty, how can I find the

change record?try, me14 and make the date towards beginning of year that way you get a listing of

all changes.

Plz tell me how to create Graduated Pricing scale.

You can maintain in respective condition for purhcasing documents.

I have a problem while doing Good Receipt without any reference (OTHERS). I am

getting following message. "Cost element 191100 does not exist in chart of

accounts INT" Can anybody help me on this?

Go to T.Code-FS00 and put the G.L a/C no-191100 then

click the edit tab then You see top of the screen one

Tabb Cost Element and create the cost element.

I got the error -GR based invoice verification not active for line items 8-10 of a PO #

10004092. I tried to tick the GR-based IV flags in transaction code ME22N but they

remain grayed out when I tried to do so, even though the GR postings have been

reversed already. I checked on this PO in ME23 and noted however that the

garbage can icon is showing up for the line items 8-10. Can this be the reason why

I cannot select the GR-based IV flag? Please advise what should be done in order

to correct the error. Thanks in advance for your assistance. You can find the GR BASED IV tab in Material Master & Vendor

Master. You can go there and maintain it.

cancell the gr and go to the vendor (xk02) purchase data and check the gr base iv

box then check the gr base iv box also in p.o. and make the gr. i think it shoud

work. plz let me know the result.

yes that can be a possible reason as it Garbage bin says that this items are no

longer in PO so u can not do any change in this item. One more thing is that if u

have deleted this items before u do GR it should not be appear in MIGO.

Please check you have not selected the free item tab in the po for that line items

It is not possible in SAP one thing you do split valuation in This case maintain in

system same material in different valu.

We have seperate Material Types for Import Parts & Local Parts. Is it Possible in

SAP to keep the one material code for above types?. i.e. We do not want to change

the material code even material type is changed.

I need your help, hints on EDI. How to make the link with suppliers. I need a steps

by steps configuration and functional ideas.

Please provide Tansaction code & Path for Define Procurement type. In system

only 2 procurement types are defined. I want to create another

procurement type. so please tell where i have to go for the same. This field will

come in Material master record-> MRP2 View-> Procurement Tab

-> Procurement type.

How can one find table name for a field that is associated with some structure? E.g:

I need to find out the table name for field 'Delivery Note' in MIGO. Structure for

which is GOHEAD. Please help

Use the Tcode Se15 .Abap Dictionary -> Fields -> Table Fields. Expand the Tree

and Remove the Tick of the Views and the Pools and Cluster Table. Search Only in

Transparent Table. U get the Table Name.

when i tried to create a PO iam getting the following problem.I went to OB08 and

entered the specified date but still i could not solve it.Pl help in solving this problem.

"Enter rate / EUR rate type M for 20.05.2007 in the system settings Message no.

SG 105

Diagnosis : For the conversion of an amount into another currency, an entry is

missing in the currency conversion table."

Plz tell me what does Material activation means & how to activate it .

How can i see 1. who created the reservation 2. reservation creation date

The reservations created for a material can be viewed through T.Code MB1A.

Enter the TCode,give the specified mandatory requirements and select the tab "To

Order".In that screen it will askm for order numbers.Below that you will see a

column asking for material.Just give the material number and pressF6(Adopt) . You

will be able to see the reservations for that material.You can change the layout of

this screen and view the required fields. Please let me know whether it was useful

to you.

Please use MB25 it will definitely provide the info required by u

U can use mb25 for viewing all the required details.

do anyone have idea for creating a service entry sheet in ml81n and taking all the

line items of the po in the same Entry Sheet

You need to seelct PO Select New Adopt services from po. flag accepatance

Save serive entry.

while adopting service we can adopt a single line item from the po, i m looking for

adopting 20 to 25 line items of the po can u suggest something

Enter ML81N --> click other purchase order(above) , enter ur PO no. Then click

create button, beside that.. enter description of service of render. then below click

button service selection... enter ur PO no again.. then select ALL THE LINE ITEMS

OF UR PO..( AS U REQUIRE THIS) then select copy services.. then entry sheet

will have all line items of ur po. then click green flag (release), service will be

accepted, then note down Entry sheet No. then save.. then MIRO (t-code) select

PO preference tab.. select service entry sheet.. then enter that entry sheet no..

simulate & post..but when we enter ml81n and enter the po number it takes a line item along with it

it doesnt gives option for multiple line items can u please give me a screen shot

Sorry i am not able to do this. In my service PO in header there is 4 main line item,

and each main line item there is a 4 services , so total 16 services are there for the

4 Main service line items. I want to create the service entry sheet for all the 4 Main

service line items which is total 16 services. So how to go about that. Please

explain in details. Waiting for your positive reply from you

create a new entry sheet with reference to your Po. Click select service and then

services a pop up window will appear, give your po number and then check adopt

all then okay. Surely all services will be adopted from po

while selecting po in the first place when i click on other PO to select a po in ml81n

the line items comes with it ,if i one line item there are several services i can adopt

all but if in one po there are several line items i m not able to make SES for all in

one SES. i hope u understood the problem.

For each line you should repeat the same process as you did first.

do any one have idea of configuring a new unit of measure i have already

configured them in the transaction code CUNI ,but still i cannot see them in

mm01,do i have to assign them or carry out some others steps,please let me know

,a bit urgent

plzz throw some light on reservation, how to make a reservcation. wut is the

transaction to do this.

Run MB21 transaction

use MB21 to create reservation document.

MB26 to pic up material.

MB1A is to issue goods against reservation.

MB21 OR YOU CAN RESERVE THROUGH IW31 ( use L in the item category)

I want to Write a User Exit For the Screen MIGO. My Problem is User's Enter the

105 Date Earlier than the 103 Date. I want to avoid this. Is there any other Settings

in SPRO or i should Go For the User Exit.

We are working on both SAP & Web CRM.Now we got a task to connect both SAP

& Web CRM in such a way so that if i update any entry in web CRM it should get

automatically updated in SAP.Please help us.

While adopting services we can adopt a single line item from the PO. I am looking

for adopting multiple line items of the PO. Can You throw some light and

suggestion on same. Is there any customization setting on that. Waiting for positive

reply from you.

Can anyone tell me if there is any way other than FBL1N to see whether the

materials bill of a vendor has been paid??

U Can View the Bill Pass Status in Tcode MB5S. If the Invoice Ampunt is 0.Bill Not

Passed.Thank you very much.But do I have any option to view the same data only for a

particular period or posting date???Please clarify…

Can anybody throw some light on TAXINN Procedure Configuration changes

required for VAT and Service Tax Implementation. if anybody knows about the

releavnt SAP Note, please provide me. i will be very thankful to you. i need TAXINN

with VAT and Service Tax Conditions. Please throw some light on this.

Where are PO attachments stored ?

In T.Code ME2L

i ve created a stock transport order for a stock from plant1 to plant2..it created..now

i wanted to receice the goods using MIGO..when i choose the same PO as

reference ..it is displaying the msg as DOC contains no items..pls help me ..hw can

i reveive the material in Plant2.Try and receiving the materials against the "Outbound Delivery" not the P.O.

First check whether the Stock transfer Po is released or not? If not, Please release

it. Second check where Outbound Delivery is created against the Stock transfer

PO. Third check against the Outbound Delivery that the PGI is made or not? if not

then do PGI so that stock goes to In Transit.

Fourth you do Good Receipts against the Outbound Delivery at the destination

Plant where the material is required. This is the complete steps of Stock Transfer

activity. Please do this steps then you are enable to do goods receipts. Waiting for

your valuable reply from you.For the Case of Stock Transport Order, first we need to create a outbound delivery

using t-code: VL10b, then Post goods issue and then GR for the plant2.

The transaction code mentioned is for purchase orders-fast display.please specify

the correct code.(is it VL01n??)

No.. The T Code is Currect VL10B only.. for Purchase Order delivery. VL01N is for

Sales Order Delivery…

i have been working on Stock transport order. After creating a Stock transport

order, when i go to VL10B i don't see any delivery there?

Tcode For OutBound Delivery is VL01N

VL10N is the correct Tcode, u select ur S.T.O ,then create an Outbound delivery

Document ,Then pick the delivery quantity and do a P.G.I.,then in the receiving

plant ,do GR(MIGO) against the outbound delivery.

For delivery of stock tranfer the T.Code is VL10D & somebody trying VL10b i.e they

are not getting deliveries

After creating PO u go to VL10d there u remove the date & click on purchase

order there u give po no. click execute u find ur order with qty u select the box left

hand side then click on background then ur order qty zero it converted into green

then select the box green one again click on

dialog box black box next to backgroung then select the line click on documet u

will find the doc no. after this u can do PGI with T.code VL02N there u give actual

posting date & under picking u the qty then click on Post good issue. after this u try

Migohere i want to receive goods against STO, when i used ur process with my STO no,

in is displaying that list contains no data. pls help me to receive goods against STO.

when i created STO with some Qty, the same is appearing as open type Qty in the

receiving plant /Storage location. what is this open type Qty. i just want to receive

that open type Qty to unrestricted.it means in ur plant there is no stock for transfer u do one thing u can upload stock

by T.code MB1C M Type 561

I am doing MIRO invoice receipts. I would like default the currency as USD in the

MIRO scrren. Can anybody throw some lights on this.

if u want to keep usd default at the time of miro u do one think u can make the

changes in vendor mater in purchasing data there is order currency under that u

can give usd & save

While entering an invoice,the system is giving an error message'Maximum no. of

internal tax items is reached'.When seen the description it shows that you have

entered more than 999 items.whreas the total enteries are 345. when entered in

two steps i.e.,first 300 enteries and then the remaining,the system allows to do the

transaction.Check the Default values for Invoice Document how much it is ... might be it was

set as 345 only.. change it as required

Please explain me in detail or if possible give me the path.

u go to T.Code OBA7 select document type RE & double click u entered inti doc

type u find no. range code for eg.02 right side u click on number range information

then give company code click on display interval there u ckeck ur code 02. & check

the interval number that is finished or not

The problem is in no. of fields available for entering invoice items, not in the

no.range.

I have been trying to add a storage location for materials through tcode MMSC, but

prompted by following dialog message: "Material not fully maintained for this

transaction/ event." Thereafter, I've looked at material master transaction e.g

MM02, unfortunately only a few maintenance views are activated (as I found just

Basic Data and Accounting view). Is it the right path for me to add storage location

through this way?

How could I activated other maintenance status (as I need to activate Warehouse

Management view or Storage Location stocks view) ?

As I have tried to use tcode MM50 but somehow when I clicked the maintenance

status button the screen directed into MM01 (only a few maintenance status

activated). The system is in version R/3 4.7.What you need to do is goto transaction MM01 and put your created material

number there then select the views General Plant Data / Storage 1 or General

Plant Data /Storage 2 , put your plant and storage location and Just extend this

view to that material code and save the material number. Then You can use MMSC

transaction for extending the other storage location to that material code.

To be able to add new views in material master (e.g. MRP1, MRP2, Acounting

View, Storage Location etc) you need to extend the material of a required view. You

may use the MM01 or Extend / Replication Program. Then you could now add/

extend storage location or use the MMSC.

I hope this input could help to address your query

In addition to mm01, better you can use mm50 to extend the required views. In

mm50 you have field called "Maintenance status" from where you can select the

views. for example below;

B Accounting

K Basic data

C Classification

G Costing

P Forecasting

D MRP

X Plant stocks

F Production resources/tools

E Purchasing

Q Quality management

V Sales

L Storage

Z Storage location stocks

S Warehouse management

A Work scheduling

Please do let me know for further clarification.First create your material at purchasing level through MM01 then only you can

maintain SLOC through MMSC.

I'm having problem with the material master creation, I actually assigned a coding

mask on the config, which looks like XXXX-XXX-XXXXXXXXX. Afterwards, I assign

the material type to external number assignment with the same coding. Now, the

issue is on the creation of material master record a message keeps prompting up

which reads like Mess:BMG141 Entry is too long; format is XXXX-XXX-XXXXXXXX.

THe number and format is the same yet I still receive the error. Do I need to use

user-exit? If yes, do you want exit?

i have defined no. range and document type but i dont know how to assign this for

the PO or PR for which i have defined,plzz help me out.

go to purchae order type under type u have to assign no range

Please explain me where to configure procurement type. I want to create more

procurement type. This field comes under in MM01 in purchasing view. Please

anyone of you reply for this.Go, to split valuation, and create different procurement types, like Domestic,

Imports etcGoto-Production- ->>Material Requirements Planning---> >Master Data-->>Define

Special Procurement Type.

Please follow these steps first you select IMG, Logistic General, Material Master,

Basic Settings, Material Type. Now we can make new type of material.

What u configure in split valuation is Valuation Type... Not Procurement type..

Pl.correct urself.vineet is asking about procurement type, not material type. dont confuse

Does it make any sence???

why would u want more procurement types??...I mean arent external,inhouse and

both along with the various special procurement types enough??

standard procurement types are:

1) Consignment

2) Subcontracting

3) 3rd part

4) outline agreement

these are used while issuing Purchase orders and with the help of transfor posting.

IMG - MATERIAL MANAGEMENT - CONSUMPTION BASE PLANNING -

MASTER DATA - DEFINE SPECIAL PROCUREMENT TYPE.

Due to Seggregation we will be adopted different procurement types. Yes

I would like to run my consumption base planning. Pl send how to run.

i think imports&domestics will come under valuation(global )catagories, in house

production & external procurements types come under procurement( valuation)

types. may be i dont have much knowledge in MM

I have configured CIN using tax procedure TAXINJ. Did all the required settings in

customizing and also maintained all the values in J1ID. Also in FTXP I have

maintained 100% against the condition type JMO1. Now when I am creating a PO

the system is calculating ED as 100% on the basic value instead of 16%

maintained in J1ID.

I am new in this sector.Though I have lots of domain experience.In this moment I

am facing problem deleting a plant.How is it passible?Will anyone help me?

what is the procudure to delete a plant entirely from the company code?

As SAP standard we should not delte the plant, you can delink the assignements

which you made for that plant with other organisational elements like company

code, purchasing organisation, shipping points etc.. Hope it is clear, still if you want

any assistance on this issue please let me know.

u can delete the plant if no transaction done under the plant by T.code OX10 select

the plant click on Delete icon & save

But tell me Why we are not supposed to delete the plant. Waiting for positive reply

form you.

Why U should not do so, it is because a lot of transactions will be there to

close and finalise.

u can delete a plant if no transaction done under a particular plant

I have Written a User Exit For ME29N in Development Server.It is Working

Fine.But i Production Server it is Not Working. What will be the Problem.I have u

Give the Sln Today.problem might be with CTS(CORRECTION AND TRANSPORTATION

SYSTEM).TRY SE10,SE01.STMS

just copy the production client config. into development and then debug the

program .. then u can find the problem is it logic problem are any config. problem..

after creating an sto with delivery go to vl10b,give the purchase order no-execute-

on the next screen select our po and click the radio button -create in background-

click enter on info screen-select the line item with green traffic light-and click on

details-note down the sd document number. that document number is nothing but

delivery document num

can anyone give me details about how to configure third party subcontracting

process.

have u maintained the excise rate for the chapter id.? if not, maintain the excise

rate over there as 16 %. then it will take 100 % of 16 % of the base value. i hope u

maintain the other J1ID Settings properly. like material and chapter id relation. i/o

and o/p and material relation. excise parameters for the plant and all.

can any body tell me where I can change the quantity of decimals that I need to the

net price in a PO.?

Use transaction code OY04

Goto Main Main--->>System- -->>User Profile--->> Own data. You can set however

you want as per your convinent.

Do Transaction code SU3 , set the decimal points in defaults tab.

That's that I need, but, I've only this manner of do it. On the other hand, when I can

change the decimals point for quantity in PO?

Use transaction code OY04

I am working on setting up a subcontracting scheduling agreement. I am now stuck

at the point of receiving in the finished good. When i try

to receive the parts in i get the following msg "Account 650085 requires assignment

to a CO object". but when i assign a CO object such as a cost center to the account

then the parts do not go into my inventory. Can someone please explain to me how

i can do a MVT101 on the finished component from the vendor and put it into

inventory??u do one thing go to that particular material master select view costing1 under that

fill cost center Since this is Subcontracting type..u should use movement type 101 with special

stock indicator 'O'. Try and lets see whether u could solve it

out...Also what i understand from this is whenever you are doing subcontracting

type of GR there is no question of any account assignment ans

thus there is no cost centre. try with movement type 101+'O'.

i dont have the option to receive in the finished part as 'O'. The two sub

components are type 'O' and are mvt543. And if i were to receive the finished part

in as type 'O' then wouldnt that put it in "material provided to vendor" stock?

MVT 101 IS FOR INVENTORY AND DOES NOT REQUIRE COST OBJECT

ASSIGNMENT. THE COST OBJECT ASSIGNMENT IS REQUIRED FOR MVT 543

UNDER WHICH THE SYSTEM CONSUMES THE MATERIAL SENT FOR SUB-

CONTRACTING. PLEASE DO THE FOLLOWING STEPS: 1. ASSIGN COST

CENTER IN THE GR FOR SUB-CONTRACTED MATERIAL CONSUMED IE SUB-

ITEM OF THE MAIN ITEM. 2. GIVE A DEFAULT COST CENTER IN

TRANSACTION CODE OKB9 FOR SUB-CONTRACTING CHARGES ACCOUNT.

Thanks for the help Kailish, i was able to receive the parts in now. But i have one

more question. Right now we are only using subcontracting for 1 line/cost center,

but if in the future i want to use multiple cost centers how would i be able to set up

multiple cost centers for subcontracting and how would i be able to pick the correct

one upon receipt?

ECC 5.0 We are running standard SAP batch program RLINV050 to create and

activate cycle counting inventory documents. There does not appear to be any

parameters for printing the count sheets for those inventory documents. Standard

SAP program RLLI0400 does not have any selection parameters and does not

support any variants. Online transaction LI04 does support any variants for picking

the warehouse, storage type, printer, etc. How do run a batch job that will create,

activate AND print inventory documents? Any help would be greatly appreciated! !!!

I HAVE A PROBLEM IN DEVELOPING AN USER EXIT FOR ME21N. CAN

ANYONE PROVIDE ME A COMPLETE PROCESS ON HOW TO CREATE AN

USER EXIT FOR ME21N

can anybody explain me what is dunning procedure? How it is used in sap(mm).

It is a reminder letter it is used to remind the customer abt their dues

i want to create the new material , relevent to that initially i need to create 1)

NEW company code 2) new plant 3) new purchasing organisation can some

one suggest me the same how do the same step by step procedure would be

helpful.For Company Creation SPRO -> Enterprise Structure -> Definition -> Finicial

Accounting -> Define Company For Plant Creation Tcode is OX10

U Should Assign the Plant to a Company. For that SPRO -> Enterprise Structure -

>Assignment .

No u cant assign plant to company u can assign plant to company code

i hav following problems while creating the release procedure for the purchase

order type........ can any body explain the release prosedure for the purchase order

with an example.( using 3 strtigies) what is the procedure for assigning the object

to the assignment to class/ classes. what it mens " no assingment for the classtype

032"? how to solve this? "XX is not in the table T16FS" ------- ???? i can see the

"XX" code in the table T16FS but still it is showing an error. how to solve this???

I had extensive experience in release strategy configuration and considering its

complexity, I don't think it can be explained simply by email. My suggestion is bring

an MM consultant on-site and let him configure your system.

We are at material and maintenance consultancy organization and providing

consultancy services in the area of : MM & PM

MM

Master data set up and global data maintenance

- Data cleansing, enrichment, and conversion

- Material master data preparation

- Material coding and cataloguing

- Material standardization

- Vendor master preparation

- Data Dictionary

- Base data preparation

- Materials functional audit

- Spare parts management

- Inventory optimization

- Inventory audit & analysis

- Warehouse management

- Physical inventory and optimization

- Project material handling

- External service management

PM

- Master data set up and global data maintenance

- Asset hierarchy build / Functional location

- Equipment master

Can anyone please help me understand the consequences of deleting a

Purchasing Group? If there are open SAs or Info-Records, would this affect?

Can some one help me that MM-FI balance comparison.It shows like, In a sme

co.code 1000 MM SAP is showing balance difference in Inventiry accounts for MM

& FI. We have executed report RM07MMFI . MM has value 691,583.50-INR FI

has value 1,244,444.97- INR THe difference 9,567.27-INR The difference is

also be seen through MB5B and FBL3N How can it be manged to match the

difference as Zero. Can anybody suggest how to do?Can you please tell how you ran the report RM07MMFI?? Iam not able to find it

out.(No such report in SAP)

This is a sap developed program.Here i have attached the screenshot. How can

we match the diff.of the MM-FI?

This is program name ,so goto SE38 ,in the program field give this RM07MMFI and

Execute it (F8).

My company is upgrading from 4.6 C to ECC 5.0 . In my company they have an

issue with MIRO.Due to that in 4.6 C also they are using MRHR for posting invoice

transactions. But in ecc 5.0 MRHR transaction code is not available.How to resolve

this issue in MIRO of ecc 5.0. The following are reasons why they use this tran

code (MRHR) in place of MIRO in 4.6c :

1. when invoice has shipping charges which are not taxable.

2. when the PO has the G/L account 110420 with Asset # (Contra account:

acquisition value could not be found).

In miro of ecc 5.0 the above issues to be resolved. Please find solution.

how do i create UOM kgf/mm2 , in t code CUNI , where do i enter the conversions

is there a report where i can get the exact qty of material issued to cost centre

work centre Asset

use MB51 and then select movement type 201 for cost centre

plz help me gurus 1. how i delete PO 2. how i change of main vendor, plant

delivery vendor & vendor's amount in PO after MIGO & MIRO. 3. how can i genrate

pending & completed MIRO report date & month wise.

1) You can delete the PO by deleting all the items one by one in that PO. 2) You

cannot change main vendor You can change the amount in PO by first reversing

the MIGO ( mvt type 102) & MIRO & then in ME22n u can change the amount in

PO

I have a scenario where a material is plannesd in one plant say 1100 but due to

some problem it has to be processed in second plant say 1200, how to complete

the pp & mm cycle?We do not want to create stock transport order.

You have to do Stock transfer order there is no option as you cannot map the

subcontracting scenario in plant to plant of same company code.

So your option is Stock transfer order and do the PP cycle and MM cycle once the

stock transfers in b/w plants

Please tell the complete steps of this process. As per your reply suppose we do

Stock Transfer PO between plants. Give the complete steps of the PP cycle and

MM cycle once the stock transfers in b/w plants.

1) Once the Stock transfer Order is created by receiving plant , the supplying plant

supplies the material through 351 mvt type to recieving plant then there the

receiving plant will do the GR w.r.t that STO

2) So stock updates in the receiving plant then there the PP Dept will creates the

Production order with BOM structure and then the finished product will be produced

by using this materials supplied by then plant.

3) Then the supplying plant will creates one more STO for that finished product to

other plant, then that plant will process the same 351 mvt type doc and sends the

finished materials,so the supplying plant will recieve the finished product in there

stock.

Don't confuse here supplying and recieving plant , this are 2 mutual process done

on the same procedure in both the plants.Thanks for giving complete process. I want to know the complete process of Inter

Company Stock Transfer. Also the related Customization if any. Lastly the detail

difference between the Intra and Inter Company Stock Transfer. Explain the

accounting document generated in the both the process. Sorry i am troubling you.

But you can detail answer whenever you have a spare time. I know that you do not

have spare time, but please to give the detail answer for this question.

I Have Written a BADI .I want to Attach this to My Program. Can AnyOne Help Me.

Please tell me where to define valuation grouping code. I know thats the part of

financial department, but still if anyone knows pls guide me.

You can define valuationj grouping code in IMG\Materials management\Valuatio n

& a/c assignment\a/ c detemination\ without wizard\group

together aluation area

just go to spro-materials management-valuatio n and account assignment-account

determination- account determination with out wizard-group valuation

areas(valuation grouping code).Try OBYC.

While running MB5B ( Stock Posting on date ) for a material 600061( Moving

Average Price – 221.10 INR defined in material master ) for valuated stock we

observe amount to be 221.10 INR per unit as defined moving average price in its

material master. Now if see valuated stock through transaction MC.9 for the same

material valuated with standard valuation option in MC.9 ( used for moving average

price defined materials) , we observe amount to be 138.60 INR instead of 221.10

INR If we run do valuation with Material Ledger active option in MC.9 than the

amount comes 221.10 per unit as equal with MB5B transaction. What could be the

reason for this . Please explain at earliest.

There could be many reason. One reason which i know is such that… If material

value or material moving averrage price is increased/decreased through TCode

MR22. then this effect is included in MB5B but this effect is not shown in MC.9.

Thanks for your reply. Please find snap shots for MB5B and and MC.9. In our case

the moving average price of this material is never changed since last 3 years and it

is always procured at 221.10 INR. While running valuation in MB5B for last 2

months the material the valuation comes to be 221.10 INR , but in MC.9 for same

period it comes to be 138.60 INR with standard valuation. Since the price is always

same than why is the difference . Can you list out number of probable reason.

I have a problem can any one take me through this problem? I have 3 company

codes for my client and I have to assign a purchasing organization to only 2 of

these company codes. Can any one tell me if this is possible and if it is so then how

can we do it?

Iam facing following in the below given scenerio. I want to make freight cost entries

to GR / IR account. I am facing problem in tax procedure, condition is not

calulating. Changes in Pricing procedure: Add one new condition for freight qty.

based, removed accrual & key for

this. This cost adds to Basic cost. It is OK.

Changes in Tax procedure:

In this I will deduct freight cost before applying duties like Excise etc. by adding one

more condition, so that it will work fine.

In that condition,

condition class: Discount & surchages,

Calculation type : qty. based ,

Condition categpry : Freight

Access sequence : JTAX

taken as negative.

I addthis condition in tax procedure before Excise.

Made condition record (we are using TAXINN).

When I made PO in tax. procedure value is showing for single, but it didn't calculate

based on qty.

I want to know can we do without SUBROUTINE or not. If so pls. let me know.

For ur understanding I am sending screen shot also. In the screen shot problem is

with last page.

Can any body tell how to write routine in tax pricing procedure. What information we

need to give to ABAP. My requirement is given below :

I want to make freight cost entries to GR / IR account.

Changes in Pricing procedure:

Added one new condition for freight qty. based, removed accrual & account key for

this. Now cost adds to Basic cost. It is OK.

Changes in Tax procedure: In this I want to deduct freight cost before applying

duties like Excise etc. Here I want to write one routine to deduct this freight amount.

can any body suggest how to write . what codes needed. Does I need to write in

requirement or Alternate condition type or alternate condition value

understand in the material master there is a field to indicate if the material is A, B

or C item. However, we would like to do 2 kinds of ABC analysis for each material:

1) based on 'dollar volume' (price X total qty issued)

2) based on 'transaction volume' (no. of goods issued transaction)

First analysis can help to set inventory policies, second type can help to optimize

storage location in warehouse for example. Can SAP R/3 support multiple ABC

analysis on same material ?

can any one help me out to answer these questions,

1.wat is the hierarchy of an SAP Functional guy and where do i fall in this

hierarchy?

2.Is it possible to configure delivery date based RFQ comparision?

3.Is it possible to configure the GR date as our required date?

4.What is the advantage of two step and one step plant to plant goods movement?

5.Wat is the difference between mvt type 303 and 305 and 351 and 301?

6.wat wil be the a/c doc when goods issue ?

7.By seeing the PR is it possible to say whether it si MRP run PR or manual PR?

8.Why do we have valuation area as plant other than company code?

9.explain about SLA?

10.Where do we give the procurment type in which view?

11.where do we configure order unit?

12.In STO how price is taken?

1. Project manager ---> Module lead ---> Consultant(Function al)

2. This is possible with the development.

3. Through user Exit

4. Advantage of two step movement, is to track the material.

5. 301 is single step material transfer from Plant to Plant where as 303 Stock in

transit 305 is receing of the material in the receiver plant.

351 is the movement used when there is a devliery or shipping point.

6. Material account and offset account will be to the cost centre or storage location

based on the movement type.

7.In the PR we can see in the display of the item details in the Contact person tab

you can see the creation indiacator.

8.In the Given compan y code when many plants are available inorder to track the

individual performance, it is always to go with Plant as Valuation area.

9. SLA is Schedule line agreement is one of the outline agreement and it is the type

of PO where specified material for which quantity is required and at what time it is

required. These individual schedule lines will be creatred as individual PO's as and

when the time of GR.

10. I cannot explain properly.

11. In the Purchasing view, if the base unit of measure and Purchasing unit is

varied then we have to give the conversion factor.

12. Price is calculated from the material master. If the company policy of transport

cost to be added to the material then we have to add in the GR/IR account.

Can any body tell me regarding Forerign Trade Imports scenario. What all things

we maintain in this. Kindly help me regarding this.

Address is larger than the space provided in the pre- printed stationary invoice slip

provided by our client, how to adjust the font, that fits for print out sheet of A- 4

size.kindly tell me how to adjust the size of layout. is there any need for ABAPer, to

work on re-sizing of the layout of the slip, which is suitable for taking printout ?

kindly sugggest how to dot this layout adjustements.

When I have tried to post Inovoice the system give me following error The entry

1000 1000 is missing in table T043G 1000-Vendor 1000-company so plase tell me

solution for this error think the vendor 1000 has not been made for co code 1000,the masterdata is

missingU go to vendor master & just check u assign reconcillation account or not

you have to create vendor master record centrally through T.code: xk01, here u can

mention vendor name or number and company code

How I change base unit measure after cration of mmr

for changing the uom ,there should be no open pr or po or contracts or even stocks

etc...,first u have to delete them and than only can change the base UOM.when u

try to change the UOM in MM01 the error will be diplayed and when u click on the

display errors u can see why u cant change the UOM and what are the open

documents.Changing base unit of measure (UOM) in material master is very tedious and

complex task. I have sent this message in the past and I am sending this again.

Here is an outline of what needs to be checked and done in SAP. This is

mandatory and must be completed if you need to change the UOM.

1. Production Data: If it is a finished good or a component of a BOM, then remove

BOM, remove assignment to Routing, delete production versions. Delete any

process/production orders or complete then and set status to TECO.

2. Purchasing: the deletion flag must be set in all current and old purchase orders

and purchase info recs. Delete entries in source lists, contracts and outline

agreements.

3. Planning Data. Delete any forecasts or planned independent requirements or

SOP/Flexible planning plans.

4. Sales: Cancel or complete the process for any sales documents (eg orders,

deliveries). Remove or disable pricing records.

5. Warehouse Management: Cancel or complete transfer orders, transfer

requirements, posting change notices. Ensure that no negative bin stock exists that

cannot otherwise be balanced by other positive bin stocks.

I have 3 company code 1000, 2000, 3000

CCode 1000 has 2 plant. Equipment had been booked under 1000, plant 1. MRP

has been run. Material received.

Now I want to produce the equipment under Ccode 2000, which is a Special

Economic Zone and also I want to dispatch the material through CCode 2000 only.

Try changing the delivery plant in the Sale order. - Tranfer all the materials to the

plant in the company code 2000.

Hi go stock transfer to company code 2000 and to transfer to plant do inter stock

transfer and dispatch the goods from the CCOde 2000.

I have gone thru MASS transaction and I have the following questions:

1. I dont see an Object for mass-updating Contracts. How can I add/create an

object to resolve this problem. I have 1000+ contracts where certain header

information need to be changed.

2. I saw object BUS2012 for updating POs. However, I have a Z-field (Cost Center)

in PO header, and this field is not being updated through MASS. How can I add the

Z-field so that this field is also changed with new value in all my 2000+ POs. Any Actually, there is a mass contact t-code:MEMASSCONTRA CT see if that helps its

object BUS2014

1. Can anybody help me how to view PLA report or Balance of PLA 2. Without

GR no. how to do JV entry to adjust the balance of Basic & Ecess either dr or cr.

Can you pls give me an example why i need to create new movement type

it is use to move the material from one place ro another

Let us say that you have production activity but have not got PP module, you need

to self produce mango juice from mango stock. you will need to create material

types [by copying from others] to

1. consume mango stock to the appropriate GLs

2. Recieve mango juice into stock from appropriate GLs

take care both GLs are P&L GLs in this example.

there can be many more such examples. Oh and yes you will need to create the

propper reversal movements for these movements you create.

i hav join sap mm module 10 days ago. can anybody tell me in mm module, how

implementation is done.

WHAT DO YOU MEAN BY IMPLEMENTATION?

Can you pls give me some idea for USER EXIT. Can you pls give me an example.

Can anybody tell me how to create service PO for a material with material no?

Senario:

I created a material with material type HALB & material group 001. Now I want to

send the material for service. I can't able to create a frame work PO with item

category D. How can I create?Looks like you are sending your material for subcontracting. In this case you may

have to use item category " L"

Could anyone pls inform me how can i get a report with PO creation date, PO total

value and PO number using standard SAP feature

ME2L and ME2M, ME2L

how one can see the total landed cost of po i.e.including delivery charges in

standard report

plzz tell me how do we define inventory posting account that is used in automatic

account determination( AAD) in BSX.

we can do the cofig part in OBYC there we define n configure.

in OBYC how do create new account in BSX,if we r giving new account than error is

coming

How to get the material overview on a particular day.

Use MB5B & mc.9, Use MMBE transaction

Friend I'm facing the following problem : We have 2 materials in our database , but

this materials are exactly the same.(same description , same usage as well.) The

company decided use 2 materials because we control batch. Now we need to

planning material (purchasing purpose) based on stock of both materials. Does

anyone knows an way to MRP run looking into stocks of material A and B to

planning them ! like an unique material ?

Could I do that ? I have found user exit EXIT_SAPMM61X_ 001 , could I use it to

Please explain me the GRIR entry. Specifically with moving average price and

standard price. Also if there is any difference in the entries when the variance exists

Refer SAP help. It will provide all illustrated examples what you required.

please give me t code of p.o. cancel and j1iex desplay

to cancel po use me22n and delete all the line items

Your question is not clear. for canceling PO . Use ME22N. Delete line item. J1IEX

used for posting /capturing/Cancelli ng excise invoice.

please give me T CODE of RG1 production & despatch report grade wise

Please use T code J2I5 first and then use J2I6

I need help in configuring a Return PO. I want to default the Returns indicator to be

flagged when document type Return PO is chosen. This would help when there are

many line items being returned. As of now I have looked in SPRO -> GR/IR control

and the R indicator is marked as required. Any suggestions?

How do you configure a movement type to be non-value updating? I have used

transaction OMJJ to create a new movement type from 501 & 502 but do not see

where to change the value updating flag. Is there another transaction? Any help

would be greatly appreciated. We are on release

4.6C.

You are refering correct transaction. Select respective movment type -->Go into

accounting grouping --> Select indicator of value updation.

The indicator is grayed out there. Transaction OMS2 allows you to change it based

on material type.

Can anyone elaborate the difference between transaction key BSD and BSX. And

where do we use BSD.

At the time of closing entries in the quarter or year end account dept will create the

supplimentary stock account to accomodate the certain valuations like

taxes,commercial into one single account this is what they maintain for BSD

transaction event key, At the end they will add up this supplimentary account(BSD)

with the stock account (BSX) to determine the final stock account

Thanks for the info. Would you know what particular transacion does the

accounting dept need execute in order to perform valuation adjustments? And also,

would it be possible to provide documentations and specific business case for

better understanding.

Please I want report of all PO's how i can run in which report

You can go for ME2L or ME2M and choose selection values for particular vendors

or material groups as per your requirements. ME2N

You can also use T Code ME80FN

Can you pl explain me,how to create Service Catalog and Service Specifications.

Please let me know a SAP TCODE to view GR(Goods Reciepts) Report for a

particular period. Use T.Code MB02, MB1C, mB51

Please let me know a SAP TCODE to view Nonstock Goods Reciepts (Account

Assignment = "F" & "K")

Why can't you try txn cd " me80fn" / me2n /me2w /me2k

Please tell me the use of purchasing value key in purchasing view of material

master. How it controls over and under delivery,

please see the following Purchasing Value Key is useful for setting reminder for

the material you can find in material master in Purchasing view.

Purchasing value key determines the following things:

1) Reminders keys- There are 3 keys which determine in how many days before or

after the vendor has to be reminded or urging letters for the material procurement.

2) Over and under deliveries tolerances. 3) Order acknowlegdement

requirements in PO.

It gives all the conditons in which the procurement is made. You can have different

purchasing value keys which has to be customized in IMG - MM - Purchasing - MM -

Define Purchasing Value Keys.

Need your valuable help on following topic. I have maintained taxinn as a tax

procedure and for taxcode v1 16% Excise 2 % ecess. After GR following a/c entry

appears: A/C No. A/C Amount

24340000 RM&bought out comp 116.00

13110100 GR/IR-ext proc 116.00-

Where 160 is the excise duty. After MIRO--

A/c No A/c name Amt.

1 31 KONIPEX Konipex Engg 130.86-

2 86 13110100 GR/IR-ext proc 116.00

3 99 24340000 RM&bought out comp 16.00-

4 40 13113920 CENVAT clearing 16.00

5 40 13113920 CENVAT clearing 0.32

6 40 13113310 VAT INPUT @ 12.5 14.54

from entry it is clear tht GR/IR is credited for Excise duty 16% and RM debited with

Material + Excise duty then cleared to Cenvat a/c during IV.

Actually

RM material should be posted for material cost only during GR and during miro only

cenvat clearing ac should be posted for excise duty.

Plz help me to configure tht. I have checked OBYC, taxprocedure allsettings for

CIN , unable to find theproblem.

what is the importance of gr based invoice verification? what happens if u tick mark

in vendor master/material master? what happens if u not tick mark in vendor

master/material master? please explain me in detail

There are two types GR base IV PO based IV Incase of GR based IV, the

reference document is the GR document or delivery

note.Here all the documents pertaining to the delivery note or GR document are

proposed for the IV. Incase of PO based IV the referencce document is PO and all

the GRs pending for IV will be proposed during IV stage.

am not able to cancel the Invoice verification document using MR8M for specific

document which is posted in the previous year. I am geting the

following error. Invoice document 5101000308 cannot be processed further

Message no.M8422

Diagnosis

The invoice document 5101000308 contains the purchasing document

4500005989, and the item 00010. You cannot enter the invoice for

this item, or you cannot cancel the invoice document. This can have various

causes, for example:

- The PO item is locked

- THE PO item is flagged for deletion

- Another employee is currently processing the purchase order

- The purchase order has not yet been released

- The corresponding service entry sheet has been deleted

- For a held invoice for planned delivery costs: the vendor in the held invoice does

not match the vendor in the purchase order condition or

with the vendor from the purchase order history. This is because the vendor in the

purchase order condition has been changed in the meantime.

-> In this case, you can no longer process the held document. You can use report

Z_MRM_DELETE_ PP from note 501905 to delete the document. We checked in

PO also, we have not deleted the item or flagged for deletion. Now I want to clear

the GR/IR account. Can anyone help me in this regard.

Hi! Try to issue a Credit note... on MIRO…

I tried in MR11. This type of GR/IR pending is not showing.

Sometimes this may happen,ie.,the invoice cannot be reversed because of non

availability of stock of that material currently also.So please check whether

sufficient stock is available for that material.Otherwise, you can use T.Code F-02 to

pass a journal entry giving effect to the same amount as mentioned in the

invoice,and then you can knock off those items through T.Code F-44.

Please reply whether this was useful to you

What you had given is for clearing the Vendor Account. I want to clear GR/IR

Account. In Import case, we do Clearing Invoice verification first.

After that we do MIGO posting. In this case we have done Invoice verification, but

MIGO posting has not been done. So GR/IR account is showing as debit amount. I

want to clear this GR/IR clearing account.

Use t. code MR11

You can generate a credit memo for the invoice in MIRO itself.Please try it and

inform whether it was useful.

I tried in Credit Memo also. It is showing error. I have attached the error message.

Kinndly check the attachment.

You can follow the procedure what I said earlier,but instead of using T Code F-

44(Vendor Clearing),you can use TCode F-03 (G/L clearing) and give the FI doc

number of the Invoice ver.doc and the journal doc number to clear it off(You should

use the GR/IR A/c ledger code). PLease let me know whether it was useful.

can anybody explain what is Automatic Account Determination

Can anyone help me with table names for the following data.

1.Invoices made by Vendors for a particular period.

2.Materials for which 105 mvt has been made for a particular period.

3.Invoices which have been booked through T.Code MIRO for a particular period.

Materials For 105 Movement MKPF - Header,MSEG - Details Invoices VBRK -

Header ,VBRP - Detail For MIRO BSEG - Detail ,BKPF - Header

I need to change a material from CBP based planning type to Regular MRP based

planning. I changed the following in the Material Master

1) MRP Type from PV to PD

2) changed the MRP Profile suitable for Regular MRP

3) Changed the Forecasting type from G --> N

Still the material is being planned under CBP mode.

I am new but I am guessing that the material still has an entry in the planning file.

Try doing a consistency check using OMDU and this should

delete the invalid planning file entries and would add the changed materials. It

might work.

Can any body through some light on difference b/w ME27 and ME21N....mainly

User want to use for Stock Transport Order ...can any body help?

Usually ME27 is for creation of stock transport order (Intra Company), and by

ME21N you can create all kind of POs including STOs.

Can u tell me user can use ME27 for STO Purchase Orders instead of ME21N...i

would like to know whther ME27 is outdated like ME21....Basically user happy with

ME27 bcas data entry is easy in that for many items at a time..If any major differnce

is there let me know...Business team/Owner needs to decide which transaction they would like to use.

Technically they can use both ME21 & ME27, but if they use ME21N, they would

have many advantages, and they need not to go for different screen/transaction

everytime for different kind of orders. I would recommend you to go for Enjoy

transaction instead of old transactions. if u want a stock from one plant to other plant by means fo PO, we need to go for

ME27.ME21N, here we can go for a normal standard PO, consignment and

subcontract.

Generally Me21n is use for domestic stock transfer & ME27 is for stock transfer

from out side country…

I think the better option is to go with the latest transaction SAP has provided. Who

knows, down the line ME27 may not be supported by SAP.

i created a PO for a material with consignment type..but when i doing Goods

receipt with MVT type 411K..it is giving error message :purchase info record not

found with the Pur.org .. but actually i've created consignment inforecord.. but still

that msg i am getting ..hw can i receive goods..pls guide me

1.Why do yu want to do GR with 411K. It should be 101K. 2.Please check the

validity of your info record.

While the creation of Inforecord, the Pur Org should be of Standard one, which U

can define using the following path: Spro - Enterprise Structure - Assignment - MM -

Assign Std Pur Org to Plant

what I think there is a difference between GR with 101K and GR with 411K. If you

do GR with 101K the stcok goes to vendor consignment unrestricted stock for

which there is no accounting document also and it is not in the plant unrestricted

use stock, while with 411K goes to plant unrestricted use stock from which you can

issue to concerned department. Correct me if I am wrong.

You are right

We need to send the material from sales order stock to subcontracting

stock.Material is having serial number.

Please do Transfer Posting through Mov. Type 411 'E' and move the stock to

unrestricted use (free it from Sales Order stock). Then use Mov type 541 for Goods

issue to Sub-contractor.

plz explain me the concept of vendor subrange in detail wat spro setting we have to

do in customizing

Can I see in SAP report of Production Break downs or breakages. Did SAP generat

any report this purpose.

I am new to this group We use t. code Me21n in Real time what are the field

required to fill for prepartion of P.O. i required details step. When we receive the

Invoice, If we find P.O value differ from Invoice what are procedure to follow.

can any body plz explain about the taxinn nd tax calculation nd plz give me the

path.

Img - Financial Acctg - FA Glob setting - Tax on pur /sale

thanks for the reply,but i need the path for fv11,plz reply asap.

which tax procedure you are using ? TAXINJ or TAXINN ? FV11 is used for

TAXINN while OBQ1 for TAXINJ

You need to define condition type : OBQ1 While calculation schema for tax

calculation can be defined by OBQ3. then only respective condition types with

schema will be available in Tax code maintenance : FTXP

Please gimme some idea about message determination in MM. Step by step

configuration is appreciated.

spro-materials management-logistic s invoice verification- message determination-

maintain conditions-change conditions.

xk03-purchasing doc.-ers check invoice tab of po item details-ers check run ers in

mrrl with ers vendor.

i think u r wrong about.as u write about the ers check , means evaluated receipt

settlement(ers) , without posting the invoice , the system will take the invoice if u

checks it in pur.data in vendor.

I want to use reference condition type for taxes. when i m giving condn as a

reference condition & when try to craete PO the condition

will not appear in condition tab in PO. I want to make all tax conditions in pricing as

reference conditions i.e. when i will make condition records for taxes that will

automatically flow in pricing.For pricing conditions : T code : M/08 & For Tax conditions ( TAXINJ ) : OBQ1

How can i have a report on all the PR's which are yet to be released. Is there any

standard report. It should show which release's is affected and which haven't and

the documentr status. If i wanna take help of ABAPer for own reports what are the

tables i should search for.me5a is the t code for verifying the pending PR's

Try T code ME55

You can develop a query by using table EBAN there you need to set the layout as

per your requirement. also take a help from ABAPers regarding which will be

helpful to you.

I need a material to be blocked only for procurement. i should be able to release a

production order for this material. What settings should I change in the Material

Master for blocking the material for procurement.

In material master's veiw (MRP2) --> E In-house production F External

procurement No procurement X Both procurement types Choose E procuremt

typeIn the material master in the basic view screen you can set the cross plant status

field as Blocked for Procurement,

IN MM02, in the Purchasing view in the feild Plant specific material status we can

select either for procurement or for total block.

Block the material in source list, if only one vendor is supplying that material.

i request you to kindly share the general Implementation problems in MM . This will

help the guys who don't have implementation experience.

From my whatever experience, number ranges are not usually well taken care of.

Many of them cannot be reset once you have the master data in the system like

Lexicographic, Vendor number ranges etc. So make sure from Number ranges

perspective you are good to go. Other things are like maintaining source lists, quota

arrangements and conditions. Make sure that during the As is - To be analysis, you

gather the requirements on how to include freights, customs duty etc. We havent

done that before and we are fire fighting alot these days.

WANT TO A REPORT OF A PARTICULAR DATE & MONTH WISE WITH

FOLLOWING DETAILS… 1 WITH OPENING & CLOSING QUANTITY

2 WITH RECEIPTS & ISSUES QUANTITY 3 WITH OPENING & CLOSING

VALUE 4 WITH RECEIPTS & ISSUES VALUE BUT I DON'T KNOW T-CODE.

PLZ HELP ME.You can all these details by using the standard report MB5B transaction

I want to download MB5B report at everyday night @ 12'o clock into my local

system/sap server. Is there any possibilities to schedule a background job and

download the report in excel format in my pc/server automatically.

Please go through as per the below steps

1. Goto Trans -> SM36

2. Define a job with the report name and variant if any

3. Click on start condition in application tool bar

4. In the pop-up window, click on Date/Time

5. Below you can see a check box "Periodic Job"

6. Next click on Period Values

7. Select "Other Period"

8. Now give '15' for Minutes

9. Save the job

When i am getting the output, the date on which the output has been ran is not

appearing in the report. How to setup the same.

I have customised the screen of SAP material master,Under foreign trade import

customization is for excise data now actuall I don't know how to transport this

screen in material master i.e in SAP user menu

We are Material Dept People.We are working on both SAP as well as web CRM

.Please tell me how to link both this software so that if i make a entry in web CRM

then it should get automatically update in SAP.

Iam Booking the vendor invoices for materials under TCode MIRO.Iam using the

doc.no generated during 105 mvt as a reference.I want to check whether MIRO has

been made for all 105 documents.Is there any standard report linking the two

documents.Or if I can make a Quickviewer, What are the tables that I have to link??

Step by step procedure will be helpful.MB5S : report of GR/IR balances.

The scenario is like that- all the Purchase orders should be released by the

Manager and if the P.O. value is above Rs. 50000, then Auditor should release the

document after Manager. I have tried my level best but both the conditions are not

satisfied at a time you can add one more characteristics in release Strategy as PO ValueBy that you

can COntrol the same as per u asked for.

This can be done through Workflow; you have to change the workflow; so that

when auditor release; manager should receive the workflow workitem.

I want to know that what is the split valuation and how many types of valuation exist

in my SAP ERP system.

With split valuation, we have the option of differentiating between partial stocks of a

material according to particular criteria and handling them differently, regarding the

valuation, within a plant. A split valuation may be necessary in the following cases:

1-When the stock of material from in-house production has a different valuation

price to the stock of the same material from external procurement

2- When the stock of a material is to be distinguished by quality and the value is

also determined depending on the quality

3-When the different batch stocks of a material have different valuation prices

For every valuation type, there are two types of data in the system, as follows:

1.Valuation data (for example, valuation price, total stock quantity, total stock

value), which is defined for every valuation type at valuation-area level and applies

to all dependent storage locations.

2. Stock data, which, like batch data, is managed separately for each storage

location. If a material that is subject to split valuation is also subject to management

in batches, its stock data is not managed by valuation type, but rather by batch.

Every batch is assigned to a valuation type.

The stock quantity, stock value, and valuation price for all valuation types are

managed cumulatively at valuation-area level.

The split valuation can also be done depending on the origin of the material.

Example: Value of the procured material from India could be different and material

purchased from other country could be different.

Here split valuation is simplified

1.0 You need to activate split valuation: T code : OMWO

2.0 Define Valuation categories and Valuation type and local categories: T code

OMWC

3.0 IN MMR assign Vlautation category in Accounting view. Maintain MMR then for

plant level and valuation type.

4.0 Pin PO select valuation type on delivery Tab.

5.0 In goods receipt it will take according to valuation type in PO

6.0 for Goods Issue : you need to select the valuation type

Interviewer will ask following questions :

How you will configure : Answer : step 1 and 2

How you will maintain split valuation in MMR Answer : Step 3,

How you will use split valuation for ordering materials Answer : Step 4

How you will carry out GR/GI of Split valuated materials Answer : Step 5 and 6

I want to maintain an inforecord for split valuated materials I created a catogery

type as

valuation catogiry = z valuation types = A external B internal

i want to maintain split valuated materials for a & b

can u plz explain me step by step how to maintain inforecords for materials from

External & internal Assign ur catagory to aterial & then assign ur Valuation type in Info records

I have a specific query to you all. How many maovement type are there in Standard

SAP to provide stocks to a sub-contractor. As fer as my knowledge goes there are

3 ie 101 O , 561 O , 541 O Is there anything more than that ?? If it is then please

let me know . GR for individual components through movement type: 501 or 561 ; GI to

subcontracting vendor: through movement type 541. ; GR from sub contracting

vendor: through movement type: 101 ; Movement type 543 is displayed to cancel

the material cost account. Mvt type 121 for Susequent ADJUSTMENT.

I WANTO CREATE A CONSIGNMENT MATERIAL AND WANT TO RECEIVE

MATERIAL FROM THAT CONSIFNMENT TO UNRESTRICTED. .PLS HELP ME

WITH DETAILED STEPS..I AM GETTING ERRORS WITH MY PROCEDURE

create material master record for consignment material(mm01) and maintain

inforecord (ME11) for consignment material, info catagory as consignment. create

PO (ME21N) select item catagory as consignmaent( K) and post it, recieve the

material through MIGO(101) transaction, post it. then goods are automatically

posted into vendor consignment. check the stock over view (MMBE). here we can

see material at vendor consignment, check the the material document. here we can

see the the movement type,what system would be taken.

NO accounting documents will be generated during MiGO transaction, once you

issue the material to consumtion then only A/C documents are generated. check it

out, and mail to me what kind of G/L accounts are generatedu want to create a consignment material but acc. to me i dont think that

consignment material will be created. bcz u can create a material for only mat.type

and industry sector. consignment material is a special stock type that u store .u can

create a material and then u can store it as consignment stock in info.record.ans.of

q2.- u can moves the stock type of consignment to un rest. by using movement type-

343 and for reversal 344.

WHEN I AM DOING TRANSFORPOSTING WITH 411k FROM CONSIGNMENT

..ERRORS

1) "CONSIGNMENT INFORECORD NOT FOUND IN PURCHASE ORG"..

2) VENDOR IS DETERMINED AUTOMATICALLY (WARNING) COMING..

BUT I VE CREATED PO (WITH THE HELP OF CONSIGNMENT INFORECORD)

TO THAT MATERIAL WITH CONSIGNMENT ATTRIBUTE AND IS SHOWING AS

CONSIGNMENT STOCK IN MMBE TRANSACTION. BUT UNABLE TO DO

TRANSFOR POSTING HOW TO SOLVE IT..PLS HELP ME..IF I AM WRONG You can solve this problem by maintaining std purchase organisation

hw to maintain std pur org..when i go for assigning std pur org , iam unable to do it(

which is non editable mode)..pls help me

Kindly explain me the configuration steps for creation of cost centre , profit centre &

cost element . Kindly also explain the relation and the significance of these terms, if

possible.KA01 for creating Cost element & fr creating cost center KS01

Thats ok, but whether I need to configure something on the spro before making

creating the cost centres and the cost element etc. using tcodes ka01 & ks01 and

how ? A step by step will be appreciated

These configuration to be done by FICO consultant. The T code provided are

configuration t. code. For more details you need to visit controlling section of SPRO

That true, it needs to be configured by a fico personnel. as I am working on ides, I

need to configure all these fico relevent settings , while working with a newly

created company code , not with 1000 etc. I have ventured in the Controlling part,

but nothing much could be achived. kindly suggest me the configuration steps in

controling.

We have problem in bill passing for VMI items Fund is being consumed during

consumption of material and also during Bill Passing .We are issing Consignment

Stock through Movement type 201k and MRKO transactionfor settlent and not

MIRO

What are T.code for interest paid to vendor and interest received from the customer

and what programe have to run. interest payment to vedor whether to post T.Code

F-58 or through APP If it through APP how to make payment

When create P.O t.code Me21N what are the configuration have to MIGO and

MIRO and what is required field to Fill and how it is used since I am new to the

group i require details informationAfter creating PO with T. Code Me21n you can run Migo with Goods Receipt and

Purchase order, ensure that the movement type is 101. after doing GRN, run the T.

Code MIRO and reference the PO. System will propose the amount which you can

change .

In SPRO, we r creating purchasing groups which we r not assigning to anywhere.

Then why we are telling that Purch grps comes below Purch Org. in organisation

structure. A purch Grp can be used with any Purch org and any plant or company

code.Puchasing group is not assigned in enterprise strcture. Puchasing group help for

reporting purpose. Pls. let me know if it is wrong.

Purchasing Groups can also be used in: 1. Release strategies 2. Output

determination 3. Authorization

Purchasing group is group of persons/buyer resposible for purchasing of

materials,it is maintain in Purchaing view in Material Master before maintaing it you

have to specify plant.it is maintain at Plant Level Pls. let me know if it is wrong.

In my openion Puchasing group can be used for purchaser order of any plant. MMR

can not restrict you on this. Pls. have your valuable suggestion on this.

please note that purchasing group in not part of the organization structure as you

said it can be used across the SAP organization structure

Purchasing Group is just like a label for our identification purpose for the

procurment of materials and it will come under Purchase Organisation and we can

use across the plant. Normally Purchasing Grp is for the identication of persons

who is dealing with what kind of materials. for example, in big organisation, for

Mechanical related items, we have to identify the buyer(Purchaser) who is

responsible and with whom we are able to contact for the procurement of materials.

as per RIL, purchasing GRP are ME1 - for mechanical spares, ME0 - Electrical

Spares like that.. for the easeness of identication of persons(buyer) who is

repsonsible for the procurement.

We are working in Material Dept.We are working on both on SAP as well as Web

CRM .Please tell me how i can link both this software so that if i pass a entry in

Web CRM,then it should get automatically update in SAP.

Use t code CF8M to link CRM to R/3

Thank you for providing the T CODE,but will you be able to make me understand

this transcation step by step.

I have received certain quantity of a material through 501Movement type that is

goods receipt without PO refference & now i want to do

Invoice verification for the same,Kindly guide me how could i go about it. Plz tell

me whether i will have to do MIRO or any other Transaction code for settlement of

this material receipt. Plz reply at the earliest as Tommorrow (12.06.07) is my

presentation at client site.You can settle this type of goods reciept through by entering in vendor invoice

settlement , so you can use the transaction FB60 --Enter the vendor invoice, here

you can post this directly to the vendor account, so need any reference document

like PO etc... so post directly to Vendor account in FB60

while doing GR from 501 mvt type, enter delivery note above say. 123xyz. Then go

to MIRO, in PO reference tab below select delivery note, then

infront of that enter that delivery note.

501 mvt is used for stock adjustement or at intial stage when ur starting

implemntation to get stock for material. I donot think u have to do any transaction

like miro501 is not used for stock adjustment it is used for GR without reference to PO some

times we need to purchase the materials without PO but need to book for inventory

that time we use this mvt type and the invoice will be processed through FB60

transaction.

561 is the mvt type used at the initial stage for stock upload to sap system when u r

starting the implementation,Mvt Code 561 is used for initial loading of inventory in SAP (from Legacy). For GR

with Mvt 501, you receive settle the invoice using FB60.

delhimk <delhimk@gmail. com> wrote:

We are looking for a person who is having around 10 years of functional experience

in purchase / planning / stores and at least 2 years in SAP

environment. Compensation will be based upon the merit and experience. Location

is Uttranchal - Haridwar Please send your resume in Doc stating current CTC &

Expected CTC.

When we receive the material we will make following entry Raw Material DR

100 GI / IR a/c cr 90 Excise payable 10

I Ecise payable of Rs.10 will shoud take in RG23A credit What is procedure for take

in Credit of RG 23 A and please send the what are Excise configuration are with

T.Code If consider you are procuring CENVATABLE material of Rs. 100.00 with Excise tax

16@ BED , 2@ Educess and 1% Higher Edu Cess and 4% Sales Tax

Then following will be entries

GR : Debit Rs. 104.66 : Stock Account basic price + ST

Credit Rs. 104.66 : GR IR

Part 2 entry while GR

CENVAT ON HOLD 8.24

Higher ECS 0.08

ED PAID 8.00

ECS 0.16

CENVAT CLEARING -16.48

For credit transfer use code J2I8 for configuration : SPRO --> Logistics General -->

Tax on Goods Movement --> India

Could u pl. tell me how to introudce Batch Management for already existing

material ? I have tried by putting tick in the Batch Mangement in material master

,after making zero in STOCK qty & P.O Qty , But system not allowing me to

change by giving the Following reasons "Storage Location and Stock is already

exists " Expecting ur immedite answer .

Could u pl. tell me how to do mass deletion of assinged subcontracitng chalaan for

particular material and particular P.O. ?

Batch is activated at the time of creation of the materials. now in your case the

material is craeted and you want to activate the batch. Issue all the mataerisl athat

are there in the stoc . The stoc level (MMBE) for that material should be zero. After

doing this in the change mode of the material Master for that material , put the tick

for the Batch. The batch filed will be there in many views like Plant data . It needs to

be activated in one of the views . Hope this will resolve your problem.

There has been some changes in the address details of our company. Whats the

effect if the Master data (in IMG) is not updated with the same.

For documents like Inv / DN / Sales order / C/n / PO, I've changed the address in

the form layout.

I have a question about maintaining the material description in the PO instead of

material number. can you tell in which case this is used. I created a PO with

material description( without any material number) which is a asset item. then i

created GR now i do not see any stock avail for the GR material. is it std? if i have

to do a return GR it gives error saying no qty available.Generally used for consumables. or material which does not have materials code

and used for consumption basis.

GR of Asset is cosumbales and no valuated

the asset is not the stockable for any company. It can only be capitalised.

So how to return it back? imagine the same material description maintained for std

account assignment still there will be no stock received at time of GR so nothing

can be returned also. how to overcome this?

In this case when you do the MIGO for Asset PO, Asset gets capitalised. Now if you

want to return this to vendor you have to do the IV and after doing IV, This asset

will be retired by FI module and accounting entry will be done thru FI.

I am not sure what your concern is. I had a similar condition when I created

a PO and tried to do MIGO it said there are no items in the PO.

Is this what you are getting?

I am working on reorder point planning and getting puchase requisitions in ME57.

how can I assign these purchase requisitions to scheduling agreements and by

which transaction code I can confirm the assignment.

Can any body explain to me in detail about the Release Procedure if possible with

a simple example and the relevant steps which are involved in it?? I am a bit

confused about it.This qury were answered by member. He has provided link for downloading

document. It is really nice one. Pls. serach on group.

Purchaing Group is group of buyers/persons responsible for purchasing of certain

materials/sevices. in a Plant While maintaining purchasing group in purchasing

view you must specify plant Let me know,if i am wrong

give the clarification for TAXINJ and TAXINN is it both are same also explain how

to configure with T.code

Both Tax procedure are diff. either of one can be used in system Pls. visit spro in

your system To create Tax code use T code : FTXP

TAXINJ -> Is STD Formulae based Tax procedure For

Country India

TAXINN--> Is STD Condition based Tax Procedure for

Country India

You can choose one of the above for your tax

calculation in MM / SD Pricing ( This is thru the TAX

Conditon type UTXJ- Taxcode for other country like

Germany / Japan its is MWST)

T code Description

OBQ1 - Define TAX Condition type

OBQ2- Define Ascess Sequence

QBQ3 - Maintain Tax Procedure

OBYC- Maintain Acc Keys

OBCN - Assign GL account to Acct Keys

FTXP - Maintain Tax Code

Assign the Tax Procedure to the Country ID in

Finacial Accounting - Global setting- Tax on

Sale/ Purchase - Basic setting

Extremely comprehensive. Appreciated for posting.

I want to know what is use of Classification view,How it Create? how to create it

class,characteristi cs?is it possible to have bdc program for uploading

characteristics for all Material?

Does any one has gone through the additional excise duty for domestic purchase of

imported goods (ZADC ) in ECC6.0. How to go about the config ?

I have a problem in 412 E move ment type. once the goode are being transferd to

sloc to sloc ( to a sales order) . before do the goods movement moveing average

price has changed ( T code MR21) Then do the MB1B transaction. after being done

the trans action material document (MB51)still show the previous value. how this

new pricecan be included . Is it a configuration cvhange or costing config. If so

please let me know the steps. . Is it possible to change in VK12 .

can any one tell me, how tax code is linked to pricing schema? Or how tax comes

in to purchase order?like excies...cdt/ vat/servie tax......

Tax code is linked with Tax calculation procedure. You need to maintain tax code in

po . Standard program calculates then taxes on po.

the tax code is linked to tax procedure which in turn linked to the company code. for

GL ac determination the tax is linked thruogh transacton ev key VST through

condition type MWST/MWAS

I defined some scrap qty in planned order for repetitive manufacturing and process

order in MFBF. Please tell me By which transaction code I

can see that scrap movement or material consumption (MT 551) for that scrap qty.

I delete TAXINJ. Can any option to recover the deleted entry

My Problem is the User is Entering the Posting date less than Docuement Date

while posting the 105 document..

I want the Posting Date to be Sysdate.The User Should not Change that.if He

Changes , the Error Message Should be Displayed that the Posting Date shouldbe

Sysdate.

Is there Any Configuration Settings or i have to go to User Exit. i have Wriittne

coding in all the 8 User Exit. It is not Working.What shall i Do ?I think You can use TCode OB52 to open or block different periods for posting.If

you keep only the period in which you want the entries to be posted as open,then if

the user tries to posta document in a different period,system will show errort

message. Correct me if Iam wrongOur Users Post the 105 Document Earlier than the 103 Docuemnt Date.i want to

Avoid that. What Should i Do For that.

There are different ways to resolve your problem.You try the following one if your

not satisfied i shall tell you other way.

Method:1

IN spro>mm>Inventory management and phy.inventory> setting for enjoy

transaction> settings for goods movement>field selection for miro>here you select

GOHEAD-BUDAT as display mode.

This problem will come when you are posting the GR documents at the beginning

of the month, as at the beggining for the financial purposes the

FI guys will not close the posting periods for the previous month, so the stores

users will have some documents pending when they are receiving the goods at the

end of the month so they have to book that goods for the previous month only

otherwise it will be problem to inventory, so users

change the posting date to previous month.

You can set this field as display mode as per mani guidance (below) in IMG

settings by using transaction OMJX (ver ECC 6.0) but will create a problem at the

month beggining for closing the accounts of previous month for pending GR's so

take care and consult the concerned dept and advise them whether they need and

take further step

I need your help. Here is the procedure and error message. In tthe inventory

sampling, I want to set up cycle counting ( T-Code:omco) , I can not put a new

entries for my plant, the system give me the following error, see the screen dump in

the attached ffile.. My factory calendor is updated for this plant.

You can't send attachments in this email group. They all get deleted before we get

the email.Include the error in the main body of your email

acco. to me i think u go to the relevant material master and select the cc indicator. it

also related to plant.try this.if i am right then revert back to me.

Pls guide me that how to maintain the pricing conditions in Blanket PO for the

consumable materials or services. I have also given the limits for the same.

It is advisable to delete the existing material group or is there a way that someone

can put an indicator for whatever reason that can be to block/disallow any user to

make use of that particular material group in the system. Bearing in mind that there

might be open docs, ie. Pending invoices/Open Orders etc.

Is it possible to change a IM location to WM level? What are the steps?

I want to know the difference between Deductable tax and Non-deductable tax in

which situation this both be used.Moreover i also want the CIN notes if any one

having this,please send to my mail i.d.If any one send its very helpful for me ya....

Nice that ur doing controlling part.

Use OKKP to set up controlling area

use KS01 to create cost center

use KA01 to create cost element.

First in OBY6 set all ur company code details like fiscal year variant, field status

variant, chart of accounts,etc. .

then go to OKKP, to maintain controlling area. then link it with company code.

then after controlling area has been set, create cost center from KS01 t-code in that

control area.

then use KA01 for cost element means GL account say G/L 400000

then go FS00 (g/l account maintenance) enter that Cost element that u created say

400000

enter company code.. then press button " Edit cost Element" above in that screen.

then enter ur cost center there.

Is it there any way to set a default value for the Price Unit field when creating a

Material Master Record?

I am giving details of my scenerio. We want to add freight cost to GR / IR account.

Presently we are making PO with settings : GR based IV and freight condition. PO

made & 5 GRs done. While doing MIRO in Std. SAP we can't do delivery note and

planned delivery cost. For this reason I select purchase order/ schedule agreement,

item no. then lay out goods services + planned delivery cost and delivery note.By

this all open GR details will come , I selected required delivery note.

"When I saw another line for freight it shows accumulating all 5 GRs freight cost."

This is problem area for customer. Whether he has to accept all cost or elese

manually change this freight amount. In this whole process they are wasting much

time in processing. For that reason simply they book amount in unplanned delivery

cost & complete MIRO which is correct way.

For this reason customer wants this freight cost to hit directly GR/ IR A/C

To do this I tried following way:

Made freight condition in pricing procedure with manual has priority

+ve

Cond. class:Discount or surcharge

cal. type : qty

cond. cat: delivey cost

without accrual

add this condition in pricing schema without accrual key, manual.

Made another condition

manual has priority

-ve

I tried setting value update indicator at account grouping but it wouldn't allow me to

as it is greyed out. could you please tell, how one could chnage value or quantity

indiactors as they are greyed out. any programming required

I have tried out again on system. When you will copy movement type then select

copy all entries. As soon as system goes into section update control and wM

section , you can select /delect both indicator for each entry with and w/o special

stock.

The purchasing organization is further subdivided into purchasing groups (buyer

groups), which are responsible for day-to-day buying activities.

A purchasing group can also act for several purchasing organizations. Purchasing

organization can be maintained at Plant level/company code level/Corporate level.

While Creating Master data-Material Master,while Maintaining Purchasing group

field,you have to mention plant,thus it get directly allocated to respective

Purchasing organization of Plant/company Code Thus if you have assign

purchasing org. at company code level,there should not be any error.

i have one error while recieving the G.R i'm facing the problem of Excise Tab is not

available.Check Whether the Material Has Tax. Check the Entries in J1iD.

maintain chapter id, exice duty, educess, h.cess in t code J1id by this u will get it

After JIID entries, check whether you have filled excise details in material master

(foreign data imports - purchasing view details and also

CIN details of vendor master

I want to get a list that is material number and its planning material number. Does

anyone can give me some advice ?

try MB52

MB52 gives warehouse stocks of material on hand. I think this is not the specific

answer to the question.

Please try MD04 and MMBE

while creating data i am getting the below error. system error in routine

FI_TAX_CHK_PRICING_ DATA error code 13 function builder TAX2

I'm getting error while posting G/L. I did not touch the tax section, still I'm getting

this error...

"System error in routine FI_TAX_CHK_PRICING_ DATA error code 13 function

builder TAX2".

The description of error is:

"System error in routine FI_TAX_CHK_PRICING_ DATA error code 13 function

builder TAX2 Message no. FF769

Diagnosis

A serious program error has occurred.

System Response

The current processing step cannot be carried out.

Procedure

If the program error occurred

In a standard SAP program, then create an OSS message i don't know the exact location of the bug. but i came across the error. and it is

related to the company code and tax procedure. get necessary help from ur FI

consultants. if u do for some other company it'll work nice.

I have a problem regarding printing of Contracts. Contracts created in the

production server using Tcode ME31K are not getting printed

despite having all the message settings right. The output type, device, form ..etc.

are all in place, similar to those in the settings for PO's which are getting printed

successfully.

first what is valuation class ? where valuation class in material master entered ?

and how G/L account and commitment item assign to valuation class ? It is done in

MM or FICO module Valuation class is something related to account Dept. It will create a problem while

updating MRP views if this is not maintained.I hope this is ok?

Could anyone give information on KANBAN and how to implement it.

KANBAN System is used for controlling the material flow, which is based on the

actual stock consumed in production. (It is a visual control system). A different

terminology is being used in SAP-KANBAN which are given below:

The work center / Super market storage location that requires the material is called

Demand Source.

The work center / Unit stores / Vendor that is responsible for manufacturing the

material is called Supply Source.

The link between supply source & demand source is established by Control cycle.

Control cycle will have details of no: of Kanban, Qty per Kanban, Who is the supply

source, Mode of JIT CALL Transmission etc.,

When Kanban becomes empty in demand source, a message called JIT CALL will

be sent to the supply source.

CAN ANYBODY HELP ME IN CREATING USER EXIT FOR MIGO? MY

PROBLEM IS WHILE DOING MIGO I WANT TO HAVE A CHECK ON THE

DOCUMENT DATE SO THAT WHENEVER A MATERIAL CHALLAN ARRIVES

AFTER ITS ORIGINAL DELIVERY DATE MENTIONED IN THE SCHEDULING

AGGREMENT IT WILL BLOCK ME TO DO THE GR.

I am trying to create a PR for a material with master record , where the items are to

be procured for two different cost centres, by the use of multiple account

assignment with distribution according to quantity. But, while trying this , I am

finding the single account assignment selection as the default in the item menu

under the account assignment head. I cant make any changes and select the

multiple account assignment. Can u guys can explain the procedure ? Is it a

system problem or else?Iam new to this group and SAP MM as well. I have a suggestion in this regard. In

the Item Detail - Account Assignment Tab- did you clicked on the icon for changing

the Single Account Assignment to Multiple Account assignement? ?

We can make a settings like some of the G/L accounts(cost element here) can be

defaulted for some valuation class to avoid end user confusion of entering the

correct G/L account( Cost element) in the Purchase requisitions and Purchase

orders. So in your case this is the problem,(most cases in the Non stock items,&

Non valuated Material types) So take a help from FI guy and check which accounts

has been assigned. This is not a System problem,as this is preconfigured G/L

accounts and the FI guys knows that which materials need this G/L account

number no need to worry, but for your information please check with FI guys

we are implementing now SAP R/3 4.70 system, and i am the administrator of the

MM module. I got the LO020 manuals for the MM module, but i heard that their are

more specific manuals for MM module like LO515,LO520, LO525,LO540, LO55,

LO510, LO925,LO930 and other more manuals for Inventory Management. I

wonder, can any one help me and give me web site to download these manuals as

PDF Files, or can any one send me these files. thank you alot for your support.

Which website did you download the ones you are having?

I tried simulating the scenario on my system. i did the same thing, system wouldn't

allow me to tick the value/quantity update indicator even at update control/wm

section. the system copies all and wouldn't stop at update control and wm section.

if u did it right, would u send me the screen shots please?

Please provide the procedure for goods receipt through inbound delivery. Please

expalin what actually is the Goods receipt through inbound delivery .

Can we define a New Item Category ..if yes ..where ?

its not possible to define new item catecories in standard system bse there s no

option for provided to do so.

Does SAP Support Open tendering process for Vendor Selection. I men in my

clients scenario. For vendor selection process for any material starts with

advertisement of tender innewspaper. Vendor replies back with his quotation. After

receiving technical and commercial quotation, the organization go for technical

bidding and those who qualify in technical bidding they contest for commercial

bidding. After commercial bidding, comparative statement is prepared and then

purchase committee approves the vendor. The problem is that any no. of vendors

from any where can give their reply to the tender as it is a government organization.

So, how to map this process in SAP as we are not directly sending RFQ to the

vendor, instead he reply back with quotation directly once he sees the

advertisement in newspaper. I want you all to suggest me whether to keep this i can suggest u to go for bidding RFQ by doc type AB. by doing this u can have

some idea.For open tendering in SAP, we have to have an seprate desk for creating vendors

in SAP as soon as the RFQ comes for a particular tender on paper. Otherwise we

cant maintain data in SAP for that vendor, Second step will be creation of RFQs for

all quations. Technical comparison cant be done in SAP, there shall be diffrent

team of expert who decided whos fit and whos not. After that only selected vendors

will be there for commercial bid.

Second option is SRM, or E-tendering, where Tender will be posted on the website

and registered vendors who will have user ids and password will login and maintain

there quations on website. The only solution of open tender where any vendor can

quote is instant creation of vendors in SAP.The exact process oof Tendering is not supported in SAP and we have to do it

outside.I have been working on this area for quite some time trying to find out how

to integrate the Tendering and Rfq PROCESS(AS PER GOVERNMENT

PRCEDURES)in the SAP and we have done some development work on this

specific area.There still would be an issue if you are closing a Service PO's that has not used all

committed funds set aside in PO#. Selecting the delivery complete check in the

PO, as shown below, does not decommit the funds for a service PO. . A "Final"

entry must be made on the service entry sheet. That is the only way to decommit

the funds if not all dollars are used in the service PO. .

Can any one guide me how to close PO in MM?

Tick delivery complete indicator in PO .

i have read in help file that, you link the tax procedure to MM via a condition type

NAVS, which we mainatin in mek1. and this will help in automatic determination of

tax in purchase order. and also in PO, item level, invoice tab, we have a feild for

taxcode... i am looking for how that particular tax code came there , eventhough i

have other taxcodes which are having tax category as INPUT tax. hope you got my

point.. the same procedure is done for the sd part also, they use the cond:type utxj

to link to tax procedure... ..

U can see planning file in MD21 with material and planning file. And if MRP has

been run for any material, planning file is automatically created,u can see in MD21

U can also create ur own planning file in MD20

anyone suggest me that can we have release strategy for material type/ qty or else

which is not found in the structure CEKKO. it was asked in 1 of my inteview.

my 2nd query is when we do inter STO, while GR what is the difference between

refering the PO or refering the outbound delivery. in system both are accepted.

as per my knowledge there is no release stratergy for mat type.

2 nd question the sto in GR is only when you want to block the stock which is

supplied by the vendor.

if the answer is correct ples revert back

but how u can say it s for blocking the stocks while doing GR in STO? my question

s by refering both by PO or by Outbound delivery we can recieve the Stock in inter

STO. what s the difference between them?

When you enter the GR w.r.t to Outbound delivery the system will picks the

quantity whatever in the Outbound delivery means the exact quantity you did

the PGI(Post goods issue).

When you enter the GR w.r.t to Purchase Orders the system will show all the

ordered quantity(full qty of PO) that you mentioned in the PO and you need

to select the quantity of entry that did for the PGI ,

So always better to do the Inter Company STO GR w.r.t to Outbound delivery,

other wise you can inward all the open quantity from PO if you do w.r.t PO

I think you understand the difference b/w among them.

How to blcok the plant for procurement. We had closed one plant. I need to block

the respective plant for purchasing only.

Can you please help me in this regard.

Set the Plant-sp.matl status 01/BP as blocked for Procurement for that particular

material in the Material master data in the Purchasing view screen so that you can

block that material for any further purchasing

I want to block entire plant itself, not material.

Can anybody give me detail information about how ABC Analysis done from

transaction Code-MC40 process

I had posted this message earlier on the group but I have not yet received any

advise. Kindly help me on this issue, please! I have a problem regarding printing of

Contracts. Contracts created in the production server using Tcode ME31K are not

getting printed

despite having all the message settings right. The output type, device, form ..etc.

are all in place, similar to those in the settings for PO's which are getting printed acc. to me first get it release it, then u wil able to print it.make it i am wrong or right

plz revert back to me.

Thanks a ton for your reply. However, the contracts are released successfully but in

the message output the indicator is set to RED colour when we try to print.

Strangely enough, some Contracts are printing while most of them are not, all

having the same config settings in SPRO.If some Contracts is printing and some are not printing is not the problem of SPRO,

Better check the transaction MN08 i.e messages condition records means the key

combination for the Output is correct or not with that Pur Org, Vendor, and

Document type, And also you are telling the message indicator is showing the red

button so better check this message condition record.May be combination is not

working properly. First check this transaction MN08/MN09 then get back on the

same.

Ihave a dought plz clear Iraised a P.o with gross price = 25 rs Fright value = 10

rs when ever i'm doing G.R system was posting

Gross price into mat a/c & fra1 into fright clearing a/c But i want 25+10=35 should

be posted into mat a/c Can u plz clear & tell me what pre-defined settins can be

donethis frieght charges and extra duties u just congirute it in info record from there u

pick the details to PO then it will cumulate

as ur problem, in gr posting enter rs 25 in mat. a/c and rs 10 in

freight clearing a/c but when u are going to post the invoice then enter

rs + 35 in vendor a/c and mat.a/c rs -25 and fri.clearing a/c rs -

10. i hope u understand, if i am wrong then revert back to me and right

Can anybody help me Return Process in Intercompany STO like what are the pre

requisites like configuration required and process in details.

I would like to seek a help. Our dept planning to change the structure to commodity

buying or by category (i.e. Electrical, Mechanical, Instrumentation and OThers).

However our purchasing group classified as per Department (i.e. IO3-

>Maintenance, IO4-> Engineering, IO5-> Operations) If we are going to change the

classification of purchasing group it will create a resistance from the end-user. So,

we will not change the classification. From the SCM side how we could classify

and assign to buyer the commodity buiying.

Do we need to add an additional field during the creation of Work Order. Example

E = Electrical M = Mechanical I = Intrumentation

Which field in Master Data to be configured (Material Master) ? The category would

be populated to PR, PO and also in report.

From that perception the buyer could see or run a report for relaease PR base on

the commodity / category field as we mentioned above.

I need your immediate suggestion and feedback as soonIn SPRO you can configure that,i mean under creation of purchasing group you can

put description as a buyer instead of mantenance and just keep the I03,so now the

new config will be I03=the name of the buyer

A possible solution is to use Material Group, you need to maintain this in Material

Master and it will be copied to your PO upon creation. Reports and authorization

can also be set at material group level.

Other than the material group what other parameters we could use?

I got one mail from client. It is a word document. In that word file, client has inserted

on excel file (by icon) My other team mates can open it on their PC. But I can't open

that excel file. (I can open word file) Seems there is some problem in my PC's MS-

Office - Excel Programme. I think it is related to Macros. Security level i changed

for Macros (low, medium, high). Still can't open file.

Open file name with All files / Excel file once u open ur excel sheet Just place ur

cursor at font menu bar in the excel file and change the font it will get open, try and

see. It is nothing related with macros.

Yes I agree with Satish. When others can open that file in their PCs, then problem

could be with your computer only

Does anyone knows a way to charge MRP Áreas into the system ? I‟m not able to

find other objects, like direct input , idoc, bapi etc… tried to work with batch input

but several errors occur !

Use have the same material master in two different Plants. Plant A and B. We are

trying to remove the Batch control to material in only one Plant (B). But after do that

, Plant A and B remain without this flag activated. I think that system is having a

wrongly behavior. Does anyone have passed for this situation ? Does SAP is right

?Check if the Batch Management is enabled at the client level. If so activate it for

only Plant level in OMCE

Can Service Entry sheet be used for Service Management, without setting up the

Service Master Data. If so any leads to the basics of using Service Entry Sheet will

be greatly appreciated at the earliest.

In our organisation MRP gives schedule lines. Our production controller did a

mistake he entered wrong production order into the system. He ran the MRP it

gave schedule lines later he realized that he did a mistaake. How to solve this

problem.

Ours is a process industry. MRP gives schedule lines for weekend as well but, we

dont want to receive any goods over weekend. We want to receive only

weekedays. How to fix this problem. Can some one explain step by stem

Ours is a process industry, we have some expensive motors. We buy those motors

and also we get it repaired, it depends on problem. In house person examines the

motor creates a work order for repair in that he includes what are the components

need to be sent to external service person along with Motor. We have two purchase

organizations and two info records. One for purchasing and other for repairs. We

work with reservations. When ever we run MRP it picks up the reservation on motor

and creates PR. The purchaser has to change the item category to sub contracting

then store person has to send Motor along with components to service person. This

is the business flow.

Here I couldn't understand how to differentiate PR for new motor and repair. The

only way I could understand is by email Maintenance person has to send an email

to purchaser with PR number and components required to be sent to service

person. Can some one suggest me any other options.

Use t-code NACE

in priceing procedure ( M/08 ), make necessary settings like in freight condition,

click statistical button. Save. Now in PO u can see that freight cost is added to

material cost.

For inter company STO, u need to maintain company code clearing account in

OBYA,

could any one explain the important movement types used in Inventory

management, and also give complete overview of how it effects on material

valuation and accounting documents,and also give picture of how G/L accounts are

allocated to particular movement types.AS UR QUESTION I KNOW THAT A LARGE NO. OF MVMT TYPE ARE

THERE.SO ITS IMPOSSIBLE TO DESCRIBE ALL OF THESE. BUT I AM GIVING

SOME.

101- GR FOR PO

201- GI TO COST CENTER

301- TRANSFER OF MATERIAL FROM ONE PLANT TO ANOTHER PLANT

343- MATERIAL MVMT FROM BLOCKED STOCK TO UNRESTRICTED STOCK

344- ,, ,, ,, UNRESTRICTED STOCK TO BLOCKED STOCK

AND I AM GIVING U HOW MOVMENT TYPES CONFIGURE.

STOCK TRANSFER

PLANT TO PLANT STIRAGE LOCATION TO STORGE LOCTION

TRANSFER POSTING

1.STOCK TYPE CHANGE- QUALITY STOCK TO BLOCKED STOCK LIKE THIS

2. BATCH TYPE CHANGE

3. MATERIAL NO. CHANGE- OLD TO NEW MATERIAL

4. PHYSICAL MOVEMENT OCCURS

MATERIAL VALUTION:

WHEN GR OCCURED MATERIAL STOCK INCREASE AND IN ACCOUNTIN

DOC. U CAN

SEE MOVING AVA. PRICES CHANGES WITH EVERY GR OR GI.

ALSO U CAN SEE AFTER EVERY GR THAT U GO TO THE ACCOUNTING TAB

pls give me a solution for the following scenario: In purchase order i have to set the

Document date in '*DISPLAY'* mode. how can i make this possible. and also let

me know how to set the remainig options(Required and optional) for the same

document date in purchase order. i checked the screen layout for purchase order

but there is not field entry in the name of document date. pls give me a solution

how to do this.

You don't have the option to set the field document date as per options in the

SPRO settings for Screen layout for Purchase order in the SAP standard process.

So what you need is contact the ABAP guy , and ask him to do Screen variant for

this ME21N transaction for the field document date. This can be done through that

screen variants there you will have the options -- Required, invisible, display only

and optional.

So take a help from ABAPers, its simple for them.Thanks its working fine

Can you plz tell me the basic settings for implement reorder point planning for

consumable(' C' class) items and how it will work.

What is RTP?

Kindly give an example for our understanding

RTP is nothing but returnable transport packages. eg:ballets used for carry the

milks in milk shop. after selling the milk it is returned to the owner

that is the property belonger.

The company orders goods from a vendor. The goods are delivered with returnable

transport packaging (pallets, containers) that belongs to the vendor and is stored

on the customer premises until they return it to the company.

reorder point are of 2 types manual and automatic it depends on mrp type that is

mrp type indicator vb for manual reorder point and vm for automatic reorder point.

I am very new to MM field.Our industry wants to physical inventory for a storage

location.Basically we want to first make total stock zero for this storage location and

then from excel sheet we update stock physical inventory posting batch and quality

wise. Now I want to know the total process of physical inventory in SAP along with

step by step T.Code.Also I want to maintain posting block at the time of physical

inventory.After completion of process how posting block remove for this material.

SAP provides Clear Process on Physical Inventory.As your requirement ,System

Automatically Block the Trasnactions ( GR & GI ) at the time of Physical Inventory.

How ever u have to make some setting for this. Physical Inventory Process is like

Below :

1 . Create Physical Inventory Document (PID ) Using t. Code : MI01. or If materials

are large number use T. Code MI 31 for Interval.

2 . Print the PID Using T. Code : MI21.

3 .than go to physical count of material and get count from Ware house Clerk

4. Enter the Physical Count in to the system Using T. code : MI04.

5. is there any Recount Use T. Code MI11

6.Send Deferences to Finance Department . Take Defferences Report Using MI20.

7.Post the Deference Count Using T code : MI07.You can use the Transaction codes MI 01 to enter the material,and MI04 to enter

the physical stock that you have taken.Then if you go to TCode MI07,you will see

the differences between your physical stock and system stock there.You check it

one time and post it.Your system stock will be reconciled.You can use the option of

Posting block also in these TCodes.physical inventory details. tc.-MI01 CREATION OF PI AND IF MORE THAN 1

MATERIAL THEN FOR THIS tc.-MI37 then

print pi doc. tc.-MI21 THEN ENTER PI COUNT TC.-MI04 THEN POST PI

DIFFERENCE TC.-MI07 CHECK PI DOC. FOR MATERIAL TC.- MI22

OK I THINK U WILL GET IT.

I want to make Batch Management is mandatory for Raw Materials how we will

configure please give me solution. Please give me solution in stepwise

while creating rawmwterial in mm01,check the batch management indicator

What u told is that i have to do for every material but i need that the

batchmanagement is to be made mandatory for all raw materials. if any setting is

there in customizing for batchmangement please tell me

Go to OMS9, select ROH and the field selection group 75 for ROH. This selection

group is usually checked as optional entry and you can check this selection group

to be a required entry and for all ROHs the system would throw an error message if

the indicator is not checked.

Can you tell me what is the Batch Management? And uses also.

Create Frame work order. I used doc type FO,Validity dates,item category

B,account assignment U,no material/service number but description, overall limit

and expected value.But I get error as "Indicator for invoice receipt used not

allowed".Message no. MEPO 026.I found that invoice receipt box is checked and

grey in colour.I tried to make this message as warning only in SPRO at "Define

system messages attributes" by creating this message with version & application

area.

I could not succeed in p.o creation.Can you suggest what is to be done.

Also for Frame work p.o,no GR/Service entry sheet is required.Invoice verification

can be done without GR.Then how the control of GR/Service entry is monitored.I also faced same problem with that invoice receipt indicator in po item overview

found gray in colour. I proceeded with item category definition through spro screen

and found invoice receipt binding in po in item category configuration but problem

is that it also showing in gray and i cant change the indicator invoice receipt binding

in po box there. can u anybody tell me how to solve this problem.Is this the method

to solve this problem.As per my logic goes . IR indicator is mandatory for theitem category " B".

could any one explain the follwing scenario briefly, this is one of my interview

question.many companies willing to install the SAP ERP package not for ORACLE

software,why? what are the differences between the these two applications.

oracle is more focused on financials (apps), and database administration(

DBA),moreover its not complete industry solution,unlike sap which is integrated

ERP package.suppose if a company which implemented oracle wanna go for

production means want to include production scenarion, they need to buy one more

add-on to integrate it.which cost extra. But sap is like shopping mall wre all

modules are integrated. if u buy sap software it wil come with complete pckg. One

more thing sap is known for data security and data integration. and versatile

compared to rival oracle.now a days mysap has hit the market which covers

adavanced industry solutions like data sharing like in cProjects, cFolders, crm, Oracle - is expert in Finance Module. Hence, people are preferred to for SAP

Can we create New Item Catergory in SAP . If yes ..pls tell where we do it ...SPRO

or ABAP we cant create new item category we can just rename it.

I think you can create a new one in OS13

In a SAP standard enterprise system, Item categories are neither created nor

changed.They are defined in SAP system.

My request is stop replying mails on this subject. We need knowledge members

like Mr. Manohar. He really explain solutions in lucid manner. I respect his

knowledge.

I have a doubt regrading the line item number in P.Req or P.O or any other

document..

To make it more clear..Is it possible to change or configure the line item number

such as 10, 20, 30 etc to 1, 2, 3 etc...

10. Pencils

20. Pen

30. Eraser

If yes, could you please explain where i should make these settings??Goto spro/material management/purchase /document type in that you can change

item no either you can increase or decrease

hi, u go to spro-mm -pr-document types there u find item intervals u can configure.

I am creating a PO with Pricing attached to it(I mean Gross Price,Discount etc). It is

calculating the net price perfectly but on saving the document there is an error msg

saying "Unable to determine net price" But if I dissociate the pricing procedure from

the vendor the PO goes through.

u have to maintain the condition in img guide. go to img-mm-purchasing- condition-

there a drop down list is there m maintain all fields.then make it to po. if wrong

revert back to me.That did not work.... All the conditions were already maintianed in IMG. In the PO

even if I remove all other condition types and keep only Gross price I am getting the

same error i.e. "Error in net Price calculation"

there is value string in automatic account postings how to define value string

we01,we06 You can not define vlaue string and item category. These are SAP standard

settings.

Kindly help me in resolving my problem as i m new to sap. I have creatd two tax

code namely V1 & V2 & i m using TAXINJ & all

the settings related to calculation of Tax are done & they are OK. Because when i

had created Just one tax code i.e V1 the systeme was

calculating the tax properly.However when i created second Tax code V2 for

Service tax the system was not able to calculate the tax &

gave wrong results i.e after the calculation of the tax certain amount was left

balance in Balance coloumn at the Time of Invoice verification.

Hence i tried to deactivate the erlier tax code i.e V1. & i got an error following error.

System error: Error in routine

CHANGE_CONDITION_ MULTIPLE A053TXJIP2

Later i Tried to delete the tax rate & saved it.

Now my concern is how could i make the systeme to calculate the tax properly with

the either of my tax codes plz tell me if any tCode is

there for the same.

Its very urgent.As i have a presentation in front of client on Monday(18.06.2007) .

its better to delete that tax code as JIp2 condition is overlapping. So go to FTXP

enter tax code(already existing) jurisdiction code if any. check whether JIP2 is

activated (above click tax account and levels) then in menu bar, delete tax code is

there.Thanks for ur prompt reply however Condition JIp2 is cativated for both the Tax

codes & hence i am not able to delete any of them if anyother solution is there for

my problem plz let me know.

I want to know the stock Qty given to cost center, where i want to see this issuing

stock Qty details… its very urgent,please reply ya…

Try report MB51 or MB59 with movement type 201 (Goods Issue to costcenter)

Cna anybody explain more about the Serial No.Profile field in the Plant Data1 view

under Material Master..

The serial number profile defines under which

> conditions and in which transactions serial numbers

> can be entered. You define serial number profiles in

> Customizing.

> Serial number profiles include the following

> control data:

>

> Business transactions during which serialization:

> Must take place

> Can take place

> May not take place

>

> Information about whether, during a business

> transaction, you can:

> Enter new serial numbers

> Select from serial numbers already created and

> stored in the system

>

> Business transactions where, during

> serialization: :

> You must create an equipment master record

> You do not need to create an equipment master record

>

> Profile numberCould any body explain about the serial number profile and the purpose of

serilization. pls explian me on the business transactions which are

used in profiles as well.

Serialization at GR is to track the material during GI or in case of any complaints on

a later date.

I use MM71 to archive a material. But, I found that the 2 views, basic

data 1 and basic data 2, can not be archived. When I use MM03 to

display this material, the 2 views are always appeared. How can I

archive the material completely?

I have a scenario where my Local supplier is suppling me materials with CVD Cess

& Additional import duty

In this i can declare CVD as BED but for additional import duty i did not have any

option

it should also reflact in the MIGO.

Additional duty is getting calculated before CST but after BED+CESS

How to handle his duty and is there any standard codition available or do i have to

call for a development

I am not able to do Goods receipt (MIGO) due to following error –

“Excise modvat accounts not defined for GRPO transaction and EO excise group”

The error states that proper settings have not been done for the postings during

GR. the proper GL accounts need to be linked for the positngs to happen during

GR. In case, you are doing the config yourself, you need to discuss with the FI

person and proceed further.

In ME49, price comparison is based on inforecord and not on the price that was

maintained in RFQ (ME47). An inforecord for a particular material that is supplied

by a certain vendor needs to be created first in order to show price in ME49. If an

inforecord has not been created yet, no price is registered in ME49 eventhough

there's one maintained in the RFQ. Is there a way to compare quotation prices

based on the RFQ and not the inforecord?You can compare the prices from all quotations received as a result of a

competitive bidding process using the price comparison list . The comparison list

ranks the quotations by item from lowest to highest price.

Before you generate the price comparison list, you need to consider the following: If

possible, each quotation should have pricing data for the same item. Only then is

the correct interpretation of the mean and total values possible. If quotations 1 and

2 have pricing data for item 1, but quotation 3 only has price information for item 2,

then the system does not have enough information to accurately compare the

prices of all three quotations. If a quotation is submitted in a foreign currency, the

price is automatically translated into the currency of the company code, which is

determined by your purchasing organization. You should therefore make certain

that up-to-date exchange rates are defined in your system.

Actually, i'm more concerned with the source of data when quotation prices are

being compared. As I was comparing my quotations in transaction ME49, I noticed

that they are based on Purchasing Inforecord (Transaction ME12) and not the

prices that I indicated when I maintained the quotation (transaction ME47).

If the vendor for the material being quoted has been defined in the material master

prior to the creation of the Request for Quotation (RFQ), ME49 gets the price from

the inforecord. On the other hand, if the vendor is only being defined for the

material during the creation of RFQ, there is no price shown in ME49 even if I have

maintained a price in ME47.

Either way, ME49 does not get the price from what has been maintained in ME47.

Is there a way to do this? Looks strange... let me tell you what I did and tested in my system.

1. Create RFQ for 1 material to 3 vendors in ME41

2. Convert the RFQ into Quotations in ME47

3. Ran ME49 and got the result correctly. Ty to do the same and see if it works.

There must be something I've missed in the configuration. How did you set it up?

see that you have grouped the respective RFQ's under the same collective

number, this coll number is also an important aspect in comparing quotations.

i've done this already. any more ideas?

I am Getting the result up to ME49-with No 1 , 2 and 3 Vdrs Thanks

Can you pls explain me Whether the system Adopts the No 1 Vendor, when we

create ME21 , Auotomatically ??

Or We need to enter the no 1 vdr manually Looking forward for yr Reply

system will show the lowest vendor , but u have to assign source manually . by

clicking assign souce in po.

Change the Item number interval from 10 to 1 for the document type (for POs t

code OMEC).

Can we set tolerance for delivery date. i.e. if we mentioned in PO delivery date as

20.06.07, system should not do GR for say after 5 days of 20.06.07. Where can we

do settings . Days can be changed as per requirement.

U can do the settings in Schedule marin key.Wherein u maintain floats & these

floats will act as a controllers.

while creating material by mm01 in organization levels valuation typp pe field

screen is not visible,this problem i have faced for creating split valuation

as i saw ur problem, and i think if valuation type is not

visible. then u go to

img-materials management -valu. & account assignment-configur e split

valu..

then u find global type ,go to and click and maintain valu. type and

all attrbutes.

then u maintain global categories. then assign valu. type to valu.

categories for the material type.

then u find a activate and deactivate buttons .

u first select a valu.type and then select activate button

then u find the valu. type for relevant material type in mmo1

org.level.

i think u will get it.if not then convey me.ok

First you will create material with Accounting Views, Thereafter you will extend the

material code with valuation.

First u Create material by MM01,and Maintain Accounting views and save

data.Then again goto MM01 give material Code u have Created,System will

asked Plant and Valuation type.

Can anybody give me a broad outline about configuring Field Selection Group for

Material master. The problem is the field 'Automatic PO Creation' in Purchasing

view is not to be seen in my client whereas its available in other clients.

AS UR PROBLEM I THINK GO TO TC- OMSR AND OMS9

OMSR - FOR ASSIGN FIELDS TO FIELD SELECTION GROUP

OMS9- MAINTAIN FIELD SELECTION ON THE DATA SCREEN

TRY THIS , IF U FIND AUTO. PO THEN ITS RIGHT OTHERWISE GO FOR THE

HELP OF ABAPERS BCZ ITS SCREEN LAYOUT OR MASS MAINTENCE.

OK

acc. to me when u maintain the accounting views in mm

record , u have maintained all related data.once u created a material

for one material type then u can display or change the material by

going to mm03 or mm02 respectively.

if u again goto mm01 then u are trying another mate.

creation.then i am sure system will asked for plant and valuation

type.

by going to mm03 or mm02. in this TC. ALSO SYSTEM ASKS FOR PLANT AND

VALUTION TYPE.

PLZ CHECK.

I would like to know about IDoc. Can you give me information about the same.

Hi idocs are intermediate documents these are used where edi is there , first

customer sends his requirements in raw file,inovace converts this in to idoc and

updates sales order ,which by batch job run creates purchase order, immediately

another idoc goes to vendor, and vendor sends mtl and sends another idoc,which

triggers goods receipt inbound delivary-etc this is simple process.idocs are used for

fast processing and redusing cost.Can you please explain in details process.

What is this term "inovace ".

Please explain the process on my personnel Id.

Please give your cell no if you do not mind for MM Discussion.

Waiting for your valuable reply.

Hi ajit u may contact me on-9920742741

I did not understand clearly.

example:

example: i am customer and sending requirement to Vendor

then how sales order is created in the vendor's system.

then how sales order is creating purchase order in my system.

pls explain EDI & IDOC

Can you please explain in details process. What is this term "inovace ". Please

explain the process on my personnel Id. Please give your cell no if you do not mind

for MM Discussion. Waiting for your valuable reply.

Kindly explain us below query How does the PO pick up the pricing schema?

The pricing procedure assigned to a vendor has a calculation schema attached to

it. This schema defines the various conditions¢ pre-requisite, calculation &

sequence in the PO. Generally, only one type of pricing procedure is followed for all

the vendors. calculation scema is there which contains condition types, this calculation schema

is assined to vendor schema,this vendor scema is assined in vendor master record

in purchasing view, if that is blank means standard calculation is asined.this vendor

is assined to purchase order

Can you explain What is a reference purchase organization? When can it be used?

I have creatred business scenario and tried to configured. It works fine. Pls. let me

know whether it helps you.

Here are details

· Reference purchasing organization defined same as normal purchasing

organization.

· You need not to assign reference purchasing organization to any company code

or plant

· You can either assign a reference purchasing organization to a company code or

not assign it to any company codes. As a rule, no plants are assigned to the

purchasing organization. However, if you wish, you can assign one, two, or several

plants to it.

· Vendor master number should be same for local and reference purchasing what do you mean by INOVACE is it invoice or interface

A purchasing organization whose conditions or contracts other purchasing

organizations linked to it may access and use.

A reference purchasing organization can make especially favorable conditions or

contracts available to other purchasing organizations.

I would like to verify that the free indicator on the PO can be automatically set by

Document Type using the field selection $DE1 - Without entry of Price. The

sandbox were are using does check the free inicator and also grays out. It also

removes the invoice receipt indicator. However other clients do not work. It maybe

be other BAPi's or enhancement are causing this. I just want verification regard

setting the document type with field selection $DE1. MM>Purchasing> Purchase

Order>Define document types > set field selection to $DE1

It may sound funny to you all,but I am confused. What will be the

material type of the main material when we are creating main material

with BOM to send to the Subcontractor? would it be finihed product or

semifinished product. Mind it when we are sending the main material

with the components to vendor,it is not a finihed product but when we

receive it from the vendor it is a finished product. Please clarify me

with examples. Thanks in advance for your help.

If the finished product which you processed at the subcontrator will again go for

some process at the other vendors or at your plant then keep this material type as

Semifinished only. If this is the final product to your customer and the billing will be

on this material then keep the material type as Finished material.

in subcontracting po i gone throughly ur queries. acc. to me we are making a po for

the main material/assembly product in subcontracting. but not sending the main

material what u have quoated.i am giving the whole process. in subcontracting we

want a finished or assembly product but we dont have a arrangements. so we are

sending the components are to be used in asseembly product. while u make a po

aganist a assembly in item line just u enter a assembly product and quantity and u

will find a source of component in header button , click it, then enter no of

components.when u procure a finished product from vendor then it goes to finish

material type.component type - semifinished product u can store in ur mm record or

in inventory.on billing just vendor will charge the labour cost or processing cost for A subcontracting can be with semi aswellas finisshed product. see, the material

which you want to get it done from your s.c. knows to you very well(whether semi or

finished). so,naturally you will generate the p.o. for that and you also know what

components it requires. e.g.,if you want to get the BALL PEN manufactured from

your s.c. then you will generate the p.o. for BALL PEN.and attach the components

like plastics,colour, metel etc. in the BOM.

the concept of navs is that, it has to add to the cost of material..so how it adds to

the value, where and how its linked? any way...navs is condition type for non

deductable tax..and it will be added to material cost.....any one....pls help

You need to maintain NAVS conditions type in purchasing procedure ( m/08) You

need select statistical indicator and try to use routine 60 in reqt column w.r.t.

condition type. Pls. check and let me know whether it solves your full problem.

req 60 is there, its says,.dont use if service tax comes, the reason is there is no

setoff available on st. can u say how its added to the cost of materail.... where i can

see that......

I HAVE JUST COMPLETED TRANING AND DOING WORK ON DUMMY

PROJECT WHILE CRATING INFO RECORD (ME11) ON PURCHASING

ORGANISATION 1 AFTER FEELING EACH ENTRY THE SYSTEM SHOWS

THAT MAKE ENTRY IN ALL REQUIRE FIELD AND DUE TO THIS PROBLEM I

AM UNABLE TO CREATE INFO RECORD PZ HELP ME TO SOLVE MY

PROBLEMHi while creating info record there is a sum fields are mandatory like curency

purchasing org,u must to entre the fields then only u can move further or u can

save ur record.you go to transaction code me12 you fill mandatories (compulsary fill), then no

problem arise, hi..while creating Info record such problem i too faced..may be it is

due to planned del'y period not entered ..enter 0(zero) in it..or

make it as optional entry with

Goto SPRO..customize ur inforrecord screen with planned del'y period

as optional entry..save it..

try this procedure..let me know whether u created inforecord or not

I have created Import PO for retail sector. When i try to release using ME29N it

gets released and saved.When i try to make inbound wrt this PO system doesn't

allow me. On checking PO in display mode i found that PO release was not

effected i.e. released PO is not getting saved. Suggest me where i need to check

(data entry / configuration) . I made POs for local procurement, STO & service PO

and for these POs release is effected but not for import PO.are u getting any error massage ?, what's the document type have u used to crate

import PO?....

I have received the goods against a Purchase Order that is linked to sale order.

Hence the goods are now available under sales order stock. No delivery is created

against the sale order. Now when I try to reverse this material document using

movement type 102E, the system gives the error "Date for creating delivery is

incomplete". What might be the reason.HI u just check the delivery date which u have mentined in PO and use the same

delivery date in the sale order.

I have recived the goods against Production Order and not Purchase Order.

While confirming the transfer order using LT12 in warehouse mgmt active site for

retail industry, system gives error "there were no deliveries that matched the criteria

you specified". I tried to checked the delivery document in the system but system

doesn't show this delivery document. Probably some one has deleted the delivery

document after creating transfer order..

# How delivery document can be deleted after making transfer order? # And if

possible, how an out bound delivery document can be retrieved?

I would like to know how movement type 561 is blocked from use once the initial

stock upload has been done.

why don't you just restrict the movement type from roles, so only the consultants

could be able to use it?

Contact your Basis person and request him to block all users for 561 movement.

561 movement is very dangerous and is used only in the initial up load or closure of

SAP ( forever ) as it creates entries in Dummy account. only on need basis, and

clear approval from Financial authorities, the block to be opened.

Or you can block the G/L account assigned to movement type 561 for posting, by

so doing no one can use until you unblock it.

You can do this by removing the 'Allowed Transactions' for the movement type 561

in IMG. T.Code - OMJJ.

While maintaing a quotation for a vendor net price is picked as '0' (From where

does this price gets picked?) Moreover the Net Price Field is Greyed and hence it is

not allowing any editing. Can somebody throw some light on it ???

Please let me know why SAP does not allow me to cancel a GR (MIGO) . It is

throwing an error saying "Account Determination for entry not possible"

pls setup OBYC

Can anybody highlight me how to maintain Material Master Data, creation Of BOM

for civil work. Actually I am working in a Construction Company whose major

project is making road, rail etc. Brief me how to implement is SAP.

For services you need to maintain service master. T. code AC03 for materials :

MM01

I am doing some research and need to know when a purchase order was created in

SAP MM, not changed, created? I've checked the EKKO and EKPO tables with no

luck.Dont know if anyone has given you a reply on this. If you want to know the date and

time a PO was created, you can go to SE16. The table is CDHDR. CLick on the

TABLE CONTENTS icon. This will bring you to a next screen. Object Class is

EINKBELEG. OBject ID is your PO#. In our case, we had to key in 3 zeros and then

our PO#. This depends on the number of digits you have assigned in your PO

numbering system. There might be an easier and faster method of finding the time

of PO creation. SOmeone in this group might be able to enlighten us In table ekko field AEDAT is the created on.

it worked! I appreciate your reply.

how to assign the same material to different plant can any one help me

copy the material to the other plant using t. code "MM01"

Hi friend mmo1 to create new material. my querie is how to procure the same

material for different plant

u can go by mm01,,,evry time u can assign created mat to different plant,,,b'coz the

material is created at company code level,,,,at plant level,,u can maintain different

purchse data of different plant.

MM01 is not only for the creation of new material and it can be used for the

extending/copying the material from one plant to another by maintaining the same

material type and industry. there we can select the plant and storage location from

where we are copying and to where we are going to maintain.

as ur queries, u can maintain same material in diff. plant by creating new material

and enter a diff. plant in ur org.levels while creating material mm01 for the same

mate. type and industry sector,

We're upgrading to ECC6.0 from 4.6C we use movement type 551 to do a transfer

to scrap in MB1A which doesnt ask for a cost centre Now that this functionality is

rolled up into MIGO, when we try do same thing using 551, it now wont process

unless we put in a cost centre Anyone know how to use MIGO to do a 551 without

having to put in a cost centre (if you're scrapping why would you need to charge a

cost centre?)For valuated inventory, the system needs to balance the GL accounts between

issue and receipt. If you are scrapping the goods, you are not really issuing the

goods to any order and since accounting document has to be generated, it asks for

a cost center.Just wondering why SAP would have allowed it then when using MB1A

You say that in MB1A there is no cost centre, but in ECC6.0 the system asks you to

enter a G/L ac and a cost centre. Just check it once again.

I've created my own company at my home PC and did configuration while creating

a PO i am getting the error as --> FI_TAX_CHK_PRICING_ DATA error code 13

function builder TAX2I too got the same error just try below and let me know if it works gud. Are you

using US Tax jusrisdiction Code? I found some Notes in OSS:

117983, 337706, 306506, 565864 & 561472. I also found Program RFCORR26

that is able to take inconsistencies between the tax Codes in the different relevant

tables.

Check that the following Transactions have been configured:

1 Basic Settings

1.1 Assign Country to Calculation Procedure (OBBG)

1.2 Check Calculation Procedure (OBQ3)

1.3 Check and Change Settings for Tax Processing (OBCN)

1.4 Specify Structure for Tax Jurisdiction Code (OBPO)

1.5 Define Tax Jurisdictions (OBPC)

1.6 Change Field Control for Tax Base Amount (SPRO)

1.7 Switch Off Tax Translation between Local and Document Currency (SPRO)

2 Calculation

2.1 Define Tax Codes for Sales and Purchases (FTXP)

2.2 Assign Company Code to Document Date for Tax Determination (OBCK)

2.3 Specify Base Amount (OB69)

2.4 Change Foreign Currency Translation (OBC8)

3 Posting

3.1 Define Tax Accounts (OB40)

3.2 Define Account for Exchange Rate Difference Posting (OBYY)

3.3 Assign Tax Codes for Non-Taxable Transactions (OBCL)

3.4 Transfer Posting of Tax for Cross-Company Code Transactions (SPRO)

Can somebody tell me how to print "PR"

Is it possible that whenever the (spare parts)material stock is below the min. stock

level, SAP automatically sends a mail to the super-user?

If yes, how (please elaborate on the steps/config) .If no, whats the alternative?

Do any body have access to screen shots of SAP IS_OIL , IRS (Inspection Report

System) ? The report contains different tabs like Inspetion company,Official Sample

analysys etc., each tab contains multiple fields for data entries by Inspectors.

Request to forward if anynone has access to those.

this is physical inventory procedure used for material counting at different intervals

in a fiscal year. could anyone explain how to configure in SPRO

In spro, go to .. Material management -> Inventory management -> physical

inventory -> cycle counting.. Here you shall see the settings for each ABC indicator

for cycle counting.i am very thankful your reply, can you explain short cut about ABC indicators,

physical intervals. percentages and float time.and how set these are all in that

partcular tableand also u have to assign this indicator in material master

How can we delete/archieve the Purchase order and Material. How Can we take

print out of RFQ.

use ME9A to print rfq

You need to do 2 steps: 1. Flag the material for deletion - mm06 2. Run the

archiving progam - mm71

This is regarding the problem i am facing during Requirement Planning run for the

requirement i have created diffrent STO doc type and want to use this doc type

while running RP but when i am running the replenishment cycle system is picking

up the standard doc type not the one i have created . Can anyone tell me where am

i going wrong ......

WE ARE RECEIVING SUB CONTRACTED MATERIAL FROM ONE VENDOR

AND ISSUED TO MACHINE SHOP. MATERIAL IS MOVED TO NEXT

OPERATION. SOME MATERIAL GET REJECTED DUE TO SUB

CONTRACTOR,S FAULT . NOW WE WANT TO SEND BAC K THE REJECTION.

KINDLY GIVE PROCEDURE TO RETURN THE REJECTION ,DURING WHICH

CHILD PARTS GET UPDATED AT SUB CONTRACTOR END.

While doing MIR7,ONE MESSAGE IS COMING- " TAX CODE VO COUNTRY IN

DOES NOT EXIST IN PROCEDURE TAXINJ". PLS. GIVE ME THE SOLUTION

IMMED. TO RECTIFY THE ERROR.

Pls use T. Code FTXP to assign the V0 tax code with country India.

use FTXP, enter country(before that taxinj should be assigned to country key IN)

enter taxcode V0, enter tax account

The company where I‟m working has used release strategies to Contract ! But until

now only Contracts WK=Quantity Contrat was used, and from now we want to use

Contracts MK = Value contract. Does anyone use this type of document with

release strategies by Quantity ? If yes could give me some help to setup release

strategy quantity based !?

hi gurs while creating po i am getting this msg how to solve this " define a chart of

accounts first for company code 8001"

first assign chart of account to the company code..b'coz evry company code

maintains its individual chart of account,,,

Are you copied the Company code or Define the new company code, If you copied I

don't think you will face this error.If you defined the new

company codes, then all the tables related to Chart of Accounts is not copied to the

new company,

One more thing are you assign the controlling area to your company code 8001 in

the Enterprise structure

Contact to your FI consultant, as this is the problem at FI end not at MM

Does anyone tell me how to change the buyer's address displyed on the PO sheet

printed by ME9F?

We know that reservation of material is always particular to amovement type and

account assignment.

Our client has requirement of making virtual reservation i.e a general reservation

without any particular account assignment.

i.e. User want to create reservation of a material (MB21)without reference to an

Asset

Actual asset number at the time of material consumption can be entered in MIGO -

Good Issue with reference to that Reservation

OR If above is not possible in SAP then alternate requirement is as follows >>>>

User want to create reservation to a temporary cost center/asset number.

At the time of material issuance with reference to that reservation, user can replace

actual cost centre/asset number with the temporary one.

my users from my company issued 100 EA to a vendor using ME2O but they

supposed to issue only 90 EA. How can I bring the 10 back to my unrestricted

stock?do a transfer posting using movement type 542 for the 10pcs.

Where Can I get the relation between sales order & production order like which

production order is created for which sales order. Pl help. It's urgent .

1. use CO03 to display the production order.

> 2. in production order, select tab page "Assignment".

> 3. then you find the sales order and order item number .

Thanks for your reply, but in this way I'll have to find out one by one. I need a

consolidated list e.g. in a table.

try T-code: COOIS

have tried COOIS & it is partially successful, however it doesn't accept STO as

sales order is not created for STO however production order is created. is there any

table available for the same which I can see in SE16.

If sales order is booked in system, same can be linked to Prod order in COOIS. But

production is also planned & dispatched against STO - Stock transfer order to

another plants for which production order is made but same can't be tracked in

COOIS. I need a table or consolidated list of sales orders & STOs linked with

corresponding prod orders. In Make to Order Scenarios , By defining strategy in MRP : We can see sales order

is assigned to production order. basically it applicable only for MTO scenario

.Production Order will be created for particular Sales Order.

Thanks for your reply, however I know this. I need a consolidated list of production

order which are assigned as per sales order

Kindly suggest, how can I block Vendor Payment if materials are unapproved or

rejected? I want to block MIRO.

Can I get GR/IR clearing list for a particular month, as the current Txn code MB5S

does not have the duration

I want to change material type PERISHABLE to SEMI-FINISHED, but system gives

me following error - The old and new material types have different material type

IDs.

ID of new material type: No material type ID ID of old material type:

Perishables Please help me out

USE T CODE MMAM AND CHANGE MATERIAL TYPE

under that code only we r getting that error

Did you check your valuation class? is it same for both mateial type? pls check at tx

code OMS2

When I am Creating Vendor master , I am getting A Warning message that Country

IN has not been assigned with any calculation schema Kindly explain how to

correct this Also explain what error is likely to occur in later stage

have some trouble when using MI04. Before physical inventory count, i always

download current data from MB52 to Ms Excel, then insert one column for physical

counted. I want to copy the data from excel to SAP, but the problem is, MI04 screen

user 2 rows for each material. Using copy-paste from excel to SAP just can do one

by one, not all item. My question is, can i copy all material from excel to MI04? Or

at least

12 materials like MB1B? Not one by one.You can get a list of all materials number you want, in session in pyhsical inventory

menu. But in the list there isn't any stock value orquantity.

Kindly explain the Steps Involved in Physical inventory We will be greatful to u

as ur queries i am giving u the steps do

following .

tc.MI01 -creation of pi docu.

TC MI37 - FOR MORE THAN ONE MATERIAL

TC. MI04 - ENTER PHYSICAL COUNT

TC. MI07 - POST COUNT RESULTS

TC. MI21- PRINT DOCUMENT

TC. MI22- POST THE DIFFERENCE

TC.MI24- CHECK RESULTS(PI LIST)

For physical inventory first it needs to create inventory document t-code MI01, then

it needs to count materials and to enter in inventory document for that use T-CODE

MI04, after counting it needs to post the count in the system for that use T-code,

MI07. then check material documents and accountind documents generated it

becomes more clear.Pls clarify what is the Difference between Stock transfer from one plant to another

of same company code And to that of plants of different company code

Within a Company Code assume 1111, any transfers say from Plant A to Plant B

will be called as transfer within a company code & from Plant A of company

code 1111 to Plant A of company code 2222 will be called as different

level.

Trust it clarifies.

as ur queries,

stock transfer from one plant to another plant of same company code

called- intra company stock transfer and only stock is less in plant-

1 and stock rise in plant -2 and

account or liabilites is same because it is maintained in company

(same co.code).

but stock transfer from one plant of co.code -1 to one plant of

other co.code-2 called inter co.code stock transfer. in this

stock lessens in one plant and risens in another plant and also

account or liabilites are changed totaly bcz of different co.code.

i think u will catch it properly .if any problem then revert back to

me.

Thanks for yr Reply and explanation

Can ypu pls brief what are the Steps involved in these 2 transactions

as ur acknowledgement and ur request , just give me

some time bcz i am busy with my work . so i will send it to u with

in a day or 2 days . sure . acknowledge it .

How to find out shortages of material against sales order if configurated BOM is

attached in sales order. tried MF60 but unless it is converted in planned order, it

doesn't show. But if it is converted in production order it shows. I wanna find out

shortages against planned orders. Planned order is just a procurement proposal and I dont think you can really check

shortages. Even if you have zero quantity you can commit quantity against the

planned order.

This problem related to Indian taxes. We are facing following problem :

While posting excise invoice some times value goes to Credit due, rather than

credit availed.

Material is Raw material. In J1ID, we maintainted this as ra wmaterial.

For this material & same Po many times we did GR , J1IEX_C, J1IEX_P and

MIRO. Entries were perfect.

But some time when we do GR it shows qty. & excise details OK. When do

J1IEX_C value shows as credit available. But when post in J1IEX_P value goes to

credit due.

For this transaction I checked tables : J_1IPART1 , J_1IPART2 , J_1IEXCDTL,

J_1IEXCHDR and found entries of qty. & value OK.

When I checked table J_1IGRXREF , I found following entries.

GR qty. - 10

qty. in excise invoice - 10

qty. credited - 0

How can convert sheduling agrment and contract in purchase order

Hi in po at item level outlineagreement option is there u enter outlineagreement

number then system picks up data from outline agreement.

Please explain in details.

I think you are asking about creating a PO referencing Outline agreement.

if you create a PO refering contract then its a contract release order. In

PO screen top left hand side there's a option document overview there click

on selection variant and choose contracts, a new screen is displayed enter

your contract number and execute. Click adopt or click on the

contract number and drag the same into basket ( near PO docu type).

For scheduling agreement you can rmaintain delivery schedules using ME38 i

think no need to go for PO.

Plase tell me whole process of cration of third party purchase order

Is there away to hide safety stock? This is the problem that I am having, because of

work in process (wip) materials are always running low. So I need to know if wip

can be turned off so that system will continue to suggest deliveries and not look at

WIP as available inventory?

Hi u can hide the saftey stock field in material master, for this configuration

required. go to t-code omsr there select field marc-eisbe then there is yellow arrow

mark select that for saftey stock field selection group is 51 and field reference is

cad infront of that hide option is there select that then saftey stock field will not

appear in material master.Thanks a lot. I have one more question in transaction MD04 the inventory displayed

shows whse inventory as well as inventory that is tied up in Wip is there a way to

not show inventory in wip. Please let me know soon as possible?

This is Vikram, I am new to MM module, right now I am working as a end user for a

automibile company, ours is ECC5.0. We have scenario like this, We raise sub-

contracting PO to vendor using ME21N for one month delivery with 44 line

items(Every day to loads we receive), then issue goods using ME2O. To receive

the goods we have to create inbound delivery with 44 line items deliveries are for a

month.

What is the transaction code to create inbound delivery and what are the fields do i

need to maintan? (I tried VL31N and VL34)

what is the transaction code to create shipping n filds to be maintained?

What is the transaction code to create shipping PO n fields to be maintained?

What is the transaction code to do G/R n fields to be maintained?

Ours is lean WM. If any one got documents to create above with screen shots can

you please send me.

Can u please tell me.If Batch management is not active for a products & we dont

want to system ask for a batch at the time of MIGO and generate the Batch ,What

procedure we can follow.Also Plesse advice me this Batch Nos generation is

system generated or we have assign the nos.Please advice the path

2. What is SPRO function. How it works and what its linkage with system.

3.IN MD04 when we are converting PR to PO its PR qty value change from its

orginal qty why its happen .

I Have faced a peculiar problem while creating the Goods Receipt ( MIGO ) in the

receiving Plant . Stock Transfer PO : Number fo Line items : 30

1. IN J1IS, BED Value in the Suppling plant is 12152.00 ( Assume )

2. While Creating J!IEX in the Receiving Plant the same BED value is Populated

(i.e 12152.00)

3.But while creating MIGO ( On Refer to the Excise Invoice ) the BED Value is

displayed only for the First line items ( Say 10.00) the Remaining 29 line items BED

values are not calculated .

Please check whether J1id & Excise part is maintain for remaining item

If your excise invoice number is same for all items then it should not be problem as

excise invoice is at header level and applicable for all items. System wont accept if

it is is different. Pls. correct me if I am wrong.

The Excise Invoice number is same for all the items .While creating MIGO , we are

just referring the Excise Invoice only .

Excise Related master data's are captured for all the items . We are in ECC 6.0 ,

TAXINN procedure All the masters are maintained correctly . If we capture

individually ( line item by line item ) in J1IS and J1iex , no problem arises while

creating the MIGO. But if we capture all the items ( 30 Items ) in the Single J1IS

and J!IEX , the incorrect value populates in the MIGOWht is use of PIPE LINE MATERIAL CONFIGURATION ? What are the different

Steps involved ?

CAN ANYONE DEFINE TRACKING NUMBER AND ITS USE IN PURCHASING

PLS?tracking number is used to group purchasing documents as per user requirment. it

makes possible to easly track the purchasing documents created by particular user.

I AM PRESENTLY FACING A PROBLEM WHILE CREATING SERVICE ENTRY

SHEET. WHILE CREATING A SERVICE ENTRY SHEET WITH REFERENCE TO

A PO BY TAKING 100%,I AM SEEING THAT MY NET VALUE INCL. TAX IS

COMING HALF THE TOTAL VALUE i.e.IF THE TOTAL VALUE IN PO IS

2000,THE NET VALUE INCL. TAX IS COMING 1000. PLS HELP ME AND SHOW

SOME LIGHT WHERE THE ERROR IS CAUSINGPls check whether all the items in PO are taken in to service entry sheet. also chek

the prices of the same in PO

i have checked each and every thing.i think that there is some error in the

setup.because when i am doing the service entry sheet in quality server the error is

taking place.but when i am doing it in IDEAS everything is coming properly.where

can be the fault?

I have configured Release strategy for PO. User can take print of the PO only after

it is released by respecttive authorities thru transaction ME9F. But what I have

observed is printing of PO is possible thru ME22n even if it is not released. Please

let me know how to avoid this printing of PO prior to release thru ME22n

----Original Message-----


[mailto:sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com] On Behalf Of shivakkumar

venkatesan

Sent: Thursday, June 21, 2007 9:09 PM


Subject: [sap mm] kindly help -give blood donation

dear friends,

kindly help: by giving blood donation.

Hi All,

My Brother's Son 6 years old, suffering from Brain tumor. He is

admitted in V.S Hospital, Chetpet, Chennai.

He requires A2B+ve blood platelets. Since this is one of the rare

groups, they need more donors.

Pls pass this message to all your friends to save a child.

If any one is interested, Pls contact me(Chandrasekar 9840093863)

For your information: For a normal person blood platelets will be

Dear chanderasekar ,

There is site :

<http://www.rediffma il.com/cgi- bin/red.cgi? red=http% 3A%2F%2Fwww%

2Eindian

blooddonors% 2Ecom&isImage= 0&BlockImage= 0> www.indianblooddono rs.com

where in you can search for

a particular blood group. You will get 100s of donors address(that too

city wise).

Can you pls look in to this

Thanks and regards

Bharathivinayagam. S

9940083745

Dear Mr Chandera Sekar

There is one more site given below wher you will get immediate support

<http://www.friends2 support.org/> www.friends2support .org

I will come back if I get any other address

Thanks

BharathiVinayagam

9940083745

Could you please explain about item category "L" In MM we are using this item

category L in subcontracting. In Project System the same letter "L" used to

represent stock item. Can you please explain more with examples

Following are the item categories used in MM. Project system may have its own.

Standard

B Limit

K Consignment

L Subcontracting

S Third-party

T Text

D Service

CAN YOU GIVE SOME REALTIME SCENERIOS ON STO

CAN YOU GIVE SOME REALTIME SCENERIOS ON PRICING PROCEDURE

(CALCULATION SCHEMA)

Where do we have to Assign Customised Document Type for Purchse Order to the

Plant.No need to assign P.O doc. type to plant, because when you create you have to

enter plant. Assign allowed item categories and link Purh. req. -

doc.type with Tcode OMEC.

I want to delete a material.

when users want to use this material, system should propose alternative/ new

material.

we don't have SD module.

how can we do that. it should also carry out MRP functionalities.

A lot of material we are buying without material number. So we are using free text

and buying it. Now my question is how can make a report to see: how much we are

buying with matetial number how much we are buying with free text how much we

buying through service PO (ITEM CATEGORY D)

I have faced one problem i will explained u. In SAP MM Module MM60 Tcode is

there. In that MM60 screen ihave to insert one more field that is profit center. any

body tell me.Should request your ABAP team to create a new field and tie it to the table where

you have this value.

If u have authorisation in SPRO Pleas go to spro OBC4 Select material

management & selt the fields what ever u whant u will find

Supress

Optional

mandatory

i thing it will guide u pleas reply ok

Is there any way to see how many PO has QUALITY INSPECTION OR if i have list

of po, how can see from a report that will show a list of QI PO

T Code QA32, You will select in Insp.lot origin as per your requirement (01) then

execute,

How can I attach a file in Material Master record?.

Use Services for object foound in the PO. Use t.code ME22N to access the PO. At

the beginning of the title bar that tells you the PO number and who made it, you will

see an icon. Click on it, then select "create attachment". You should be able to

figure it out from there.......

This question has been posted earlier but i could not find the answer. Therefore i'm

reposting it. I would like to know the solution steps.

Does SAP Support Open tendering process for Vendor Selection. For vendor

selection process for any material starts with advertisement of tender in newspaper.

Vendor replies back with his quotation. After receiving technical and commercial

quotation, the organization goes for technical bidding and those who qualify in

technical bidding they contest for commercial bidding. After commercial bidding,

comparative statement is prepared and then purchase committee approves the

vendor. The problem is that any no. of vendors from any where can give their reply

to the tender as it is a government organization. So, how to map this process in

SAP as we are not directly sending RFQ to the vendor, instead he reply back with

quotation directly once he sees the advertisement in newspaper. I want you all to

suggest me whether to keep this process in SAP or out of SAPEither you need to go for SRM or develop ZTendring process.

This problem related to Indian taxes.

>

>

>

> We are facing following problem :

>

>

>

> While posting excise invoice some times value goes to Credit due, rather

> than credit availed.

>

>

>

> Material is Raw material. In J1ID, we maintainted this as ra wmaterial.

>

>

>

> For this material & same Po many times we did GR , J1IEX_C, J1IEX_P and

> MIRO. Entries were perfect.

>

>

>

> But some time when we do GR it shows qty. & excise details OK. When do

> J1IEX_C value shows as credit available. But when post in J1IEX_P value

While doing GR cancel , system picks new value rather than value at whcih GR

capture. Here material is raw material. Price control is MAP. Can anybody tell how

this can rectified. GR captured at 10, after that another GR took place place and

MAP changed to 12. When we are trying to cancel 1st GR it is picking material

price as 12, rather than 10.

Does anyone tell me how to get a list / report of all of the POs that are generated

manually instead of coverted from PRs?

T.code;ME2L or ME2M

By ME2L or ME2M, I don't think it can list the PO that is not converted from PR. Pls

tell me in details.

Does anyone know how to make the INCOTERMS field in Purchase Order creation

a required field?

You can define it as follows SPRO-->Materials Management --> Purchasing -->

Purchase Order --> Define screen lay out at document level --> The selelct

respective field selection group --> Select group of Terms of delivery and payment --

> Make the Incoterm as mandatory field.

how r you this is sisi ur friend from sap groups and sunil i have some doubts plzz

send me with scenarios and also the procedures for how to do subscequent debit

and credit and also credit memo actually when we use them and plzz send me the

steps as early as possible and iam waiting for ur reply.

can any body tell where can I get details of roll out project, what activities to be

done. If roll out is in different country, what steps need to be taken.

Roll out is depends on client. normally when new structure or functional activity is

added to client bussiness rollout will be executed.

Client has many plants, they implemented in some plants which are in other

countries. Now they want to do in another country / plant.

Can we send material from Vendor to Customer with Subcontract PO like third

party.......if it is possible then how....

send through zdub type po

Yes you can do it: Mention the delivering address of your subcontractor in the PO

Item Details for Third party vendor by selecting the vendor and tick the SC check

box

I am sending this message third time within two weeks but i am not found any ans

from fourm side. Chekc it.

I delete TAXINJ. Can any option to recover the deleted entry.

after confoguring split valuation and creating valuation type and making it active in

valuation category H, and changing material mater it is still saying to maintain

valuation data while GR.Check the valuation data at the Purchase order item level whether have youentered

the valuation type in the item level, unless you maintain the valuation type in item

level of PO it will not allow you to do GR for that material as already you have

activated the Split valuation for this material.but i have entered the valuation type in po while creating in item overview. but it is

still showing error.

try to create new PO and see

Can anyone provide step by step configuration detail for Catalog and vendor

managed inventory for ECC 5.0.

PLS HELP ME OUT IN CONFIGURING MESSAGE RECORD FOR OUTPUT OF

MESSAGE IN CASE OF OUTLINE AGGREMENT FOR TRANSACTION CODE

ME31L ON URGENT BASIS.

Could u pl. tell me how to find the no of batches avaialble in stock for a particular

material group ?

Please try MMBE

I need for a particular group which contains more than 100 items . Not for a single

item.Please Check MB52,MB53

for physical inventory the steps r

MI01

MI21

MI04

MI11

MI20

MI07

but while doing MI01 i am getting an error as

" Number range for trans./event type IB in year 2007 does not exist"

plzz help me out from this n guide me

You need to define number range for year 2007 year using T Code OMBT.

Can any one give the clear information about release procedure for purchase

order(PO).

I am new to SAP MM.I am a beginner infact in learning stage.I have a few queries.

1.)Hey can anyone tell me the full form of SPRO is it "SAP Project Runtime Object"

2.)I have got SAP 4.6 installed on my system for practice but I have to change the

system date from 2007 to previous years like 2002 or 2005 to get it working

properly.Can anyone guide me what changes should I make so that I need not

change the system date to previous years again n again.

Full form of SPRO IS SAP PROJECT REFERENCE OBJECT

Using T-code "MMPV" change the last Periord to current date

Hai instead of changing the system time go to ob52 to change your SAP year from

2002 to 2007.Then go to mmpv and open and close every month from 2002 up to

2007.

I hope you might have received the reply frm the users nevertheless

you can follow as under.

1. There is no full form of SPRO.

2. No matter you install SAP 4.7 its good to start off. You should

know how drive a car no matter its upgradation once you are perfect

upgradation vechile takes no time to takeoff.

3. One way to practice is to change the dates or once you create

company code, assign plan to company code goto T.code OMSY update

the period to the company assigned.

how i can create the table K9RC110070001 using the configuratuion

Plz guide me with the following issues

1.Whether customer master is to be maintained for STO between two co-

codes.Does it mean this customer is the supplying Plant

2.What r the Transaction Codes for creating STO.

3.What kind of document such as PO/STO is created for the Stock transfer

between two plants of same co code & what are the T Codes?

I'm using MRP type VB and we want to include into MRP Run the Reservations

created by PM module. We have setting up the MRP type VB to use external

requirements (field V438A-ICBED with value 2 from customizing) but no

Reservations were taken into account. Does anyone know a way to MRP type VB

consider this reservations from PM module?In reorder point planning,where you use MRP type VB the net requirements

calculation is only carried out once the stock level has fallen below the reorder

level. Issue elements, such as, customer requirements, planned independent

requirements, or reservations are only displayed but are not included in the net

requirements calculation.Use MRP type PD

I am using FRC schedules with scheduling agreement, can someone please

share your expertise about how to resolve the issue related to release

number. My issue is once I execute ME84 and then ME9E to release/ print

delivery schedules. Next time when i execute ME84, new release number

is not getting generated and therefore i dont have new transmission

number.

Can someone please share your experience about how to resolve this

issue?

Can anybodey tell me the whole process of third party purchase order. I want to

procure the materail from vendor and delivery should be at customer directly. So

please tell me How is it possible?

maintain cusomer master data (VD01),if u want to maintain customer material info

record maintain it. create PO item catagory as third party, give the delivery address

at customer place in po either at header level or item over view screen,if the

delivery is completed at customer place then vendor send a invoice to ur place. if i

am wrong revert back

What report can I run or which tables should I join to get the following information

on what report

1. Company Code

2. Vendor Number

3. Vendor Primary Address (Postal)

4. Vendor Telephone

5. Vendor Fax

6. Vat Number

7. Vendor email address

8. contact person at VendorGo to T-code Se16 & give the Table name LFA1 & execute,you will get all the

details.

I got EKKO, EKPO, etc. Have written several queries in SQVI, but can't find where

all those texts are and how to join up to get them. Any help?

We can bring in fully assembled parts from sister plants or make them ourselves.

What techniques, if any, exist to be able to do both at the same time with w/o

wreaking havoc on MRP? Currently, we can only have one part number in the

system and it can only be make OR buy, not both (obviously). So, short of creating

two parts for each part this applies to (one number for making, one for buying) are

there any other ideas?

Please respond with 100% accuracy.Those who are like me, please wait

for the real people to answer. In this way we all will be benefitted.


Sachin

Certification Questions:

1.Can a purchasing document (PO or PR) in their procurements item

have more than one item category?

2.A company has 0 initial stocks. MAP is $10/pc. Received goods 50pcs

@$10/pc and then issues 10pcs. Invoices was received for 50 pc

@$20/pc, Show the different account postings.

3.Physical inventory is done in the following levels (tick the right

one)

a. Plant

b. Material

c. Stock type

d. Plant/storage location//Stock type.

4.A accounting document will be created when stocks are transfer to (

more than one answer is correct)

a. GR block to Unrestricted use of stock

b. Quality inspection stocks to Unrestricted use of stock

c. Materials with different valuation types from one Storage 1) Yes

3) Plant/SLoc/Stock Type

4) Will be created only for A & D

5) Yes

6) Yes

1.Can a purchasing document (PO or PR) in their

procurements item have more than one item category?

Ans. yes

2.A company has 0 initial stocks. MAP is $10/pc.

Received goods 50pcs

@$10/pc and then issues 10pcs. Invoices was received

for 50 pc @$20/pc, Show the different account

postings.

Ans.

3.Physical inventory is done in the following levels

(tick the right one)

a.Plant

b.Material

c.Stock type

d.Plant/storage location//Stock type.

Ans.

4.A accounting document will be created when stocks

are transfer to (more than one answer is correct)

a.GR block to Unrestricted use of stock

b.Quality inspection stocks to Unrestricted use of

Can you please explain what are the differences between SAP 4.7EE version and

SAP 5.0 version?

Some one has replied me on this subject. Please refer the link http://solutionbrow

ser.erp.sap. fmpmedia. com/ It gives good info about difference in functionality of

two version

I met a very strange question. 2 POs are converted by ME28 from one PR. The 2

POs are exactly same except the creation time. The quantity of one PO equals to

the quantity of the PR. Only the creation time of the 2 POs are not the same. There

are about 10 hours between. Does anyone tell me the possible reason?

I think the material are subject to source determination or quota arrangement,

another possiblity is that the two materials are ordered from two different vendors, if

you procure both materials from a single vendor and the materials are source

determined to same vendor 1 PR will be converted to 1 PO or else two. hope you

go it right, revert me if you have any confussion.I think you are created one PR for 2 items with different source of supply,might be

release stratagy exited at item level for 2 items in PR.

if I am wrong revert back

The reaon for that is " On your transaction code - me59, Processing status (Eban-

statu) field was blank", so they system will obviuosly allow you to create another

STO

How to add extra text field in MIGO transaction al Header level.

am here sitting in the internet caffe. Found your email and decided to write. I am

25 y.o.girl. I have a picture if you want. No need to reply here as

this is not may email. Write me at [email protected]

i am facing a strange problem.if anyone can help me out. while doing entry sheet

in ml81n,i am finding that the netvalue exclusive tax is becoming half the total

value. this is taking place whenever i am doing this in quality server.while doing it in

ideas or production server it is taking place as desired which clearly depicts that it

is a setup problem. pls help me in finding where the problem in setup has occured.

It doesnt provide email details

If you wants Vendor Email details In Table Name ADR6 you can gat Email Id and

address no. As per address no. you can find Vendor code etc

My clients wants to carry out MIRO with reference to Bill of Lading. There is a

provision in MIGO at the header level to put some number in "Bill of Lading "field.

The necesssary number has been uodated in the " BILL of LADING " Filed at the

time Goods receipt ( against Out bound Delivery), but while trying to do MIRO with

referencing to Bill of lading Number ( given at the time of GR), it is showing that the

said Bill of Lading number does not exits. Shall be grateful, if you could help me our

urgently to address the problem

Normally we know that Stock Transfer from Plant to plant is possible with using 301

movement type or using 303 & 305 ( 2 steps ) . But Using STO ( Stock Transport

Oder ) benifits are Like below : A goods receipt can be planned in the receiving

plant. You can enter a vendor (transport vendor) in the stock transport order.

Delivery costs can be entered in the stock transport order. The stock transfer order

is part of MRP: Purchase requisitions that were created in MRP can be converted

into stock transport orders. The goods issue can be entered using a delivery via

Shipping (LE-SHP). The goods receipt can be posted directly to consumption. the

Entire Process can be monitored via the Purchase Order History. U can Get more

Information in SAP.help.com on STO

pl tell me how to make purchase requisition mandatory at the time of making

purchase orderGo to SPRO->Pur->Authoriz ation mgmt->func author PO ->flag checkbox for PR

We are going to ease the strain of your monthly expenses in a quick, and hassle-

free manner. Here is a simple easy way to pay them off quickly and have more

money for the things you have not been able get for a while. We have several

options just for you at http://aaaaa.meterram.info/default/. So why wait until it gets

worse? We simply have a better solution. No cost to you all credit histories

accepted. You can remove on the site.

Pls clear me following questions:

1. What is difference between material type and material group? with proper

defination

2. What is the difference between non-deductable taxes and deductable taxes?

3. Is the BOM is mandatory for Subcontracting and consignment?

4. Is Info Record is mandatory for Subcontracting and Consignment?

5. For purchase service, how will be the excise duty calculated? what will

be key combination for maintaining condition record?

This question is related to Indian taxes (CIN). Scenerio is given below :

We made PO with base price as 100 & did GR on 20/06/07. GR picked base

amount as 100 . PO price changed on 21/06/07 to 105. Excise captured with J1IEX

on 22/06/07. J1IEx base amount is 105, rather than 100.

While doing IR against GR, base amount is 100.

My problem is while IR is taking GR price , why J1IEX is considering current price

as 105 rather than 100.

Is std. SAP. Is it correct. As per me it is not correct. Pls. cooment & give solution if

any one knows.

While creating the IR you may referencing the GR delivery note number not the

Purchase Order number.(my guessing) thats why it is taking the Old PO price.If you

reference the PO definatly it will pick the new PO price. so Check the IR once again

But in the J1IEX transaction you are referencing the Purchase Order and that too

new changed PO reference thats why it is picking the new base amount of Rs.105

not Rs.100.

So check the Reference document for IR.Please check and confirm on the

same.Then will look for alternate.

Both J1IEX and IR is done with ref. GR/ dlivery note not PO. We can book J1IEX

against vendor delivery note or PO.

I think if you cancel the GR material document & make a fresh GR your problem

would be solved. This is because the GR has taken the P.O price before the P.O

was changed.GR made correctly. Pls. see my mail clearly, I had given all info in that

I already confirmed that J1IEX & IR is based on vendor delivery note. I want to pay

only 100 (old price) to vendor. In case of Ir it is picking GR price only. I want to

know is there any setting to be done at SPRO for getting old price in J1IEX like in

IR or else is it SAP std. functionaly

By mistake if I close the current period in MMPV, how to open / reverse it. Is it

possible. When I try it is throwing error.

it can not be reversed. now there is no alternative but to create a new company

code.there should be some answer. We didn't get correct way. Do think u can create

comapny code whatever like in the real scenerio, in production environment.

Use Tcode MMRV to open the closing period

When i try to post the custom duty through T.Code J1iex, the system does not allow

to put any value in the column S&H ECESS though one can

put the rate of duty in the column. What could the fault and how it can be removed.

Plz help me out,

1.wats the A/C DOCUMENT FOR MVT TYPE 101?

2.vALUATION GROUPING CODES AND ITS USES?

3.WHY WE USE GR BLOCKED STOCK

4.IN PRICING PROCEDURE DO WE USE STATISTICALS?

5.WAT IS BSX AND WRX

6.WHAT DOES VENDOR A/C GRP DETERMINE

7.IS IT POSSIBLE TO CREATE MATERIAL INFORECORD WITHOUT MATERIAL

CODE AND WHERE IT IS USED

8.IF YOU UPDATE INFORECORD IN PO THEN WHILE DOING ANOTHER PO

WHETHER PRICE TAKEN FROM PURCHASE ORDER HISTORY OR INFO

CONDITION.?IS IT POSSIBLE TO SEE THE CONDITIONS IN INFORECORD

FOR SAME MATERIAL AND VENDOR?

9.IF YOU UPDATE INFORECORD IN RFQ THEN WHILE DOING ANOTHER RFQ

WHETHER PRICE TAKEN FROM RFQ HISTORY OR INFO CONDITION.?

10.HOW FRIEGHT IS MANAGED IN STOWHAT WIL BE THE MAP IN TWO

PLANTS

11.WAT R THE A/C LINES GENERATED WHILE DOING MIGO FOR

SUBCONTRACTING

12.WHERE DOES THE A/C MODIFIER LINKED

13.IS IT POSSIBLE TO HAVE ONE PURCHASE ORG FOR TWO PLANTS

BELONGING TO TWO COMPANY CODE

14.ACC DOC FOR GI IN MVT TYPE 351

Hi Gurus,

>

> Plz help me out,

1.wats the A/C DOCUMENT FOR MVT TYPE 101?

2.VALUATION GROUPING CODES AND ITS USES?

Ans. Valuation Grouping Code is used to Group

different valuation areas(Plants) . Once this grouping

is activated, system uses the same Automatic Account

Determination process for all Val area under the

group. Other wise you'l have to define Auto Account

Determination for each val area ie plant.

3.WHY WE USE GR BLOCKED STOCK

Ans. If you dont want to take the custody of material

in value terms ie the material is not to be taken in

your valuated inventory, then you use GR Blocked

Stock. For eg, if soe documents are missing or

material is totally damaged or a decision to accept

the material is pending.

4.IN PRICING PROCEDURE DO WE USE STATISTICALS?

Ans. Yes

help me out,

1.how tax is configured and linked in PO

2.what s the output type for Po

3.can a/c category reference fixed for any material type

4.how delivery cost met in STO

1.how tax is configured and linked in PO

@@@ Tax code is assigned to purchasing document with T code : FTXP in case

of TAXINJ procedure.

2.what s the output type for Po

@@@ NEU

3.can a/c category reference fixed for any material type

@@@ one a/c category can be assigned to many material types.

4.how delivery cost met in STO

@@@ You need to maintain respective conditions n STO.

My client want to receive the packaging material from vendor-1 to another vendor-2

site, then he will supply the finished goods for packing to the vendor-2 as a

subcontracting. Finnaly he received the packed material. Pl explain the steps.

Hi in po at item level sc vendor check box is there select and give vendor.

From what I understand with your scenario is

You Client receiving packaging material from Vendor 1.

Your Client supply the packaging materail with Vendor 2.

Vendor 2 supply the finished goods to your Client (Company).

Is the correct Correct? If Yes,

The following Steps are;

1.Create the Vendor Master for V1 and V2.

2.Create Info Records for V1 as Standard PO for V2 as sub-contract PO.

3.Create a BOM for the Assembly to be produced.

-> Components of Assembly will supply by V1

-> Components of Assembly will issue to V2

-> Assembly units will supply by the Sub Contratctor (V2)

4. Run the the MRP to create Planned Order.

5. Convert the PR to PO

-> PO (Standard) for the components

-> PO (Sub-Contract) for the Assembly

6. SAP will list the Vendor Information Supply Slip with respect to PO for

Sub-Con. It will list all the

materials to be issued to V2. Movement Type (541)

Hey Kishore,

Account group also determines

1)Number Range

2)Number assignment

3)Field Selection

4)One time or Regular Vendor

5)Partner Roles/Schemas are allowed or not

6)Screen/Areas of Vendor Master Records

7)Plant specific data..whether it can be maintained or not

Regards

Sonu

--- In sapmaterialsmanagem ent@yahoogroups. com, amit Choudhary

<amitnchoudhary@ ...> wrote:

>

>

> --- kishore kumar <kishoresuuri@ ...> wrote:

>

> > Hi Gurus,

> >

> > Plz help me out,

Pl explaine what is Inbound Delivery and how we use this.

Hi inbound delivery is a shipping notification from vendor through which goods

receipt is made , inbound delivery and outbound delivery are used where EDI

interface is used.Can u explane me an example with 2 to 3 steps where we use Inbound Delivery

HI for example if a gr is to be made through inbound despatch idoc, it first makes

inbound delivery or if u wanted to make gr for scheduling agreement then go to

vl31n then vl32n post goods receipt.

Pls go thru the scnario and suggest the way to resolve the problem. I have created

on PO on 27/06/07. Done the GRN on 29/06/07. But when I have issued the

material to cost center on 28/06/07, system is not showing any error. It is allowed in

the system which I think should not be allowed. Pls reply the solution.

System can not issue any goods w/o stock in warehouse.

According to navneet the GRN date is 26/06 and the issue date is 28/06. Logically

the system should not allow to issue.

it will not be possible while seeing your GRN and Material Issued date.

THERE MUST BE STOCK AVAILABLE ERLIER HENCE NO ERROR.

Ideally the system should not allow future date GRN.(29/06/2007) ...Backdated is

OK but nor future date. Just check the posting date for the GRN.

This will be posible in following two cases:

1. There was earlier stock available in the system

2. Secondly and most probably, Negative stock is activated for the plant in config

and material in the material master

hi check whether negative stock is allowed

no, system response is correct since you already GR, it does not matter after GR

that when you done GR. at the time of GI system checks the existing stock. If you

making reservation, so reservation take open quantity

Also if negative stock is allowed no error is displayed.

In sap material management what is the meaning of material consumption (i.e

goods issue is treated as consumption or when the goods are actually consumed in

production order?)Are there any standard reports whcih show the material

consumption and to which cost centres.I would think that when goods are issued. T. code MB51, MC.A and MC.2 for goods

issueGood issue automatic consumption upon the execution of production results.

The ff movement type for consumption are:

1. 261- automatic consumption of ROH upon posting of production results.

2. 201 -DIrect consumption for with out any references

3. 601 -Post Good issues for Delivert (D/R)

4. 543 - Post Good issues for Sub_Contract stocks.

how to create a new g/l account for the transaction key BSX

You can define new G/L Account in Transaction - FS00 Then assign the same

account to Transaction Key BSX

can u pls explain how to issue goods against STO

use 351 movement type by putting STO NO IS MIGO

Use t. code MB1B to transfer the goods with movement type 351

Using STO with out delivery: doc.type: UB GI:351, GR:101

Use the Transactions Code MIGO Movement Type 641(-) for the supplying plant

and for the demanding plant 641(+) and 101.

Im Facing on eproblem in ECC6.0.When I tried to configure the Excise Part., there

is no any such a condition types for Excise. Like., for Excise normally we need

Setoff Conditions like JMO1. this is not there in ECC6.0 as well as there is no

condition types for BED, AED ECESS (JAO1,JSO1,JEC1 )

So how we have to get it in to ECC...?? is there any Procedure or We need to copy

from any other exsist one.. I think SAP Provided some Note on this...Please share

with me and also please let me know any Procedure if you have.....Waiting for your

very valuable reply..

hi dear friends someone tell me when i try to change the user password then an

error occured that user is locked which t code can unlocked it

close all the screen and make sure no one else login with user name.

SU01

try su01. Fill-in the user ID that you desire to chnage or lock/unlock then press the

lock icon to unlock and right beside the lock icon is the change password icon.

At the time of Log In just click on New password lefh hand corner than u change ur

password

dear friends which t code can be used to restrict the whole user that they cant be

able to log on sap

hi user ewz5

How to Lock / Unlock users? Use t code EWZ5 Or Execute program EWULKUSR

in SE38

One query... Could anyone tell me whether it is possible to view the total PO

amount (including Taxes, overheads, etc.) in any SAP reports?

dear friend when i use this t code su10 to lock the user then again how we can

unlock it

WE ARE HAVING SINGLE MATERIAL IN TWO PLANTS OF DIFFERENT

MATERIAL TYPE,NAMELY ROH AND CONSUMABLE. KINDLY ADVICE WHAT

TREATMENT TO BE GIVEN WHILE EXTENDING THE MATERIAL.

Also maintain description of material separate

i guess the material attributes lies at the client level so the material at one plant is

roh and at another plant to be hawa is not possible. if u wanna to extend the

material views go to mm50

Just Check Plant Parameters whether you have allowed Negative Stock for the

Plant & Sloc Combination.

These are the questions i faced in the interview.This is the scenario.

1) In our company we create a subcontract PO for items based on customer PO.

i.e., Sales order creation drives the PR and so PO (3rd Party order processing).

This PO item category is S-3rd party as per standard SAP. For subcontracting

items, we want it to be L-subcontracting in the PO. So our requirement is: If you get

a 3rd party order for sub contracting items, system should create a subcontracting

PR/PO. Any ideas/suggestions please?

2) Can anybody tell me about workflow and its relevance with release procedure?

can anyone please tell how to create material subgoup. and assign it to a material

group.Use T.Code SPRO. THEN SCREEN APPEARS CUSTOMISING: EXECUTE

PROJECT. GO TO SAP REFERENCE IMG-SAP CUSTOMIZING

IMPLEMENTATION GUIDE-LOGISTIC GENERAL--MATERIAL MASTER-

SETTING FOR KEY FIELDS-DEFINE MATERIAL GROUP-ASSIGN MATERIAL

GROUP AND DESCRIPTION CLICK ON SAVE BUTTON AND TRANSPORT THE

REQUEST TO PRD.

Please explain me that, in which Table Materials purchase order text have stored,

How to cancel one material document created through t-code COGI. How it can be

reversed. early reply will be highly appreaciated by me.

Can anybody explain me the following scenario. Whenever i create a sales order

and a delivery is created,the system should check which batch is due to expire

soon and pick up stock from that batch and then it should look for the next batch

due to expire. How will we configure for this?I preassume you know Batch determination:

In the Batch Condition type: incorporate the Sort

rule. In the sort rule you set if for Charactersitic

LOBM_SLED ( Self life expiry date) in descending

order. The system will check & select the earliest

SLED.

Scenario -

We have more than one plant and PRs are generated manually (not thru MRP)from

Plants/storage location/cost centre for common materials.

1. Is it possible to get consolidated PR ?

2. Since we are getting seperate PR from different location, that many line items

need to be created in the PO by referencing individual PRs. can it be avoided ?

3. Party supply the total PO qty as single item, Store keeper will have book qty

against each line items in the PO considering tolerance.

I want to create a BOM for finish material pl. tell me the Tcode or steps.

USE CS01

tcode cs01

Enter finish material

enter Plant

enter bom usage

enter

item no

ict L

child partno

no off

save

T CODES

FOR MASTER BOM'S

CS01 CREATE

CS02 CHANGE

CS03 DISPLAY

FOR CHILD BOM'S

CS61

CS62

CS63

FIRST CREATE BOM IN EXCEL AND THEN U CAN COPY OT IN SAP FROM

EXCEL

Our system has been configured to (Check Purch. OrderNo=A) in sales order type.

But, in standard system, only display Warning message.

We can change message category to E for Error message;.

But all user in all plant will be affected.

My question:

Is it possible to create specific Error message that only applied to a specificUser/

user group? Or may be plant?

Let know how to configure!

thanks

ahnugroho

WHAT IS THE ACTUAL MEANING OF INITIAL ENTRY. MOVT TYPE 561 WITH

MB1C 1. When SAP is implemented in any company, after complete configuration, All

master data and transaction data are uploaded in the system. The Initial Entry

means the initial stock (available stock) that is getting registered / booked to the

system.

2. After implementation, if there is stock of any material, for which material master

is not created in SAP system (for some reasons) and if that material need to be

tracked through the system, then the available stock is entered into the system it is ues to upload the stock or for opening stock

Please tell me what is the usage of component in SCAT Programme.

m a member of sap yahoogroup, can u please help me .

while doing pricing for po

net price is different than the cal culated price

i have mentioned condition type

gross price as 50

vendor dis 1%

packaging cost 10

excise duty 10%

education cess 1%

discount 1%

insurance 1%

freight charge rs

but net price is showing 47.87

I have three company´s with different company codes (Ex: A,B,C). Now i have to

combine these three company into one company (with one

code ). Can you please give me overview how configure.

What is the way to make a credit memo to the vendor for the goods returned

(RTV) after invoicing. Please consider it has to include the conditions of

P.O as well like freight, duty...etc. Please include transaction code for

credit memo as well. the codes that i know is MIRO and FB65. MIRO with ref.

to the returns PO does not show freight and duty, but does show original

price of goods. I have no idea how FB65 works.

The real issue is conditions (freight and duty) not being displayed for a

credit memo being sent to the vendor.

FYI.. I use goods movement 122 and 161 for goods return process.

Try MR8M

Can anyone explain in detail all the 16 fields of Pricing Procedure?

can anyone explain how to find netoff vat in price comparison?

IS THERE ANY REPORT OR TRANSACTION AVAILABLE FOR LISTING OUT

GR BLOCKED DOCS (MATERIAL DOCS GENERATED AFTER MATERIAL MOV

103) PENDING FOR POSTING TO UNRESTRICTED STOCK. (PENDING FOR

MATERIAL MOV 105)MB51 and enter the corresponding movement types.

PLS USE MMBE USE MOVEMENT TYPE 103

you can use LIS

HOW CAN I USE LIS

MC01

THIS WILL GIVE ENTIRE LIST OF 103 DOCS GENERATED. HOWEVER THE

REQT IS TO GET PENDING LIST OF 103 DOCS.(105 MOV NOT POSTED)

we are not using SD. If i delete material, how can i make sure that system will

propose alternate material

Is it possible to have many warehouse under 1 plant

Yes, it's possible.

If you want to have many warehouse in one plant, so you must create many

Sloc in one plant.

Is it possible to CHANGE SERIAL PROFILE of a material in MM02

My question is I will send the material to Subcon Vendor. Now I would like to send

the Material to Customer from Subcon Vendor.

What you have replied that if I want to send the componets from Vendor to SubCon

Vendor by activating the check box SC Vendor.

This is virupaksha. Answer for ur question.

1st mathod: As you said you can tick SC vendor in the PO. Here you have to

maintain your customer as a vendor master.( This is the prerequisite)

2nd step: You can do business as THIRD PARTY. ie you can create third party po.

Check with these two and plse give feed back.

Can you pls shed some light on MPN. If i wanna maintain Non stock material how

MPN can be used.

even material is non stock you can create material master record. create the

material master, and maintain MPN profile in IMG. assign this file to your material.

IN ONE OF THE STO, WHE HALF OF THE PO QTY IS EXHAUSTED

AUTOMATICALLY OUTBOUND DELIVERY IS GENERATE FOR THE BALANCE

QTY . BUT PO STATUS SHOWS BALANCE QTY SINCE NOT CELIVERED AND

INVOICED?IT IS HAPPENING IN A PARTICULAR VENDOR ORDER ONLY.

KINDLY RECTIFY ME

Can the service entry sheet be cancelled?

If yes could you please tell me the procedure.

1) Open service entry sheet

(2) Go in change mode

(3) use ctr+f2 or "Revoke acceptance" button & then

save.

Could you please clarify me whether GR can be done

against Contracts and Scheduling agreements.

If yes, what could be the prerequisites.

Thanks in advance.

My client is planning to use RWD as a training and

script recording tool.Can anybody give some idea/info

about it.

Thanks in advance. I will appreciate your quick reply.

can anyone help me how to up load material master in real time implementation.

thru' LSMW

Can any body please let me know how to add more material groups in SAP?

USE TCODE OMSF

Pl note the path IMG-Logistic general-Material Master-setting for key fields-Define

Material Groups. & get the result.

I need create and maintenance from "release strategy/release group" and purchase

group (PO).. please send me steps-by-step of SPRO...CUSTOMIZING. ..

In what condition we use Scheduling agreement or PO?

If the the frequency of material inward is more like daily or weakly then you will use

SA.SA generally use for packing materials which are more space consuming. In SA

you can make agreement for any quantity require in year & inform your supplier

weakly schedule of dispatches.

In PO, whole PO quantity we generally inward at a time depends on availability of

material with supplier

I have assigned a number range to a Customised PO document type.I created a

PO but was not able to see the output message for the aforesaid PO. I clicked the

Print Preview option but system gives a message "No Output Defined". Please help

me in fixing the problem,Give printer name LP01

where,which T.code.....

Is it fixed to be at document type level.

For print preview or printout you need to set up

messages.

Following path will take you to print preview option

ME23N and go to messages,

Select output type NEU print then select medium as

printer.

and press enter. and pop up will be appeared and give

the print name and press save.

Then again execute txn me23n and select print preview

you will get the printout

if no config done on messages, you need to configure.

We are implementing for an engineering client who deals with Titanium

and tantulum metal sheets. He purchases the metals in Sheets of

various dimensions. the base unit is KG. serial numbers are followed for the

individual sheeets. The sheets are issued to the production in full and

the left over sheet after production is returned back to the stores.

the store people will cut the maximum size of the sheet and stock it.

the left over bits are managed as cutbit material code. like this the

metals are optimum utilised.

My questions are

where can I capture the sheet dimensions in material master?(length,

width & thickness)

how can I generate reports on dimension basis?(length, width &

thickness).

if i give the dimensions my report should give me the weight of the

sheet i have in the inventory.

In Basic Data1 view of material master you enter weight,dimensions. & also get a

report by using this field name in your report.

You could alternatively think of a differnet approach. If you use batch

management it would be easy to accomplish.

Let us assume that

1. all sheets of a particular material code are of standard [same] Length ,

Width and Thickness. That gives us a standard volume for the sheet.

2. All sheets of a particular material code are of standard density

by having 1 and 2 we have a weight per sheet. As all sheets are numbered, we

can easily have a batch for a sheet or a bunch of sheets. So for all batches

we have weight. All you need to do for your report [custom] is to do a total

of all the weights of all the batches and you will have your stock in weight

and in number of sheets.

in case of the cut sheets, all you need to do is change the characteristic

value for volume in the batch classification.

i hope this has been helpful. in case you have a better idea i would love to

hear of it.

Dear All can anyone explain to me the report MC50 for Dead Stock analaysis coz i

think am missing reading it

There is such report for pending 105 material

documents means we have done 103 posting and still

waiting for 105 material documents.

You need to develop the report for the same.

Also remember in SAP there wont be link between 103

material document to 105 material document after doing

MIGO-105.

T code MBLB reflects the delay between 103 and 105

MBLB gives stocks at subcontractor

I have created a P.O. w.r.t P.REQ , maintained RS. 5/- EACH in P.REQ

and RS.500/-EACH in P.O.

no error / warning comes

I WANT TO PUT A CHECK , plz suggest how i can do this ?

you have not send the error , any maintain the same error as errror message

in message settings,

if it is false reply back.

Hi Kishore

Good Job, keep up the good work

Naveen

On 6/28/07, amit Choudhary <amitnchoudhary@ yahoo.co. in> wrote:

>

>

> --- kishore kumar <kishoresuuri@ hotmail.com <kishoresuuri% 40hotmail. com>>

> wrote:

>

> > Hi Gurus,

> >

> > Plz help me out,

>

> 1.wats the A/C DOCUMENT FOR MVT TYPE 101?

>

> 2.VALUATION GROUPING CODES AND ITS USES?

> Ans. Valuation Grouping Code is used to Group

> different valuation areas(Plants) . Once this grouping

> is activated, system uses the same Automatic Account

> Determination process for all Val area under the

> group. Other wise you'l have to define Auto Account

I'm new to SAP-MM and learning a lot from this forum. I've a doubt regarding

exchange rates in Purchasing. How do I know if the pricing (exch. Rate conversion)

is done using the rate on PO date or GR date? Is there any configuration / settings

for this? Any docs / links to know more about this is appreciated

Exchange rate is maintained by FI person periodically. The T-code For maintain

Exchange rate is OB08.Hope it will work.

Can someone tell me detailed procedure to configure GR Message to Buyer?

reply to the qustion is mark indicator in vendor master record for order

acknoledgement .I require message to be generated & sent to Buyer when store person posts GR.

I am working in a constructions company whose main work is making highway,

laying rail etc. My requirement is how to generate Purchase Requisition

automatically without making BOM. we are using WBS for various level. Kindly

guide me and tell me the details illaborately.maintain the mrp data in the material master record.

Can someone explain me detailed steps for Configuring GR Message to the

Buyer?

I hav some issues

1.how to create a standard purchase organisation for a consigment process?

2.I have created a new material type using OMS2 but that was not appearing while

creating a material (MM01)

3.What is invoice verification in back ground and what is its use?

Ans to Q1-

Go to SPRO->Enterprise Structure->Definiti on->Materials Management-> Maintain

purchasing organization ( here you define the Pur Org)

Then you go to SPRO->Assignment- >Materials Management-> Assign standard

purchasing organization to plant

( here you assign the std PO to the plant)

Ans to Q2-

Just check that you have copied the material type from a similar type and

maintained the details and qty & value updating in oms2 and then save.

Ans to Q3- Inv verification in background is used when there are a no of

line items and you need not check each line items. you run a program and the

inv ver is done.

can anyone tell me about the part of MM consultant in CBP

I tried to assign MM02 to my Query list(Material list query) and succeed. But when I

double click one of the row of the list , sap brings mm02 without selected row's

material code. what can be done?

can you pls guide me how to make query list

We have a requirement of maintaining all the stock in our warehouse as non

valuated and still be able to track Usage Value ($$$) and i

proposed the following options:

1: Maintain a Z-table and copy the logic behind Moving Averabe Price calculation

and multiply it with the quantity provided by standard reports in SAP (LT22-LT26)

2: Add a New View to Master data (a new field) Moving average price and not use it

anywhere else except for calculation of value based on the quantity at a given

instance.

3: Use either SAP standard R3 report and modify it or use a Z table logic in R3 and

get reporting (analysis) done in BW and get reports We haven`t finalized on this

....but what do you think about the above options....and

My question is...did any one go through a similar situation?? if so how did you guys

Does anyone know how to change the Base Unit of Measure for a material after

you have started using it? The material has inventory and open purchase orders in

the Base unit of Measure.

Base is set once created. (We've had to create a few new parts because of this.)

However, you can change the Ordered U of M and the Unit of Issue.

Thanks Todd, this has been my experience as well. I have also used the Order unit,

the sales unit and unit of issue.

Do a PGI of all stock using mov typ 562 and close all open PO's then you can

change the UOM

Following are the ans. for your question:-

amit Choudhary <amitnchoudhary@ yahoo.co. in> wrote:

1.Can a purchasing document (PO or PR) in their

procurements item have more than one item category?

Ans. yes

2.A company has 0 initial stocks. MAP is $10/pc.

Received goods 50pcs

@$10/pc and then issues 10pcs. Invoices was received

for 50 pc @$20/pc, Show the different account

postings.

Ans. Ist at the time of goods receipt the stock A/C will get debited with @$10 /pc

and GR/IR A/C will get credited with @$10 .

at the time of Inv. verifi.it will becomes

GR/IR A/C ........DR $10/pc

PRD A/C......... .....CR $10/pc

VENDOR A/C ............ .....CR $10/pc

at the time of issue,

goods issue a/c dr. $20/PC

PRD A/C......... .....CR $10/pc

stock a/c......... ...CR$10/ pc

3.Physical inventory is done in the following levels

In my opinion , you can maintain TEXT , in P.O.

the same should get adopted.

since GRN is made wrt P.O.

i am afraid , you can't change base unit of measure the condition is , there should

be no stocks. there should be no open P.O'S etc

Mr.Kalidas/Mr. AMit

Ans to Question 2

I at the time of goods receipt

stock A/C will get debited with i.e $500/- @$10 /pc and

GR/IR A/C will get credited with $500/-

II at the time of issue,

Consumption a/c dr. $100-@$10/PC

stock a/c......... ...CR$100

III at the time of Inv. verifi.it will becomes

> GR/IR A/C ........DR $500

> PRD A/C......... .....DR $100 for 10 pieces

> VENDOR A/C ............ .....CR $1000 - @ $20/pc

> Stock a/c--------- --------- -DR $400 - for 40 pieces

Ans to Question 4

A & D

regards

epm

We have a requirement of maintaining all the stock in our warehouse

as non valuated and still be able to track Usage Value ($$$) and i

proposed the following options:

1: Maintain a Z-table and copy the logic behind Moving Averabe Price

calculation and multiply it with the quantity provided by standard

reports in SAP (LT22-LT26)

2: Add a New View to Master data (a new field) Moving average price

and not use it anywhere else except for calculation of value based on

the quantity at a given instance.

3: Use either SAP standard R3 report and modify it or use a Z table

logic in R3 and get reporting (analysis) done in BW and get reports

We haven`t finalized on this ....but what do you think about the

above options....and

My question is...did any one go through a similar situation?? if so

how did you guys deal with it?

Please help me with the following:

My client would like to bring the retention functionality in the

Purchase Order. For example, if the PO value is $1000 only $900 will

e paid to the vendor upon goods receipt and invoice receipt and the

remaining $100 should be posted to a retention payable account. The

accounting should lokk like as follows:

Dr. 1000.00 - Expense account

CR. 900.00 - Vendor Account (Accounts Payable)

CR. 100.00 - Retention Payable account.

Is there any way to configure this? Did any one of you has come

across with retention funtionality like this? Appreciate your reply.

I am adarsh here , you can configure SPRO-->IMG-- >MM-->P.O- -> SET

TOLERANCE LIMITS ( SET IT FOR 10% , ) ( this i am rock sure ) also , you can

create a separate G/L account for retention value check with FI/CO guys for

postings related to RETENTION ACCOUNT POSTINGS i think you can also try

RECONCILLATION ACCOUNT , please check if it worksThe purpose of tolerance is totally different and I highly doubt whether that will work

for us. Tolerance and reconcilation will not help.

However a separate GL account which is related to the same vendor account could

help.But during IR,MRIR will get DR for X,Vendor a/c get CR for 90%X and Vendor

retention a/c get CR 10%X.How to differentiate the CR to 2 different a/c on

percentage basis?Also retention is for a specified period.If there are 'N' purchases

in a year,then there will be 'N' retention amounts.Each need to be paid after expiry

of each retention expiry date.How to handle this?

when you open the configration part , & do it the invoice which is parked will accept

ten percent less then p.o. value , i hope that serves the purpose

issue: i want to settle in mrko for invoicing party not for goods supplier, i

maintained in vendor master for invoicing party at partner functions. please help me

it is very urgent

customising:

material manage ment ->purchasing- >purchase order ->release procedure for po.

edit characteristic

edit class

define releaseprocedure for po

in this create release group

then release code

then release strategy

click on release pre requite

then release status

then classification

enter and save

Adailson Batista <adailsoncb@gmail. com> wrote:

Hello Colleagues,

I need create and maintenance from "release strategy/release group" and

purchase group (PO)..

please send me steps-by-step of SPRO...CUSTOMIZING.

HI , DON'T feel panicky over there ,

plz follow , this may help you

1)take consignment material

2)take a vendor ( central ), don't include invoicing party , not required here

3)make info record ( consignment)

4)make a P.O ,item category consignment only, DON'T give price here

5)make GR

6) MB1A , TWO ONE ONE ,mvt type

or MB1B , FOUR ONE ONE , mvt type

finally go for MRKO settlement , (include invoicing party iff asks as

VENDOR SO CREATED )thats ALL

HI , DON'T feel panicky over there ,

plz follow , this may help you

1)take consignment material

2)take a vendor ( central ), don't include invoicing party , not required here

3)make info record ( consignment)

4)make a P.O ,item category consignment only, DON'T give price here

5)make GR

6) MB1A , TWO ZERO ONE ,mvt type

or MB1B , FOUR ONE ONE , mvt type

finally go for MRKO settlement , (include invoicing party iff asks as

VENDOR SO CREATED )thats ALL

On 7/4/07, adarsh srivastava <adarshsriv@gmail. com> wrote:

> HI , DON'T feel panicky over there ,

>

> plz follow , this may help you

>

> 1)take consignment material

> 2)take a vendor ( central ), don't include invoicing party , not required

> here

> 3)make info record ( consignment)

> 4)make a P.O ,item category consignment only, DON'T give price here

I am facing one problem while invoice posting.I am able to park the invoice, but

unable to post. The error is as mentioned below - Internal error in

FORM/FUNCTION CKML_F_BUILD_ INDEX in position 1 with RC 0 The material

is a non-valuated material type, no accounting & costing views are maintained. PO

type is a refined purchase order. Is their anything to deal with period or automatic

a/c determination? I am able to make posting in the sandbox. But in Development

& Quality server I am facing the error. Secondly, I didn‟t receive this error in

previous month while posting the invoices. But, I have started receiving this error

from this month. Is it possible that the no costing / accounting view is maintained

for a material, but in IMG some costing / accounting related settings are done for

the material type.

I looked for the OSS notes 933809, 950466. But before applying these notes I am

Whether the SCAT is working in ECC6.0

Yes it works in ECC6.0

The Record Transaction & Record functional module is not active ( greyed ) . Pl

advice me how this can be activated.

I could not able to create any Test cases.

Hello, does anyone know how to set up land load UPC numbers in Basic Data 1

in the material master? Is there customizing that needs to be done? If so

what would I need to do. For example I have a product with a UPC code 57379

10501 and I tried to load it but I got the message 'The interval 14 was not

found'

Plz.Help Me to solve the following issue of the TAXINN.

I have done all the settins i.e Basic Settings,Master Data,Account Detrminition,

Incoming Invoices in Business transactions i Logistics genereal.

However Ihave not changed anything in Define Processing Modes Per Transaction

& will be using standard modes.

Even in Define Reference Documents Per Transaction i have not made any

changes.

I have taken the same movement types from Specify Which Movement Types

Involve Excise Invoices.Which are 101 & 103.

I have created Tax code to & havent maintained any Tax Rate

I have maintained all the Condition types i.e JMOP,JSOP & JAOP via VK11.

Ihave maintained all the required data in tax Maintainance Via.J1ID.

But i am not able to have Excise Tabs in Migo so that i can maintain the Excise

Data.

Pl explane how we use Alternet BOM for a subcontracting PO

I am working for a client who wants a common GRN note for all the items

maintained in MATERIAL DOCUMENT / GR

I have seen configuration part for printer control , there they are giving

print code 1 , applicable for any GR

my question is CAN'T WE RESTRICT IT TO SHOW COMMON GRN NOTE for all

items

accountable for material document ?

please accept thanks in advance

for a subcontract p.o., follow this ,

1) you must be using finish good / trading good here

* create all materials which will be components for finish good

* create a bom by T/C CS01( In this give name of ur master material

say finish good , then go for universal type of bom , in second screen

, include components then save it )

2) take a central vendor

3) create info record , subcontract type include bom here.

4)go to p.o. with item category subcontracting

5)T/C MB1C , for keeping materials in our stock , mvt type 561

6) provide material to vendor T/C MB1B , mvt type 541

7)make GRN against P.O mvt type 101

8)then subsquent settlement T/C MB04

9)VERIFY STOCKS WITH VENDOR T/C ME 2 Oh

10) stocks with subcontractor T/C ME2M

I want to create 2 BOMS for the one Finish Material.

1st is main BOM and 2nd is alternet BOM.

if any material is not available in 1st BOM, we have a option for using 2nd

BOM for subcontracting

or anywhere else, Please describe me how we use 2 BOMS (Choice Option of any

one BOMS)

Please enlighten some ideas for implementing procedures in ECC 6.0. Currently

we are going to implement ECC 6.0 in construction industry.

If there is any site/SAP notes available please let me know .Thanks in advance.

could you plz tell me answers for the following questions?

1. What are the major problems or hurdles faced during implementation, how do

you solve the same as a consultant?

2. What are Tickets? Give some examples of the Ticket which you have solved ?

3. What is meant by SLA,what are the different means by which tickets are transfer

ed to SAP consultant?

4. What is meant by SAP integration of different modules ?

5. What is Configuration and Customisation in SAP ?

6. What is difference between End to End Implementation and Life Cycle

implementation ?

7. How can distinguish between MRP run PR and Manual PR ?

8. What is ABC analysis in SAP? What is its significance?

9. What is meant by Distributed Contracts (Outline Agreement) ?

10.What is the role of Work-flow in Release Strategy ?

11.What is meant by Accruals ?

12.What is condition Exclusion? What is its role in pricing procedure ? What are the

DATA retention levels for Master DATA in MM ?

13.What do you mean by Match codes explain briefly ?

14.What does "Administer" function do in scheduling agg ?

we have created a physical inventory document and posted the physical document

and as a result material document has been generated . But we found that qty is

showing under both as 'unrestricted' and as well 'blocked' . Now I want to know .

1. can i cancel the physical invenotry document or material document.

2.If not , I want to remove the stock from 'Blocked' to 'Scrapped' , in that case what

is the movement type I should use and if i do so will there be any future implication.

Please let me know ASAP.

I use EDI method to transfer invoice data into SAP. Can SAP hold the

invoice instead of posting the invoice automatically even if there is

no difference among PO, GR and IR?

I am looking for information regarding release number and transmission number

used in scheduling agreements. What is the process to generate a new release

number, as in our system, SAP is showing the release number always 1 and it is

not getting incremented even after we send the delivery schedule to vendor. I

appreciate your suggestions/ comments.

How do i block or stop the creation of purchase orders that do not reference a

purchase requisition. in IMG or any other environment.

Use OMET, there tick the Ref to PR. In Authorisation assign parameter EFB with

the value given in omet.

* material document can be cancelled ,

go to MIGO , select cancellation , give material document no. , take

mvt type as 102

* for scrapped quantity , create another material say it as scrap & proceed

I want to know that how can I get the infoupdate checkbox ticked for every PO

qutomatically. Where is this set in the config

How can we change Sequence of Views in Material Master,How can we customize

this. Please elaborate the steps involved

Use Txn OMT3R and change the sequence number. example: Baic Data 10

PURCHASING 20 If you want purchasing view as first change the number to 10

and basic data

to 20.

Where is the Release creation profile assigned to Vendor Master? I checked LFM1

and LFM2 tables and the Field ABUEB (Release creation profile) is available . But I

am not able to locate the same in the Vendor Master Purchasing Data. I checked

the Screen layout for Account groups also and I am not able tp locate the same in

Purchasing data. Can some one throw light in this issue?

Release creation profile is not assigned in vendor master record; you can assign it

in scheduling agreement in details view.Pl assign release creation profile there.

how batch to batch transfer is there any movement type plz tell me

plz tell me is there any movement type to transfer batch to batch.

Movement type 309, let try

In transaction code IW32 Change Re-Active Maintenance Order Fleet. when you

choose Components tab and check delivery address I am getting a default address

in Equipment Master Data. How can i have it default to the address in the Plant.

I just wanted to know or the very basic understanding of the use of Standard Price

and Moving Average Price. I know how the G/L accounts are updated and all those

things. But i need to get a clear idea of why a company would like to have either 'S'

or 'V'? What is the criterion or how does they decide that a particular material

should be valuated as S or V? Can any one explain it from Domain point of view as

well as from SAP??standard price of a material is one which donot change with the Qty of the stock in

warehouse..ie it is defined by the warehouse with a stanadrd value regardless of

PO price.. In case of MOving avg price, it will vary with qty of Storage location. eg:

if a vendor supplies soaps for 100 pcs @ 10/- each = 1000 if the other vendor

supplies for 100pcs @9/- each = 900 then MVG avg price : (1000+900)/200 = 9.5/-

upto that stock finishes.. I think u understood ..if any problem let me know...

How can i round figure the Excise duty / Education Cess in print as well as in P.O.

price calculation.

When I am trying for the above subject, by clicking on option, "Create Batch" in

Purchase Order (ME21N) , I am geting optiona msg pop box "Catuation! Internal

number Allocation for material handled in batches" with yes, no & cancel option.

When I am going for yes option I am geting msg "Number Range Object not found".

For this I had already chked

1. Activate Batch Number Assign - Active

2. Internal Batch Number Assignment for Assigned Good - chked for plant

3. Maintain Internal Batch Number Assignment Range - for object "BATCH_CLT"

with Ext indicator un chked.

Can any one help me further to this seeting what else I had to do for geting internal

number for batch automatically.

yaar i have not come across yet two BOMS

but i know there exist something like super BOM

what i have gathered so far is

STANDARD PRICE :applicable for FINISH GOODS

MAP : applicable mostly for RAW materials

LIKE suppose you have a stock inhouse valuated for fifty per kg

you need some more stock say hundred kg, so bought out stocks are at price

of say hundred kg

then average price of inhouse stocks plus bought out stocks will be MAP.

We are taking printout of P.O. from T-code Me9f.i want to add new Field in

selection opition as well as output screen.

While doing Asset G.R. Storage location is not coming in item level.and if we do

G.R.,it's not showing in MMBE. It's urgent.Please help me out.

Asset materials are Non-Stocking materials... .so stop scratching your head in

amazement!!

Anybody tell me which T-code shown me All GRN (Goods Received note.) in

desiered periodUse MB51 & Mvt type 101 for desired date range.

TCode MB51 mvt type 103

I Believe you can go for ENHANCEMENT FEATURE of SAP ,

a TECHNICAL GUY like ABAPER could of great help ,

he must be knowing coding & all , he can definatly help you with that

Need help regarding a problem i am getting during implementation:

Golden Client: Excise groups defined and transported to test client

Test Client: Excise groups got transported properly. When doing MIGO, excise

group is getting attached properly. When checking i am getting the folllowing error:

Maintain number range object for object J_1IRG23A1, year 2007, excise.

Once in transaction SNRO for maintenance of number ranges for RG registers, I

am not getting the defined excise group in the dropdown and system saying input

excise group does not exist. As a result i am not able to maintain number range

and post GR.

1) can anybody explain me the processflow from the point of goods receipt until the

stock gets stored in the warehouse in storage bins.

2) also explain me the linkage between any Inventory activity and financial linkage.

for ex in goods receipt how will the system know what G/l account to hit and etc.

All process is started When you Receive goods from Transport.

1) can anybody explain me the process flow from the point of goods

receipt until the stock gets stored in the warehouse in storage bins.

Ans.

1. Count the articles (C/B, Gunny, W/C, Loose etc.) as per L.R. &

Invoice. Check all goods defected or damaged.

2. Check P.O. No. all goods are ok or not also count and get

inspected from concern person. For goods is ok as per requirement.

3. Put Sap code or tag on all item and description too.

4. If everything is ok then you can make G.R. And goods stored in

bins.

2) also explain me the linkage between any Inventory activity and

financial linkage. for ex in goods receipt how will the system know what

G/l account to hit and etc.

Ans.

Financial activity is started When you complete GR. You have to dispatch

original document (invoice) to H.O. HO is informed that you made GR it

means you received goods. After this they will make payment to vendor.

Regards,Thanks a lot.

If more concept is there we want to understand from you.

Waiting for your positive reply.

*Question No: 1*

*Ans:----*

**

*Goods receipt: physical process* When goods are received, they are usually

transferred first to the goods receipt (GR) area. Stock placement into the

warehouse takes place after a suitable storage bin has been determined for

the goods.

*Goods receipt: process within the system*

*Inventory Management (IM)*

A Material Document is created to represent the movement of goods into the

warehouse. It is possible to enter palletization data at this point.

An Accounting Document is created to represent the change in value of the

goods in the warehouse.

*Warehouse Management (WM)*

A quant is created in the Goods Receipt area to represent the existence of

goods now in the warehouse.

A Transfer Requirement is created since the goods must later be transferred

1.What are the types of inforecords?

2.What is meant by consignment stock?

3.What are the steps involved in consignment cycle?

4.How is scrap accounted in subcontracting?

5.How are the byproducts taken care of in subcontracting?

6.What is meant by a release strategy?

7.What is the movement type for return to vendor? How to reverse it?

8.What is the difference between LSMW and CATT?

9.What is RTP?

10.What is the movement type used in receipt of RTP?

1.a.Standard b.Consignment

2.Vendor material available at our premises.It is physically available at our

premises but not valuated in our stock.No liability to us till it is consumed or

transferred to our own stock.

3.Create a consignment info record and release p.o with item category K.On

material receipt only material document generated.While consumtion or transfer to

own stock,accounting document generated along with a material

document.Message can be send to vendor on each withdrawal from

stock.Settlement will be done for each agreed period.

4.Either value of scrap is taken care while negotiating the price or get back the

scrap as a by-product.

5.Can be taken care in S/C BOM itself.

6.Electronic form of approval.Ex. PR-release strategy mean whether that item can

be procured or not,whether enquiry can be send or not,whether p.o can be placed

or not.Different approval stages are depending on approval level and their

authority.

7.I think 161 & 162

8.LSMW is a tool used for migration of legacy datas into SAP system. I think CATT

also same kind of tool.FOR SR NO 10 ;MIGO AND T CODE IS 501 M

) The different types of Info Records are

a) Standard Info Record

b) Sub Contracting Info Record

c) Consignment Info Record

d) Pipe Line Info Record

Can any one help me urgrntly.

Currently two Pur.Orgs are maintained A & B for 8 Plants. Now for one

specific plant ( out of 8 plants) needs to change the Pur.Org 'A" to

C. Is it possible? if possible, what are the steps to be followed

You may try the following: Assign the plant to Pur.Org 'C' also in addition to

'A'.Once all pending p.o's in 'A' for this plant are completed,you can deassign 'A'

form plant.Otherwise all pending p.o in 'A' are need to be cancelled and reissued in

'C'.Many many thanks for prompt reply. I have some doubt on the following what will

happen , if the P,Org is deasigned after all the pending P.O's are completed, but

yet to do invoice verification ?

I urgently need help on planning consumables. The problem is there is

not a good method to determine actually usage of consumables in the

BOMs. The exact quantities do not backflush in SAP. What is the best

method to determine what quantities should be ordered?

I create material Zbikebob. And created Class & Character. How I will assign

material to Class. How I will assign material to Character. How I will create the

order with order number. I did not have order number. would you please explain

step by step. I will appreciate if you will help me out

In MM01 T-Code, Classification View you can assign material to class. In

classification View first you will select class then Enter. In QS61 T-Code, you can

assign Material to characteristics,

Can u pls help with any table which will show the reserved stock field. I wanna see

what is the reserved stock (booked against production orders, planned orders,

sales orders ) for all materials in tabular form. I can see it for individual material in

MMBE , but for all materials at a time ????

hi u can try it in table RKPF or in field BDMNG

It shows reservation no. i.e. for mvt. 261 etc. I want the reserved stock of material

which will be required for booked production orders. N where to see the field

BDMNG.

can anybody tell the following master datas will be maintained at which level ?

1. Material Master

2. Vendor Master

3. Service Master

4. Inforecords

5. source lists

6. quata arrangement

power user level

If I am not wrong, Syed is asking whether this masters and info. recs. are used at

Plant Level / Company Level / Client Level. Am i correct mr. syed??

Yes that is what i am expecting.

material master at plant level

Vendor master at company level

inforecords at plant level

sourcelist at company level

Quota Arrangement at plant level

hi can can you please tell me who will write the program for ABAP Query whether

Functional Cunsoltant or ABAPer

ABAper only write a program Functional cunsoltant - check that program

Functional consultants will give the technical specifications like table n field names

and the goals of the program, based on the specs ABAPers will write a technical

program to achieve the end result.

To develop Query is not only work of ABAPer,Funtional consultant can also

develop Query if they knows the table only.if you want how tha develop i will

explain.what is the steps involve to make a Query.

iam new to mm.i have a problem regarding message out put determination. when

iam assigning my own out put device(with all IMG settings),after creating a

purchase order,iam getting the purchase order number also.but when iam checking

with me9f,the message is "no such documents are avilable ". I don't under stand

where is the problem.please can any one give me the answer.

Can anyone post type of questions for support function projects

can anyone suggest me how to take back some broken or rejected consumables

which have been issued to the cost center by movt type 201 ,till now we were

taking it back by movt type 202 ,but when we take it back as 202,there are

accounting documents being created and the consuption to that cost center is

negative,but actually that consumables are already consumed and the one which is

coming back cannot be used ,so we want that the accounting documents should

not be created and the stocks can be put to block stock .can anyone suggest ,if my

question is not clear ,please ask for more clarificationU can do it with split valuation,but it should be planned at the initial stage.

We are going to start Bonding & Exbonding scenario for import materials in

SAP.

Can anyone explain me how this will work in SAP and also give me the steps

involved in SAP.

I Need the following scenario in SAP.

1. Purchase requisiton for import material

2. PO for import material

3. During Bonding time,

a) MIGO for the Material and MIRO for Vendor should happen ( Goods

value) & Warehouse charges MIRO

4. During Exbonding time,

a) MIGO for Material and MIRO for Import duty and clearing charges.

Material should go to Quality.

b) Part 2 Excise posting should happen at the time of Exbonding.

Note: Material should credit only once, during exbonding time. We need

Goods receipt during Bonding time also.

Is this secanrio will work in sap? If this is correct, can you explain me

how to implement step by step.

We are going to start Bonding & Exbonding scenario for import materials in

SAP.

Can anyone explain me how this will work in SAP and also give me the steps

involved in SAP.

I Need the following scenario in SAP.

1. Purchase requisiton for import material

2. PO for import material

3. During Bonding time,

a) MIGO for the Material and MIRO for Vendor should happen ( Goods

value) & Warehouse charges MIRO

4. During Exbonding time,

a) MIGO for Material and MIRO for Import duty and clearing charges.

Material should go to Quality.

b) Part 2 Excise posting should happen at the time of Exbonding.

Note: Material should credit only once, during exbonding time. We need

Goods receipt during Bonding time also.

Is this secanrio will work in sap? If this is correct, can you explain me

how to implement step by step.

How to process returnable transport packaging in the purchasing module, there is a

function that you provide the transport package to vendor and you also ask vendor

to return this kind of transport package.

1. how to appear in the PO item that this material is transport package material?

2. GI and GR process and account affects?

3. how to return this goods?

does anybody know this function usage?

I tried on this.Goto CUNI and select units of dimensions anddefine new UOM and

save. No need of assigning any where.It will come automatically to MMR base

UOM f4 help. I have not worked on this earlier.I tried and was able to get it in MMR.

Select the field and go to F1.Select technical fields and from there u get what is the

table name and field name etc

Do u want to create spl pro.type.Proc. type is defined in the system or enough

Try SPRO-Production- Material Requirement Planning-Master Data-Define Special

Procurement Type

I have a quick question. Hope you guys can answer. I am required to reassign all

the purchasing documents from one P Grp to another P Grp. There are about 400

documents existing that need to be reassigned. Please advise what is the

procedure. The end users are not willing to do it due to the quantity.

u can do it by mass maintainance PO

Can anyone guide me as how to change the Unit of Measurement in Material

Master against which PR already exists.

We have a scenario in which we need to trigger a workflow when an error occured

while processing an idoc. Please lemme know the steps to configure the same.

I have a question? can we have name for a material rather than a number. For ex

in MM01 transaction we create the material and give some name to it. Finally when

the material is created it is given a number like material 1260 created etc etc. I want

to have like material cell phone chip created. ( name of my material is cell phone

chip).You have to set the number range for the Material from 00000...(18 zeros) to

ZZZZZZZ(18 Zs).. Then you need to configure for External assignment for Material

name.surely you can. Assign an external number with alphabetical intervals. You can use

t code MMNR for this.

YES BUT THERE WILL BE LIMITATION IN RANGE.

YES U CAN CREATE material with alphanumeric code.

There is material number range in the config and you need to activate wether

internal or external number range you want

similarly alpha numeric or numeric which one you want , you may config

Can anyone tell me about a scenario where we are required to create new

movement types apart from using the movement types what SAP has delivered.

can u pls elaborate hw 2 get table name & field name of field which is there in a

transaction. .let us say MM01 where i want to get storage location deatils in which

table it is storing and its field name of that table ..pls

Select the field and go to F1.Select technical fields and from there u get what is the

table name and field name etc

Got to mm01 tcode. Then go to Production/Storage Location view and in the field

where it says Storage location, select F1 and then click Technical information as

mentioned earlier.Use Table MARD, to find table name SE15 can be used

I am able to find out table name & field name, but in SE16 it says it's a structure not

table. How to see the table.?

u will try to enter the table name in SE11 t-code.

A structure is not a table,it is some kind of a programm

As kalyan said,

- Click in the field for which you want to know the table name

- Press F1

- Click on 'Technical Info'

This will show you a lot of information about the field, where you'll find table name,

field name etc.

What are the function of BOM and where they are used ?

BOM (Bill of Materials) is a structre of all the Part Numbers showing how each

component and how many of each component is used to form an assembly.

Lets say a Transmission has 600 parts.

200 parts are 1per Transmission

300 parts are 2 per transmisison

100 parts are 3 per Transmission.

When you get a BOM, this shows the tree structure of how each parts are used and

at what level.

3 types of BOM

1.Production BOM - used in production to explode the components to manufature

the main product

3.Materail Bom - use in Engineering or subcontract orders where find the

componenets

4.Sales BOM - BOM used to explode when some body orders the main materail

.Eg Sales kit.can we show main item (parent item) and sub-items (child item) in BOM .

these are nothing but formulation, which are used by PP...BOM-> Bill Of Materials

one product may have different formulations, and these different formulations can

be listed as alternate BOM by CS01

susequently we need to create production version for each alternate BOM bs C201

What are alternate BOM ? How are they created and where are they used ?

If the consignment (for example 10000nos) coming in batches (6 batches) how can

we create the grn for partial qty. Please give the solution immly very urgent

No problem, you can post as many no. of GR as u want. Change qty in MIGO to

partial which is received. PO will be open until you receive the total GR subject to

you have not specified the delivery date or you are receiving total qty before due

date. First understand my question Same invoice number how can we create more than

one consignment coming in batches thats i want the result.

1. Your reply is very rude

2. If he didnöt understand your question on epossibility is that you didn't ask what

you wanted to. He replied that is it possible to carry out several goods receipt for an

order. You didn't mention anything about any invoice.

3. This is a free forum and people post here to help others. Asking people to reply

immediately doen't help very much. They could simply tell you to go away and learn

how to work with the SAP system.

If you are doing IR after your last consignment and also if it is GR based IR,you will

be posting only one invoice for that p.o.

If I understand you, do you want to receive this stock in 6 batches?

I want a report about non stock item particular material with cost centre.

you mean to say that stock & value update. If that is the case select the option qty

update and value update in material type in customizing

Step 1

Assign Characteristics to Class

First you maintain all Characteristics in respective Class by transaction

CL02.

Step 2

Naw you can assign material to class by two ways :

MM02 : Select Classification view and Maintain data.

CL24N : Select the Class,and assign material to it

Note :As Class is get assign to material,Characteri stics are also get

assign.

what is full form IMG and SPRO ? How are they different from each other ?

IMG :- Implementation Guide. SPRO :- SAP Project Reference Object. SPRO----

-->IMG. Type in the T-Code SPRO under That got to Main Menu which is IMG.

I dont find any difference. For both meanings are same but usage is different.

dear there is no difference as such but if u think logically u will understand hw these

two differs.

Please let me know a SAP - TCODE to carry out Vendor Evaluation . Thanks

try MC$6

I have tried MC$6 but cannot get any existing data - should any configuration be

done before?YOU HAVE to go to SPRO-->MM--> PURCHSING- ->VENDOR EVALUATION--

>*DEFINE WEIGHTING KEYS

*DEFINE CRITERIA

* DEFINE SCOPE OF LIST

*DEFINE PURCH.ORGN. DATA 4 VENDOR EVALUATION

Trnsn code for vendor evaluation is ME49.

One material document has been created in past in the period 03 2007. Now I want

to reverse that document. System is allowing me to do that . How can I do that .

first you have to approach FI for reversal of ERS then only you can cancel the

documentGoto MBST and try to do it

go to T/C MIGO , SELECT CANCELLATION , MATERIAL DOCUMENT give

document no. use mvt. type I O TWO

What is the integration between PM and QM in SAP ?

I Am working in an orgn where they are using name ,but you have to config number

ranges , external acceptable

What is the integration between PM,MM,FI,CO in SAP ?

I think there should not be a open P.O / P.REQ,

then only stock value can be changed,

similarly then only unit can be changed in M.MASTER

delivery schedule pending should also be nill,change info recod also.and then

change base unit of measurement

I have a different scenario. I have plant A with storage Locs A and B. The

requirements comes through on the sales side and are loaded as schedule lines for

each storage location( Representing different subsidaries) . We buy and sell at the

same time.

My problem is that I need to transfer this requirements as individual requirements

when I buy from the supplier. I'm also using plant A on the purchasing side. Up to

now it was ok to consolidate requirements from both requirements when generating

delivery schedules, now the process has to change.

I tried MRP areas before but I can't flag source list at this level. I use source list to

determine the outline agreement that MRP passes the nett requirements.

I am trying to create a new physical inventory document but I am getting an error

message as Physical invenotry document 9001 0001 50001 is already active.How I

can check that which are the previous physical invenotry documents still active.

Can you suggest me any t-code or any table from there I can get some information

of the previous physical invenotry document which are still active.

Use t. code MI24

Go to T-code MI03,in the Phys inventory doc text feild,click the drop down list and

on the next screen put your plant,you will see all the documents under your plant

and their status. Hope it will help

can anyone tell me about account category ref transaction key account grouping

key valuation grouping code how they are related what's there role in material

valuation.

Five key elements - Chart of accounts,account category ref,transaction key,account

grouping key,valuation grouping code will help to identify the G/L account which

has to be updated for any value involved transaction.

Chart of accounts - Group of G/L accounts.

ACR - Helps to group several valuation class and attached to material type.

Transaction key - For each transaction key,posting rule is predefined in SAP

through movement type and value string.BSX,WRX, PRD and GBB are the

transaction keys.

Account Group - An element which helps to further classify the G/L for offsetting

entries.(GBB)

Valuation grouping code - Groups together several valuation areas for which G/L what is offsetting entries, please explain this with examples

Can anybody share some real time scenarios(user exits and BADI's) in purchasing,

IM and WM

suppose there is one material wherein the quality is active. After wrong stock

posting through T.Code QA32 how can one reverse the same to quality.

cancel the material document and you can see the inspection lot status will be

changed as cancel

My company wants to extract all the processed POs in a certian period ,for legal

purposes.They want to put the data on a CD Diskette. Can anyone help me to

achieve this. I'd appreciate your help.

go to table level and extract al those relevent datas

I have an urgent question. i have 2 items. I want to set up pricingprocure with a

frieght condition type at the header level and this should distribute the value at the

item conditions.

Suppose $ 100 for total freight entered at the header and it should get split in the

item. Problem is that i am getting 100$ for the both the items.

Could you let me know what config i need to do.

And the frieght 100$ should the hit the freight vendor account defined as a partner

function(FA)you have to check the group condition in customizing of condition type

1.In consignment PO settlement when I run MRKO and choose processing

option "display" and display option "withdrawals not settled" I don't

get the document created during this transaction, I got the document no

which was created during MBIB with mvt type 411. After running MRKO

the info column says "not settled". If I change the processing option

to "settle" and display option to "settled withdrawals" same thing

happens with only difference in info column shows "No tax info found".

In this case also I don't find the document no. Then how I will settle

the vendor liabilities and see the detailed ac postings? Please help me

in details.

2. What is the difference between PB00 and PBXX. Can you please give an

example with business scenario where we can change the condition in

PBOO according to business need?

Maintain the taxes in consign info record. Then run the settlement program again

ans for 1st question:

any invoice if u want to post u should have

1.Consignment info record with taxcode.

2. In vendor master u should tick an option ERS settlement i.e.u have to activate

this vendor is an ERS vendor(In purchasing screen)

3. this means that wrt to GR u r doing IR. so u also have to select an option GR

based IV.

If u have these prerequisites u can do MRKO.

the function of this T-Code is system automatically creates Invoice instead of

manual.

for 2nd question:

If the system picks the price by any source (i.e. masters like inforecord,

quotation,and SA) the condtion is PB00.(condition with

masters maintained)

We have a requirement to maintain in SAP stock levels of material xyz.

We will have the following scenario where a particular tonnage of the

stock will be owned by the company and therefore will need to be

valuated but we will also have stock of material xyz where we are only

performing a service by storing the stock in our warehouse, client will

be charged by the tonne, there can be multiple clients for material xyz,

we do not want to value this stock in SAP.

The business requirement is to report on total stock levels of material

xyz, as well as to differentiate between company owned stock and stock

warehoused for clients.

The question is what is the best way to configure SAP to support this

business process? Want to maintain only one material if at all possible

my client has many plants (each state as a plant)

he wants saperate release strategy for each plant for PO.

for example in up plant the PO limit is >50000 to released by plant

hod. How it is possible ?. because in PO release procedure we maintain

Co. wise Release Strategy. Pl explane steps.

You can maintain Plant (as many as you have in SAP )while defining the release

stragies.if release stratedy has to work for individual plants,u have to

maintain strategy for plants. For the following field maintain edit

characteristics and assign to ur class.

hints

Table name:cekko

Field name:werks.

Check and Reply,

Can anybody tell me the following master datas will be maintained at what level ?

that is either client level/company level/plant level/ Purchase organization level ?

1. Material Master

2. Vendor Master

3. Service Master

4. Inforecords

5. source lists

6. quata arrangement

MMR at Client, Plant and stor olc

VMR at client, Comp Code and Pur Org

SMR at client, Plant

Info Rec at client plant and pur org level

Source list at Plant level

Quota arrangement at Plant level.

I hope this will help u.

Pls.guide me with the following. I have configured CIN for my client & have reached

till Invoce capture & Posting too. However i am not able to see any excise Register

updated.

For ref : I have maintained the Bed Set off % (JMOP),AED Set off % (JAOP),SED

Set off% (JSOP). Because of the maintainance of these Condition type the excise

duty is getting calculated in PO (ME21N),I am able to capture Invoice at MIGO too.

However after posting the same Excise Invoice my Excise Registers are not getting FV11, J1ID

I wants to attach a word document with PO. How it is possible.

The word doc can be attached by clicking the icon for " SERVICES FOR OBJECT"

just above the icon " DOC OVERVIEW".

SAVE your P.O.

Again go for change P.O

GO FOR menu-->system- ->service for object button

click this ,

say create attachment ..

select the file fm window directory ,

system shows massage " service create attachment started ..."

save the P.O again

If the Validity End Date of a scheduling agreement is in the past, meaning that this

Scheduling Agreement is overdue, what can I do on it? GR? IV? Pay? Create new

delivery note? Change the Validity End Date ? Change target QTY?.... Can anyone

give me a clear summary on this issue?

U just check that SA release with JIT schedule. It may help u to solve the

Problem.Customise in MMR and VMR.

what are the types of procurements in MM

I am in a tricky situation , after GRN / INVOICE & CREDIT MEMO , How can i

cancel GRN..First You have to reverse Invoive / Credit Memo.without that you cann't revese

GRN. , use t-code mbst to cancell grn

There is setting in customization for doc reversal after invoice creation please

check in Materials management-- > Inventory Management and Physical Inventory--

> Goods Receipt-->For GR-Based IV, Reversal of GR Despite Invoice.

In Purchase Order, there are Invoice with Tax details ,which I can see. But at the

time of Goods Receipt(Movt Type 105), Excise Invoice Tab is not getting displayed.

Pls. suggest the solution for the same.

Pl. maintain excise relevent information through t code j1id

Before GRN you have to maintain J1id for material with required excise details.

Then in the Tax box you can check excise calculation is coming and Excise Invoice

tab will also appear in GR.

Scenario is as follows:

(Rate unknown) Manufacture( nirma)

Rate Known Dealer(jain acid

PO

(Rate, Amount Qty is mentioned and remarks provided for provision Excise

Duty

Continue

GRN

continue

Invoice

(Tax Invoice + Duplicate for Transporter Copy)

Dealer Manufacture

For provision of Excise Duty

This scenrio is called first stage dealer. You make the P.O against your supplying

vendor. maintain exception rate in j1id also.

can anyone tell me about call tracking system in sap?

can anyone tell me about the release procedure for purchase requisition. what are

the table and feild name required for it

iam new to mm.i have a problem regarding message out put determination. when

iam assigning my own out put device(with all IMG settings),after creating a

purchase order,iam getting the purchase order number also.but when iam checking

with me9f,the message is "no such documents are avilable ". I don't under stand

where is the problem.please can any one give me the answer.

I have configured pricing procedure with header freight condition type.(FRB1) with

Vendor in GR field as 2.

I have configured the partner function, VN for vendor, CR for frieight forwarder for

purchase order also.

When i do good receipt for the PO , i get a freight tab in which only the vendor

defined for partner function VN is displayed. I have to manually change to frieght

forwarder CR for each and every item in MIGO. After this i was able to process

MIRO for goods vendor VN and frieght vendor CR seperately.

But i want the partner function CR-frieght forwarder to be automatically picked up

from the partner schema when i do MIGO.

Has anyone come across this scenario and could help me?

go the the condition record itself and maintain the CR-frieght forwarder in the

details.

what are the types of procurements in MM.

They are External Procurement and Internal Procurement

How do we handle unplanned and planned scrap in subcontracting?

Anybody can guide me how to mainatain fuel management in SAP ECC 6.0. I need

the techonology urgently.

This is pipeline material accordingly the configuration to be done.

I shall forward you EXCISE FOLDER attachment which would help you in excise

issues ( possible to post on or before saturday )

Don't be so panicky ,

i

I feel you need to maintain FUEL as

*material type PIPE.

*CREATE P.I.R. with info category as " PIPI LINE "

* NO P.O.

*NO G.R.

*G.I.with mvt type two oh one ( 201 )

ACCOUNTING DOCUMENT :

consumption account :+

consignment /pipiline payables ( minus )

SETTLEMENT OF PIPI LINE :

* go to MRKO

*GIVE VENDOR / COMPANY CODE

* check "PIPILINE " , " Not Settled "

*RUN

system generates invoice for all documents

ACCOUNTING DOCS :

VENDOR :( MINUS )

CONSIGNMENT PAYABLES :( PLUS )

Thanks for the idea, but I want to know how to issue the fuel among say 500 nos of

various vehicles in one sort, we are having PM module .

So i need to distribute a lumpsum qty of fuel among the 500 nos of vehicle, how to

manage ?

I m facing a problem for making release orders for value contract. System is

allowing to create release order exceeding target value. For example, if target value

for contract is 50000, then system should give error msg if it creates PO more than

value 50000u 've to make settings in system messages the path is SPRO -> MM -> Purchasing -

> Environment data - Definne attributes for system messages. in that u've to

maintain (00-06-042) Version 00 - appln area 06 - No. 042. as error / warning.

thanks its done

Cleint want to create a reservation on cost centre(201) and then want to issue

material using same reservation to a Asset(241). Is it possible or any workaround.

In reservation once you create you can't change account assignment catagory. so

from cost centre to asset account you can't change

Please give me the answers of the following interview questions. I

have to face an interview this week.

1. What is segregation of materials?You are procuring same

material from 2 vendors, one of them has consignment Contract with

you.How the materials would will be segregated or procured?

2. Release PO/PR with classification. What is Classification?

3. Give the business scenario for automatic creation of storage

location. Where, when and why we need it?

4. You need to change the price shown in PB00, Can you change

it? How?

5. How client will know that material procured will go to the consignment stock?

(With item category K in PO but how it will be configured in the system so that

every time you don't have to mention it in the PO).

2. in classification you can check both at item and at header level.

4. you can change it in po or in info record in condition.

The following are the answer of your questions:

Ans 1:

You can split the material by using batch management. For this you have to

extend the material in MM01.

Ans 2:

Classification means that you can release the document either at item level

or header level. We can release PO only at header level means with

classification. For PR we can use both. All the external documnets we use

with classification and for Internal documents we can use both.

Ans 3:

When we do the GR then we have to decide that we want to creat automatic

storage location at that time or not. If not then we give manually storage

location in GR. If Yes the we have two scenarios for creating automatic

storage location: 1. Plant Level 2. Movement Level. In this you can

customized for which particular plant or for which particular movement type

you want to create automatic storage location.

Ans 4:

Yes you can change the price by changing the calculation schema. In which

you have to change the condition type and the values assigned to it.

can you please clarify me about

1.what is meant by standard purchase org. and where to we define it?

2.In a consignment process we make a PO with otem category K and while making

a GR what is the movement type to be used 411 K or 101? please explain me the

consigmn\ent process.

3.when i am posting the invoice documents it is throwing an error 51 number range

for year 2007 is missing and when trying to maintain in FBN1 it is showing no free

intervals exit or enter intrevals with out over lap.

Question 1

*Ans: *If for your plant you have more than one purchasing org then you can assign

one purchasing org as standard pur org for the transaction *Piplline procurement,

Consignment and Stock Transfer*. We only assign one pur org to plant as a

standard pur org in *IMG-Enterprise structure-Assignmen t-Material management-

Assign standard pur org to plant*

Ques 2

*Ans: *First of all you have to recieve the Consignment PO by doing MIGO with 101

K. And after that you have to do the Transfer posting by MB1B using 411 K. The

process is very simple: As you recieve the Consignment PO, the material is still

belong to the vendor but in our premisses. Thats why we do the transfer posting for

the quantity of material you need from consignment stock. You can transfer the full

quantity in to your own stock.

Ques 3

*Ans:* You can maintaine the number in FBN1, if you are still facing problem ask

can u please explain me about the role of mm consultant in CBP consumption

based planning?

I am using ECC 5.00. Can you please tell me what change number in MM01 initial

screen. How can I create or see the change number,please

when i am trying to create rate routing(ca21) ,i am getting a warning message while

allocating work centre to activity type. the error is as follows:Activity type 1422 is not

set up for cost center 1000 4230 in the year 2007. if i ingone this message and

proceed,i am not able to get the cost in prouct cost collector,

Please tell me the report of materila list with rate

MM60 & MC.a

Try ti use the T.Code: MC.a Materials Anlaysis. The said report will show the

Material Number (Material MAster) and the moving average (MAP).

Please help me how to get the details in the material type

I have a specific requirment. I want the document type of purchase order to be

displayed somewhere in MIRO screen when I do the MIRO. Pls help me out.

I feel that when the cost of P.O. is divided into several objects, The only option will

be to go for " MULTIPLE ACCOUNT ASSIGNMENT ", we have * account assign

P.O. , When procurement is for consumption ,material is issued for cost centres for

consumption. .. * I would love to hear if there is any other possibilities. ..

Can any body tell me what is meaning of "EVALUATED RECEIPT

SETTELMENTS" , in SAP MM we are using MRRLT-code for this. Kindly give me

some example also.if you have an agreement with the vendor that they do not need to send you a

physical invoice every times something is delivered you use ERS. Using this

procedure whenever a goods recipt is posted against a PO you can run the

transaction MRRL which in turn creates an invoice against that vendor.

BEfore you use ERS for that vendor in the vendor master ERS & GR based IV

fields must be flagged. also in the PO we should mae sure that the ERS flag

ison(generally this flows in from the vendor master)

I want to know why I am unable to create a P.O. with reference to a Scehduling

Agreement. Please help me ASAP.

I had noted some points while implementing Scheduling agreement at my place. try

to go through it & let me know, it's working or not. Find attachment here

I want to know

1) Can we change the storage location in material master record once it is saved. If

yes how, if not why?

2) In the scenario like " if we are sending some unfinished material to vendor to

carry out some operations on it and return it back. Ex: we r subcontracting

automobile Engine to carryout operations like milling/reaming and return it back to

complete inhouse operation. how can we do this?

i want to pay the freight to freight. pl tell me how it is possible in miro

We can add freight charges as unplanned delivery cost in inovice item in HEADER -

Detail Tab while MIRO.

Pls go throgh this

If you want to block MIRO, first of all you have to do

some settings in Vendor master.

Go through - XK02 Vendor change mode select Company

Code Data in that Automatic payment transactions, in

this tab select payment block and give the block

indicator A. If you set this indicator it will be

affected on invoice during MIRO.

Hi

Please find details for the GR/IR Clearance account in SAP system

GR/IR Clearing Account Maintenance

Quantity differences between goods receipt and invoice receipt for a

purchase order result in a

balance on the GR/IR clearing account.

_ If the quantity invoiced is larger than the quantity received, the


goods receipts for this purchase order to clear the balance.

_ If the quantity received is larger than the quantity invoiced, the


invoices for this purchase order to clear the balance.

You can also clear differences for delivery costs.

If no more goods or invoices are to be received, you must clear the

Sap Ecc 6.0 (Book)

Documents

Transcript of Sap Ecc 6.0 (Book)